0
登录后你可以
  • 下载海量资料
  • 学习在线课程
  • 观看技术视频
  • 写文章/发帖/加入社区
会员中心
创作中心
发布
  • 发文章

  • 发资料

  • 发帖

  • 提问

  • 发视频

创作活动
3TMT7084

3TMT7084

  • 厂商:

    CK-COMPONENTS(C&K)

  • 封装:

  • 描述:

    SWITCH CUSTOM

  • 数据手册
  • 价格&库存
3TMT7084 数据手册
C&K Switches Catalog Pushbutton Tactile Navigation Keyswitch Detect Toggle Rocker Dip Slides Snap Rotary Rotary (Encoder) Switchlock Thumbwheel Smartcard Connector Pushbutton Product Selection Guide Pushbutton A Pushbutton Series ELUM EP TP Mom./ Latching Tiny Tiny Poles/Throws SPDT SPST, SPDT, DPST SPST, SPDT, DPST SPDT, DPDT SPDT, DPDT, 3PDT, 4PDT Max. Current 3.5 VA 1 Amp 1 Amp 1 Amp 1 Amp Switch Type Process Sealed Illuminated E020 8020 E010 8060 8500 KM Alternate Action Subminiature Subminiature SPDT SPDT, DPDT SPST SPST, SPDT 4 Amps 6 Amps 3 Amps 1 Amp • • SnapSnapMiniature acting Mom. acting Mom. • • • • • PCB Mount Options Thru-hole • Vertical • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A-52 A-62 A-67 Right Angle • • Surface Mount • • Panel Mount Page No. • A-4 A-9 A-15 A-21 A-29 A-46 Pushbutton Series Switch Type 8600 8700 GP PN PHB F NE-18 Microminiature Over Travel Ultraminiature Alternate & Mom. Action Short Stroke Alternate & Mom. Action Mains / Power DPST, DPDT Varied Poles/Throws SPST SPST SPST, SPDT SPDT, DPDT, 4PDT DPDT, 4PDT DPDT, 4PDT, 6PDT, 8PDT, 10PDT Max. Current 500 mA 1 Amp 0.4 VA 200 mA 100 mA 500 mA 6A • • • • • • • • • • A-87 A-96 Process Sealed • PCB Mount Options Thru-hole • • • Vertical • • • Right Angle • Surface Mount • Panel Mount Page No. • • A-71 A-74 A-77 A-81 A-84 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-2 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton Product Selection Guide A Series Switch Type FP Ultra Miniature AP APB HP NP Industrial Industrial Hall Effect Sealed Power PBA PB PS SnapMiniature Sub-miniature acting Mom. Microminiature Poles/Throws SPST SPST SPST Linear Output SPDT DPST DPDT 4PDT SPDT DPDT Max. Current 0.4 VA 400mA 400mA 10 mA 5 Amp 250mA 0.3A / 1A 0.1 / 1A 0.3 / 2A • IP67 IP67 IP68 IP68 Thru-hole • • • • • • Vertical • • • Right Angle • Process Sealed PCB Mount Options • • • • • Panel Mount • • • • Wire Leads • • • • Solder Lug • • A-108 A-114 A-118 A-120 • • • Surface Mount Quick Connect Page No. A-105 A-127 A-131 A-139 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-3 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton Pushbutton ELUMTM Series Right Angle Illuminated Latching Pushbutton Pushbutton A Features/Benefits • SPDT (N.O. & N.C.) • Low height above PCB • Reliable self-cleaning contact • Surface-mount or thru-hole PCB • Standard or custom actuator • Central LED illumination • Latching or Momentary • Long travel. Smooth feel • RoHS compliant and compatible LEAD FREE COMPATIBLE OPTION Patent Numbers 6,974,924 B2 US EP1583118B1 Europe Typical Applications • Telecom network equipment • Automotive electronics • Consumer electronics • Computer, server, modem, data storage • Professional instrumentation, medical Materials Operating Environment FIXED CONTACTS: Stainless steel, silver plated with gold flash OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C TO 80˚C. TERMINALS: Stainless steel, silver plated STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C TO 80˚C. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated with RELATIVE HUMIDITY: 90% R.H. @ 80˚C. gold flash OPERATING LIFE: 30,000 Cycles. BASE: Glass filled LCP (UL94V-0) VIBRATION: Per EIA 186-E Method ACTUATOR: Glass filled nylon 4/6 (UL94V-0) MECHANICAL SHOCK: Per EIA 186-E Method 12. COVER: Stainless steel OVERLOAD: Withstands 40 N for 1 minute without damage Electrical Process Environment MAXIMUM POWER: 3.5 VA MIN./MAX. VOLTAGE: 20 mV – 50 VDC MIN./MAX. CURRENT: 0.01 mA – 250 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: ≥ 250 Vrms CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 50 mΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥ 109 Ω BOUNCE TIME: ≤1 ms LED SPECIFICATIONS: See page A-5 SOLDERABILITY: According to Mil STD 202F Method 208D or EIA RS186E Method 9. LEAD FREE PROCESS COMPATIBLE: 260˚C peak, 10 seconds Max. above 250º C. WASHING PROCESS: No clean process compatible (SMT) Bottom wash compatible (Thru-hole) SHEAR TEST (SWITCH/PCB): > 40 N Mechanical “SA” Terminal Style SMT: Tape and reel per EIA 481-2 (450/reel) “TH” Terminal Style PC: Tray (60/tray) Packaging OPERATING FORCE: 2.5 N at Full Travel SWITCHING TRAVEL: .067" (1.7 mm) LATCH TRAVEL: .131" (3.6 mm) FULL TRAVEL: .200" (5.1 mm) NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, please contact Customer Service. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. E L U M Q Designation ELUM ELUM Series Switch Function OA Momentary OC*** Momentary short travel EE Latching (push-push) Terminal Style TH Right Angle, PC thru-hole SA Right Angle, surface mount Contact Material* Q Silver with gold flash * Other plating options available, please contact Customer Service. ** Custom actuators available, please contact Customer Service. *** Short travel available in momentary only. Actuator Style** C02 Black without window C12 Black with window C22 Black with window and snap feature for custom actuators Illumination (NONE) Models without illumination 1 LED White 2 LED Bi-color – Red (Green) 3 LED Red 5 LED Amber 6 LED Green 7 LED Blue 8 LED Bi-Color – Amber (Green) Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-4 www.ck-components.com ELUMTM Series Right Angle Illuminated Latching Pushbutton STANDARD OPTIONS A .100 TYP. (2,53) .040 TYP. (1,02) .197 (5,01) SURFACE MOUNT PC THRU-HOLE .450 (11,43) .292 (7,42) .100 TYP. (2,53) .197 (5,01) .040 TYP. (1,02) .450 (11,43) .292 (7,42) .070 TYP. (1,78) .300 (7,62) .300 (7,62) .095 DIA. (2,41ø) .810 (20,58) .120 (3,04) .157 (3,99) .824 (20,94) .005 (0,12) .203 (5,16) .157 (3,99) .237 (6,01) .033 TYP. (0,84) PCB SURFACE .854 (21,7) PCB SURFACE .810 (20,58) .115 (2,92) .095 DIA. (2,41ø) .068 TYP. (1,73) ACTUATOR SHOWN EXTENDED POSITION ACTUATOR SHOWN EXTENDED POSITION ELUMEESAQ3C22 .450 (11,43) .200 (5,08) SURFACE MOUNT .131 DIA. (3.33ø) .810 (20,58) .160 (4,06) .237 (6,01) .824 (20,94) .854 (21,7) ACTUATOR SHOWN EXTENDED POSITION DESIGNATION ELUM E L U M ELUM SERIES, Illuminated Latching Pushbutton SWITCH FUNCTION POSITION 1 POSITION 2 SCHEMATIC SWITCH FUNCTION CONNECTED TERMINALS SWITCH FUNCTION CONNECTED TERMINALS OPTION CODE NO. OF POLES OA / OC SP Momentary ON 3–4 ON (Mom.) 3–2 EE SP Latching (Push-Push) ON 3–4 ON 3–2 3C 4 NC NO 2 SPDT 5 1 + Anode – Cathode For SPST N.O. function, only terminals 3 & 2 are used. LED pins 1 & 5 are independent of For SPST N.C. function, only terminals 3 & 4 are used. switch function. Circuit: Make before break NOTE: + Anode - Cathode For bi-color LED’s the polarity must be reversed to alternate the color 1 5 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-5 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton ELUMOATHQ6C12 ELUMEESAQ7C12 ELUMTM Series Right Angle Illuminated Latching Pushbutton TERMINAL STYLE Pushbutton A SA TH RIGHT ANGLE, SURFACE MOUNT RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE REF. SURFACE REF. SURFACE .428 (10,86) 4 .062 DIA. TYP. (1,57ø) .174 TYP. (4,42) 3 .348 (8,84) 2 5 4 3 5 1 1 .174 TYP. (4,42) 2 .080 SQ. TYP. (2,03) .011 (2,73) .862 (21,89) .070 (1,78) .738 (18,74) PCB MOUNTING REF. SURFACE REF. SURFACE .115 (2,92) .120 (3,04) .068 TYP (1,73) .006 (0,15) .824 (20,94) PCB SURFACE .745 (18,92) PCB SURFACE Terminal 5 = LED Anode Terminal 5 = LED Anode CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL TERMINAL PLATING Q SILVER WITH GOLD FLASH SILVER RATINGS 250 mA * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. FIXED CONTACTS AND TERMINALS: Stainless steel, silver plated with gold flash MOVABLE CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated with gold flash NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, contact material are RoHS compliant. ILLUMINATION OPTION CODE ILLUMINATION TYPE TYPICAL INTENSITY* MIN MAX (mcd) 0 Model without illumination 1 LED Super White 2 LED Bi-Color – Red (Green) 10 Vf Forward Voltage (nm) N/A N/A 4,000 PEAK WAVELENGTH 5,000 20 3.5 N/A 635/565 2.0 3 LED Red 4 8 700 2.0 5 LED Amber 35 50 610 2.0 6 LED Green 35 50 565 2.0 7 LED Super Blue 800 1,500 470 3.8 8 LED Bi-Color – Amber (Green) 10 10 585/565 2.0 *LED FORWARD CURRENT: 20 mA LED FORWARD VOLTAGE: see chart above LED REVERSE VOLTAGE: 5.0 V MAX * For information on specific and custom LED, please contact Customer Service. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-6 www.ck-components.com ELUMTM Series Right Angle Illuminated Latching Pushbutton ACTUATOR STYLE* A C22 BLACK WITHOUT WINDOW BLACK WITH WINDOW AND SNAP FEATURE TO ACCEPT CUSTOM CAP .300 (7,62) .197 (5,00) SNAP DETAIL .080 (2,03) .025 (0,63) .157 (3,99) .080 (2,03) .125 (3,18) REF. SURFACE 0.035 (0,89) C12 SNAP ON REF. SURFACE see cap detail BLACK WITH WINDOW .197 (5,00) .300 (7,62) .095 DIA. (2,41ø) 0.030 (0,76) .045 (1,14) .160 (4,06) .090 (2,29) .157 (3,99) REF. SURFACE REF. SURFACE .200 (5,08) .190 (4,83) .131 DIA. (3,33ø) 0.378 (9,60) * Custom actuators available, please contact Customer Service. FORCE TRAVEL DIAGRAM TAPE & REEL FORCE FULL ACTUATION FORCE 250g + – 75g .786 (19,96) .157 (4,0) NO ACTUATION N.C. SWITCH LATCH FULL ACTUATION .079 (2,0) .275 (6,99) .059 DIA. (1,50Ø) TRAVEL 1.031 (26,19) 1 2.062 2.205 (52,37) (56,01) 0 N.O. 1 0 .157 (4,0) ELONGATED HOLES FEED DIRECTION A B C ACTUATOR POSITION OA, EE ACTUATOR POSITION A SWITCH POINT .067 + – .020 1,7 + – 0.5mm B LATCH .131 + – .020 3,3 + – 0.5mm C FULL ACTUATION .200 + – .020 5,1 + – 0.5mm OC ACTUATOR POSITION A SWITCH POINT .067 + – .020 1,7 + – 0.5mm C FULL ACTUATION .098 + – .020 2,5 + – 0.5mm Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-7 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton C02 ELUMTM Series Right Angle Illuminated Latching Pushbutton Pushbutton A AVAILABLE HARDWARE Cap Cap Cap PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 957C00000 High temperature black cap with univer- 181D01000 Paint and Laser Etched with black paint 181D00000 Paint and laser etched with white paint sal standby symbol and universal standby symbol underlay and black paint with universal standby symbol. Material: Clear polycarbonate Material: Clear polycarbonate 956C02000 High temperature black cap with no symbol .486 (12,33) Material: 4/6 Nylon SMT compatible .050 (1,27) .270 (6,86) .120 (3,05) .050 (1,27) SNAP ON REF. SURFACE .150 (3,81) .040 (1,02) .130 (3,3) NOTE: Caps are for use with the C22 actuator style. Other colors and symbols available, consult Customer Service Center. CAP INSTALLATION SUGGESTED END OF PC BOARD .032 MAX. (0,81) .450 (11,43) .724 18,39 REF. .238 SEE PAGE A-6 FOR (6,05) TRAVEL INFORMATION .486 (12,33) REF. SURFACE .810 (20,58) .270 (6,86) .150 (3,81) PCB SURFACE .237 (6,01) VIEW WITH 957C CAP INSTALLED Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-8 www.ck-components.com EP Series Sealed Tiny Pushbutton Switches Features/Benefits • Sealed against solder & • Thru-hole and surface mount models • Snap-fitting actuator accepts A networking equipment Pushbutton cleaning processes Typical Applications • Telecommunications and • Computers and peripherals • Instrumentation and controls standard caps • Tape & reel packaging available • RoHS compliant models available Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. See page A-13 for additional ratings. CASE & BUSHING: High temperature material, glass filled nylon 4/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized (UL 94V-0) on EP11 / EP12 models; glass filled nylon 6/6 on EP21. ELECTRICAL LIFE: EP11, EP21 models: 60,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. EP12 models: 30,000 cycles. PLUNGER: Thermoplastic polyester or glass filled nylon (UL 94V-0), with internal o-ring seal. SA surface mount: High temperature material, glass filled LCP (UL 94V-0). CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, matte-tin plated. CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. See page A-13 for additional contact materials. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, P, S, R or G contact material are RoHS compliant. DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP57; Protection against harmful dust deposit, full-scale voltage protection, temporary immersion. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. PACKAGING: Surface mount switches standard in anti-static tape and reel packaging per EIA 481-3, see page A-14 for drawings and reel information. Tape and cover strip are conductive for use near statically sensitive components, consult Customer Service Center. CAUTION: PC mounting layouts and pads as shown are designed to be compatible with the latest equipment and reflow techniques. Care should be taken in the design and location of PC lands to suit individual needs. Orientation relative to reflow direction may significantly impact solder joint integrity. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages A-10 thru A-14. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models are process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods. Switch Function EP11 SPST Off-Mom. EP12 SPDT On-Mom. EP21 DPST Off-Mom. Plunger S .215" high S1 .110" high S2 .465" high FP Flush R Snap-fitting, .215 high Seal E Epoxy Bushing D1 Unthreaded Terminations A Right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole AV Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole SA Right angle, surface mount SA1 Right angle, surface mount rear facing V3 Vertical mount, v-bracket V31 Vertical mount, v-bracket, snap-in (EP11 & EP12 only) W Wire wrap Contact Material B Gold P Gold, matte-tin Q Silver S Silver, matte-tin G Gold over silver R Gold over silver, matte tin Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-9 www.ck-components.com EP Series Sealed Tiny Pushbutton Switches SWITCH FUNCTION Pushbutton A NO. POLES MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 C&K marking on opposite side C&K marking on opposite side EP11 OFF MOM. OPEN 1-3 EP12 ON MOM. 2-1 2-3 SCHEMATIC SPST SP SPDT SPDT Omit terminal 2 for EP11 models. Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: EP12SD1CBE DP EP21 OFF MOM. OPEN 1-3,4-6 DPST DPST Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: EP21SD1CBE MOM. = Momentary All models with all options when ordered with G, Q, R or S contact material. PLUNGER S .215" HIGH S1 S2 .110" HIGH .465" HIGH S1& S2 actuators are not available with EP12 & EP21 models. FP FLUSH PLUNGER R SNAP-FITTING FP & R actuators are not available with EP21 model. NOTE: Caps available for plunger options, see page A-14. BUSHING D1 UNTHREADED NOTE: Internal actuator o-ring standard. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-10 www.ck-components.com EP Series Sealed Tiny Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS A W PC THRU-HOLE SP WIRE WRAP Pushbutton C DP SP DP PC MOUNTING EP11 - Omit center hole. SP and DP A SP and DP RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING EP12SD1ABE SPDT EP11 Models: omit terminal 2. A EP11 Models: omit thru-hole 2. RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING EP21SD1ABE DPST AV VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING EP12SD1AVBE SPDT EP11 Models: omit terminal 2. EP11 Models: omit hole 2. NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-11 www.ck-components.com EP Series Sealed Tiny Pushbutton Switches Pushbutton A TERMINATIONS AV VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING EP21SD1AVBE DPST NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV3 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING EP12SD1AV3BE SPST SA EP11 Models: omit hole 2. PC MOUNTING RIGHT ANGLE, SURFACE MOUNT .320 (8,13) EP12SD1SAPE SPDT .410 MAX (10,41) EP11 Models: omit pad 2. Available with P contact material only. Not Available on DPST models. SA1 EP11 Models: omit terminal 2. PC MOUNTING RIGHT ANGLE, SURFACE MOUNT .100 (2,54) .276 (7,0) .041 (1,04) .181 (4,60) .320 (8,13) EP12SD1SA1BE SPDT SA1 is only available with B and P contact materials. Not Available on DPST models. .020 TYP (0,51) .071 TYP. (1,80) .220 (5,60) .313 (7,95) .059 (1,50) EPOXY SEAL .272 (6,90) .059 (1,50) YY/WW 0.4VA MAX .160 (4,06) .400 (10,16) 1 .200 (5,08) .051 (1,30) .121 (3,07) .217 (5,51) .234 (5,94) 2 TERMINAL NOS. 3 FOR REF. ONLY .032 TYP. (0,80) .200 (5,08) .082 TYP. (2,10) .100 (2,54) Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-12 www.ck-components.com EP Series Sealed Tiny Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS A VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET Pushbutton V3 V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING EP11 Models: omit centerhole. EP12SD1V3BE SPDT V31 SNAP-IN EP11 Models: omit terminal 2. V3 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING EP21SD1V3BE DPST CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL B P TERMINAL PLATING RATINGS GOLD 1 GOLD 1 Q SILVER 4,5 LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. POWER 1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. GOLD 3 LOW LEVEL/DRY 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR MATTE-TIN 6 CIRCUIT OR POWER 1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. MATTE-TIN 6 SILVER 5 MATTE-TIN 6 S G GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3 R * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. 5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte tin over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B P, S ,R or G contact material are RoHS compliant. All models with all options when ordered with G, S, R or Q contact material. SEAL E EPOXY SEAL Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-13 www.ck-components.com EP Series Sealed Tiny Pushbutton Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Pushbutton A Cap Cap .200 DIA. (5,08Ø) .155 (3,94) .310 DIA. (7,87Ø) Cap Compatible with snap-fitting plungers EP11 & EP12 Models. R option only. PART NO. PART NO. 585A01000 WHITE 585A02000 BLACK 585A03000 RED 785A01000 WHITE 785A02000 BLACK 785A03000 RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss .152 (3,86) .080 (2,03) .100 (2,54) PART NO. 508101000 508102000 508103000 Cap Compatible with snap-fitting plungers EP11 & EP12 Models. R option only. PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED 465801000 465802000 465803000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Not for use on S1 plunger Not for use on S1 plunger NOTE: Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. TAPE & REEL For part number EPXX-SA/SA1 REEL INFORMATION OUTSIDE DIAMETER PILOT HOLE QUANTITY PER REEL EP11SDISAPE 13.00 (330,0) .512 (13,0) 600 EP11FPDISAPE Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-14 www.ck-components.com TP Series Tiny Pushbutton Switches Features/Benefits • Subminiature size—capable of • • • • Vertical & right angle terminations PC & panel mount models A networking equipment Pushbutton switching 1 AMP Typical Applications • Telecommunications and • Computers and peripherals • Instrumentation and controls Snap-in front panel mounting available Epoxy terminal seal-compatible with bottom wash cleaning • RoHS compliant models available Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Q contact material: 1 AMP @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC. See page A-19 for additional ratings. CASE: Glass filled nylon 4/6 or 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized or diallyl phthalate (DAP), (UL 94V-0). ELECTRICAL LIFE: TP11, TP21 MODELS: 60,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. TP12 MODELS: 30,000 cycles. CAP & FRAME: Nylon, black standard. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min. PLUNGER: Thermoplastic polyester (UL 94V-0). BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated. HOUSING: Stainless steel. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, matte-tin plated. END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page A-19 for additional contact materials. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, P, R or G contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page A-19 for additional contact materials. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. Refer to soldering and cleaning in Technical Data Chapter HARDWARE: Nut & Locking Ring: Brass nickel plated. Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages A-16 thru A-20. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods. Switch Function TP11 SPST Off-Mom. TP12 SPDT On-Mom. TP21 DPST Off-Mom. Actuator or Bushing SH .155" high plunger, threaded, .220" high bushing, flat SH8 .155" high plunger, unthreaded, .220" high bushing, round SH9 .155" high plunger, unthreaded, .220" high bushing, flat J81 Snap-in with frame LT .215" high plunger, threaded, .310" high bushing, flat LT9 .215" high plunger, unthreaded, .310" high bushing, flat MS9 .130" high plunger, .020" high bushing, round Terminations A Right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole Z Solder lug AV Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole V3 Vertical mount, v-bracket W Wire wrap Contact Material B Gold P Gold, matte-tin Q Silver G Gold over silver R Gold over silver, matte-tin Seal E Epoxy Cap Color 2 Black NONE Models with no cap 1 White Frame Color 2 Black NONE Models with no frame Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-15 www.ck-components.com TP Series Tiny Pushbutton Switches SWITCH FUNCTION Pushbutton A NO. POLES MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 C&K marking on opposite side C&K marking on opposite side TP11 OFF MOM. OPEN 1-3 TP12 ON MOM. 2-1 2-3 SCHEMATIC SPST SP SPDT SPDT Omit terminal 2 for TP11 models. Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: TP12SHZQE DP TP21 OFF MOM. OPEN 1-3,4-6 DPST DPST Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: TP21SHZQE MOM. = Momentary All models with all options when ordered with G, Q or R contact material. CAP COLOR ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT FRAME COLOR ACTUATOR OR BUSHING J81 SNAP-IN WITH FRAME OPTION CODE PANEL MOUNTING CAP COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE OPTION CODE 2 FRAME COLOR BLACK NONE No Frame Color (J80 option) Cap and Frame Finish: matte. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. NOTE: Available with Z, C, or W terminations. NOTE: Caps & frames available separately, see page A-20. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-16 www.ck-components.com TP Series Tiny Pushbutton Switches A SH8 .155" HIGH PLUNGER, SH9 .155" HIGH PLUNGER, .155" HIGH PLUNGER, LT .215" HIGH PLUNGER, .220" HIGH BUSHING, .220" HIGH BUSHING, .220" HIGH BUSHING, .310" HIGH BUSHING, THREADED, FLAT UNTHREADED UNTHREADED, FLAT THREADED LT9 MS9 .130" HIGH PLUNGER .215" HIGH PLUNGER, .310" HIGH BUSHING, UNTHREADED Standard with Z, C, W terminations. Not available with Z terminations. Standard with A, AV, V3 terminations. † Subtract .016 (0,41) for models with A, AV or V3 terminations. NOTE: Caps available for plunger options, see page A-20. PANEL MOUNTING 10-48 BUSHING Without locking ring 1/4 IN. BUSHING With standard locking ring Without locking ring With standard locking ring NOTE: One mounting nut, locking ring and lockwasher supplied standard with 10-48 threaded bushings (two nuts with 1/4-40 bushings). Optional mounting nut and locking ring styles and finishes available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”. TERMINATIONS C Z PC THRU-HOLE SP W SOLDER LUG WIRE WRAP DP SP DP SP DP PC MOUNTING Omit center holes for TP11 models Not available with MS9 bushing or P or R contact material. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-17 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton SH TP Series Tiny Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS Pushbutton A A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING TP12SH9ABE SPDT A TP11 Models: omit terminal 2. TP11 Models: omit hole 2. RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING TP21SH9ABE DPST AV VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING TP12SH9AVBE SPDT TP11 Models: omit hole 2. TP11 Models: omit terminal 2. NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING TP21SH9AVBE DPST NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-18 www.ck-components.com TP Series Tiny Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS A VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET Pushbutton V3 PC MOUNTING TP11 Models: omit hole 2. TP12SH9V3BE SPDT TP11 Models: omit terminal 2. V3 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING TP21SH9V3BE DPST CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL TERMINAL PLATING B P Q G RATINGS GOLD 1 GOLD 1 MATTE-TIN 6 SILVER 5 SILVER 4,5 GOLD 3 GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3 R LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. 1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. POWER LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. MATTE-TIN 6 * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. B contact material standard with A, AV, V3 & W terminations. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. Q contact material standard with C & Z terminations 5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. P, R contact materials not available with Z terminations. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with P, R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. All models with all options when ordered with R, G, or Q contact material. SEAL E EPOXY SEAL Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-19 www.ck-components.com TP Series Tiny Pushbutton Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Pushbutton A Cap, .100" DIA. Plungers PART NO. 508101000 508102000 Cap, .100" DIA. Plungers (Recommended for S9 plunger) Cap, .100" DIA. Plungers PART NO. WHITE BLACK Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss PART NO. 538701000 538702000 465801000 465802000 WHITE BLACK Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Cap, .120" DIA. Plungers Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Cap, .120" DIA. Plungers Cap, J81 option only ( .301 ) .090 1.000° MAX. DRAFT WHITE BLACK R.015 R.012 .065 ±.005 .250 .120 P .310 CAVITY ID 6X 45 ° X .010 CHAMFER OR .010 R. LEAD IN PART NO. 708901000 708902000 Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss WHITE BLACK TUNNEL GATE AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THIS SURFACE. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 484601000 484602000 891D01000 WHITE 891D02000 BLACK WHITE BLACK 798201000 798202263 Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss WHITE BLACK Material: Nylon Finish: Matte NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”. Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center. TYPICAL APPLICATION Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte. .047" (1,19) PANEL THK. .062" (1,57) PANEL THK. .090" (2,29) PANEL THK. .125" (3,18) PANEL THK. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 432502263 432602263 432702263 432802263 BLACK PANEL MOUNTING For part numbers 432502263, 432602263 For part numbers 432702263, 432802263 .005 R. .495 ± .505 (0,13) (12,57 ± 12,83) MAX. TYP. .005 R. (0,13) MAX. TYP. .595 ± .605 (15,11 ± 15,37) Panel Inserts .495 ± .505 (12,57 ± 12,83) .620 ± .625 (15,75 ± 15,88) Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole for LED) also available. LED not included. PANEL INSERT WITH HOLE FOR LED BLANK PANEL INSERT WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED PART NO. PART NO. 894902000 476602000 BLACK Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-20 www.ck-components.com E020 Series Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches Features/Benefits • Process sealed with disposable • Long life contact design • Snap-fitting plunger available • RoHS compliant models available A Pushbutton splashproof boot Typical Applications • Instrumentation • Telecommunications and networking equipment • Computers and peripherals Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: B contact material (EX25 Models): 0.4 VA max. CASE & BUSHING: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant @ 20 V AC or DC max. G contact material (EX21 Models): 1 AMP (UL 94V-0). @120 V AC or 28 V DC or 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. PLUNGER: Glass filled nylon or glass filled polyester (PBT) Note: Break-before-make contacts. Multi-pole contacts (UL 94V-0). do not make and break simultaneously. See page A-26 for SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin. additional ratings. SWITCH SUPPORT RETAINER: Stainless steel. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 60,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 mΩ typ. initial @ 2–4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min. N.O. & N.C. CONTACTS: EX25 MODELS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. EX21 MODELS: G contact material: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. See page A-26 for additional contact materials. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level. CAP INSTALLATION FORCE: 10 lbs. max. permissible. COMMON CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. See page A-26 for additional contact materials. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). DISPOSABLE BOOT: Vinyl splashproof boot supplied standard. Remove and discard only after soldering and cleaning processes are complete. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 75ºC. NOTE: Any models supplied with P, R, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages A-22 thru A-28. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult our Customer Service Center. All models are process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods. Switch Function E121 SPDT On-Mom. 1 Amp E221 DPDT On-Mom. 1 Amp E125 SPDT On-Mom. 0.4VA E225 DPDT On-Mom. 0.4VA Plunger S .282" high M .331" high, snap-fitting S1 .332" high Bushing D1 Unthreaded D3 .180" high, unthreaded Terminations Right angle, PC thru-hole A AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole A3 Right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole V3 .460" high, V-bracket V4 .630" high, V-bracket V6 .460" high, V-bracket V8 .953" high, V-bracket V31 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket V41 .630" high, snap-in V-bracket V61 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket Contact Material B Gold G Gold over silver P Gold, matte-tin R Gold over silver, matte-tin Seal E Epoxy and disposable splashproof boot Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-21 www.ck-components.com E020 Series Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches SWITCH FUNCTION Pushbutton A NO. POLES SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 C&K marking this side C&K marking this side MODEL NO. E121 ON MOM. E125 ON MOM. SP 1-3 SCHEMATIC 1-2 SPDT SPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: E121SD1CGE E221 ON MOM. E225 ON MOM. DP 1-3,4-6 1-2,4-5 DPDT DPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: E221SD1CBE MOM. = Momentary EX25 models must be ordered with B or P contact material. EX21 models must be ordered with G or R contact material. E121, E221 models with all options when ordered with G or R contact material. PLUNGER S S1 .282" HIGH M .332" HIGH .332" HIGH SNAP-FITTING Not Available with D1 bushing. NOTE: Caps available for all plunger options, see page A-27. BUSHING D1 D3 UNTHREADED .180" HIGH UNTHREADED Not available with S1 actuator. NOTE: Disposable splashproof vinyl over actuator and bushing supplied std., see page A-26. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-22 www.ck-components.com E020 Series Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS A PC THRU-HOLE Pushbutton C PC MOUNTING SPDT and DPDT A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE E121SD1AGE SPDT SECTION A-A A3 PC MOUNTING RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE E221SD1AGE DPDT SECTION A-A A3 RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-23 www.ck-components.com E020 Series Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS Pushbutton A AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH E121SD1AV2GE SPDT SECTION A-A AV3 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH E221SD1AV2GE DPDT AV3 SECTION A-A VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-24 www.ck-components.com E020 Series Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS A Pushbutton V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V31, V41 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING Dim 'A' E121SD3__GE SPDT SNAP-IN OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V3, V31 .460 (11,68) V4, V41 .630 (16,00) V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V31, V41 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING E221SD3__GE DPDT Dim 'A' SNAP-IN OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V3, V31 .460 (11,68) V4, V41 .630 (16,00) V6, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V61, V81 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING .122 DIA. .192 (4,88) .060 MAX. (1,53) C&K MARKING ON OPPOSITE SIDE .180 (4,57) DIM ’A’ 1 C 2 3 NO NC .030 X .050 TYP. (0,76) (1,27) .020 TYP. (0,51) .185 TYP. (4,70) .185 (4,70) .050 (1,27) .250 (6,35) E121SD3__GE SPDT OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V6, V61 .460 (11,68) V8, V81 .953 (24,21) .360 (9,14) .750 (19,05) Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-25 www.ck-components.com E020 Series Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS Pushbutton A V6, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V61, V81 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING Dim 'A' SNAP-IN E221SD3V6GE DPDT OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V6, V61 .460 (11,68) V8, V81 .953 (24,21) CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL B GOLD 1 P G R TERMINAL PLATING RATINGS GOLD 1 EX25 MODELS ONLY: 0.4 VA MAX. LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. MATTE-TIN 4 GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3 GOLD 3 MATTE-TIN 4 LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER EX21 MODELS ONLY: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with P, R, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. 2 N.O. AND N.C. CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. 3 COMMON CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. E121, E221 models G, or R contact material. 4 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin alloy over nickel plate. with all options when ordered with mandatory P or B contact material must be ordered with EX25 models. R or G contact material must be ordered with EX21 models. SEAL E EPOXY SEAL AND DISPOSABLE SPLASHPROOF BOOT Disposable splashproof boot supplied standard. Remove and discard boot only after soldering and cleaning processes are complete. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-26 www.ck-components.com E020 Series Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Cap Cap A Cap Pushbutton .200 DIA. (5,08 ) .120 (3,05) .155 (3,94) PART NO. 708901000 708902000 708903000 PART NO. PART NO. 752701000 752702000 752703000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss 801801000 801802000 801803000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Cap, Snap-fitting plunger Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Cap, Snap-fitting plunger PART NO. PART NO. 452D01000 WHITE 452D02000 BLACK 452D03000 RED 894101000 894102000 894103000 Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss WHITE BLACK RED Cap PART NO. PART NO. 484601000 484602000 484603000 WHITE BLACK RED WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss 798201000 798202263 798203000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Matte NOTE: Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center. TYPICAL APPLICATION Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte. .047" (1,19) PANEL THK. .062" (1,57) PANEL THK. .090" (2,29) PANEL THK. .125" (3,18) PANEL THK. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 432502263 432602263 432702263 432802263 BLACK Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-27 www.ck-components.com E020 Series Sealed Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Pushbutton A PANEL INSERTS Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole for LED) also available. LED not included. PANEL INSERT WITH HOLE FOR LED BLANK PANEL INSERT WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED PART NO. PART NO. 894902000 476602000 BLACK Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-28 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches Typical Applications • Instrumentation • Computer peripherals • Telecommunications equipment A Pushbutton Features/Benefits • Positive tactile feel • Multi-positions available • Wide variety of termination options • Epoxy terminal seal compatible with bottom wash cleaning • RoHS compliant models available Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: B contact material (8X25 Models): 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC maximum. G contact material (8X21, U8X1 Models): 1 AMP @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC or 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Note: Break-before-makecontacts. Multi-pole contacts do not make and break simultaneously. See page A-43 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 60,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 8X2X MODELS: –30ºC to 75ºC. U8X1 MODELS: –30ºC to 65ºC. CAP INSTALLATION FORCE: 10 lbs. max. permissible. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). CASE: Glass filled nylon 6/6 or diallyl phthalate (DAP), flame retardant (UL 94V-0). PLUNGER: Glass filled nylon or glass filled polyester (PBT) (UL 94V-0). CAP & FRAME: Nylon, black, standard. BUSHING: Brass or zinc, nickel plated. HOUSING: Stainless steel. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated. N.O. & N.C. CONTACTS: 8X21, U8X1 MODELS: G contact material: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. See page A-43 for additional contact materials. 8X25 MODELS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. See page A-43 for additional contact materials. COMMON CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. Refer to soldering and cleaning NOTE: Any models supplied with B, P, R, or G contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Technical Data Chapter. HARDWARE: Nut & Locking Ring: Brass, nickel plated; Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages A-30 thru A-45. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods. Switch Function 8121 SPDT On-Mom. 1 Amp 8125 SPDT On-Mom. 0.4VA 8221 DPDT On-Mom. 1 Amp 8225 DPDT On-Mom. 0.4VA 8321 3PDT On-Mom. 1 Amp 8325 3PDT On-Mom. 0.4VA 8421 4PDT On-Mom. 1 Amp 8425 4PDT On-Mom. 0.4VA Note: UL models available, see page A-30 and A-31. Actuator or Plunger S Plunger NONE Snap-in J80 Snap-in J81 Snap-in w/frame J82 Snap-in w/frame for LED J83 Snap-in w/frame & flush cap J84 Snap-in w/frame for LED, flush cap J85 Snap-in w/frame & LED J95 PC w/V-bracket & LED L Plunger M Snap-fitting plunger Terminations A Right angle, PC thru-hole AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole Z Solder lug A2 Right angle, PC thru-hole A3 Right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole Bushing D9 .280" high, keyway H .250" high, flat NONE No bushing choice required D .280" high, keyway D2 .288" high, flat D3 .180" high D8 .288" high, flat H9 .250" high, flat, hi torque Y .350" high, keyway Y3 6.35mm high, keyway, hi torque Y4 .378" high, flat, hi torque Y9 .350" high, keyway Contact Material B Gold P Gold, matte-tin G Gold over silver R Gold over silver, matte-tin Seal E Epoxy I Epoxy potted base Cap Color 2 Black NONE Models without caps 1 White 3 Red A4 Right angle, PC thru-hole, reversed terminals A6 Right angle, PC thru-hole AV1 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole R Right angle with PCB R2 Right angle with PCB, reversed terminals V2 V3 V4 V6 V7 V8 V9 .555" high, V-bracket .460" high, V-bracket .630" high, V-bracket .460" high, V-bracket .630" high, V-bracket .953" high, V-bracket 1.150" high, V-bracket Frame Color 2 Black NONE Models without frame 1 White 3 Red 5 Yellow 6 Green 9 Gray 4 5 6 7 9 Orange Yellow Green Blue Gray LED Color 3 Red NONE Models without LED 5 Yellow 6 Green V31 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket V61 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket W .750" long, wire wrap W1 .964" long, wire wrap W3 .425" long, wire wrap W4 1.062" long, wire wrap Z3 Quick connect Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-29 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches SWITCH FUNCTION Pushbutton A SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 C&K marking on opposite side C&K marking on opposite side UL/CSA* NO. POLES MODEL NO. 8121 MODEL NO. U811 ON MOM. ON MOM. SP SCHEMATIC 1-3 8125 1-2 SPDT SPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: 8121SHZGE 8221 U821 ON MOM. ON MOM. DP 1-3,4-6 8225 1-2,4-5 DPDT DPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: 8221SHZGE 8321 U831 ON MOM. ON MOM. 3P 1-3,4-6,7-9 8325 1-2,4-5,7-8 3PDT 3PDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: 8321SHZGE MOM. = Momentary 8X25 models must be ordered with B or P contact material. with all options (except R, R2 terminations) *U811 thru U841 model numbers when ordered with G or R contact material. 8X21 and U8X1 models must be ordered with G or R contact material. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-30 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches SWITCH FUNCTION A CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 C&K marking on opposite side C&K marking on opposite side Pushbutton SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 UL/CSA* NO. POLES MODEL NO. 8421 MODEL NO. U841 ON MOM. ON MOM. 4P 1-3,4-6,7-9,10-12 8425 SCHEMATIC 1-2,4-5,7-8,10-11 4PDT 4PDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: 8421SHZGE MOM. = Momentary 8X25 models must be ordered with B or P contact material. * U811 thru U841 model numbers with all options (except R, R2 terminations) when ordered with G or R contact material. 8X21 and U8X1 models must be ordered with G or R contact material. CAP COLOR ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER J80 FRAME COLOR SNAP-IN PANEL MOUNTING OPTION CODE 2 NONE ** CAP AND FRAME COLOR BLACK No Frame Color (J80 option) 1 WHITE 3 RED 4 ORANGE 5 YELLOW 6 GREEN 7 BLUE 9 GRAY NOTE: No frame color choice required. ** Increase this dim. to .620/.625 (15,75/15,88) for .091/.125 (2,31/3,18) thk. panels. J81 SNAP-IN WITH FRAME PANEL MOUNTING Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Cap and Frame Finish: matte. NOTE: Caps and frames available separately, see pages A-44 and A-45. ** NOTE: Available with C, W-W4, Z or Z3 terminations and SPDT and DPDT models only. ** Increase this dim. to .620/.625 (15,75/15,88) for .091/.125 (2,31/3,18) thk. panels. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-31 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches CAP COLOR ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT Pushbutton A ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER J83 FRAME COLOR SNAP-IN WITH FRAME AND FLUSH CAP PANEL MOUNTING ** J82 SNAP-IN WITH FRAME FOR LED LED not included. For LED information, see page A-45. J84 SNAP-IN WITH FRAME FOR LED, FLUSH CAP LED not included. For LED information, see page A-45. OPTION CODE CAP AND FRAME COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED 4 ORANGE 5 YELLOW 6 GREEN 7 BLUE 9 GRAY Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Cap and Frame Finish: matte. Available with C, W-W4, Z or Z3 terminations and SPDT and DPDT models only. NOTE: Caps and frames available separately, see pages A-44 and A-45. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-32 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches CAP COLOR LED COLOR ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER A SNAP-IN WITH FRAME AND LED Pushbutton J85 FRAME COLOR PANEL MOUNTING * * Increase this dim. to .620/.625 (15,75/15,88) for .091/.125 (2,31/3,18) thk. panels. 8121J85ZGE223 SPST OPTION CODE Available with C, W-W4, Z or Z3 terminations and SPDT models only. For LED information see page A-45. NOTE: Caps & frames available separately, see pages A-44 and A-45. OPTION CODE CAP AND FRAME COLOR LED COLOR 2 BLACK 3 RED 1 WHITE 5 YELLOW 3 RED 6 GREEN 4 ORANGE 5 YELLOW 6 GREEN 7 BLUE 9 GRAY For LED information see page A-45. CAP COLOR ACTUATOR—PC MOUNT ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER J95 LED COLOR PC WITH V-BRACKET AND LED PC MOUNTING OPTION CODE CAP AND FRAME COLOR OPTION CODE LED COLOR 2 BLACK 3 RED 1 WHITE 5 YELLOW 3 RED 6 GREEN 4 ORANGE 5 YELLOW 6 GREEN 7 BLUE 9 GRAY 8121J95V3GE23 SPST For LED information see page A-45. NOTE: Caps available separately, see page A-44. Available with V3 terminations and SPDT models only. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-33 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches PLUNGER Pushbutton A ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER S PLUNGER NONE AVAILABLE BUSHINGS DIM. ‘A’ FOR C, W-W4, Z & Z3 TERMINATIONS DIM. ‘A’ FOR A, A2, A3, A4, A6, AV-A 3, R & R2 TERMINATIONS D, D9 .244 (6,20) .228 (5,79) .224 (5,69) H, H9 .218 (5,54) .202 (5,13) .198 (5,03) Y, Y9 .203 (5,16) .187 (4,75) .183 (4,65) Y3 (5,54) (5,13) (5,03) Y4 .185 (4,70) .169 (4,29) .165 (4,19) D2, D8 N/A .232 (5,89) .228 (5,79) D3 N/A .162 (4,11) .158 (4,01) AVAILABLE BUSHINGS DIM. ‘B’ FOR C, W-W4, Z & Z3 TERMINATIONS DIM. ‘B’ FOR A, A2, A3, A4, A6, AV-A 3, R & R2 TERMINATIONS Y, Y9 .178 (4,52) .162 (4,11) .158 (4,01) Y4 .090 (2,29) .074 (1,88) .070 (1,78) AVAILABLE BUSHINGS DIM. ‘C’ FOR C, W-W4, Z & Z3 TERMINATIONS DIM. ‘C’ FOR A, A2, A3, A4, A6, AV-A 3, R & R2 TERMINATIONS NO PLUNGER CHOICE REQUIRED (JXX ACTUATORS) L M PLUNGER DIM. ‘A’ FOR V3-V61 TERMINATIONS SNAP-FITTING PLUNGER DIM. ‘B’ FOR V3-V61 TERMINATIONS DIM. ‘C’ FOR V3-V61 TERMINATIONS D, D9 .297 (7,54) .281 (7,14) .277 (7,04) H, H9 .267 (6,78) .251 (6,38) .247 (6,27) Y, Y9 .259 (6,58) .243 (6,17) .239 (6,07) Y3 (6,78) (6,37) (6,27) Y4 .259 (6,58) .243 (6,17) .239 (6,07) D2, D8 N/A .273 (6,93) .269 (6,83) D3 N/A .361 (9,17) .357 (9,07) N/A = NOT AVAILABLE NOTE: When selecting plunger option, bushing selection must also be made, see next page. No plunger option is required when any JXX actuator option is selected. Additional plunger lengths are available on SPDT and DPDT models, consult Customer Service Center. Not all plunger lengths sufficient for use with caps, see page A-44. BUSHING NONE NO BUSHING CHOICE REQUIRED (JXX ACTUATORS) D .280" HIGH THREADED, KEYWAY D9 .280" HIGH UNTHREADED, H .250" HIGH THREADED, FLAT H9 .250" HIGH UNTHREADED, FLAT Y .350" HIGH THREADED, KEYWAY Y9 .350" HIGH UNTHREADED, KEYWAY KEYWAY 1/4-40 UNS-2A D9 bushing standard with A-A6, H bushing standard with C, W-W4, Z or Z3 terminations. R, R2 AV-AV3 terminations. H, H9 bushings not available on single pole models with A3-A6, R, R2 terminations. Will withstand 12 in./lbs. of torque with no distortion. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-34 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches BUSHING 6.35mm THREADED, KEYWAY Y4 A D2 D8 .378" HIGH THREADED, FLAT .288" HIGH THREADED, FLAT D3 .180" HIGH UNTHREADED .288" HIGH UNTHREADED, FLAT 1/4-40 UNS-2A D2, D8 bushings not available with C, W-W4, Z, Z3 terminations. Y3 & Y4 bushings not available on single pole models with A3-A6, R, R2 terminations. Will withstand 12 in./lbs. of torque with no distortion. D3 bushing available with A, A2, A3, AV, AV2, AV3 and V2-V61 terminations only. NOTE: No bushing option choice required when JXX actuator option is selected. When selecting bushing option, plunger selection must also be made, see previous page. Plunger lengths vary with bushing and termination options selected. NOTE: Two mounting nuts, locking ring and lockwasher supplied standard with threaded bushings. Optional mounting nut and locking ring styles available, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”. TERMINATIONS Z C SOLDER LUG PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING SPDT thru 4PDT Z3 Not available with J95 actuator, P or R contact material. SPDT thru 4PDT W W1, W3, W4 QUICK CONNECT DIM `A' SPDT thru 4PDT Not available with J95 actuator option. WIRE WRAP OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ W .750 (19,05) W1 .964 (24,49) W3 .425 (10,80) W4 1.062 (26,97) Not available with J95 actuator option. Not available with J95 actuator, P or R contact material. Mating quick connector available, order part number 530100000, page A-44. SPDT thru 4PDT Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-35 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton Y3 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS Pushbutton A A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE 8121SD9AGE SPDT .138 (3,51) A3 RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING Not available with JXX actuators and I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE 8221SD9AGE DPDT SECTION A-A A3 RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING Not available with JXX actuators and I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-36 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE Pushbutton A PC MOUNTING 8321SD9AGE 3PDT SECTION A-A Not available with JXX actuators and I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. A2 RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING 8121SD9A2GE SPDT Not available with JXX actuators, I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. A4 RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, REVERSED TERMINALS 8121SD9A4GE SPDT Not available with JXX actuators, D3, H, H9, Y3, Y4 bushings and I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. The A4 and R2 termination options are functionally identical and fit the same PC mounting pattern. The switches, however, are shifted relative to the mounting holes. The PC pattern must clear the switch support legs. Unlike the R2, the A4 option is available with UL/CSA. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-37 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS Pushbutton A A6 RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING 8121SD9A6GE SPDT The A6 and R termination options are functionally identical and fit the same PC mounting pattern, The switches, however, are shifted relative to the mounting holes. The PC pattern must clear the Not available with JXX actuators, D3, H, H9, Y3, Y4 bushings and I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. R switch support legs. Unlike the R, the A6 option is available with UL/CSA. RIGHT ANGLE WITH PCB PC MOUNTING 8121SD9RGE SPDT Not available with JXX actuators, D3, H, H9, Y3, Y4 bushings, I seal option. R termination not UL/CSA approved. R2 RIGHT ANGLE WITH PCB, REVERSED TERMINALS PC MOUNTING 8121SD9R2GE SPDT Reversed terminals Not available with JXX actuators, D3, H, H9, Y3, Y4 bushings, I seal option. R2 termination not UL/CSA approved. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-38 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS A VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH Pushbutton AV2 8121SD9AV2GE SPDT AV3 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN,, AV1 PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING Not available with JXX actuators and I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH 8221SD9AV2GE DPDT AV3 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH AV1 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING .15 (3,8) .33 TYP. (8,4) Not available with JXX actuators and I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-39 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS Pushbutton A AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, 150" PITCH 8321SD9AV2GE 3PDT AV3 AV1 PC MOUNTING VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH .15 (3,8) .33 TYP. (8,4) Not available with JXX actuators and I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, 150" PITCH 8421SD9AV2GE 4PDT AV3 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, AV1 PC MOUNTING VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH Not available with JXX actuators and I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. PC MOUNTING V2, V6, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V61 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN 8121SD3__GE SPDT Not available with JXX actuators and I seal. OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V2 .555 (14,10) V6, V61 .460 (11,68) V7 .630 (16,00) V8 .953 (24,21) Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-40 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS A Pushbutton V2, V6, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V61 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING 8221SD3__GE DPDT OPTION CODE Not available with JXX actuators and I seal. V2, V7, V8 DIM ‘A’ V2 .555 (14,10) V6, V61 .460 (11,68) V7 .630 (16,00) V8 .953 (24,21) VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING 8321SD3__GE 3PDT OPTION CODE Not available with JXX actuators and I seal. V2, V7, V8 DIM ‘A’ V2 .555 (14,10) V7 .630 (16,00) V8 .953 (24,21) VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING 8421SD3__GE 4PDT OPTION CODE Not available with JXX actuators and I seal. DIM ‘A’ V2 .555 (14,10) V7 .630 (16,00) V8 .953 (24,21) Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-41 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS Pushbutton A V3, V4, V9 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING 8121SD3__GE SPDT OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V3, V31 Not available with J8X actuators and I seal. V3, V4, V9 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN .460 (11,68) V4 .630 (16,00) V9 1.150 (29,21) PC MOUNTING 8221SD3__GE DPDT OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V3, V31 .460 (11,68) V4 .630 (16,00) V9 1.150 (29,21) Not available with J8X actuators and I seal. V4, V9 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING .630 (16,00) OPTION CODE 8321SD3V4GE 3PDT DIM ‘A’ V4 .630 (16,00) V9 1.150 (29,21) Not available with JXX actuators and I seal. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-42 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS A VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET Pushbutton V4, V9 PC MOUNTING .630 (16,00) 8421SD3V4GE 4PDT OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V4 .630 (16,00) V9 1.150 (29,21) Not available with JXX actuators and I seal. CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL TERMINAL PLATING B RATINGS GOLD 1 GOLD 1 LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT MATTE-TIN 4 P G @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. GOLD 3 GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3 MATTE-TIN R 8x25 MODELS ONLY: 0.4 MAX. LOW LEVEL/DRY 4 CIRCUIT OR POWER 8X21, U8X1 MODELS ONLY: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 ALL CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with B, P, R or G contact material are RoHS compliant. 2 N.O. AND N.C. CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. 3 COMMON CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. U811-U841 models with all options (except R, R2 terminations) when ordered with mandatory G or R contact material. 4 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate. B or P contact material must be ordered with 8X25 models. G or R contact material must be ordered with 8X21, U8X1 models. P or R contact material not available with Z, Z3 terminations. SEAL E EPOXY SEAL I EPOXY POTTED BASE NO. POLES DIM ‘A’ SP .410 (10,41) DP .440 (11,18) 3P .505 (12,83) 4P .505 (12,83) NOTE: Available with C, W-W4, Z, Z3 terminations only. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-43 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Pushbutton A Cap Cap PART NO. 708901000 708902000 708903000 708904000 708905000 708906000 708907000 708909000 PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GREEN BLUE GRAY Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss PART NO. PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GREEN BLUE GRAY Cap, Snap-fitting plunger 894101000 894102000 894103000 894104000 894105000 894106000 894107000 894109000 Material: Nylon Finish: Matte 613302263 484601000 484602000 484603000 484604000 484605000 484606000 484607000 484609000 PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GREEN BLUE GRAY 798201000 798202263 798203000 798204000 798205000 798206000 798207000 798209000 WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GREEN BLUE GRAY Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Cap, J85 & J95 options only PART NO. BLACK Cap, J80, J81, J82, J83 & J84 options only Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Frame PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GREEN BLUE GRAY PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GREEN BLUE GRAY Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Frame 801801000 801802000 801803000 801804000 801805000 801806000 801807000 801809000 Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GREEN BLUE GRAY Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss 615602263 752701000 752702000 752703000 752704000 752705000 752706000 752707000 752709000 Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Cap, Snap-fitting plunger 452D01000 452D02000 452D03000 452D04000 452D05000 452D06000 452D07000 452D09000 Cap BLACK Material: Nylon Finish: Matte PART NO. PART NO. 459701000 459702000 459703000 459704000 459705000 459706000 459707000 459709000 476801000 476802000 476803000 476804000 476805000 476806000 476807000 476809000 Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Material: Nylon Finish: Matte WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GREEN BLUE GRAY Fits Z3 Termination female connector NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”. PART NO. Other cap & frame colors available, consult Customer Service Center. 530100000 Available in loose pieces. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-44 www.ck-components.com 8020 Series Snap-acting Momentary Pushbutton Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE A Panel Inserts .047" (1,19) PANEL THK. .062" (1,57) PANEL THK. .090" (2,29) PANEL THK. .125" (3,18) PANEL THK. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 432502263 432602263 432702263 432802263 BLACK Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole for LED) also available. LED not included. PANEL INSERT WITH HOLE FOR LED BLANK PANEL INSERT WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED PART NO. PART NO. 894902000 476602000 BLACK Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center. LED INFORMATION SWITCHES WITH LED SUPPLIED: J85, J95 OPTIONS: Rectangular LEDs are supplied on 8020 Series pushbutton switches with J85 and J95 options. These LEDs are factory installed and are not replaceable. The following specifications apply: OPTION CODE COLOR TYP. INTENSITY 6 Green 1.0 mcd 3 Red* 0.5 mcd 5 Yellow 4.0 mcd TYP. FORWARD VOLTAGE TYP. FORWARD CURRENT MAX RATINGS AT 25ºC AMBIENT TEMPERATURE FORWARD VOLTAGE 20 mA 2.1 V 10 mA 20 mA 2.5 V CONTINUOUS FORWARD CURRENT POWER DISSIPATION 50 mA 125 mW 30 mA 75 mW 50 mA 125 mW Process Information: Soldering to LED leads must be completed within 5 seconds at 500ºF (260ºC) maximum. Caution: Circuit elements must limit forward current of LED to 50mA max. continuous. * Extra-bright red LED available (typ. intensity 4.5 mcd), consult Customer Service Center. LEDs are not supplied with J82, J84 options. LED snaps into switch frame surrounding actuator and is wired externally. Flat denotes cathode. .230 DIA. (5,84 ˘) 2 0. 5 SQ. TYP. )36,0( .20 DIA. (5,08 ˘) .030 (0,76) .750 ( 9,05) 1 .340 ( ,64) 8 Suggested LED for J82 & J84 options. Dimensions for reference only. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-45 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton TYPICAL APPLICATION Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte. E010 Series Sealed Momentary Pushbutton Switches Features/Benefits • Process sealed, withstands Pushbutton A soldering and cleaning • Long life contact design • Snap-fitting plunger available, Typical Applications • Instrumentation • Telecommunications and networking equipment • Computers and peripherals accepts a variety of caps • RoHS compliant models available Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC. See page A-50 for additional ratings. CASE & BUSHING: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant (UL 94V-0). ELECTRICAL LIFE: 40,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. PLUNGER: Glass filled nylon or glass filled polyester (PBT) (UL 94V-0), with internal o-ring seal standard. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 mΩ typ. initial @ 2–4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to 75ºC. CAP INSTALLATION FORCE: 10 lbs. max. permissible. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). NOTE: Any models supplied with P, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated. SWITCH SUPPORT RETAINER: Stainless steel. END CONTACTS: Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See A-50 for additional ratings. CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page A-50 for additional ratings. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. HARDWARE: Nut & locking ring-Brass, nickel plated. Lockwasher-Steel, nickel plated. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages A-47 thru A-51. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models are process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods. Switch Function E112 SPDT On-Mom. Plunger S .222" high L .338" high M .331" high, snap-fitting Bushing D1 Unthreaded Y Threaded, keyway Terminations A Right angle, PC thru-hole AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole A3 Right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole R2 Right angle with PCB V3 .460" high, V-bracket V4 .630" high, V-bracket V6 .460" high, V-bracket V8 .953" high, V-bracket V31 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket V81 .953" high, snap-in V-bracket V91 1.150" high, snap-in V-bracket W .750" long, wire wrap Z Solder lug Contact Material B Gold P Gold, matte-tin Q Silver G Gold over silver Seal E Epoxy Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-46 www.ck-components.com E010 Series Sealed Momentary Pushbutton Switches A SWITCH FUNCTION NO. POLES SP MODEL NO. POS. 2 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 C&K marking this side E112 ON Pushbutton SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 SCHEMATIC C&K marking this side MOM. 2-1 2-3 SPDT SPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: E112SD1CQE MOM. = Momentary All models with all options when ordered with G or Q contact material. PLUNGER S L .218" HIGH M .338" HIGH .331" HIGH, SNAP-FITTING .120 DIA. (3,05) .120 DIA. (3,05) ** .224 (5,69) Standard with D1 bushing (as shown). Standard with Y bushing (as shown). † Subtract .100 (2,54) from plunger length when ordered with Y bushing. ** Add .100 (2,54) from plunger length when ordered with D1 bushing. NOTE: Caps available for all plunger options, see pages A-50 and A-51. BUSHING D1 UNTHREADED Y THREADED, KEYWAY PANEL MOUNTING S plunger standard with D1 bushing. L plunger standard with Y bushing. Available only with C, Z terminations. Hardware: One dress nut part number 299D01201, one hex nut and lockwasher supplied standard. Withstands 4 in./lbs. without distortion. NOTE: Internal o-ring actuator seal standard for all bushing options. A-47 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change www.ck-components.com E010 Series Sealed Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS Pushbutton A C Z PC THRU-HOLE W SOLDER LUG WIRE WRAP PC MOUNTING SPDT A SPDT Not available with P contact materials. SPDT RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE .120 DIA. (3,05) .224 (5,69) E112SD1ABE SPDT SECTION A-A A3 RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE AW RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Available with D1 bushing only. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH .120 DIA. (3,05) E112SD1AV2BE SPDT AV3 .224 (5,69) VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, PC MOUNTING .150" PITCH NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Available with D1 bushing only. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-48 www.ck-components.com E010 Series Sealed Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS A RIGHT ANGLE WITH PCB Pushbutton R2 PC MOUNTING .120 DIA. (3,05) .224 (5,69) E112SD1R2BE SPDT NOTE: Available with D1 bushing and B contact material only. V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V31, V91 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN .120 DIA. (3,05) PC MOUNTING E112SD1__BE SPDT SNAP-IN OPTION CODE V3, V31 DIM ‘A’ .460 (11,68) V4 .630 (16,00) V91 1.150 (29,21) NOTE: Available with D1 bushing only. V6, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V81 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN .120 DIA. (3,05) PC MOUNTING E112SD1__BE SPDT OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V6 .460 (11,68) V8, V81 .953 (24,21) NOTE: Available with D1 bushing only. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-49 www.ck-components.com E010 Series Sealed Momentary Pushbutton Switches CONTACT MATERIAL Pushbutton A OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL TERMINAL PLATING RATINGS B P GOLD 1 GOLD 1 LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. MATTE-TIN 6 Q SILVER 4,5 SILVER 5 G GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3 GOLD 3 POWER 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC 0R 28 V DC. LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC 0R 28 V DC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with P, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. All models 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Coin silver, with gold plate B contact material standard with all terminations except C, Z. over nickel plate. with all options when ordered with G or Q contact material. B contact material must be ordered with R2 terminations. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. Q contact material standard with C, Z terminations. 5 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. P contact materials not available with Z terminations. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate. SEAL E EPOXY SEAL AVAILABLE HARDWARE Cap Cap .120 (3,05) Cap .200 DIA. (5,08 ) .155 (3,94) PART NO. 708901000 708902000 708903000 Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED 752701000 752702000 752703000 PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss 801801000 801802000 801803000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”. Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-50 www.ck-components.com E010 Series Sealed Momentary Pushbutton Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Cap, Snap-fitting plunger Cap, Snap-fitting plunger A Cap PART NO. PART NO. 452D01000 WHITE 452D02000 BLACK 452D03000 RED 894101000 894102000 894103000 Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss PART NO. 484601000 484602000 484603000 WHITE BLACK RED .240 (6,10) PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss 798201000 798202263 798203000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Matte NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”. Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte. Panel Inserts TYPICAL APPLICATION .047" (1,19) PANEL THK. .062" (1,57) PANEL THK. .090" (2,29) PANEL THK. .125" (3,18) PANEL THK. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 432502263 432602263 432702263 432802263 BLACK Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole for LED) also available. LED not included. PANEL INSERT WITH HOLE FOR LED BLANK PANEL INSERT WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED PART NO. PART NO. 894902000 476602000 Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center. BLACK Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-51 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton .450 SQ. (11,43) .195 (4,95) 8060 Series Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches Features/Benefits • Long travel • Available with LED • Long life contact design • Epoxy terminal seal Pushbutton A Typical Applications • Instrumentation • Computers and peripherals • Telecommunications and networking equipment compatabile with bottom wash cleaning • RoHS compliant models available Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: 6 AMPS @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. See page A-59 for additional ratings. CASE: Glass filled nylon 6/6 or diallyl phthalate (DAP), flame retardant (UL 94V-0). PLUNGER: S, S1, S2 Options: Glass filled nylon or glass filled polyester (PBT) (UL 94V-0). L, L1 Options: Brass, nickel plated. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min. CAP & FRAME: Nylon, black standard. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 65ºC END CONTACTS: Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page A-59 for additional contact materials. BUSHING: Brass or zinc, nickel plated. HOUSING: Stainless steel. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page A-59 for additional contact materials. CAP INSTALLATION FORCE: 10 lbs. maximum permissible. NOTE: Any models supplied with P, R, S, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. Refer to soldering and cleaning in Technical Data Chapter. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. HARDWARE: Nut & Locking Ring: Brass, nickel plated; Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages A-53 thru A-61. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods. Switch Function 8161 SPDT On-On 8168 SPDT On-Mom. 8261 DPDT On-On Actuator or Plunger S .710" high plunger with .375" dia. cap J80 Snap-in J81 Snap-in with frame J82 Snap-in with frame for LED J86 Snap-in with frame & LED L .740" high plunger with .395" dia. cap L1 .740" high plunger with .590" dia. cap S1 .615" high plunger with .200" dia. cap S2 .710" high plunger with .310" dia. cap Bushing H .300" high, flat, hi torque H9 .300" high, flat, hi torque NONE No bushing choice required Y3 7.6mm, keyway Terminations Right angle, PC thru-hole A AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole Z Solder lug A3 Right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole V3 .460" high, V-bracket V4 .630" high, V-bracket V6 .460" high, V-bracket V21 .555" high, snap-in V-bracket V31 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket W .750" long, wire wrap Z3 Quick connect Contact Material B Gold P Gold, matte-tin Q Silver S Silver, matte-tin G Gold over silver R Gold over silver, matte-tin Seal E Epoxy I Epoxy potted base Cap Color 2 Black 1 White 3 Red 4 Orange 5 Yellow 9 Gray Frame Color 2 Black LED Color 3 Red NONE Models without LED Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-52 www.ck-components.com 8060 Series Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES SP MODEL NO. POS. 2 C&K marking this side A CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 Pushbutton SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 2 C&K marking this side SCHEMATIC 8161 ON ON 2-3 2-1 8168 ON MOM. 2-3 2-1 SPDT SPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: 8161SHZQE DP 8261 ON ON 2-3,5-6 2-1,5-4 DPDT DPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: 8261SHZQE All models MOM. = Momentary with all options when ordered with G or Q contact material. CAP COLOR ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER J80 OPTION CODE SNAP-IN PANEL MOUNTING * CAP COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED 4 ORANGE 5 YELLOW 9 GRAY Cap Finish: matte. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. *Increase this dimension to .620/.625 (15,75/15,88) for .091/.125 (2,41/2,18) thick panels. J81 PANEL MOUNTING SNAP-IN WITH BLACK FRAME Available with C, W, Z or Z3 terminations. NOTE: Caps & frames available separately, see pages A-60 and A-61. * *Increase this dimension to .620/.625 (15,75/15,88) for .091/.125 (2,41/2,18) thick panels. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-53 www.ck-components.com 8060 Series Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches CAP COLOR ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT Pushbutton A ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER J82 SNAP-IN WITH BLACK FRAME FOR LED Available with C, W, Z or Z3 terminations. OPTION CODE LED not included. For LED information, see page A-61. NOTE: Caps & frames available separately, see pages A-60 and A-61. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. CAP COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED 4 ORANGE 5 YELLOW 9 GRAY CAP COLOR ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT J86 LED COLOR ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER SNAP-IN WITH BLACK FRAME AND LED PANEL MOUNTING * * Increase this dimension to .620/.625 (15,75/15,88) for .091/.125 (2,31/3,18) thick panels. 8161J86ZQE223 SPDT Available with C, W, Z or Z3 terminations and SPDT models only. NOTE: Caps & frames available separately, see pages A-60 and A-61. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. OPTION CODE OPTION CODE CAP COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED 4 ORANGE 5 YELLOW 9 GRAY 3 LED COLOR RED For LED information, see page A-61. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-54 www.ck-components.com 8060 Series Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches CAP COLOR PLUNGER A ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER PLUNGER WITH CAP P/N 7527 S1 PLUNGER WITH CAP P/N 7089 L PLUNGER WITH CAP P/N 8941 L1 PLUNGER WITH CAP P/N 8940 S2 PLUNGER WITH CAP P/N 8018 Pushbutton S OPTION CODE CAP COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED 4 ORANGE 5 YELLOW 9 GRAY Cap Finish: gloss. Cap supplied not installed. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. NOTE: When selecting plunger and cap option, bushing selection must also be made, see below. BUSHING H H9 .300" HIGH THREADED, FLAT .300" HIGH UNTHREADED, FLAT NONE NO BUSHING CHOICE REQUIRED Y3 7.6mm THREADED, KEYWAY (JXX ACTUATORS) 1/4±40 UNS-2A H bushing standard with C, W, Z or Z3 terminations. H9 bushing standard with A, A3, AV2, AV3, or V3-V31 terminations. Withstands 12 in./lbs. of torque with no distortion. Withstands 12 in./lbs. of torque with no distortion. NOTE: When selecting bushing option, plunger selection must also be made, see above. No bushing option choice required when any JXX actuator option is selected. NOTE. Two mounting nuts, locking ring and lockwasher supplied standard with threaded bushings. Optional mounting nut and locking ring styles and finishes available, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-55 www.ck-components.com 8060 Series Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS Pushbutton A C Z PC THRU-HOLE SOLDER LUG PC MOUNTING SPDT and DPDT SPDT and DPDT Z3 W QUICK CONNECT Not available with P, S or R contact material. WIRE WRAP .750 (19,05) SPDT and DPDT A Not available with P, S or R contact material. Mating quick connector available; order part number 530100000, page A-61. SPDT and DPDT RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU- HOLE .130 (3,3) .138 (3,51) SECTION A-A 8161SH9ABE2 SPDT A3 RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING Not available with I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. NOTE: PC pattern must clear switch support leg. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-56 www.ck-components.com 8060 Series Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE Pushbutton A 8261SH9ABE2 DPDT SECTION A-A A3 RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING Not available with I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH 8161SH9AV2BE2 SPDT AV3 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING Not available with I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-57 www.ck-components.com 8060 Series Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS Pushbutton A AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH 8261SH9AV2BE2 DPDT AV3 SECTION A-A PC MOUNTING VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH Not available with I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. V6 V21 PC MOUNTING VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN OPTION CODE 8161SH9__BE2 SPDT DIM ‘A’ V21 .555 (14,10) V6 .460 (11,68) Not available with I seal. V6 V21 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN OPTION CODE 8261SH9__BE2 DPDT DIM ‘A’ V21 .555 (14,10) V6 .460 (11,68) Not available with I seal. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-58 www.ck-components.com 8060 Series Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS A Pushbutton V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING 8161SH9__BE2 SPDT OPTION CODE Not available with I seal. DIM ‘A’ V3, V31 .460 (11,68) V4 .630 (16,00) V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING 8261SH9__BE2 DPDT SNAP-IN OPTION CODE Not available with I seal. DIM ‘A’ V3, V31 .460 (11,68) V4 .630 (16,00) CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL B GOLD 1 Q SILVER 4,5 S R RATINGS GOLD 1 MATTE-TIN 6 P G TERMINAL PLATING LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. POWER 6 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. SILVER 5 MATTE-TIN 6 GOLD OVER GOLD 3 SILVER 2,3 MATTE-TIN 6 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER 6 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. All models contact material. with all options when ordered with S, R, G, or Q B contact material standard with all terminations except C, Z & Z3. Q contact material standard with C, Z & Z3 terminations. P, S & R contact materials not available with Z & Z3 terminations. 5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with P, S, R,Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-59 www.ck-components.com 8060 Series Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches SEAL Pushbutton A E I EPOXY SEAL EPOXY POTTED BASE NOTE: Available with C, W, Z, Z3 terminations only. AVAILABLE HARDWARE Cap Cap Cap .200 DIA. (5,08 ) .120 (3,05) .155 (3,94) PART NO. 708901000 708902000 708903000 708904000 708905000 708909000 PART NO. 752701000 752702000 752703000 752704000 752705000 752709000 WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GRAY Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Cap, Snap-fitting plunger PART NO. 894101000 894102000 894103000 894104000 894105000 894109000 WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GRAY Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GRAY Cap, J80, J81 & J82 options only PART NO. PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GRAY Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Cap, J86 & J96 options only 801801000 801802000 801803000 801804000 801805000 801809000 Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Cap, Snap-fitting plunger PART NO. 452D01000 452D02000 452D03000 452D04000 452D05000 452D09000 PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GRAY 484601000 484602000 484603000 484604000 484605000 484609000 WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GRAY Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss 798201000 798202263 798203000 798204000 798205000 798209000 WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GRAY Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Frame Frame PART NO. PART NO. 459701000 459702000 459703000 459704000 459705000 459709000 476801000 476802000 476803000 476804000 476805000 476809000 Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Material: Nylon Finish: Matte WHITE BLACK RED ORANGE YELLOW GRAY PART NO. PART NO. 615602263 BLACK Material: Nylon Finish: Matte 613302263 BLACK Material: Nylon Finish: Matte NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”. Other cap & frame colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-60 www.ck-components.com 8060 Series Alternate Action and Momentary Pushbutton Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE A Pushbutton Fits Z3 Termination female connector PART NO. 530100000 Available in loose pieces. Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte. Panel Inserts TYPICAL APPLICATION .047" (1,19) PANEL THK. .062" (1,57) PANEL THK. .090" (2,29) PANEL THK. .125" (3,18) PANEL THK. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 432502263 432602263 432702263 432802263 BLACK Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole for LED) also available. LED not included. PANEL INSERT WITH HOLE FOR LED BLANK PANEL INSERT WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED PART NO. PART NO. 894902000 476602000 BLACK Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center. LED INFORMATION SWITCHES WITH LED SUPPLIED: J86 OPTION: Rectangular LEDs are supplied on 8060 Series pushbutton switches with J86 option. These LEDs are factory installed and are not replaceable. The following specifications apply: OPTION CODE COLOR TYP. INTENSITY 6 Green 1.0 mcd 3 Red* 0.5 mcd 5 Yellow 4.0 mcd TYP. FORWARD VOLTAGE TYP. FORWARD CURRENT MAX RATINGS AT 25ºC AMBIENT TEMPERATURE FORWARD VOLTAGE 20 mA 2.1 V 10 mA 20 mA 2.5 V CONTINUOUS FORWARD CURRENT POWER DISSIPATION 50 mA 125 mW 30 mA 75 mW 50 mA 125 mW Flat denotes cathode. .230 DIA. (5,84 ˘) Process Information: Soldering to LED leads must be completed within 5 seconds at 500ºF (260ºC) maximum. Caution: Circuit elements must limit forward current of LED to 50mA max. continuous. * Extra-bright red LED available (typ. intensity 4.5 mcd), consult Customer Service Center. LEDs are not supplied with J82 & J84 options. LED snaps into switch frame surrounding actuator and is wired externally. 2 0. 5 SQ. TYP. )36,0( .20 DIA. (5,08 ˘) .030 (0,76) .750 ( 9,05) 1 .340 ( ,64) 8 Suggested LED for J82 & J84 options. Dimensions for reference only. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-61 www.ck-components.com 8500 Series Subminiature Pushbutton Switches Features/Benefits • Pre-travel or over-travel models Pushbutton A available • Ratings up to 3 AMPS • Reliable contact design • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Detection • Telecommunications and networking equipment • Computers and peripherals Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (853X Models): 1 AMP @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC; (855X Models): 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC. See page A-65 for additional ratings. CASE: Glass filled phenolic or diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94V-0). ELECTRICAL LIFE: 853X MODELS: 250,000 actuations at full load. 855X MODELS: 10,000 actuations at full load. PLUNGER: Phenolic or glass filled polyester, black standard(UL94V-0). CAP & FRAME: Nylon, black, standard. BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 30 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min. CONTACTS: Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page A-65 for additional contact materials. TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page A-65 for additional contact materials. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 65ºC. HARDWARE: Nut: Brass, nickel plated; Lockwasher: Steel, bright nickel plated. TORQUE SPECS: T, T1 15/32” bushings - 50 in. lbs max. All other 1/4 -40 bushing types 12 in. lbs max. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages A-63 thru A-66. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods. Switch Function 8531 SPST Off-Mom. 1 Amp 8532 SPST Off-Mom. 1 Amp 8533 SPST On-Mom. 1 Amp 8534 SPST On-Mom. 1 Amp 8551 SPST Off-Mom. 3 Amps 8552 SPST Off-Mom. 3 Amps Actuator or Plunger M .150" high J81 Snap-in with frame J82 Snap-in with frame for LED S .210" high T 15/32 bushing T1 15/32 bushing with frame (8532 and 8534 only) Terminations Z Solder lug AV*Right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole Contact Material Q Silver B Gold Seal G Gold over silver E Epoxy D No epoxy seal Cap or Plunger Color 2 Black 1 White Frame Color 3 Red 2 Black 9 Gray NONE Models without frame * Available with M or S plunger models, and B contact material only. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-62 www.ck-components.com 8500 Series Subminiature Pushbutton Switches SWITCH FUNCTION A Pushbutton SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES MODEL NO. 8531 POS. 2 TOTAL TRAVEL RATING 1 AMP SP 8551 with overtravel .042 (1,07) TYP. ACTUATION FORCE SCHEMATIC OFF MOM. .095 (2,41) TYP. 7.7 oz (220g) TYP. N.O. with overtravel OFF MOM. .050 (1,27) TYP. 6 oz (170g) TYP. N.O. ON MOM. .080 (2,03) TYP. with pretravel .057 (1,45) TYP. 11.5 oz (456 g) TYP. N.C. with pretravel .032 (0,81) TYP. with overtravel .028 (0,71) TYP. 10.3 oz (282g) TYP. N.C. with overtravel 3 AMPS SPST Part number shown: 8531MZQE2 8532 1 AMP 8552 3 AMPS SP SPST Part number shown: 8532MZQE2 8533 1 AMP SP 8534 1 AMP ON MOM. SPST Part number shown: 8533MZQE2 MOM. = Momentary All models with all options when ordered with G or Q contact material. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-63 www.ck-components.com 8500 Series Subminiature Pushbutton Switches PLUNGER COLOR PLUNGER Pushbutton A ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER M .150" HIGH PLUNGER S PANEL MOUNTING .210" HIGH PLUNGER OPTION CODE PLUNGER COLOR 2 BLACK 3 RED NOTE: One mounting nut and lockwasher supplied with all actuators (except T actuator: two nuts supplied). CAP COLOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER T PANEL MOUNTING 15/32 BUSHING OPTION CODE NOTE: No frame color choice required. T1 15/32 BUSHING WITH FRAME CAP COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED 9 GRAY Cap Finish: gloss. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. One mounting nut and lockwasher supplied with all actuators (except T actuator: two nuts supplied). NOTE: Caps available for plunger options, see page A-65. NOTE: No frame color choice required. Available with 8532 and 8534 models only. CAP COLOR ACTUATOR—SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT ACTUATOR OR PLUNGER J81 FRAME COLOR OPTION CODE SNAP-IN WITH FRAME 2 CAP AND FRAME COLOR BLACK Cap and Frame Finish: matte. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. One mounting nut and lockwasher supplied with all actuators. NOTE: Caps & frames available separately, see pages A-65 and A-66. J82 SNAP-IN WITH FRAME FOR LED NOTE: LED snaps securely into frame. Height depends on LED used. LED not included. For LED information, see page A-66. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-64 www.ck-components.com 8500 Series Subminiature Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS AV A C SOLDER LUG PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE Available with MODEL NO. DIM. "X" NOTE: Available with M or S plunger models, and B contact material only. DIM “X” 8531, 8533 0.550 8532, 8534 0.438 CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * TERMINAL PLATING CONTACT MATERIAL B YES YES GOLD 1 GOLD LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT Q YES YES SILVER 4 SILVER 5 POWER G YES YES GOLD OVER SILVER 2 GOLD 3 LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER RATINGS 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. 853X MODELS: 1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. 855X MODELS: 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. 0.4 V MAX @20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 853X MODELS: 1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. 855X MODELS: 3 AMPS @120 V AC OR 28 V DC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. 2 CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. All models 3 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material standard with C, Z terminations. 4 CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. 8551 & 8552 available with Q contact material only. with all options when ordered with G or Q contact material. 5 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. SEAL E EPOXY SEAL REPLACEMENT HARDWARE Cap for 0.157” dia. plungers Cap, J80, J81 & J 82 options only Frame .330 DIA. (8,38) .150 (3,81) FOR 267A .200 (5,08) FOR 8931 PART NO. PART NO. 267A01000 267A02000 267A03000 267A09000 .300 (7,62) WHITE BLACK RED GRAY 893101000 893102000 893103000 893109000 WHITE BLACK RED GRAY PART NO. 85X2T, 8534T models only 85X1T, 8532T1, 8533T, 8534T1 models only 448901000 448902000 448903000 448909000 Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss or matte WHITE BLACK RED GRAY PART NO. 613302263 Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. BLACK Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-65 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton Z 8500 Series Subminiature Pushbutton Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Pushbutton A Frame PART NO. 615602263 BLACK Material: Nylon Finish: Matte NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. TYPICAL APPLICATION Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte. Panel Inserts .047" (1,19) PANEL THK. .062" (1,57) PANEL THK. .090" (2,29) PANEL THK. .125" (3,18) PANEL THK. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 432502263 432602263 432702263 432802263 BLACK Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole for LED) also available. LED not included. PANEL INSERT WITH HOLE FOR LED BLANK PANEL INSERT WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED PART NO. PART NO. 894902000 476602000 BLACK Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center. LED INFORMATION Process Information: Soldering to LED leads must be completed within 5 seconds at 500ºF (260ºC) maximum. LEDs are not supplied with J82 option. LED snaps into switch frame surrounding actuator and is wired externally. Flat denotes cathode. .230 DIA. (5,84 ˘) 2 0. 5 SQ. TYP. )36,0( .20 DIA. (5,08 ˘) .030 (0,76) .340 ( ,64) 8 .750 ( 9,05) 1 Suggested LED for J82 option. Dimensions for reference only. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-66 www.ck-components.com KM Series Subminiature Pushbutton Switches Typical Applications • Alarm systems • Computers • Detector switch application and overtravel A Pushbutton Features/Benefits • Reliable contact design • Available with pretravel • RoHS compliant Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (KM11, KM12 Models): 0.25 AMPS @ 125 V AC or DC (UL); (KM33 Model): 1 AMP @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC. See page A-69 for additional ratings. HOUSING & BUSHING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 actuations min. at full load. MOVABLE CONTACT: B contact material: Bronze or copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. See page A-69 for additional contact materials. ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2), natural. Internal o-ring seal, available on KM11 & KM33 models. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 30 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min. STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. See page A-69 for additional contact materials. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. RETURN SPRING: Music wire, phosphor coated. CAP INSTALLATION FORCE: 10 lbs. max. permissible. MOUNTING NUT: Brass, nickel plated. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages A-68 and A-70. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function KM12 On-Mom., SPDT KM11 Off-Mom., SPST, N.O. KM33 On-Mom., SPST, N.C. Actuator 02 .398" high, .122" dia. KM12 01 .122" dia. KM11, Stepped, .108” dia. KM33 Bushing/Mounting Style A Right angle RR 1/4-40 thread, .225" high Terminations 05 .110" quick connect 08 Right angle, PC thru-hole 02 PC Thru-hole Contact Material B Gold Q Silver Seal NONE No seal E Epoxy Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-67 www.ck-components.com KM Series Subminiature Pushbutton Switches SWITCH FUNCTION Pushbutton A SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES POS. 2 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 MODEL NO. SCHEMATIC KM11 OFF MOM. OPEN 2-1 KM33 ON MOM. 2-1 OPEN SPST N.O. SP SPST N.C. SPST Part number shown: KM1101RR05BE SP KM12 ON MOM. 2-1 4-3 SPDT SPDT Part number shown: KM1202A08BE ACTUATOR 02 .398" HIGH, .122" DIA. 01 KM12 models only. .122" DIA. KM11 models only. NOTE: Caps available for plunger options, see page A-70. KM33 models only. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-68 www.ck-components.com KM Series Subminiature Pushbutton Switches BUSHING/ MOUNTING STYLE RR RIGHT ANGLE KM12 models only. A 1/4-40 THREAD, .225" HIGH Pushbutton A KM11 & KM33 models only. PANEL MOUNTING PC MOUNTING KM11 & KM33 models. KM12 models only. KM11 models only. TERMINATIONS 05 08 .110" QUICK CONNECT 02 RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE KM12 models only. PC THRU-HOLE KM11 models only. CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL B YES YES GOLD 1 LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT Q YES YES SILVER 2 POWER RATINGS 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. 0.25 AMPS @ 125 V AC OR DC (KM11, KM12) (UL) 1 AMP @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC (KM33). * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze or beryllium copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. 2 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all termination options). MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze or beryllium copper, silver plated. 3 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate. MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze or beryllium copper, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant. KM11, KM12 models when ordered with ‘Q’ contact material. SEAL NONE E NO SEAL EPOXY SEAL Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-69 www.ck-components.com KM Series Subminiature Pushbutton Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Pushbutton A Cap, KM33 models Cap, KM11 and KM12 models .245 DIA. (6,22 ) .187 (4,75) .120 (3,05) PART NO. 708901000 708902000 708903000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss PART NO. 752701000 752702000 752703000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Cap, KM11 and KM12 models Cap, KM11 models .450 SQ. (11,43) .195 (4,95) .138 (3,51) .250 (6,35) PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss .310 DIA. (7,87 ) Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss .250 (6,35) .155 (3,94) PART NO. 785101000 785102000 785103000 .375 DIA. (9,53 ) .200 DIA. (5,08 ) .120 (3,05) .081 (2,03) 801801000 801802000 801803000 Cap, KM11 and KM12 models PART NO. 484601000 484602000 484603000 .240 (6,10) PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss 798201000 798202263 798203000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Matte NOTE: Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-70 www.ck-components.com 8600 Series Microminiature Pushbutton Switches applications where space is limited Typical Applications • Detection • Telecommunications and A Pushbutton Features/Benefits • Available with overtravel • Normally closed models available • Microminiature size ideal for networking equipment • Computers and peripherals • RoHS compliant Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (8631, 8632 Models): 500 mA @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC; 250 mA @ 250 V AC; (8633 Model): 250 mA @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC; 125 mA @ 250 V AC. See page A-73 for additional ratings. CASE: Glass filled phenolic or diallyl phthalate (DAP), (UL94V-0). ELECTRICAL LIFE: 8631 and 8633 MODELS: 250,000 actuations at full load. 8632 MODEL: 100,000 actuations at full load. CONTACTS: Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page A-73 for additional contact materials. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 30 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 65ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9. PLUNGER: Glass filled nylon (UL94V-0), black standard. BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated. TERMINALS: 8631, 8632 MODELS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 8633 MODEL: Q contact material: Coin silver. See page A-73 for additional contact materials. TERMINAL SEAL: 8633 MODEL: Epoxy. 8631, 8632 MODELS: Terminals insert molded. HARDWARE: Nut: Brass, nickel plated. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages A-72 and A-73. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function 8631 SPST Off-Mom. 8632 SPST Off-Mom. 8633 SPST On-Mom. Termination Z Solder lug C PC Thru-hole Contact Material B Gold Q Silver G Gold over silver Seal D No epoxy E Epoxy Plunger Color 2 Black 3 Red Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-71 www.ck-components.com 8600 Series Microminiature Pushbutton Switches SWITCH FUNCTION Pushbutton A SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES SP POS. 2 MODEL NO. 8631 ACTUATION FORCE TOTAL TRAVEL OFF MOM. .040 (1,02) TYP. 5 oz (140g) TYP. SCHEMATIC N.O. SPST PANEL MOUNTING Part number shown: 8631ZQD2 SP 8632 OFF Terminals Insert Molded MOM. .106 (2,69) TYP. with overtravel .024 (0,61) TYP. 6.25 oz (177g) TYP. N.O. with overtravel SPST PANEL MOUNTING Part number shown: 8632ZQD2 SP 8633 ON Terminals Insert Molded MOM. .048 (1,22) TYP. 5 oz (140g) TYP. SPST N.C. PANEL MOUNTING Part number shown: 8633ZQE2 MOM. = Momentary NOTE: Caps available for plunger options, see page A-73. TERMINATIONS Z C SOLDER LUG 8631, 8632 models only. 8633 models only. PC THRU-HOLE 8631, 8632 models only. PC MOUNTING Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-72 www.ck-components.com 8600 Series Microminiature Pushbutton Switches CONTACT MATERIAL A RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * CONTACT MATERIAL TERMINAL PLATING B YES YES GOLD 1 GOLD 1 LOW LEVEL/ DRY CIRCUIT Q YES YES SILVER 4 SILVER 5 POWER G YES YES GOLD OVER GOLD 3 LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER SILVER 4 RATINGS 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. 8631, 8632 MODELS: 500 mA @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 250 mA @ 250 V AC. 8633 MODELS: 250 mA @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 125 mA @ 250 V AC. 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 8631, 8632 MODELS: 500 mA @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 250 mA @ 250 V AC. 8633 MODELS: 250 mA @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 125 mA @ 250 V AC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. 2 CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. 8631, 8632 models 3 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. with all options when ordered with G or Q contact material. Q contact material standard with C, Z terminations. 8633 model only: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. 4 CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. 5 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 8633 model only: coin silver. SEAL D E NO EPOXY SEAL EPOXY SEAL Not available on 8631, 8632 models. Standard on 8633 model only. Not available on 8633 model. Standard on 8631, 8632 models. PLUNGER COLOR OPTION CODE COLOR 2 BLACK 3 RED AVAILABLE HARDWARE Cap .245 DIA. (6,22 ) .187 (4,75) PART NO. 785101000 785102000 785103000 Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss WHITE BLACK RED .081 (2,03) NOTE: Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-73 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton OPTION CODE 8700 Series Overtravel Pushbutton Switches Features/Benefits • Extended pre-travel or over-travel • Heavy-duty brass plunger • Long electrical life — 100K cycles • RoHS compliant Pushbutton A Typical Applications • Telecommunications • High end Instrumentation • Medical & test equipment • Detection Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: 1 AMP @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC. See page A-76 for additional ratings. CASE: Diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94V-0). ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 actuations at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 30 mΩ typ. Initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 103Ω min. PLUNGER: 8731 – .390" brass, nickel plated. 8732 – .390" PBT polyester, black. BUSHING: brass, nickel plated. CONTACTS: Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page A-76 for additional contact materials. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 65ºC. TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page A-76 for additional contact materials. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, or B contact material are RoHS compliant. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. HARDWARE: Nut: Brass, nickel plated; lockwasher: Steel, bright nickel plate. One mounting nut & lockwasher supplied with all switches. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages A-75 and A-76. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods. Switch Function 8731 SPST Off-Mom. 8732 SPST Off-Mom. Plunger S .390" high, brass S1 .390" high, polyester Bushing H .250" high Terminations Z Solder lug Contact Material Q Silver B Gold Seal E Epoxy Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-74 www.ck-components.com 8700 Series Overtravel Pushbutton Switches SWITCH FUNCTION A Pushbutton SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES SP POS. 2 MODEL NO. 8731 ACTUATION FORCE TOTAL TRAVEL OFF SCHEMATIC MOM. .390 (9,91) TYP. with overtravel .311 TYP. 4.7 oz TYP. N.O. with overtravel SPST MOM. .390 (9,91) TYP. with overtravel .350 TYP. 2.2 oz TYP. N.O. with overtravel SPST SPST Part number shown: 8731SHZQE SP 8732 OFF SPST Part number shown: 8732S1HZQE MOM. = Momentary PLUNGER S S1 .390" HIGH, BRASS Available with 8731 model only. .390" HIGH, PBT POLYESTER Available with 8732 model only. BUSHING H .250" HIGH PANEL MOUNTING Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-75 www.ck-components.com 8700 Series Overtravel Pushbutton Switches TERMINATIONS Pushbutton A Z SOLDER LUG CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * CONTACT MATERIAL TERMINAL PLATING Q YES YES SILVER SILVER POWER 1 AMP @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC. B YES YES GOLD GOLD LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. RATINGS * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, or B contact material are RoHS compliant. SEAL E EPOXY SEAL Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-76 www.ck-components.com GP Series Sealed Ultraminiature Pushbutton Switches soldering and washing processes • Thru-hole and surface mount models available Typical Applications • Telecommunications and A network equipment Pushbutton Features/Benefits • Ultraminiature design saves space • Process compatible, withstands most • Computers and peripheral products • Instrumentation • Medical Applications • Sealed construction—internal o-ring and epoxy base • RoHS compliant Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. HOUSING & BASE: Glass filled nylon 4/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized (UL 94V-0). MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 40,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. ACTUATOR: Glass filled nylon 4/6, flame retardant (UL 94V-0) with standard internal o-ring seal. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min. MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms min. @ sea level. STATIONARY CONTACTS Copper alloy, with gold plate over SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, tin plated. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP57; Protection against harmful dust deposit, full-scale voltage protection, temporary immersion. PACKAGING: Surface mount switches standard in anti-static tape and reel packaging per EIA 481-3, see page A-80 for drawings and reel information. Thru-Hole parts are shipped in trays. All models are RoHS compliant and compliant. nickel plate. TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold flash over nickel plate. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy/Urethane. All terminals insert molded. NOTE: Any models supplied with B contact material are RoHS compliant and compatible. NOTE: Materials listed above are general specifications. Specifications available for specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. CAUTION: PC mounting layouts and pads as shown are designed to be compatible with the latest equipment and reflow techniques. Care should be taken in the design and location of PC lands to suit individual needs. Orientation relative to reflow direction may significantly impact solder joint integrity. How To Order Complete part numbers for GP Series Sealed Ultraminiature Pushbutton Switches are shown on pages A-78 thru A-80. SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 PART NUMBER GP11MCBE SCHEMATIC OFF MOM. OPEN 1-3 GP12MCBE ON MOM. Conn. Terms. 2-1 2-3 Conn. Terms. Terminal nos. for reference only. SPST GP11MCBE SPST SPDT MOM. = Momentary GP12 Model Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-77 www.ck-components.com GP Series Sealed Ultraminiature Pushbutton Switches Pushbutton A SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 PART NUMBER GP11MABE GP11MABE SPST OFF MOM. OPEN 1-3 GP12MABE ON MOM. Conn. Terms. 2-1 2-3 Conn. Terms. Terminal nos. for reference only. SCHEMATIC SPST SPDT MOM. = Momentary GP12 Model SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 PART NUMBER GP11MSABE SPST GP11MSABE SCHEMATIC OFF MOM. OPEN 1-3 GP12MSABE ON MOM. Conn. Terms. 2-1 2-3 Conn. Terms. SPST SPDT MOM. = Momentary SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 GP11MSA1BE SPST POS. 2 PART NUMBER GP11MSA1BE SCHEMATIC OFF MOM. OPEN 1-3 GP12MSA1BE ON MOM. Conn. Terms. 2-1 2-3 Conn. Terms. SPST SPDT MOM. = Momentary Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-78 www.ck-components.com GP Series Sealed Ultraminiature Pushbutton Switches A Pushbutton SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 PART NUMBER SCHEMATIC GP12MSCBE ON MOM. Conn. Terms. 2-1 2-3 Terminal nos. for reference only. SPDT GP12MSCBE SPDT PC MOUNTING MOM. = Momentary NOTE: Recommended for infrequent use applications only For increased switch mounting strength, order, SV1 termination style with support bracket (see below). GP11MSV1BE SPST SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 PART NUMBER GP11MSV1BE SCHEMATIC OFF MOM. OPEN 1-3 GP12MSV1BE ON MOM. Conn. Terms. 2-1 2-3 Conn. Terms. PC MOUNTING GP11 MODELS POS. 2 SPST SPDT MOM. = Momentary Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-79 www.ck-components.com GP Series Sealed Ultraminiature Pushbutton Switches TAPE & REEL Pushbutton A For part numbers GP11MSV1BE, GP12MSV1BE .079 (2,00) FEED DIRECTION ø0.059 (ø1,50) .157 (4,00) .069 (1,76) .299 (7,60) REEL INFORMATION OUTSIDE DIAMETER PILOT HOLE .453 (11,51) 13.00 (330,0) .945 (24,00) .512 (13,0) QUANTITY PER REEL 600 GP12MSV1BE GP11MSV1BE For part numbers GPXXSA1BE, GPXXMSABE REEL INFORMATION OUTSIDE DIAMETER PILOT HOLE 13.00 (330,0) .512 (13,0) QUANTITY PER REEL 600 For part numbers GP12MSCBE REEL INFORMATION OUTSIDE DIAMETER PILOT HOLE QUANTITY PER REEL 13.00 (330,0) .512 (13,0) 600 B Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-80 www.ck-components.com PN Series Alternate & Momentary Action Pushbutton Switches Typical Applications • Computers and peripherals • Instrumentation and customized feel A Pushbutton Features/Benefits • Momentary or locking action • Different actuation forces for measurement equipment • Low cost, reliable contact design • Single and double pole options • RoHS compliant • Non-power, on-off switch applications Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 0.2 AMP @ 30 V DC max. FRAME: Tin plated steel. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. ACTUATOR: PA 66 black. MECHANICAL LIFE: 10,000 on/off cycles. BASE: Phenolic resin. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 mΩ max. initial TERMINALS: Silver plated brass. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 MΩ min. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Silver plated phosphor bronze. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC min. RETURN SPRING: SWC OPERATING/STORAGE TEMPERATURES: –10ºC to 60ºC. DETENT SPRING: Phosphor bronze. PACKAGING: Switches are supplied in anti-static trays. DETENT SPRING PLATE: Phosphor bronze. RETURN SPRING RETAINER RING: Nickel plated steel. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. P N 0 3 Q Function 11 SPDT Mom. 12 SPDT Locking 21 DPDT Mom. 22 DPDT Locking E Terminal Seal Actuator* S 2.8 mm square tip L 3.3 mm x 3.2 mm tip Contact Material Actuation Force** A 50 g Typ B 100 g Typ D 180 g Typ E 250 g Typ F 100 g Typ H 250 g Typ J 350 g Typ Shorting/ Non-Shorting NA Non-shorting SA Shorting Frame * Note - The switch body style dimenions differ for each of these 3 groupings ** Actuation Force "A" only available with PN11 with "S" actuator “S” actuator available for PN 11 & PN 12 options PN 11 & PN 21 available with Acuation Force “B”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “H”, “J” “S” actuator available for PN 21 & PN 22 options PN 12 & PN 22 available with Actuation Force “D”, “E”, “H”, “J” “L” actuator available for PN 21 & PN 22 options Full travel Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-81 www.ck-components.com PN Series Alternate & Momentary Action Pushbutton Switches Pushbutton A PN 11 PN 12 SPDT Mom. SPDT Locking 12 10 1 2.8 4 5 1.5 0.4 0.3 0.8 4.6 2 7.3 8.3 4.7±0.5 11.8 2.8 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.6 3.2 2.5 1.2 2.2 11.3 11.3 2X 1.1 3.4 1.2 2.5 TYP 3X 0.9 PC MOUNTING PN 21 PN 22 DPDT Mom. with “S” Actuator DPDT Locking with “S” Actuator 12.2 9.8 C 4 1 2 3 4 5 C 6 6.7 2 2.5 0.5 LOCK STROKE 3.5 0.5 TOTAL TRAVEL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN BOTTOM VIEW 2.8 0.1 7.3 8.3 11.3 6X 4.7±0.5 0.9 2.5 1 2.5 2 4.2 2X 0.6 0.5 1 4.2 0.4 2.5 6X 0.6 2.5 TYP TERMINAL NO.1 3.3 11.6 11.6 2X 1.4 PC MOUNTING Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-82 www.ck-components.com PN Series Alternate & Momentary Action Pushbutton Switches A DPDT Mom. with “L” Actuator Pushbutton PN 21 PN 22 DPDT Locking with “L” Actuator 12.2 12.8 6.5 6.6 5.5 3.2 2.5 C 7.2 6 5 4 3 2 C 1 6.5 2.5 0.5 LOCK STROKE 3.5 0.5 TOTAL TRAVEL 3.3 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN BOTTOM VIEW 8.8 9.8 13.4 5.5±0.3 1.3 TYP 3.2 TYP 2.5 2.8 1 6.2 0.6 0.8 1 3.2 TYP TERMINAL NO.6 0.4 3 1 11.6 6.2 2.6 3 11.6 PC MOUNTING BUTTONS MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY. SHIPPED IN BULK. PE 5,9 (.232) 11 (.433) PV OPTION CODE RD GY BK WH ø7,4 (.291) 12,1 (.476) 9,7 (.382) 7 (.276) 13.7 (.59) COLOR Red Gray Black White PE and PV buttons fit “L” actuators Indexed Rectangular G001A G001G G001I G001R G002A G002G G002I G002R Black Gray Ivory Red Round G003A G003G G003I G003R Black Gray Ivory Red Square Black Gray Ivory Red G004A G004G G004I G004R G001, G002, G003 and G004 buttons fit “S” actuators Black Gray Ivory Red Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-83 www.ck-components.com PHB Series Short Stroke Pushbutton Switches Features/Benefits • Momentary or latching action • Low cost, reliable contact design • 2 & 4 pole configurations • Sealed contacts • Optional buttons • RoHS compliant Pushbutton A Typical Applications • Computers and peripherals • Instrumentation and measurement equipment • Non-power, on-off switch applications Specifications Materials RATING: 1 A @ 15 V DC FIXED TERMINAL: Brass, silver plated DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz/1 min.): 500 V DC between terminals or between terminals and frame for 1 minute MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze, silver plated OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles at rated load COVER TO BASE RETAINING CLIP: POM CONTACT RESISTANCE: 20 m Ωohms initial ACTUATOR: POM INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ωohms RETURN SPRING: Stainless steel TOTAL TRAVEL/LATCHING TRAVEL: 2.5mm (± 0.5 mm) / SPRING RETAINING RING: Steel, nickel plate 1.5mm (± 0.5 mm) to latch EE option (push-push) OPERATING FORCE: 2U option: 170 grams ± 100 grams (1.67 ± 0.98N) 4U option: 230 grams ± 100 grams (2.26 ± 0.98N) OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -10˚C to 60˚C COVER: PA 66 Black BASE: Phenolic resin TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. BOUNCE TIME: ≤10 ms SEALING: Sealed contacts. PACKAGING: Switches; PHB2 models: 84 pcs per tray; PHB4 models 72 pcs per tray Optional Caps; Bulk bag - 100 caps per bag Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch P H B 1 A Contact Arrangement 2U 2 Changeovers 4U 4 Changeovers Mechanical Function OA Momentary Termination EE Push-push TS Straight SN Kinked (plug in) Electrical Rating 1A 1 Amp / 15 VDC Caps (order separately) INDEXED COLOR RECTANGULAR COLOR ROUND COLOR SQUARE COLOR G001A BLACK G002A BLACK G003A BLACK G004A BLACK G001G GRAY G002G GRAY G003G GRAY G004G GRAY G0011 IVORY G0021 IVORY G0031 IVORY G0041 IVORY G001R RED G002R RED G003R RED G004R RED Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-84 www.ck-components.com PHB Series Short Stroke Pushbutton Switches TERMINATION STRAIGHT Pushbutton TS A 2 2 1 7.4 4 DIM 'A' 11 LATCH TRAVEL EE OPTIONS +0.5 1.5 0 2.5 0.5 FULL TRAVEL 7.4 10 14 2.8 6.4 5 7.5 POLES 0.4 TYP 3.5 5 2.5 2.5 TYP DIM 'A' ACTION PHB4UEE1A 22,5 PHB4U0A1A 22,5 PUSH/PUSH MOMENTARY PHB2UEE1A 15,0 PUSH/PUSH PHB2U0A1A 15,0 MOMENTARY 4 5.8 SN MODEL NO. 0.6 TYP KINKED (PLUG IN) 2 0.4 1,7 FROM PCB 2.5 5.8 1.5 4X CRIMPED TERMINALS 1 2.5 TYP 1 0 1 TYP 0 2 1 0 2 2X 1 0 2 2 POLE 2 2 POLE 4 POLE 4 POLE 2.5 TYP Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-85 www.ck-components.com PHB Series Short Stroke Pushbutton Switches CAPS Pushbutton A Indexed Rectangular G001A G001G G001I G001R G002A G002G G002I G002R Black Gray Ivory Red Round G003A G003G G003I G003R Black Gray Ivory Red Square Black Gray Ivory Red G004A G004G G004I G004R Black Gray Ivory Red Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-86 www.ck-components.com F Series Pushbutton Switches Typical Applications • Audio selection • Digital equipment interface • Medical equipment interface A Pushbutton Features/Benefits • Up to 10 poles per module • Various contact terminals • Various mounting & switch ganging configurations • Mechanical indicator buttons • RoHS compliant Specifications SWITCHING POWER: F module max. AC/DC: Silver: 50 VA/15W, Gold: 1 VA/300 mW. SWITCHING VOLTAGE: F module max. AC/DC: Silver: 125/30V, Gold: 50/30 V. SWITCHING CURRENT: F module max. AC/DC: Silver: 0.5A/0.5A, Gold: 0.04A/0.01A. CARRYING CURRENT: Max at du = 20C: Silver: < 2A, Gold: 105 operations “GR”: >3.5 x 104 operations. TYPICAL F OPERATING FORCE: 2U: 6.5N (650 grams); 4U: 6.5N (650 grams); 6U: 7.5N (750 grams); 8U: 9.0N (900 grams); 10U: 9.0N (900 grams). EUROPEAN TYPICAL SF OPERATING FORCE: 2U: 3.5N±0.5N (350 grams±100 grams); 4U: 5N±1N (500 grams±100 grams); 6U: 6.5N±1N (650 grams±100 grams); 8U: 9.0N±1N (900 grams±100 grams). OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40˚C to 70˚C. Materials HOUSING: Polycarbonate UL 94V-0 or polyester UL 94V-0. ACTUATOR: Polyester UL 94V-0. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Initial: Typical %10 mΩ, max. 20 mΩ After operating life: %100 mΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE: ^109 Ω between open contacts, ^109 Ω between chassis and contacts. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Bimetal brass, silver plated, gold plate over nickel. CAPACITANCE (at f = 10 kHz): %0.7 pF between 2 contacts. TERMINAL BOARD: Polyester UL 94V-0. TOTAL TRAVEL/LATCHING TRAVEL: 4.7mm/3.3mm (.185 inch/ .130 inch). RETURN SPRING: Music wire. All models and options are RoHS compliant and compatible. CHASSIS: Steel. STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated, gold plated. TERMINAL SEAL: RTV adhesive sealant. NOTE: All models and options are RoHS compliant and compatible. LOCKOUT PIN: Steel. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. BLOCKERS: Steel. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages A-88 thru A-95. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. If requesting only a switch, select either a North American or European switch as noted below. Chassis and buttons are sold separately. If multiple stations are selected, we will assume all switches are the same unless noted otherwise. North American Order Code - Switch Only Designation F F Series FLT Light touch F series ZF Central mounted F series Contact Arrangement 2U 2PDT Mechanical Function 4U 4PDT OA Momentary 6U 6PDT EE Alternate (push-push) 8U SPDT GR Interlock 10U 1OPDT AOR Central release OASP Momentary with lockout GRSP Interlock with lockout Terminal Sealing (NONE) None TB Top/bottom Terminal Style (NONE) Solder lugs & PC pins 01A Cut solder lugs 01B Cut PC pins, for other configurations, consult factory Electrical Function (NONE) BBM Break-Before-Make M MBB (special) Make-Before-Break Contact Material (NONE) Silver, AG AU Gold Dress nut* *Central mounted F series only (NONE) No dress nut B Black C Chrome Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-87 www.ck-components.com F Series Pushbutton Switches Pushbutton A European Order Code - Switch Only Designation SF F Series ZF Central mounted F series Terminal Style (NONE) Solder lugs & PC pins LB Cut solder lugs PB Cut PC pins, for other configurations, consult factory Contact Arrangement 2U 2PDT Mechanical Function 4U 4PDT OA Momentary 6U 6PDT EE Alternate (push-push) 8U SPDT GR Interlock Contact Material (NONE) Silver, AG P Gold Electrical Function (NONE) BBM Dress nut* *Central mounted F series only (NONE) No dress nut B Black C Chrome *Minimum order quantities apply. Order Code - Buttons Solid Buttons Style F01 FMR F02 FG* F12 FSC F13 FSD F14 FU12 F15 FSB F16 FE F19 FA F21 F001 Mechanical Indicator Buttons Style F01 FA100 F02 FA101 F07 FA120 F08 FA2O1 F11 FA200* Button Color 01 Black 02 White 03 Red 04 Light gray Shell Color 01 Black Out Position Color 01 Black In Position Color 02 White 06 Yellow 07 Blue 08 Green 12 Orange *Button options for central mounting configurations, use ‘FG’ for central mount with chrome dress nut, use ‘FA200’ for central mount with black dress nut. BUTTON REMOVAL A button of a push-push switch should only be removed in the “OFF” non-latching position. Order Code - Chassis To order a switch with chassis, create the switch part number listed above and add the Chassis part number configurator information at the end of the part number. Note: We do not guarantee or recommend interlocking beyond 10 stations. C No. of Stations 01 thru 23 Comes with standard .094 (2,4mm) mounting holes Note: Single station chassis available with special mounting configurations, consult factory. *Minimum order quantities apply. Spacing 00 10 12.5 15 17.5 20 between Stations Single station 10mm 12.5mm 15mm 17.5mm 20mm Special Acknowledgements See note Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-88 www.ck-components.com F Series Pushbutton Switches SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS A CONTACT ARRANGEMENT Pushbutton F2UEE LENGTH DIM ‘L’ 2U 0.827 (21,00) 4U 1.300 (33,00) 6U 1.770 (45,00) 8U 2.240 (57,00) 10U 2.720 (69,00) ZF2UEEBF11010108 CONTACT ARRANGEMENT LENGTH DIM ‘L’ 2U 0.827 (21,00) 4U 1.300 (33,00) 6U 1.770 (45,00) 8U 2.240 (57,00) 10U 2.720 (69,00) DESIGNATION Designation, North America F F Series FLT Light touch F series ZF Central mounted F series Designation, Europe SF F Series ZF Central mounted F series Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-89 www.ck-components.com F Series Pushbutton Switches CONTACT ARRANGEMENT Pushbutton A PC MOUNTING OPTION CODE NO. OF POLES SCHEMATIC 2U 2PDT 4U 4PDT 2X 6U 6PDT 3X 8U 8PDT 4X 10U 10PDT 5X MECHANICAL FUNCTION North America Europe OPTION CODE FUNCTION OPTION CODE FUNCTION OA Momentary OA Momentary EE Alternate (push-push) EE Alternate (push-push) GR Interlock GR Interlock AOR Central release OASP Momentary with lockout GRSP Interlock with lockout TERMINAL SEALING (NONE) TB NO SEAL TOP & BOTTOM F2UEE shown in example above. NOTE: Available for North America only Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-90 www.ck-components.com F Series Pushbutton Switches TERMINAL STYLE 01A LB SOLDER LUGS & PC PINS A CUT SOLDER LUGS (North America) CUT SOLDER LUGS (Europe) 01B PB CUT PC PINS (North America) Pushbutton (NONE) CUT PC PINS (Europe) .067 (1.70) .079 (2.01) ELECTRICAL FUNCTION OPTION CODE FUNCTION (NONE) BBM Non-shorting M MBB Shorting (North America only) CONTACT MATERIAL NORTH AMERICA OPTION CODE EUROPE OPTION CODE RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * MATERIAL (NONE) (NONE) YES YES SILVER, AG AU P YES YES GOLD RATING 50 VA/15 W; 125/30 V; 0.5/0.5 A 1 VA/300mW; 50/30 V; 0.04 A/0.01 A * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. DRESS NUT (NONE) NO DRESS NUT FOR F & F/LT B C BLACK CHROME DESIGNATIONS PANEL CUTOUT PANEL CUTOUT NOTE: Available with ZF designation and FG button. NOTE: Available with ZF designation and FA200 buttons. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-91 www.ck-components.com F Series Pushbutton Switches COLOR SOLID BUTTON Pushbutton A STYLE STYLE F01 FMR F02 FG F13 FSD F14 FU12 F15 FSB F19 FA F21 F001 F16 FE F12 OPTION CODE COLOR 01 BLACK 02 WHITE 03 RED 04 LT. GRAY FSC Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-92 www.ck-components.com F Series Pushbutton Switches SHELL COLOR IN POSITION COLOR MECHANICAL BUTTON STYLE F01 F07 F11 F02 FA101 A F08 FA201 Pushbutton STYLE OUT POSITION COLOR FA100 FA120 FA200 SHELL COLOR 01 BLACK OUT POSITION COLOR 01 BLACK IN POSITION COLOR OPTION CODE COLOR 02 WHITE 06 YELLOW 07 BLUE 08 GREEN 12 ORANGE Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-93 www.ck-components.com F Series Pushbutton Switches SPACING CHASSIS Pushbutton A NO. OF STATIONS NUMBER OF STATIONS C00 Thru C10 Comes with standard 0.094 (2,44mm) mounting holes NOTE: Single station chassis available with mounting configurations, consult factory. SPACING 00 SINGLE STATION 10 10mm .394 (10,0) 12.5 12.5mm .492 (12,5) No. of Stations Dim. ‘A’ Dim. ‘B’ Tolerance 2 1.182 (30,02) 1.418 (36,02) 0.005 3 1.575 (40,01) 1.811 (46,00) 0.010 4 1.969 (50,01) 2.205 (56,01) 0.010 5 2.363 (60,02) 2.599 (66,01) 0.010 6 2.757 (70,03) 2.993 (76,02) 0.015 7 3.150 (80,01) 3.386 (86,00) 0.015 8 3.544 (90,02) 3.780 (96,01) 0.015 9 3.938 (100,03) 4.174 (106,02) 0.015 10 4.331 (110,01) 4.567 (116,00) 0.015 No. of Stations Dim. ‘A’ Dim. ‘B’ Tolerance 2 1.200 (30,48) 1.436 (36,47) 0.005 3 1.692 (42,98) 1.928 (48,97) 0.010 4 2.184 (55,47) 2.420 (61,47) 0.010 5 2.676 (67,97) 2.912 (73,96) 0.010 6 3.169 (80,49) 3.405 (86,49) 0.015 7 3.661 (92,99) 3.897 (98,98) 0.015 8 4.153 (105,49) 4.389 (111,48) 0.015 9 4.645 (117,98) 4.881 (123,98) 0.015 10 5.137 (130,48) 5.373 (136,47) 0.015 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-94 www.ck-components.com F Series Pushbutton Switches SPACING CHASSIS A NO. OF STATIONS 15 Pushbutton SPACING 15mm No. of Stations Dim. ‘A’ Dim. ‘B’ Tolerance 2 1.374 (34,90) 1.615 (41,02) 0.005 3 1.969 (50,01) 2.205 (56,01) 0.010 4 2.560 (65,02) 2.796 (71,02) 0.010 5 3.150 (80,01) 3.386 (86,00) 0.010 6 3.741 (95,02) 3.977 (101,02) 0.015 7 4.332 (110,03) 4.568 (116,03) 0.015 8 4.922 (125,02) 5.158 (131,01) 0.015 9 5.513 (140,03) 5.749 (146,02) 0.015 10 6.103 (155,02) 6.339 (161,01) 0.015 17.5 17.5mm No. of Stations Dim. ‘A’ Dim. ‘B’ Tolerance 2 1.477 (37,52) 1.713 (43,51) 0.005 3 2.166 (55,02) 2.402 (61,01) 0.010 4 2.855 (75,52) 3.091 (78.51) 0.010 5 3.544 (90,02) 3.780 (96,01) 0.010 6 4.233 (107,52) 4.469 (113,51) 0.015 7 4.922 (125,02) 5.158 (131,01) 0.015 8 5.611 (142,52) 5.847 (148.51) 0.015 9 6.300 (160,02) 6.536 (166,01) 0.015 10 6.989 (177,52) 7.225 (183,52) 0.015 No. of Stations Dim. ‘A’ Dim. ‘B’ Tolerance 2 1.575 (40,01) 1.811 (46,00) 0.005 3 2.363 (60,02) 2.599 (66,01) 0.010 4 3.150 (80,01) 3.386 (86,00) 0.010 5 3.938 (100,03) 4.174 (106,02) 0.010 6 4.725 (120,02) 4.961 (126,01) 0.015 7 5.512 (140,00) 5.748 (146,00) 0.015 8 6.300 (160,02) 6.536 (166,01) 0.015 9 7.087 (180,01) 7.323 (186,00) 0.015 10 7.875 (200,03) 8.111 (206,02) 0.015 20 .591 (15,0) 20mm Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-95 www.ck-components.com NE-18 Series Mains / Power Switches Pushbutton A Features/Benefits • Chassis or panel mount • Various buttons • Various contact configurations • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Mains/power switching • Consumer electronics • Audio equipment • Digital products UL61058-1 Specifications ELECTRICAL RATING: SWITCHING CURRENT MAX.: 0.5A NE18 Series: TOTAL TRAVEL: 4.7mm (.185 inch) 8A GP, 125 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T70 LATCHING TRAVEL: 3.3mm (.130 inch) 6A GP, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T70 OPERATING FORCE: Without auxiliary low voltage contacts: 6(4)A RM, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T70 NE18: 7N (700 grams); NE18CTII: 9.5N (950 grams). 6/48A RC, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T70 With auxiliary low voltage contacts: NE18: 8N (800 grams); 1RA, 100 VDC, 1E4, T70 NE18CTII: 11N (1100 grams). 8RA, 30VDC, 1E4, T70 SEALING: Dust proof. NE18CTII Series: 4A GP, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T70 Materials 4/48A RC, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T70 HOUSING, ACTUATOR & TERMINAL BOARD: Thermoplastic 1RA, 100 VDC, 1E4, T70 polyester (UL 94V-0). 4RA, 30VDC, 1E4, T70 MOVABLE CONTACT: Silver nickel alloy, silver plated. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min.): 2000 V FIXED CONTACTS: Silver nickel alloy, silver plated. OPERATING LIFE AT MAX. LOAD AND AT MAX. INRUSH CURRENT: ^104 operations5) CONTACT RESISTANCE: Initial: 50mΩ; After 104 operations: 70mΩ. INSULATION RESISTANCE: ^1012 Ωchassis – nearest contact; ^1012 Ωmains contact – mains contact; ^1012 Ωmains contact – mains contact after 104 operations. COMMON CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. RETURN SPRING: Music wire. NOTE: All models arer RoHS compliant and compatible. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. LOW VOLTAGE CONTACT: SWITCHING POWER MAX.: 12W SWITCHING VOLTAGE MAX.: 24V Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages A-97 thru A-104. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. If requesting only a switch, select the switch as noted below. Buttons are sold separately. Designation NE18 NE1B ZNE18 Cental mounted NE1B Contact Arrangement NE18 code # - see list Mechanical Function OA Momentary EE Alternate (push-push) Dress nut* *Central mounted ZNE18 series only (NONE) No dress nut B Black C Chrome Single Station Chassis 01 With .094 mounting holes (NONE) No chassis 02 With 4-40 tapped mounting holes 03 Special chassis (consult factory) Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-96 www.ck-components.com NE-18 Series Mains / Power Switches A Solid Buttons Style F01 FMR F02 FG* F12 FSC F13 FSD F14 FU12 F15 FSB F16 FE F19 FA F21 F001 Pushbutton Order Code - Buttons Mechanical Indicator Buttons Button Color 01 Black 02 White 03 Red 04 Light gray Style F01 FA100 F02 FA101 F07 FA120 F08 FA2O1 F11 FA200* Shell Color 01 Black Out Position Color 01 Black In Position Color 02 White 06 Yellow 07 Blue 08 Green 12 Orange *Button options for central mounting configurations, use ‘FG’ for central mount with chrome dress nut, use ‘FA200’ for central mount with black dress nut. BUTTON REMOVAL A button of a push-push switch should only be removed in the “OFF” non-latching position. DESIGNATION & SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS 0.492 (12,5) 0.394 (10) 0.7 (17,8) 0.335 (8,5) 0.406 (21,4) 0.13 (3,3) 0.583 (14,8) 0.494 (12,5) 0.394 (10) NE1838EE 1.09 (27,8) ,1 ±0 (A) P1 (R) P2 0.236 (6) 0.236 (6) (A) 1, 5 0.197 (5) 0.394 (10) 0.709 (18) 0.315 (8) NE18 2U 0.494 (12,55) (R) Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-97 www.ck-components.com NE-18 Series Mains / Power Switches DESIGNATION & SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS NE1839EE PC MOUNTING NE1846EE 0.583 (14,8) 1.24 (31,5) 0.157 (0,4) 0.494 (12) 1) 0.394 (10) 0.0394 (1) 1) 0.236 0.236 (6) (6) 0.335 (8,5) 2) 0.118 (Ø3) 0.406 (21,4) Travel 3,4 (0.13) max. 4,7 (0.185) 1.09 (27,8) 0.7 (17,8) 0.236 (6,4) 0.13 (3,3) 0.0512 (Ø1,3) 0.236 0.236 (6) (6) 0.118 (3) 0.709 (18) 0.315 0.197 (5) (8) Pushbutton A 0.591 (15) 0.7 (17,8) Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-98 www.ck-components.com NE-18 Series Mains / Power Switches DESIGNATION & SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS A Pushbutton ZNE1838EECF0201 PC MOUNTING Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-99 www.ck-components.com NE-18 Series Mains / Power Switches CONTACT ARRANGEMENT Pushbutton A OPTION CODE Contact capacity and availability STYLE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT 37 NE18 — 2AX DPST 38 NE18 — 2UX 51 2U + NE18 — 2AX OPTION CODE Contact capacity and availability STYLE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT 46 NE18 — 2USX DPDT DPDT 47 NE18 — 2ASP DPST DPST* 48 NE18 — 2USP DPDT 52 (4A/64) NE18CTII — 2AX DPST 49 NE18 — 2ASW DPST 39 2U + NE18 — 2UX DPDT* 50 NE18 — 2USW DPDT 41 NE18 — 2AP DPST 53 (4A/64) 2U + NE18CTII — 2AX DPST 42 NE18 — 2UP DPDT 54 2U + NE18 — 2AW DPST 43 NE18 — 2AW DPST 55 2U + NE18 — 2AP DPST 44 NE18 — 2UW DPDT 56 2U + NE18 — 2UW DPDT 45 NE18 — 2ASX DPST 57 2U + NE18 — 2UP DPDT * 2U + Denotes auxiliary set of low current contacts DPDT 2A = DPST 2U = DPDT S = Snap-in mounting X = Solder lug/PC pins W = Solder lugs only P = PC pins only NOTES 1. Contact plating is silver on all Power Switches. 2. The electrical function is Break Before Make (BBM) on all Power Switches. 3. The terminals will be epoxy sealed. POSSIBLE CONTACT ARRANGEMENT TYPE POWER CONTACTS1 NE18 2A2 NE18 NE18CTII AUXILIARY CONTACTS CONTACT SPACING 2U 2A2 2U 2U 2A2 2U PROTECTION CLASS (CEE 24) > 3mm (.118 inch) II > 3mm (.118 inch) I > 3mm (.118 inch) II APPROVALS UL61058-1 UL61058-1 UL61058-1 1) A = make contact, U = changeover contact 2) With 2A mains contacts: Mounting only by PC pins is not sufficient. MECHANICAL FUNCTION OPTION CODE FUNCTION OA Momentary EE Alternate (push-push) Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-100 www.ck-components.com NE-18 Series Mains / Power Switches SINGLE STATION CHASSIS 03 (NONE) WITH .094 MOUNTING HOLES NO CHASSIS A 02 WITH 4-40 TAPPED MOUNTING HOLES SPECIAL CHASSIS (CONSULT FACTORY) DRESS NUT (NONE) NO DRESS NUT B C BLACK CHROME PANEL CUTOUT PANEL CUTOUT NOTE: Available with ZNE18 designation and FA200 buttons. NOTE: Available with ZNE18 designation and FG button. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-101 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton 01 NE-18 Series Mains / Power Switches SOLID BUTTON Pushbutton A STYLE F01 FMR F02 FG F12 F13 FSD F14 FU12 F15 F16 FE F19 FA FSC FSB OPTION CODE COLOR 01 BLACK 02 WHITE 03 RED 04 LT. GRAY Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-102 www.ck-components.com NE-18 Series Mains / Power Switches COLOR SOLID BUTTON A STYLE F21 Pushbutton STYLE F001 OPTION CODE COLOR 01 BLACK 02 WHITE 03 RED 04 LT. GRAY 09 BLACK/CHROME (F03,F06 & F07 buttons only SHELL COLOR IN POSITION COLOR MECHANICAL BUTTON STYLE OUT POSITION COLOR STYLE F01 FA100 F02 FA101 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-103 www.ck-components.com NE-18 Series Mains / Power Switches SHELL COLOR Pushbutton A IN POSITION COLOR MECHANICAL BUTTON STYLE OUT POSITION COLOR STYLE F08 F11 FA201 SHELL COLOR 01 IN POSITION COLOR BLACK OUT POSITION COLOR 01 FA200 BLACK OPTION CODE COLOR 02 WHITE 06 YELLOW 07 BLUE 08 GREEN 12 ORANGE Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-104 www.ck-components.com FP Series Sealed Ultra Miniature Pushbutton Switches Typical Applications • Networking equipment • Modems • Reset functions • Instrumentation A Pushbutton Features/Benefits • Vertical and right angle mount • Extended operating life 50,000 cycles • Optional caps • Sealed against soldering and cleaning processes • RoHS compliant Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Max. 0.4 VA (28 V DC or V AC). MOVABLE CONTACTS: ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000 cycles. Base metal: Phosphor bronze CONTACT RESISTANCE: (10mA @ 2 V DC) 80 mΩ max. initial. Plating: Gold over nickel plate INSULATION RESISTANCE: 500MΩ min. @ 500 V DC - 1 minute. FIXED CONTACTS: OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to 80ºC. Base metal: Brass SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or Plating: Gold over nickel plate EIA RS-186E method 9. COVER: PA66 - Black PACKAGING: ACTUATOR: PPS - Black Tray pack - 100 switches per tray. BASE: PPS - Black Caps (optional) - Bulk bag; 100 caps per bag. SUPPORT BRACKET (A1 Terminal Style only): Steel with tin plate . NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages A-106 thru A-107. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. F P 1 1 S P B 1 T P Designation FP11 SPST N.O. Actuator Length SP Standard plunger 3.3mm Terminal Style C1 Vertical A1 Right Angle Contact Plating B1 Gold over nickel plate Packaging TP Tray packaging Cap 00 01 02 03 No cap White cap - bulk bagged Black cap - bulk bagged Red cap - bulk bagged Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-105 www.ck-components.com FP Series Sealed Ultra Miniature Pushbutton Switches Pushbutton A SWITCH FUNCTION C1 A1 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE 7 SWITCH FUNCTION 7 0.3 MODEL NO. 0.3 POS. 1 POS. 2 1 1 4.5 OFF FP11 MOM CONNECTED TERMINALS OPEN 1-3 0.5 1 STROKE 5.08 3.3 KEY WAY 1 KEY WAY 3 SCHEMATIC SPST 1.6 10.5 5.6 5.6 0.2 2.4 0.2 0.45 0.45 5.08 2.54 2.54 7 TERMINAL NO EPOXY SEAL (3) (1) TERMINAL NUMBER (3) (4) (6) (4) AND (6) ARE SUPPORT TERMINALS (1) EPOXY SEAL ACTUATOR LENGTH SP STANDARD PLUNGER 3.3MM 3.3 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-106 www.ck-components.com FP Series Sealed Ultra Miniature Pushbutton Switches TERMINAL STYLE A1 VERTICAL A RIGHT ANGLE 2 Pushbutton C1 2 1 STROKE 4 4 3.3 4X 4X 0.6 0.6 1.6 EPOXY BOTH SIDES EPOXY BOTH SIDES 2.54 1 5.08 5.08 (1) 5.08 5.08 0.3 (4) MOUNTING HOLE PATTERN MOUNTING HOLE PATTERN 4.5 2.6 0.3 5 2.54 CONTACT PLATING B1 GOLD OVER NICKEL PLATE PACKAGING TP TRAY PACKAGING CAPS OPTION CODE DESCRIPTION 00 01 02 03 4±0.3 0.4 NO CAP WHITE CAP, BULK BAGGED BLACK CAP, BULK BAGGED 2.4 ±0.3 1.9 ±0.3 0.8 RED CAP, BULK BAGGED 1.95 .2x45° CHAMFER To purchase Caps separately without switch, please use these part numbers PART # COLOR 798D01000 WHITE 798D02000 BLACK 798D03000 RED Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-107 www.ck-components.com AP Series Industrial Pushbutton Switch Pushbutton A Features/Benefits • IP67 sealed • 1,000,000 life cycle • Illumination / non-illumination • Multiple colored caps • Threaded or snap-in mounting • Caps available separately • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Harsh environments • Off-Road • Industrial • Medical • Transportation • Joystick control modules • Gaming • Military Specifications Materials FUNCTION: SPST Momentary CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: N.O. MOUNTING TYPE: Snap-in (no panel seal) Threaded body (hex nut, lock washer, and panel seal gasket provided) Torque spec for threaded body: Do not exceed 8-9 in-lbs (0.9-1.0 N.m) HOUSING: PBT BASE: PBT CAP: PBT ACTUATOR: Illuminated: Clear polycarbonate Non-illuminated: PBT INTERNAL SEAL: Silicone rubber TERMINALS: Copper alloy, gold over silver plating MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, gold over silver plating TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy WIRE LEADS: UL1569 Black 22 AWG Mechanical OPERATING LIFE: 1,000,000 cycles TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.1 ± 0.2 mm OPERATING POINT 1.55 ± 0.25 mm OVER TRAVEL: 0.6 min. OPERATING FORCE: 4N ± 1N standard configuration; other force option 2N ± 0.5N VIBRATION: 10-500 Hz 10g Max SHOCK: 60g 11ms sawtooth wave Operating Environment OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C (+105˚C non-illuminated) ESD PROTECTION: 20 KV min. Electrical Process Environment CONTACT RATING: 200mA @ 24 V DC resistive (500,000 cycles) 100mA @ 50 V DC resistive (500,000 cycles) 400mA @ 32 V AC resistive (500,000 cycles) 125mA @ 125 V AC resistive (1,000,000 cycles) DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 V AC min. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1 G Ω @ 500 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE 50 mΩ max (without wire leads) BOUNCE TIME: 0,3 mm • TOTAL TRAVEL: 1,5 ± 0,1 mm ? = 1,60 N 4 - 3 - 2 - FORCE • ACTUATOR FORCE: 5,5 N ± 0,5 N • TACTILE FEELING: 1,6 N 1 - 0 1 3 mm 1,5 CONTACT OVERTRAVEL 14 TEXT/LEGEND AAAAA 1,6 A AAAAA AAAAA A AAAAA A 3,2 3,2 3,2 14 3,2 1 or 2 markings are available in any combination of text / legend or status indicator. A = 9,5 or 11,5 or 14mm 7,5 STATUS INDICATOR Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-129 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton Pushbutton SOLDERING SIDE A Pushbutton A Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-130 www.ck-components.com PB Series Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches Typical Applications • Appliances • Audio and visual equipment • Consumer electronics • Industrial equipment Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC CASE: PC (UL 94HB) INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. PLASTIC CLIP: POM (UL 94HB) INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. SPRING: SUS DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. KNOB: POM A Pushbutton Features/Benefits • Momentary or latching options • Reliable contact design • 2, 4, and 6 pole configurations • Long travel and extended life cycles TERMINAL: Silver plated OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) LOCK TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C PB-22D01-L 2PDT LOCK / LATCHING 11 P 2 R1 1.5 7.4 1 2.0 4 2.8 15 0.2 1 2 OVERALL TRAVEL 7.4 TRAVELS 2.8 3.5 5 9.3 3 14 6.5 1.8 P DETAIL 2 : 1 0.6 2.5 2.5 5.8 2P 2T 0.35 2.5 1 2 2.5 2.5 SCHEMATIC 2.5 6-ø 0.9 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-131 www.ck-components.com PB Series Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches PB-42D01-L 4PDT LOCK / LATCHING 22.5 Specifications 11 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 4 P 1 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. R0.5 2 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 3 1.8 14 2 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 2.8x2.8 1.5 1 2x2 7.4 COMAX 0.2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load P DETAIL 2 : 1 OVERALL TRAVEL SELF LOCK TRAVEL OPERATING FORCE: 280 ± 100 gf 7.4 TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm 2.8 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 5 6.5 9.3 LOCK TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm 3.5 Materials 0.35 0.6 CASE: PC (UL 94HB) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5.8 PLASTIC CLIP: POM (UL 94HB) 2.5 4P - 2T 2.5 2.5 SPRING: SUS 2.5 KNOB: POM 2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 2.5 1 2.5 12-Ø0.9 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC PB-62D01-L 6PDT LOCK / LATCHING Specifications 30 11 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 4 P 1 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2 R0.5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 1.8 14 7.4 2 SELF LOCK TRAVEL 2x2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N) P DETAIL 2 : 1 3 OVERALL TRAVEL 0.2 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 2.8x2.8 1.5 7.4 COMAX 1 LOCK TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm 2.8 5 6.5 9.3 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Materials 3.5 CASE: PC (UL 94HB) 0.35PLASTIC 0.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5.8 CLIP: POM (UL 94HB) SPRING: SUS KNOB: POM TERMINAL: Silver plated 6P - 2T 1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Pushbutton A 18-Ø0.9 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-132 www.ck-components.com PB Series Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches PB-22D01-F 2PDT NON-LOCK / MOMENTARY A 11 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC P 2 R0.5 1.5 7.4 1 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2.8× 2.8 4 2× 2 15 0.2 1 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load P DETAIL 2 : 1 14 OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 1.8 7.4 3 OVERALL TRAVEL TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm 2.8 5 6.5 9.3 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 3.5 Materials CASE: PC (UL 94HB) 2.5 2.5 PLASTIC CLIP: POM (UL 94HB) 0.35 0.6 5.8 2.5 SPRING: SUS KNOB: POM 2P 2T TERMINAL: Silver plated 1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 6- ø 0.9 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC PB-42D01-F 4PDT NON-LOCK / MOMENTARY Specifications 22.5 11 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 4 P INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 1 R0.5 2 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 1.8 14 2.8x2.8 1.5 3 2x2 7.4 COMAX 1 0.2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load OPERATING FORCE: 280 ± 100 gf (2.477 ± 0.98N) P DETAIL 2 : 1 OVERALL TRAVEL DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 7.4 TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm 2.8 5 6.5 9.3 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Materials 3.5 CASE: PC (UL 94HB) PLASTIC CLIP: POM (UL 94HB) 0.35 0.6 SPRING: SUS 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5.8 KNOB: POM TERMINAL: Silver plated 2.5 4P - 2T 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 2.5 1 2.5 12-Ø0.9 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-133 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton Specifications PB Series Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches PB-62D01-F A 6PDT NON-LOCK / MOMENTARY Pushbutton 30 Specifications 11 1 4 2 R0.5 P CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load P DETAIL 2 : 1 OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N) 7.4 1.8 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 0.2 3 OVERALL TRAVEL 2.8x2.8 1.5 COMAX 7.4 2x2 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 14 TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm 2.8 5 6.5 9.3 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 3.5 Materials CASE: PC (UL 94HB) 0.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 0.35 PLASTIC CLIP: POM (UL 94HB) SPRING: SUS 2.5 5.8 KNOB: POM TERMINAL: Silver plated 6P - 2T 1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 18-Ø0.9 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC PB-22G02-L 2PDT LOCK / LATCHING Specifications CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 25 VDC 2 5 2 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load 1 0.2 OVERALL TRAVEL INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 0.2 1 3.5 TRAVELS INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2.5× 2.5 1.8 9 R0.5 3.3× 3.3 P 2.5 OPERATING FORCE: 350 ± 150 gf (3.43 ± 1.47N) P DETAIL 2 : 1 24.8 10 LOCK TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3mm 5 TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm 3.3 6.5 6.9 9.4 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 4 Materials 6 CASE: PC (UL 94HB) 8.5 0.7 0.4 1 4 10 6 18 SPRING: SUS KNOB: POM TERMINAL: Silver plated 2P - 2T 1 2 4 4 1.3X0.7 ALL 6 4 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-134 www.ck-components.com PB Series Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches PB-42G02-L 4PDT LOCK / LATCHING 9 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 0.2 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2.5 2 0.2 3.3x3.3 1.8 2.5x2.5 1 1 CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 25 VDC DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 2 P DETAIL 2 : 1 3.5 LOCK TRAVEL OVERALL TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load 5 OPERATING FORCE: 400 ± 150 gf (3.92 ± 1.47N) LOCK TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3mm 10 36.8 5 TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm 6.5 9.4 6.9 3.3 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Materials 4 6 8.5 0.7 1 4 4 4 4 4 10 HOUSING: PC (UL 94HB) 0.4 SPRING: SUS 6 18 KNOB: POM TERMINAL: Silver plated 4P - 2T 1 2 4 4 4 4 1.3X0.7 4 6 ALL PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC PB-62G02-L DPDT LOCK / LATCHING Specifications R0.5 1.8 2.5x2.5 3.3x3.3 CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 25 VDC P 1 1 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2.5 2 0.2 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 0.2 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 9 2 P DETAIL 2 : 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load 3.5 LOCK TRAVEL 5 OVERALL TRAVEL OPERATING FORCE: 450 ± 150 gf LOCK TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3mm 48.8 TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm 10 3.3 6.5 6.9 Materials HOUSING: PC (UL 94HB) 4 9.4 5 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 0.7 6 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8.5 SPRING: SUS 0.4 18 10 KNOB: POM 6 TERMINAL: Silver plated 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1.3X0.7 ALL 6 1 6P - 2T 2 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-135 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton P A Specifications R0.5 PB Series Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches PB-22G02-F DPDT NON-LOCK / MOMENTARY 1.8 9 0.2 1 1 0.2 2 OVERALL TRAVEL 5 CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 25 VDC 3.3× 3.3 R0.5 P 2.5× 2.5 Specifications Pushbutton 2 P DETAIL 2 : 1 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load 10 OPERATING FORCE: 350 ± 150 gf (3.43 ± 1.47N) 3.3 5 TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm 6.5 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Materials 4 9.4 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 2.5 24.8 6.9 6 8.5 0.7 0.4 1 4 4 6 18 10 CASE: PC (UL 94HB) SPRING: SUS KNOB: POM TERMINAL: Silver plated 2P - 2T 1 4 2 1.3X0.7 4 6 ALL SCHEMATIC PB-42G02-F PIERCING PLAN 4PDT NON-LOCK / MOMENTARY Specifications R0.5 P 1 1 2 9 0.2 0.2 P DETAIL 2 : 1 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load OPERATING FORCE: 400 ± 150 gf (3.92 ± 1.47N) OVERALL TRAVEL 10 36.8 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 2.5 2 5 3.3x3.3 1.8 2.5x2.5 CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 25 VDC TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm 5 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 6.5 9.4 6.9 3.3 HOUSING: PC (UL 94HB) 4 6 0.7 8.5 0.4 1 4 4 4 4 4 10 Materials SPRING: SUS 6 18 KNOB: POM TERMINAL: Silver plated 4P - 2T 1 2 4 4 4 4 4 1.3X0.7 ALL 6 A SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-136 www.ck-components.com PB Series Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches PB-62G02-F 6PDT NON-LOCK / MOMENTARY 1.8 2.5x2.5 3.3x3.3 CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 25 VDC INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2.5 2 0.2 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 0.2 9 2 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. P DETAIL 2 : 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load OVERALL TRAVEL 5 OPERATING FORCE: 450 ± 150 gf (4.41 ± 1.47N) 48.8 TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm 10 3.3 Materials 6.5 6.9 9.4 5 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 4 HOUSING: PC (UL 94HB) 0.7 6 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 10 8.5 SPRING: SUS 0.4 18 KNOB: POM 6 TERMINAL: Silver plated 6P - 2T 1 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1.3X0.7 6 ALL PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC PB Multi-Key Series P Key 1K 1K 2K 2K 3K 3K 4K 4K 5K 5K B K Travel G 3.5 mm Key Pitch D 2 mm 0 0 1 10 2 12.5 3 15 4 17.5 5 20 6 25 7 30 Contact Function S Shorting NS Non-shorting Mounting Hole A M3 x 0.5 B 3.2 C No mounting hole Poles 2 2 poles 4 4 poles 6 6 poles Terminal Shape P X N Operating Type E Release F Non-lock L Self-lock T Interlock XF All non-lock XT All self-lock XL All interlock Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-137 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton 1 1 P A Specifications R0.5 PB Series Single Pole and Multi-Key Pushbutton Switches PB Multi-Key Series Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 36.8 0.8 6 1 15 TOTAL TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm 5 OVERALL TRAVEL 3.5 INTERLOCK TRAVEL 15 71 10 10 1 1 65 3 3 0.2 2 0.2 2 2.5 Materials PLASTIC CLIP: POM (UL 94HB) 10.5 6.5 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C CASE: PC (UL 94HB) P DETAIL 3 : 1 SPRING: SUS Ø3.2 KNOB: POM 0.4 TYP.2 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load 3.3X3.3 15 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 1.8 P 8.5 18 4 TYP.5 2.5X2.5 9.4 6.9 1 3.3 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 4 7.5 36.8 2-ø 3.2 HOLES 18 TERMINAL: Silver plated 6 4P - 2T 1 2 1.3X0.7 4 ALL TYP.5 6 Pushbutton A SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-138 www.ck-components.com PS-12G Series Pushbutton Switches A Typical Applications • Automotive interior lighting • Computer peripherals • Appliances PART NUMBER PACKAGING SCHEMATIC Pushbutton Features/Benefits • Latching pushbutton • Non-shorting with lock • 5 mm travel • SPDT Dimensions FOOTPRINT: 14 X 16.8 mm HEIGHT: 18 mm PS-12G01 200 pieces Specifications CONTACT RATING: 1A @ 14 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. OPERATING LIFE: 20,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 400 ± 100 gf OPERATING POSITION: 3.6 ± 0.2 mm TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Materials KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) HOUSING: PBT (UL 94V-0) COVER: PBT (UL 94V-0) ROTOR: PBT (UL 94V-0) SLIDER: POM (UL 94HB) TERMINAL: Phospher bronze, silver plated 0.55 ~0.65 1.5 ~ 2.0 SPRING: Stainless steel 1 C CONTACT: Phospher bronze, silver plated 2 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-139 www.ck-components.com PS-12G Series Pushbutton Switches Pushbutton A Dimensions PART NUMBER PACKAGING SCHEMATIC FOOTPRINT: 14 X 16.8 mm HEIGHT: 18.3 mm PS-12G03 200 pieces Specifications CONTACT RATING: 2.2A @ 14.5 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. OPERATING LIFE: 20,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 650 ± 300 gf OPERATING POSITION: 4.00 ± 0.2 mm TOTAL TRAVEL: 4.5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C Materials KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) HOUSING: PBT & PA (UL 94V-0) COVER: PBT (UL 94V-0) ROTOR: PBT (UL 94V-0) SLIDER: POM (UL 94HB) TERMINAL: Brass, silver plated SPRING: Stainless steel CONTACT: Phospher bronze, silver plated TYCO .062 Commercial Pin and Socket Connector PT# 770983-1 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-140 www.ck-components.com PS-22 Series Subminiature Pushbutton Switches PART NUMBER A Typical Applications • Industrial • Automotive • Audio and visual equipment PACKAGING Pushbutton Features/Benefits • Compact miniature push switch • Momentary or latching options • Shorting or non-shorting • DPDT Dimensions SCHEMATIC FOOTPRINT: 7.0 x 7.0 mm 1 PS-2203-L NS PA 1,000 pieces PS-2203-F NS PA 1,000 pieces 2 HEIGHT: 12.5 mm Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 7.0 4.0 OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 7.0 4.0 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load LOCK TRAVEL: 1 mm TOTAL TRAVEL: 2 mm 3.0 2.0 2.0±0.15 FULL TRAVEL OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 2.6 1.0 1.6 1.0 5.5 1.0 Materials +0.3 1.0 -0.0 LOCK TRAVEL KNOB: POM Black HOUSING: PA Black 7.0 COVER: POM Grey (latch) / White (Mom) TERMINAL: Brass, silver plated 3.5 CONTACT CLIP: Phosphor bronze., silver plated SPRING: Stainless steel 0.6 0.30 HOOK LOCK: Stainless steel (latch) 5 2.0 2.0 2 5 6-Ø0.9 2 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-141 www.ck-components.com 5.5 3 2.5±0.2 Full travel K DETAIL 2 : 1 2.5 2 3.5 8 PS-22 Series Subminiature Pushbutton Switches 0.3 A PART NUMBER 0.6 3 6 Dimensions 2 5 1 4 SCHEMATIC PACKAGING 6 2.5 2.5 Pushbutton FOOTPRINT: 8.0 x 8.0 mm HEIGHT: 2.5 2.5 13.5 mm 2P-2T 2 1,000 pieces PS-2206-L NS PA 1 1,000 pieces 4 5 1 2 6 6-Ø0.8 PS-2206-F NS PA 6 3 Specifications HOLES CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC SCHEMATIC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 70 m ohms max. PIERCING PLAN INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 8 8 4 2 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1 1 0.3 3 1.6 1.5±0.2 Lock travel 2.5±0.2 Full travel K OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 2 4 3 LOCK TRAVEL: 1.5 mm K DETAIL 2 : 1 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 2.5 5.5 TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.5 mm 8 Materials KNOB: POM Black 3.5 HOUSING: PA Black COVER: POM Grey (latch) / White (Mom) 0.3 0.6 2 5 1 4 TERMINAL: Brass, silver plated 6 3 6 2.5 2.5 CONTACT CLIP: Phosphor bronze., silver plated SPRING: Stainless steel 2.5 2.5 2P-2T 2 5 1 2 6-Ø0.8 HOLES 6 4 HOOK LOCK: Stainless steel (latch) 1 6 3 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC PART NUMBER PACKAGING Dimensions SCHEMATIC FOOTPRINT: 5.8 x 5.8 mm 1 PS-2214-L NS PA 1,000 pieces PS-2214-F NS PA 1,000 pieces 2 HEIGHT: 7.5 mm Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 80 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 5.8 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. LOCK TRAVEL FULL TRAVEL 2.3±0.2 3.6 1.45±0.1 5.8 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 150 ± 50 gf (1.47 ± 0.49N) LOCK TRAVEL: 1.45 mm TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.3 mm 3.1 2 2 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Materials KNOB: POM Natural (latch) / PA black 4.5 5 7.5 6-Ø1 HOUSING: PA Black 3.4 0.6 COVER: PA Black 0.3 TERMINAL: Brass, silver plated 2 2 4.5 CONTACT CLIP: Phosphor bronze, silver clad PIERCING PLAN SPRING: Stainless steel HOOK LOCK: Stainless steel (latch) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-142 www.ck-components.com PS-22 Series Subminiature Pushbutton Switches PART NUMBER PACKAGING Dimensions SCHEMATIC A FOOTPRINT: 5.8 x 5.8 mm PS-221605-L NS 1,000 pieces PS-221605-F NS 1,000 pieces 2 HEIGHT: 10 mm Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC / 2A @ 2 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 80 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. b 2 LOCK TRAVEL: 1.3 mm FULL TRAVEL 2.5 1.3±0.15 b OPERATING FORCE: 150 ± 50 gf (1.47 ± 0.49N) TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.1 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 2.10±0.2 3.1 LOCK TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 2 b Materials 1 2 5.8 5.8 3.6 KNOB: POM Natural HOUSING: PA Black b COVER: PC Grey b 5 7.6 10 b TERMINAL: Bras, silver plated 3.2 CONTACT CLIP: Phosphor bronze, silver clad 0.3 0.6 SPRING: Stainless steel 2 HOOK LOCK: Stainless steel (latch) 4.5 2 2 6- ø 1.0 4.5 2 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-143 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton 1 PS Series Miniature Pushbutton Switches Pushbutton A Features/Benefits • Miniature size • Momentary or latching options • Broad range of products PS-22I05 Typical Applications • Industrial • Automotive • Audio and visual equipment • Telecommunications DPDT NON-SHORTING Specifications R0.5 16 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 5.4 +0.2 7.8 -0.1 18±0.1 COMAX INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 4.5±0.3 TRAVEL OPERATING FORCE: 400 ± 150 gf (3.92 ± 1.47N) 3.5 11.3±0.1 3.6 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load TOTAL TRAVEL: 4.5 ± 0.3 mm 1.5 5 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 0.8 1.8 4 Materials 0.5 P 2P - 2T 2 1 3 FRAME: SECC 4 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) CONTACT PLATE: Silver clad SPRING: SUS TERMINAL: Silver plated P VIEW SCHEMATIC PS-12C02-F NS SPST NON-SHORTING 21.5 1±0.05 14.4 CN-2 Specifications C0.25 CONTACT RATING: 100 µ A @ 3 VDC min. / 10mA @ 5 VDC max AMP, JST INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 0 4.9 -0.05 CN-1 4.4 +0.1 0 7.8 6.2 2 11.55±0.2 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m ohms max. OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles with load 13.6 0.5 10.6 4-C0.1 4.1 9.6 8.55±0.2 3.6 8-R0.2 HOUSING: PA (UL 94V-0) SPRING: SUS 8.6 +0.2 0 9.4 +0.2 0 1 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) COVER: PA (UL 94V-0) 11.6 +0.2 0 1.6 +0.2 0 6.2±0.35 14.4 0.5±0.05 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C Materials 9 7.1±0.15 0.60±0.05 PRE-TRAVEL: 6.20 ± 0.35 mm R1 3.9 4.95 7.8 0 3.9 -0.05 9.2 1 3 P 3.4 +0.1 0 OPERATING FORCE: 50 ± 15 gf (0.49 ± 0.147N) COMAX TERMINAL: Silver plated 0.8?1.0?1.2?1.6mm PIERCING PLAN DETAIL:P 8:1 1 CN-2 CN-1 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change SCHEMATIC A-144 www.ck-components.com PS Series Miniature Pushbutton Switches PS-32C02-F NS 0.3 0.6±0.05 b A 7.9±0.3 0 3-Ø3.0-0.1 4.5 6.1 10.4 20.5 5.1 OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles with load 5.0 A-A 2:1 PRE-TRAVEL: 1.5 ± 0.3 mm 0.65 7.2 2.9 S3 S2 3.2 OVER-TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm 7.2 (R1.0) (R0.6) TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm S1 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 65˚C 0.8±0.05 COMAX 2-0.8±0.1 1.0±0.1 2-Ø1.5±0.05 5.0±0.1 20.5 3.70 2.15 2.0 1.25±0.05 0.1 OPERATING FORCE: 80 ± 20 gf (0.784 ± 0.196N) 27.0±0.2 22.5±0.2 K 2 2 2 3.8 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. A J 5:1 4.0 J TYP.4 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 3.5±0.3 3-Ø2.4+0.1 0 6.0 4-C0.1 2-90° 2-1.0 K 2-1.7 2.5:1 CONTACT RATING: 100 µ A @ 3 VDC min. / 10mA @ 5 VDC max INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m ohms max. 10.5 11.0 5.8 0.5±0.05 0.2 2-1.1 H 2.5:1 (C-0.25) 26.9±0.05 Materials KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) COVER: PA (UL 94V-0) 2-ø 1.6 +0 0 .05 HOUSING: PA (UL 94V-0) 2.0±0.05 TERMINAL: Silver plated 1 2 3 4 5.0±0.05 4.0±0.05 8.3±0.15 SPRING: SUS 1.0 5.0 9.4 PIERCING PLAN t=1.2mm: 2.0 x 8.2mm S1 1 S2 2 3 S3 4 SCHEMATIC PS-42C02-F NS 1P4T NON-SHORTING 2-5.0 +0.1 -0.15 Specifications 2-8.0 +0.1 -0.2 2-1.0±0.1 (C0.25) 6.8 17.3 13.0 0.3 0.6 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. A J 5:1 OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles with load A 5.1 A-A 2:1 5.0 20.5 7.2 S4 3.2 TOTAL TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm S3 S2 S1 Materials 2-Ø1.5±0.05 27.7 5.0±0.1 34.1±0.05 +0 0 .05 COVER: PA (UL 94V-0) SPRING: SUS 2.3±0.05 TERMINAL: Silver plated 1 2 5 3 4 5.0±0.05 4.0±0.05 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) HOUSING: PA (UL 94V-0) 3.8±0.05 8.2±0.05 1.6 2.0 1.05+0.25 -0.2 2-0.8±0.10 1.0±0.1 2-ø OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 65˚C .0) (R1 (R0.6) COMAX 0.8±0.5 3.8 OVER-TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm 34.2+0.60 0 29.7 7.2 7.2 2.9 2 2 2 2 K PRE-TRAVEL: 1.5 ± 0.3 mm 3.7 2.15 2-90° 2-1.0 K 2.5:1 2-1.7 0.1 0.65 4.5 6.1 10.4 OPERATING FORCE: 80 ± 20 gf (0.784 ± 0.196N) 0 4-Ø3.0 -0.10 6.0 J TYP.5 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m ohms max. 3.5±0.3 6.2 2-1.1 4-C0.1 H 4-Ø2.4 +0.10 0 0.5 0.2 H 2.5:1 CONTACT RATING: 100 µ A @ 3 VDC min. / 10mA @ 5 VDC max 7.9±0.3 1.2 2-1.4 9.4±0.3 2-1.5 1.0 5.0 9.4 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change PIERCING PLAN t=1.0mm: 2.3 x 8.2mm A-145 t=1.2mm: 3.8 x 8.2mm S1 1 S2 2 S3 5 SCHEMATIC 3 S4 4 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton 2-8.0+0.1 -0.2 H b A Specifications 9.4±0.3 2-1.4 1.2 1P3T NON-SHORTING 2-5.0+0.1 -0.15 2-1.0±0.1 2-1.5 PS Series Miniature Pushbutton Switches PS-22C08-G10 NS A Pushbutton 9.2 DPDT NON-SHORTING 10 Specifications 1 3 2-R0.9 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC OVERALL TRAVEL 3.0 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2.7 4.5 9 2.8 3.1 1.3 COMAX DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 2-R0.3 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load 1.3 R0.4 1.5 LOCK TRAVEL OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) K DETAIL 8 : 1 LOCK TRAVEL: 1.5 ± 0.3 mm 1.5 R0.3 OVER-TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm 2.5 2.15 2.7 7.2 4.5 K 0.5 0.3 1.3 0.4 b 2.5 2.5 4 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 0.4 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Materials 5.5 FRAME: SPCC 8.6 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 3.7 CONTACT: Silver plated 7.7 SPRING: SUS TERMINAL: Silver plated 2P - 2T 2 8.6 1 5.5 6-Ø0.8 2.5 2-Ø1.35 4 2.5 3.7 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC PS-22E08-G10 NS 9.2 DPDT NON-SHORTING Specifications 1 10 3 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 2-R0.9 1.3 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2.7 4.5 9 2.8 3.1 COMAX DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. R0.8 2-R0.3 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load 1.3 2.5 OVERALL TRAVEL K DETAIL 2 : 1 R0.3 OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 1.5 TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 2.5 K 0.4 2.5 4 0.5 1.3 0.5 Materials 2.15 2.7 7.2 4.5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2.5 3.7 0.4 FRAME: SPCC 5.5 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 8.6 CONTACT: Silver plated SPRING: SUS 2P - 2T TERMINAL: Silver plated 2 5.5 6-Ø0.8 8.6 1 2.5 SCHEMATIC 2-Ø1.35 4 2.5 3.7 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change PIERCING PLAN A-146 www.ck-components.com PS Series Miniature Pushbutton Switches PS-22E09-G 4.5 NS A 4.5 Specifications 2 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC Ø2 12 Ø4.4 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. OVERALL TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 3.8 OPERATING FORCE: 70 ± 20 gf (0.686 ± 0.196N) TRAVEL 2.5 TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.8 ± 0.3 mm 5 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 0.5 Materials 4 4 8 COMAX 1.8 0.6 0.4 2.5 2.5 FRAME: SPCC 6.5 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 2.5 2P - 2T CONTACT: Silver plated 2.5 SPRING: SUS 1 2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 6.5 6-Ø0.9 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC PS-42D09-NS 4P2T NON-SHORTING 14 Specifications 6 R0.8 6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 6 5.1 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 7.2 2 TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 5.5 2.5 5.5 COMAX 8 TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm 2 2 2 2 0.4 0.4 2 Materials 2.5 5.6 13.2 FRAME: SPCC KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 4P - 2T 13.2 1 2 2 2 2 CONTACT PLATE: Silver plated 2 2 SPRING: Steel TERMINAL: Silver plated 2.5 5.6 0.1 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 0.5 0.8 4-Ø1.1 SCHEMATIC 12-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-147 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton 13 DPDT NON-SHORTING PS Series Miniature Pushbutton Switches PS-42D13-NS 4P2T NON-SHORTING K2 K1 Specifications R0.3 0.3 Pushbutton CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 2.5 1.3 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. R0.5 1 0.9 OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 1 R0.5 2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 5 3 6.4 K1 DETAIL 2 : 1 2.5 2 0.7 1.5 6 1.7 14 R0.3 R0.75 1.5 Materials K2 DETAIL 2 : 1 2 TRAVEL FRAME: SPCC 6.2 COMAX KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 2.5 2.5 2.5 0.5 CONTACT: Silver plated SPRING: Steel K1 0.4 TERMINAL: Silver plated 0.4 2 2 2 2 2 K2 2.5 13 6 4P - 2T 13 2 2 2 2 2 4-Ø1.55 6 2 2.5 1 12-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN PS-42D16-S 4P2T SHORTING 6 14.4 Specifications R0.8 2 6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 5 3 6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 2 2 TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 2.6 2.5 5.5 2.5 OPERATING FORCE: 60 ± 30 gf (0.59 ± 0.29N) COMAX 2.5 0.5 0.8 2 2 2 2 Materials 0.4 0.4 FRAME: SPCC 2 2.5 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 5.6 13.2 CONTACT: Silver plated 4P - 2T TERMINAL: Silver plated 13.2 1 2 2 2 2 2 5.6 2 2.5 A 4-Ø1.1 12-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-148 www.ck-components.com PS Series Miniature Pushbutton Switches PS-62D10-S A 6P2T SHORTING 6 Specifications 0.8 6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 0.7 R0.75 2.5 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 5 6 45° R0.4 1.15 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. K DETAIL 6 : 1 7.2 2 TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 0.5 K TYP.4 0.4 0.4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.5 19.2 Materials 5.6 FRAME: SPCC 19.2 6P - 2T 1 OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 5.5 3.1 2.5 2.5 2.5 5.5 COMAX 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 2 CONTACT: Silver plated 2.5 5.6 SPRING: Steel 18-Ø0.8 TERMINAL: Silver plated 4-Ø1.2 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC PS-62D13-S 6P2T SHORTING 20 Specifications 6 2 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC R0.75 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 5 3 6.4 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 0.9 2 TRAVEL OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm COMAX 2.5 6.2 2.5 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 2.5 Materials 1 0.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0.4 FRAME: SPCC 0.4 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) CONTACT PLATE: Silver plated 2.5 19 6 6P - 2T TERMINAL: SUS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 SCHEMATIC 6 2 2.5 1 SPRING: Steel 19 4-Ø1.3 18-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-149 www.ck-components.com Pushbutton 20 PS Series Miniature Pushbutton Switches PS-62D15-S 6P2T SHORTING Specifications 20 6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 0.8 6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 0.7 R0.75 2.5 R0.4 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.15 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load K DETAIL 6 : 1 7.2 2 TRAVEL 2.5 OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm 5.5 3.1 2.5 2.5 COMAX OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 0.5 K TYP.4 0.4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Materials 0.4 19.2 2.5 FRAME: SPCC 5.6 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 6P - 2T 1 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 5 6 45° 5.5 Pushbutton A CONTACT: Silver plated 19.2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 SPRING: Steel 2 2.5 5.6 TERMINAL: Silver plated 18-Ø0.8 4-Ø1.2 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN PS-22E02-G13 S DPDT SHORTING WITH LOCK Specifications 2 1 2.5 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 3.3 7.0 2.5 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. MOUNTING FACE 13 11.8 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 3.5 OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N) LOCK TRAVEL LOCK TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm 5.5 3.3 2.5 9.6 2.5 OVERALL TRAVEL OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C COMAX 0.5 Materials 0.5 1 FRAME: SPCC 3 3.2 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 3.2 CONTACT: Silver plated 6.00 2P-2T 2 3.2 SPRING: Steel TERMINAL: Silver plated 3.2 3 1 MOUNTING FACE 6 - Ø1.4 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-150 www.ck-components.com PS Series Miniature Pushbutton Switches PS-22E04-G13 NS DPDT NON-SHORTING WITH LOCK A 1 Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 3.3 7.0 2.5 2.5 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. R0.5 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. MOUNTING FACE 13 11.8 Pushbutton 2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 3.5 2.50 OVERALL TRAVEL LOCK TRAVEL OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N) R0.5 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Materials FRAME: SPCC 1 0.5 0.85 1 3.2 TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm 5.5 12.4 COMAX 2.8 9.6 3.3 2.5 LOCK TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 3 3.2 CONTACT: Silver plated 6.0 11.2 SPRING: Steel TERMINAL: Silver plated MOUNTING FACE 6 2P-2T 1 2 3.2 3 6.0 3.2 8 - Ø 1.4 11.2 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC PS-22E44-G13 NS DPDT NON-SHORTING WITH LOCK Specifications 1 R0.5 7.0 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 3.3 2.5 2.5 2 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. MOUNTING FACE 13 11.8 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 3.5 2.5 OVERALL TRAVEL OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N) LOCK TRAVEL 10.5 3.3 2.5 LOCK TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm 1 0.5 3.2 6.5 TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 2.8 0.15 13.3 COMAX Materials 0.5 1 3.2 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 3 11.4 FRAME: SPCC CONTACT: Silver plated 6.2 SPRING: Steel 6 3.2 2P - 2T 2 8-Ø1.4 SCHEMATIC TERMINAL: Silver plated 3.2 3 6.2 1 MOUNTING FACE 11.4 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-151 www.ck-components.com PS Series Miniature Pushbutton Switches PS-22E75-G13 NS A DPDT NON-SHORTING WITH LOCK Specifications Pushbutton 1 2 K DETAIL CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 3.3 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 0.5 7.2 2.5 1.75 2.5 1 R0.5 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.15 MOUNTING FACE 5 13 12 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load M2.6x0.45 OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N) 3.5 7 TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 9.6 3.3 2.5 18.65 2.5 LOCK TRAVEL 5.5 COMAX Materials FRAME: SPCC K 1.6 0.6 3.2 LOCK TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm OVERALL TRAVEL 0.5 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 3 3.2 CONTACT: Silver plated 12 9 2P - 2T SPRING: Steel Ø 2.8 TERMINAL: Silver plated 1 3.7 8.5 7 2 MOUNTING HOLE MOUNTING PLATE THK=1.0 SCHEMATIC PS-22E95-G13 NS DPDT NON-SHORTING WITH LOCK 2 Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 2.5 3.3 7.2 2.5 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. R0.5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 5 MOUNTING FACE 12 M2.6x0.45 13 5.4 3.5 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OVERALL TRAVEL OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N) LOCK TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm 2.5 LOCK TRAVEL 7 TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 5.5 9.6 2.5 3.3 13.2 COMAX DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. Materials FRAME: SPCC KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 0.5 0.8 3 1.6 SPRING: Steel 3.2 9 TERMINAL: Silver plated Ø 2.8 2P - 2T 1 2 8.5 3.7 3.2 CONTACT: Silver plated 7 1.3 0.6 SCHEMATIC MOUNTING HOLE MOUNTING PLATE THK=1.0 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-152 www.ck-components.com PS Series Miniature Pushbutton Switches PS-22F02-G13 S A DPDT SHORTING 2 1 2.5 3.3 7.0 2.5 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between openterminals and between the frame and terminal. MOUNTING FACE 13 11.8 3.5 Pushbutton Specifications OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OVERALL TRAVEL OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N) 9.6 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 5.5 3.3 2.5 TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm Materials 3.6 COMAX 0.5 FRAME: SPCC 0.5 1 3.2 3.2 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) CONTACT: Silver plated 3 SPRING: Steel MOUNTING FACE 6.00 2P-2T 1 3.2 3.2 3 2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 6 - Ø1.4 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC PS-22F04-G13 NS DPDT NON_SHORTING Specifications 1 2 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 2.5 3.3 7.0 2.5 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. R0.5 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. MOUNTING FACE OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 13 11.8 3.5 TRAVEL OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N) 9.6 3.3 2.5 TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 5.5 12.4 COMAX Materials 2.8 R0.5 FRAME: SPCC 0.5 1 3.2 3 3.2 6.0 11.2 KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) CONTACT: Silver plated SPRING: Steel TERMINAL: Silver plated 2P-2T 1 6 2 3.2 3 8 - Ø 1.4 SCHEMATIC MOUNTING FACE 3.2 6.0 0.85 1 11.2 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-153 www.ck-components.com PS Series Miniature Pushbutton Switches PS-22F24-G13 NS DPDT NON_SHORTING 2.5 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 8.5 7 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 0.5 3.7 3.3 2.5 7.2 R0.5 1 MOUNTING FACE OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 5 Ø2.8 13 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. MOUNTING HOLE MOUNTING PLATE THK=1.0 1.15 12 Specifications K DETAIL 1.75 2 Ø 2.8 9 1 Pushbutton OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N) TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm TRAVEL OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 9.6 3.3 2.5 17.8 7 3.5 Materials 5.5 12.4 COMAX R0.5 2.8 FRAME: SPCC KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 0.85 K 1 0.6 3.2 CONTACT: Silver plated 0.5 3.2 1.5 1 SPRING: Steel 3.1 12 TERMINAL: Silver plated MOUNTING FACE 2P - 2T 3.2 1 3.2 3.1 3 2 5.7 7 - Ø 1.4 6 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC PS-22F44-G13 NS DPDT NON_SHORTING Specifications 1 R0.5 7.0 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 3.3 2.5 2.5 2 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load MOUNTING FACE 13 11.8 OPERATING FORCE: 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N) 3.5 TRAVEL TOTAL TRAVEL: 3.5 ± 0.3 mm 10.5 3.3 2.5 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C COMAX 6.5 13.3 FRAME: SPCC 2.8 CONTACT: Silver plated 1 0.5 3.2 0.5 1 3.2 3 11.4 6.2 6 2P - 2T 2 3.2 8-Ø1.4 SPRING: Steel TERMINAL: Silver plated MOUNTING FACE 3.2 3 6.2 1 Materials KNOB: POM (UL 94HB) 0.15 A 11.4 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change A-154 www.ck-components.com Tactile Switches Product Selection Guide Surface Mount Tactile Switches B Series KXT2 KXT3 KMT2 Size on PCB L x W (mm) 3,9 x 3 3x2 3 x 2,6 Total Height (mm) 1,05 Travel (mm) KMT0 KMR 2-8 KMS PTS525 3 x 2,6 4,2 x 2,8 4,2 x 3,55 5,2 x 5,2 0,6 0,65 0,65 1,9 2,5 1,42 0,8 and 1,5 0,1 0,13 0,15 0,15 0,2 to 0,35 0,25 to 0,3 0,3 100 gf 200 gf 100 gf 160gf 240 gf 330 gf 1,0 1,6 1,0; 1,6 2,3; 3,4 1,2; 2,0 3,0; 4,0 2,0 3,0 1,6 2,6 Silver Silver Silver Silver Silver / Gold Silver / Gold Silver Max. Voltage (V) 12 15 32 32 32 32 32 Max. Switching Power (VA) 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 1 / 0,2 1 / 0,2 1 100,000 300,000 500,000 150,000 300,000/600,000 1,000,000 100,000 300,000 100,000 100,000 IP64 IP64 IP54 IP68 IP40 IP40 IP40 B-13 B-23 B-25 Actuation Force (N) Contact Type Life Cycles IP Rating Page Number B-5 B-7 B-9 B-11 PTS530 PTS540 PTS810 PTS820 4,5 x 4,5 3,7 x 3,7 Surface Mount Series Size on PCB L x W (mm) Total Height (mm) Travel (mm) Actuation Force (N) Contact Type Max. Voltage (V) Max. Switching Power (VA) Life Cycles IP Rating Page Number 4,2 x 3,2 PTS830 PTS840 KSR 3,9 x 2,9 3,5 x 2,6 3,5 x 3,55 7,15 x 3,8 7,3 x 3,8 0,55 / 0,65 2,5 1,5/2,0/2,5 1,4 1,35 2,5 0,2 0,15 0,15/0,2 0,2 0,15 0,2 0,3 to 0,5 1,0; 1,6; 2,0; 2,6; 4,0; 6,0 160 gf 230 gf 1,6; 2,6; 4,0; 6,0 1,6 2,5 160 gf 450 gf 1,6 2,2 1,2; 2,0; 3,0; 4,5 Silver Silver Silver Silver Silver Silver Silver / Gold 12 12 16 12 12 12 32 _ _ _ - - - 1 / 0,2 150,000 to 1,000,000 300,000 500,000 50,000 to 150,000 100,000 200,000 200,000 500,000 100,000 100,000 200,000 - IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP50 B-29 B-31 B-35 B-38 B-42 0,55 and 0,65 B-33 B-45 * Other options available by request Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–2 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Product Selection Guide Surface Mount Thru-Hole Options Series Footprint KSS 5,5 x 4,4 KSC4V2 KSC 1 - 10 J 6,8 x 6,2 2 holes ø 1,1 2 pads 1,5 x 0,8 KSE G 10 x 6,2 Total Height (mm) 1,7 5,0* Travel (mm) 0,3 0,7* 0,20 to 0,75 * Actuation Force (N) 2 2,5 4 3.5* 1,1 to 5,5 * Silver / Gold Silver / Gold 32 32 32 1 / 0,2 1 / 0,2 1 / 0.2 100,000 300,000 IP Rating IP40 IP67 IP67 Page Number B-49 B-63 B-51 Contact Type Max. Voltage (V) Max. Switching Power (VA) Life Cycles Silver / Gold 100,000 to 1,000,000 KT 6,8 x 6,2 SA 7,5x5 SA2 7,5x7 3,1 / 4,3 6,6 7,11 with tab 0,3 0,3 to 0,5 1.5 2.25 3 Silver Silver / Gold 32 50 1 1 / 0.2 300,000 100,000 IP67 B-68 B-65 Surface Mount Thru-Hole Options Series K5V KSF/KSI KSA G 8,4 x 10,8 G 8,4 x 10,8 8 x 9 x 17 / 9 x 13 7,62 x 5,08 7,62 x 5,08 7,62 x 2,54 7,62 x 5,08 Total Height (mm) 6,1 6 9 / 13 2,6 4,7 button option 8 4,7 Travel (mm) 0,5 0,45 1,2 0,3 to 0,5 0,3 to 0,5 0,3 to 0,5 0,3 to 0,5 Actuation Force (N) 4.0 4.0 4.0 1.3 3.0 5.0 1.3 3.0 5.0 1.3 3.0 5.0 Contact Type Gold Silver Gold Silver / Gold Silver / Gold Silver / Gold Silver / Gold 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 1 1 1 1 / 0.2 1 / 0.2 1 / 0.2 1 / 0.2 100,000 300,000 25,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 1,000,000 IP60 IP60 IP60 IP67 B-84 B-89 Footprint Max. Voltage (V) Max. Switching Power (VA) Life Cycles K5AT K8 IP Rating IP40 IP40 IP40 Page Number B-73 B-75 B-78 1.6 5.0 1.3 3.0 B-82 B-84 KSA-V KSA MKII * Other options available by request Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–3 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Product Selection Guide Surface Mount Thru-Hole Options Series Tactile Switches B KSJ KSJ-V KSJ KSJ-V PTS635 7,62 x 5,08 7,62 x 2,54 6 x 3,5 2,5 4,3 5,0 7,62 x 5,08 7,62 x 2,54 Total Height (mm) 9,9 8 6,65 8 Travel (mm) 0,3 to 0,5 0,3 to 0,5 0,55 to 0,7 0,55 to 0,7 1,3 3,0 1,3 3,0 Silver / Gold Silver / Gold Silver / Gold Silver / Gold Silver Max. Voltage (V) 32 32 32 32 12 Life Cycles 100,000 100,000 100,000 30,000 100,000 30,000 20,000 IP Rating IP60 IP60 IP60 IP60 IP40 Page Number B-84 B-84 B-91 Series PTS641 PTS645 PTS645-V Footprint 6,3 x 6,4 Footprint Actuation Force (N) Contact Type 2,0 3,0 2,0 3,0 B-91 0,25 1,3 2,0 2,6 B-93 Surface Mount Thru-Hole Options 6x6 PTS125 7,0 x 2,5 12 x 12 ITS variety of sizes available Total Height (mm) 2,5 3,1 3,4 4,3; 5,0; 7,0; 9,5; 7,1 4,3 7,3 Sq. 8,5 12,0 Travel (mm) 0,20 / 0,30 0,25 0,25 0,30 0,25 Actuation Force (N) 160 gf 250 gf 320 gf 1,3; 1,6 2,0; 2,6 1,3; 1,6 2,0; 2,6 1,6 2,6 160 gf Contact Type Silver Silver Silver Silver Silver Max. Voltage (V) 12 12 12 12 12 Life Cycles 100,000 100,000 100,000 200,000 50,000 IP Rating IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 Page Number B-96 B-98 B-103 B-105 B-109 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–4 www.ckswitches.com KXT2 Series Double Action Ultra Low Profile Top Actuated Features Typical Applications • Wearable electronics • Mobile Phones • Portable Electronics • 3.9 x 3.0 mm footprint • 1.05 mm thickness • Dual action B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: Dual action = SPDT, N.O. TERMINALS: G type for SMT TRAVEL: 0.1 mm ± 0.05 mm TRAVEL: 0.2 mm + 0.1 / - 0.05 mm MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: 12 VDC 50 mA 250 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) ≤ 500 mΩ 100 MΩ ≤ 10 ms Mechanical Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C Operating force gf KXT 211 LHS Push force 1 Push force 2 Operating Life 100 ± 40 200 ± 50 Process SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 100,000 Packaging In reels of 6,000 pieces Dimensions of reels according to EIA RS481 or IEC 2863 External diameter 178 mm ± 2mm NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Part Number Description For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K X T 2 1 1 L H S LHS Lead free, RoHS, Halogen Free, Silver plated Contact Material 1 Silver Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–7 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification KXT2 Series Double Action Ultra Low Profile Top Actuated SCHEMATIC 4 1 FREE 3 2 3 4 1st ACTION 1 2 3 4 (100gf) 4 0,05 2nd ACTION 1 2 3 4 (200gf) ( 0,7) 4,4 2,9 2,7 2 1,3 3 ,1 3 2 ,85 3 1 4 3,7 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 3,9 Cover tape (Polyester) ( 1,4) Carrier tape (Polystyrene) Reel (Polystyrene) 1,75 +0,1 1,5 0 4 9,3 Cover tape 5,5 2 12 0,3 1,05 1,2 2,7 1,7 0,8 Tactile Switches B 2 1 8 178 CARRIER TAPE 2 0,5 13 0,5 A A(1/1) +2 12,4 0 REEL 18,4 Max Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–8 www.ckswitches.com KXT3 Series Ultra Low Profile Top Actuated Features Typical Applications • Wearable electronics • In-Ear headphones, Earbuds • Mobile Phones • Portable Electronics • Hearing Aids • 3.0 x 2.0 mm footprint • 0.6 mm thickness • High number of cycle B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: G type for SMT TRAVEL: 0.13 mm ± 0.05 mm MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: Mechanical 15 VDC 20 mA (50/60 Hz, 1 min) 250 Vrms ≤ 500 mΩ ≥ 50 MΩ ≤ 10 ms Environmental KXT KXT KXT KXT 311 321 331 341 LHS LHS LHS LHS Operating force gf 100 ± 50 160 ± 50 240 ± 70 330 ± 70 Operating Life 300,000 500,000 500,000 300,000 Casing Color Black Black Black Black OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C Process SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Packaging In reels of 8,500 pieces Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B External diameter 330 mm NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Part Number Description For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K X T 3 1 L H Total Height 3 0.6mm S LHS Lead free, RoHS, Halogen Free, Silver plated Actuation Force 1 100 gf Contact Material 2 160 gf 1 Silver 3 240 gf 3 330 gf Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 4 jan 17 B–5 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification 0,1 max KXT3 Series Ultra Low Profile Top Actuated SCHEMATIC 0,1 max 0,04 0,6 0,1 3,8 3 (0,395) 2 2,7 1,5 3,5 1,3 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT Cover tape (Polyester) (1 ) Carrier tape (Polystyrene) Reel (Polystyrene) 1 ,7 5 1,5 +0,1 0 4 2 ,3 330 8 CARRIER TAPE A 1 2 0 ,3 5 ,5 2 9 ,3 C o v e r ta p e Tactile Switches B 3,7 NOTE: 2 0,5 22,6 0,8 13,8 0,5 A(1/2) 14 REEL Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 4 jan 17 B–6 www.ckswitches.com KMT2 Series Nano-Miniature SMT Top Actuated Features Typical Applications • Mobile Phones • Hearing Aids • MP3 accessories • Bluetooth Headset • Smallest footprint • High number of cycles within the smallest packaging • Smallest thickness with integrated actuator • Ground pin option • Halogen free B Environmental FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT OPERATING TEMPERATURE: Silver STORAGE TEMPERATURE: Mechanical Operating force Type G and NG Newtons (grams) KMT 211 HF LFS 1.0 (100) ± 0.25 KMT 221 HF LFS 1.6 (160) ± 0.40 Operating Life 150,000 150,000 Electrical Tactile Feeling ≥ 10% ≥ 30% Travel mm 0.15 ± 0.1 0.15 ± 0.1 Process SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: – Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Packaging Silver MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: MINIMUM CURRENT DC: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C (10 days) +85˚C (4 days) In reels of 4,000 pieces. Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B External diameter 180 mm 0.5 VA 32 VDC 20 mV 50 mA 1 mA ≥ 250 Vrms (1mn) ≤ 150 mΩ ≥ 50 MΩ ≤ 6 ms NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Part Number Description For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K M T 2 Total Height 2 0.65 mm Actuation Force 1 1.0 N (100 grams) 2 1.6 N (160 grams) HF L F Type HF Halogen Free Grounding Option G Ground Pin NG No Ground Pin LFS RoHS, silver plated LFG RoHS, gold plated - please contact Customer Service Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold - please contact Customer Service Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–9 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification KMT2 Series Nano-Miniature SMT Top Actuated KMT Series – No Ground Pin RECOMMENDED LAYOUT 2,3 3,6 ø1,2 (0,05) 3,4 ± 0,2 0,06 2,6 3 KMT Series – With Ground Pin RECOMMENDED LAYOUT 0,46 0,65 ± 0,1 0,6 1,2 2,6 1,4 2,4 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM ø1,2 2,3 3,6 0,2 0,02 ±0,05 (0,05) 3,4 ±0,2 0,06 0,4 2,6 0,4 3 DE-REELING DIRECTION 0,25 ±0,05 2±0,05 Draft 5˚ max +0,1 ø1,5 0 4±0,05 1,3 ±0,1 ø1±0,1 4±0,1 B 3,6 ±0,1 5,5 ±0,05 1,75 ±0,1 SECTION A-A OUT OF THE TAPE A 4±0,1 0,95 ±0,1 TAPE & REEL +0,3 12 -0,1 Tactile Switches B 0,46 0,65 ± 0,1 1,2 2,6 1,4 2,4 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM A R0,5 Draft 5˚ max B 1,7 ±0,1 2,8 ±0,1 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–10 www.ckswitches.com KMT0 Series Nano-Miniature SMT Top Actuated Typical Applications • Mobile Phones • Hearing Aids • MP3 accessories • Bluetooth Headset • Automotive keyless entry system • Smoke and CO detectors • E-readers • Home automation remote controls Features • Smallest footprint • Smallest thickness with integrated actuator • Extended life cycles • IP68 • Ultra low current capabilities Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action, normally open CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: J lead type for SMT MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: MINIMUM CURRENT DC: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: Mechanical TRAVEL (mm): 0.15 ± 0.1 Operating force Newtons (grams) 1.0 (100) ± 25% 1.6 (160) ± 25% 2.3 (230) ± 25% 3.4 (340) ± 25% Tactile Feeling ≥ 10% ≥ 30% ≥ 30% ≥ 30% Operating Life 300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 Operating force Newtons (grams) KMT012NGJLHS 1.0 (100) ± 25% KMT022NGJLHS 1.6 (160) ± 25% KMT072NGJLHS 2.3 (230) ± 25% Tactile Feeling ≥ 10% ≥ 30% ≥ 30% Operating Life 1,000,000 600,000 600,000 KMT011NGJLHS KMT021NGJLHS KMT071NGJLHS KMT031NGJLHS 0.5 VA 32 VDC 20 mV 50 mA 1 mA ≥ 250 Vrms (1mn) ≤ 150 mΩ ≥ 50 MΩ ≤ 6 ms Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -55˚C (10 days) +85˚C (4 days) Process SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: – Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Packaging In reels of 5,000 pieces. Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B External diameter 180 mm NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Part Number Description For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K M T 0 1 N G J L Total Height 0 0.65mm Actuation Force 1 1.0 N (100 grams) Contact 2 1.6 N (160 grams) Material 7 2.3 N (230 grams) 1 Silver 3 3.4 N (340 grams) 2 Silver long life Grounding Option NGJ No Ground Pin, J leads H S LHS Lead free, RoHS, Halogen free, Silver plated Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–11 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification B KMT0 Series Nano-Miniature SMT Top Actuated Minimum actuator diameter is 1.0 mm. It is recommended to enlarge this diameter to a full flat surface covering the switch. RECOMMENDED LAYOUT ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM ø 1 mini 1 H 1,2 2,6 0,3 2,6 ( 0,05 ) 0,06 2,3 3,6 1,4 2,4 3,4±0,1 3 TAPE & REEL 0,25±0,1 OUT OF THE TAPE +0,1 ø 1,5 0 4±0,05 ø 1±0,1 B 1,4 5,5±0,05 1,75±0,1 2±0,05 A 3,6±0,1 0,75±0,1 DE-REELING DIRECTION +0,3 12 -0,1 Tactile Switches B A B 3,2±0,1 2,8±0,05 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–12 www.ckswitches.com KMR 2 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated Features/Benefits • Small footprint • 4 actuation forces • Excellent tactile feel • Ultra low current capabilities • IP40 Typical Applications • Automotive • Industrial electronics • Medical equipment B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT: MINIMUM CURRENT: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: Mechanical Operating force N (grs) Type G and NG See description below KMR211 KMR211 KMR213 KMR213 KMR221 KMR221 KMR223 KMR223 KMR231 KMR231 KMR232 KMR232 KMR233 KMR233 KMR241 KMR241 KMR242 KMR242 KMR243 KMR243 LFS ULC LFG ULC LFS ULC LFG ULC LFS ULC LFS ULC LFG ULC LFS ULC LFS ULC LFG ULC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 LFS LFG LFS LFG LFS LFS LFG LFS LFS LFG TACTILE FEELING: (120) (120) (120) (120) (200) (200) (200) (200) (300) (300) (300) (300) (300) (300) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Operating life (cycles) 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 150,000 150,000 300,000 300,000 150,000 150,000 100,000 100,000 200,000 200,000 100,000 100,000 Travel (mm) 0.20 mm ± 0.20 mm ± 0.20 mm ± 0.20 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Silver Gold 1 VA 32 VDC 20 mVDC 50 mA 1 mA* ≥ 250 Vrms ≤ 100 mΩ ≥ 1GΩ ≤ 3 ms 0.2 VA 32 VDC 20 mVDC 10 mA 1 mA* *For ULC version minimum current is 1µA at 1.8 VDC Environmental Silver Gold OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C Process Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Packaging In reels of 7,000 pieces External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. KMR 2 series with actuation force in 2N - 3N - 4N: ≥ 30% KMR 2 series with actuation force in 1.2N: ≥ 20% Part Number Description For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K M R 2 Total height 2 1,9 mm LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated Actuation Force 1 1.2 N (120 grams) 2 2 N (200 grams) 3 3 N (300 grams) 4 4 N (400 grams) Contact Material 1 Silver 2 Silver long life* 3 Gold Low Current capability Void Under standard specification ULC Low current Grounding option G Ground pin NG No Ground pin * Silver long life is available in 3N and 4N actuation force. For other versions, please contact Customer Service. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 8 jun 16 B–13 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification KMR 2 Series Microminiature Tact Switch for SMT KMR 2 Series - 1.9 mm height 1,4 1,9 PCB layout shown with ground pin option 0,6 2,8 1,61 2,2 0,6 4,6 4,2 0,6 2,6 0,55 2,11 3,2 1,7 1 2,45 5 TAPE & REEL DE-REELING DIRECTION OUT OF THE TAPE SECTION A-A 70 max 4 ± 0,1 ø 1,5 ± 0,1 4,95 ± 0,1 5,5 ± 0,05 +0,3 2 ± 0,05 B 1,75 2,13 ± 0,1 12 -0,1 Tactile Switches B A A 60 max 0,292 ± 0,02 +0,25 B GROUND TERMINAL ø 1,5 0 3,03 ± 0,1 DIRECTION OF FEED Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 8 jun 16 B–14 www.ckswitches.com KMR 4 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated Features/Benefits • Small footprint • 4 actuation forces • Excellent tactile feel • Ultra low current capabilities • IP40 Typical Applications • Automotive • Industrial electronics • Medical equipment B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT: MINIMUM CURRENT: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: Mechanical Operating force N (grs) Type G and NG See description below 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 KMR411 LFS KMR411 ULC LFS KMR413 LFG KMR413 ULC LFG KMR421 LFS KMR421 ULC LFS KMR423 LFG KMR423 ULC LFG KMR431 LFS KMR431 ULC LFS KMR432 LFS KMR432ULC LFS KMR433 LFG KMR433ULC LFG KMR441 LFS KMR441 ULC LFS KMR442 LFS KMR442 ULC LFS KMR443 LFG KMR443 ULC LFG (120) (120) (120) (120) (200) (200) (200) (200) (300) (300) (300) (300) (300) (300) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Operating life (cycles) 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 300,000 300,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 200,000 200,000 100,000 100,000 Travel (mm) 0.20 mm ± 0.20 mm ± 0.20 mm ± 0.20 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Silver Gold 1 VA 32 VDC 20 mVDC 50 mA 1 mA* ≥ 250 Vrms ≤ 100 mΩ ≥ 1GΩ ≤ 3 ms 0.2 VA 32 VDC 20 mVDC 10 mA 1 mA* *For ULC version minimum current is 1µA at 1.8 VDC Environmental Silver Gold OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C Process Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Packaging In reels of 6,000 pieces External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. KMR 4 series with actuation force in 2N - 3N - 4N: ≥ 25% KMR 4 series with actuation force in 1.2N: ≥ 20% TACTILE FEELING: Part Number Description For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K M R 4 Total height 4 2,5 mm LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated Actuation Force 1 1.2 N (120 grams) 2 2 N (200 grams) 3 3 N (300 grams) 4 4 N (400 grams) Contact Material 1 Silver 2 Silver long life* 3 Gold Low Current capability Void Under standard specification ULC Low current Grounding option G Ground pin NG No Ground pin * Silver long life is available in 3N and 4N actuation force. For other versions, please contact Customer Service. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 8 jun 16 B–15 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification KMR 4 Series Microminiature Tact Switch for SMT KMR 4 Series - 2.5 mm height 1,4 2,5 PCB layout shown with ground pin option 0,6 2,8 1,61 2,2 0,6 4,6 4,2 0,6 2,6 0,55 2,11 3,2 1,7 1 2,45 5 TAPE & REEL DE-REELING DIRECTION SECTION A-A OUT OF THE TAPE 60 max 2,75 ± 0,1 4 ± 0,1 2 ± 0,05 ø 1,5 ± 0,1 1,75 B 4,95 ± 0,1 5,5 ± 0,05 +0,3 12 -0,1 Tactile Switches B A A 60 max 0,292 ± 0,02 B GROUND TERMINAL 3,03 ± 0,1 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 8 jun 16 B–16 www.ckswitches.com KMR 6 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated IP67 Features/Benefits • Watertight IP67 • Standard and long life versions • No ground pin • Ultra low current capabilities • Excellent tactile feel Typical Applications • Automotive • Medical • Consumer • Industrial B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT: MINIMUM CURRENT: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: Mechanical Operating force N (grs) Type NG See description below KMR611NG KMR611NG KMR613NG KMR613NG KMR621NG KMR621NG KMR623NG KMR623NG KMR631NG KMR631NG KMR632NG KMR632NG KMR633NG KMR633NG KMR641NG KMR641NG KMR642NG KMR642NG KMR643NG KMR643NG LFS ULC LFG ULC LFS ULC LFG ULC LFS ULC LFS ULC LFG ULC LFS ULC LFS ULC LFG ULC 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 LFS LFG LFS LFG LFS LFS LFG LFS LFS LFG TACTILE FEELING: (120) (120) (120) (120) (200) (200) (200) (200) (300) (300) (300) (300) (300) (300) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Operating life (cycles) 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 150,000 150,000 300,000 300,000 150,000 150,000 100,000 100,000 200,000 200,000 100,000 100,000 Travel (mm) 0.20 mm ± 0.20 mm ± 0.20 mm ± 0.20 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Silver Gold 1 VA 32 VDC 20 mVDC 50 mA 1 mA* ≥ 250 Vrms ≤ 100 mΩ ≥ 1GΩ ≤ 3 ms 0.2 VA 32 VDC 20 mVDC 10 mA 1 mA* *For ULC version minimum current is 1µA at 1.8 VDC Environmental Silver Gold OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C Process Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Packaging In reels of 7,000 pieces External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. KMR 6 series with actuation force in 2N - 3N - 4N: ≥ 30% KMR 6 series with actuation force in 1.2N: ≥ 20% Part Number Description For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K M R 6 N G Total height 6 1,9 mm LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated Actuation Force 1 1.2 N (120 grams) 2 2 N (200 grams) 3 3 N (300 grams) 4 4 N (400 grams) Contact Material 1 Silver 2 Silver long life* 3 Gold Low Current capability Void Under standard specification ULC Low current Grounding option NG No Ground pin * Silver long life is available in 3N and 4N actuation force. For other versions, please contact Customer Service. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–17 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification KMR 6 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated IP67 KMR 6 Series - 1.9 mm height 1,4 1,9 PCB layout shown with ground pin option 0,6 2,8 1,61 2,2 0,6 4,6 4,2 0,6 2,6 0,55 2,11 3,2 1,7 1 2,45 5 TAPE & REEL DE-REELING DIRECTION OUT OF THE TAPE SECTION A-A 70 max 4 ± 0,1 ø 1,5 ± 0,1 4,95 ± 0,1 5,5 ± 0,05 +0,3 2 ± 0,05 B 1,75 2,13 ± 0,1 12 -0,1 Tactile Switches B A A 60 max 0,292 ± 0,02 +0,25 B GROUND TERMINAL ø 1,5 0 3,03 ± 0,1 DIRECTION OF FEED Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–18 www.ckswitches.com KMR 7 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated IP67 Features/Benefits • Watertight IP67 • Standard and long life versions • No ground pin • Ultra low current capabilities • Excellent tactile feel Typical Applications • Automotive • Medical • Consumer • Industrial B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT: MINIMUM CURRENT: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: Mechanical Operating force N (grs) Type NG See description below KMR711NG KMR711NG KMR713NG KMR713NG KMR721NG KMR721NG KMR723NG KMR723NG KMR731NG KMR731NG KMR732NG KMR732NG KMR733NG KMR733NG KMR741NG KMR741NG KMR742NG KMR742NG KMR743NG KMR743NG LFS ULC LFG ULC LFS ULC LFG ULC LFS ULC LFS ULC LFG ULC LFS ULC LFS ULC LFG ULC LFS LFG LFS LFG LFS LFS LFG LFS LFS LFG TACTILE FEELING: 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 (120) (120) (120) (120) (200) (200) (200) (200) (300) (300) (300) (300) (300) (300) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) (400) ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Operating life (cycles) 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 300,000 300,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 200,000 200,000 100,000 100,000 Travel (mm) 0.20 mm ± 0.20 mm ± 0.20 mm ± 0.20 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.30 mm ± 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Silver Gold 1 VA 32 VDC 20 mVDC 50 mA 1 mA* ≥ 250 Vrms ≤ 100 mΩ ≥ 1GΩ ≤ 3 ms 0.2 VA 32 VDC 20 mVDC 10 mA 1 mA* *For ULC version minimum current is 1µA at 1.8 VDC Environmental Silver Gold OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C Process Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Packaging In reels of 6,000 pieces External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. KMR 7 series with actuation force in 2N - 3N - 4N: ≥ 25% KMR 7 series with actuation force in 1.2N: ≥ 20% Part Number Description For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K M R 7 N G Total height 7 2,5 mm LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated Actuation Force 1 1.2 N (120 grams) 2 2 N (200 grams) 3 3 N (300 grams) 4 4 N (400 grams) Contact Material 1 Silver 2 Silver long life 3 Gold Low Current capability Void Under standard specification ULC Low current Grounding option NG No Ground pin * Silver long life is available in 3N and 4N actuation force. For other versions, please contact Customer Service. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–19 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification KMR 7 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated IP67 KMR 7 Series - 2.5 mm height 1,4 2,5 PCB layout shown with ground pin option 0,6 2,8 1,61 2,2 0,6 4,6 4,2 0,6 2,6 0,55 2,11 3,2 1,7 1 2,45 5 TAPE & REEL DE-REELING DIRECTION SECTION A-A OUT OF THE TAPE 60 max 2,75 ± 0,1 4 ± 0,1 2 ± 0,05 ø 1,5 ± 0,1 1,75 B 4,95 ± 0,1 5,5 ± 0,05 +0,3 12 -0,1 Tactile Switches B A A 60 max 0,292 ± 0,02 B GROUND TERMINAL 3,03 ± 0,1 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–20 www.ckswitches.com KMR 8 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated Features/Benefits • Small footprint • 3 actuation forces • Excellent tactile feel • Hard actuator • IP40 Typical Applications • Automotive • Mobile phones • Industrial electronics • Medical equipment B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT: MINIMUM CURRENT: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: Mechanical Operating force N (grs) Type G and NG See description below 1.2 2.0 3.0 3.0 KMR811G LFS KMR821G LFS KMR831G LFS KMR831NG ULC LFS (120) (200) (300) (300) ± ± ± ± 0.30 0.50 0.75 0.75 Operating life (cycles) 200,000 200,000 150,000 150,000 Travel (mm) 0.20 0.25 0.25 0.25 mm mm mm mm ± ± ± ± 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Tactile Switches Specification Silver 1 VA 32 VDC 20 mVDC 50 mA 1 mA* ≥ 250 Vrms ≤ 100 mΩ ≥ 1GΩ ≤ 3 ms *For ULC version minimum current is 1µA at 1.8 VDC Environmental Silver TACTILE FEELING: OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C to 85˚C KMR 8 series with actuation force in 2N - 3N - 4N: ≥ 30% KMR 8 series with actuation force in 1.2N: ≥ 20% Process Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Packaging In reels of 7,000 pieces External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Part Number Description For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K M R 8 N G Total height 8 1,9 mm LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated Actuation Force 1 1.2 N (120 grams) 2 2 N (200 grams) 3 3 N (300 grams) Low Current capability Void Under standard specification ULC Low current Contact Material 1 Silver Grounding option G Ground pin NG No Ground pin Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 22 Nov 16 B–21 www.ckswitches.com KMR 8 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated G - Ground Pin 1,4 0, 15 1, 9 0,2 0,0 4 0, 0 3 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 0,2 0,1 0,1 3 2 3 2 1 2,6 0,6 05 ,5 1 1, 65 2 ,2 4 2 ,45 5 2 , 8 0, 2 0,6 0,6 1 5 3,2 1,7 4,6 4,2 0,2 RECOMMENDED LAYOUT 2,15 1,4 0,15 1,9 0,2 NG - No Ground Pin 4 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 1 3 2 0,1 1 3 2 1 4 2,6 0,6 5 3,2 1,6 5 2 ,2 2 ,8 0 ,2 0,6 0,6 4,6 4,2 0,2 RECOMMENDED LAYOUT 2,15 TAPE & REEL DE-REELING DIRECTION OUT OF THE TAPE SECTION A-A 70 max 4 ± 0,1 2 ± 0,05 ø 1,5 ± 0,1 B 4,95 ± 0,1 5,5 ± 0,05 1,75 2,13 ± 0,1 +0,3 12 -0,1 Tactile Switches B 4 A A 60 max 0,292 ± 0,02 +0,25 B GROUND TERMINAL ø 1,5 0 3,03 ± 0,1 DIRECTION OF FEED 22 Nov 16 B–22 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change www.ckswitches.com KMS Series Microminiature SMT Side Actuated Features/Benefits • Compact size • Excellent tactile feel • ESD protection • Positioning pegs for stability • RoHS compliant and compatible Typical Applications • Mobile phones • Medical handheld monitors • Consumer electronics • Telecommunication networks B Packaging FUNCTION: Momentary CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT IP40 Sealed Tape and reels in reels of 3,000 pieces. External diameter 330mm ± 2mm. Electrical Mechanical OVERLOAD: 20N TACTILE FEELING: 15% min. for the 2N version 25% min for the 2.5N version Type KMS221G/GP KMS223G/GP KMS231G/GP KMS233G/GP Operating force Newtons (grams) 2N (200) ± 0.5 2N (200) ± 0.5 3N (300) ± 0.6 3N (300) ± 0.6 Operating life (operations) Travel 100 K cycles 0,25 ± 0,15 100 K cycles 0,25 ± 0,15 100 K cycles 0,3 ± 0,15 100 K cycles 0,3 ± 0,15 Silver Gold 1 VA MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 32 VDC MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: 50 mA MINIMUM CURRENT DC: 1 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 VDC CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤100 mΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 3 ms 0.2 VA 32 VDC 10 mA 1 mA Environmental Gold Silver OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C Process Note: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Infared reflow soldering in accordance with IEC 61760-1 How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. K M S 2 Actuator 2 Standard Actuation Force 2 2 N (200 grams) 3 3 N (300 grams) G Termination G Gullwing Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold RoHS compliant and compatible LFS Lead free silver LFG Lead free gold Pegs NONE No pegs P With pegs Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–23 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification KMS Series Microminiature SMT Side Actuated KMS KMS WITH PEGS 1,1 4,6 4,2 4,6 4,2 3,8 0,6 1 1,35 0,6 0,75 2,2 2,8 3,55 2,2 0,6 3,55 2,15 2,8 0,6 3,8 5 3,2 1,7 0,6 2,6 4 3 2 4 0,85 1 1 Electrical Diagram 2,45 0,55 2,6 1 0,6 2 0,85 Electrical Diagram 3 1,95 0,55 2,5 5 3,2 1,7 0,55 2,5 2,45 5 ø 0,9 mini 5 1 1,95 TAPE & REEL 8 ± 0,1 B 5,5 ± 0,05 2 ± 0,05 ø1,5 ± 0,1 4,65 ± 0,1 A A +0,25 B ø1,5 0 4 ± 0,1 3,15 ± 0,1 8 ± 0,1 2 ± 0,05 ø1,5 ± 0,1 4,65± 0,1 ,8 R0 3 (x2) A 0,229 ± 0,02 70 max 3 B R0 +0,3 1,75 1,67 ± 0,1 5,5 ± 0,05 WITH PEGS 4,95 ± 0,1 70 max ,8 0,229 ± 0,02 4,95 ± 0,1 ,5 R0 3 ± 0,1 12 -0,1 +0,3 1,75 1,67 ± 0,1 12 -0,1 Tactile Switches B ø 0,75 B 0,2 45˚ 1,1 1,42 B 0,5 1,42 B B A B 4 ± 0,1 +0,25 ø 1,5 0 DIRECTION OF FEED Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–24 www.ckswitches.com PTS 525 Series Microminiature Tact Switch for SMT Features/Benefits • 0.8 & 1.5 mm actuator height • Ruggedized package in a Typical Applications • Consumer products • Instrumentation • Remote controls compact size • High number of cycles B Process FUNCTION: Momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Electrical Packaging MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: Switches in reels of: 5,000 pieces in 0.8 mm height 4,000 pieces in 1.5 mm height Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B External diameter 330 mm 15 VDC 20 mA 250 VA C (1mn) ≤ 100 mΩ ≥ 100 MΩ ≤ 10 ms NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C How To Order Please see chart below for full part numbers. Part Number Height (mm) Leads Shape Ground Pin Force Travel (mm) Operating Life PTS525 SM08 SMTR 2 LFS 0.8 G No 160 gf ± 50 gf 0.25 ± 0.2 1,000,000 PTS525 SK08 SMTR 2 LFS 0.8 G No 260 gf ± 50 gf 0.25 ± 0.2 200,000 PTS525 SM15 SMTR 2 LFS 1.5 G No 160 gf ± 50 gf 0.25 ± 0.2 1,000,000 PTS525 SK15 SMTR 2 LFS 1.5 G No 260 gf ± 50 gf 0.25 ± 0.2 500,000 PTS525 SMG15 SMTR 2 LFS 1.5 G Yes 160 gf ± 50 gf 0.25 ± 0.2 1,000,000 PTS525 SKG15 SMTR 2 LFS 1.5 G Yes 260 gf ± 50 gf 0.25 ± 0.2 500,000 PTS525 SMG15J SMTR 2 LFS 1.5 J Yes 160 gf ± 50 gf 0.25 ± 0.2 1,000,000 PTS525 SKG15J SMTR 2 LFS 1.5 J Yes 260 gf ± 50 gf 0.25 ± 0.2 500,000 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–25 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification PTS 525 Series Microminiature Tact Switch for SMT 0,08 Max PTS525 SM08 SMTR2 LFS PTS525 SK08 SMTR2 LFS 2 1 5,8 6,4 4 3 SCHEMATIC 8 4,8 4 0,5 3 1 2 3 4 4,8 2,8 2,6 3,7 ± 0,1 2 5 1 5,2 0,1 5,2 2,8 DIA. 3 0,85 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT Ø 2 1,5+0,1 0 PTS525 SM15 SMTR2 LFS PTS525 SK15 SMTR2 LFS 6,4 1 2 3 4 SCHEMATIC 0,5 8 4,8 3 1 2 3 4 2,8 4 4,8 2,6 5,1 2 3,7± 0,05 1 2,6 5,1 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT PTS525 SMG15 SMTR2 LFS PTS525 SKG15 SMTR2 LFS 5,8 Ø2 6 2 3 0,1 1 2 5,6 4,7 4,8 2,8 4,9 0,5 3 6 2 3,7 ` 0,1 1 4 SCHEMATIC 8 5,8 4,6 3 6 6,4 5,1 2,6 5 1,6 0,8 (5,4) 0,8 1,2 1,5 1 5,1 2,6 Tactile Switches B 4 4 3 5 SEE DETAIL B 0,05 DETAIL B SCALE 20 Prohibited area for run 5 1,4 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–26 www.ckswitches.com PTS 525 Series Microminiature Tact Switch for SMT PTS525 SMG15J SMTR2 LFS PTS525 SKG15J SMTR2 LFS 6 2 1 1,5` 0,2 0,8 1,1 Ø2 3 B 4 5 SCHEMATIC Tactile Switches 5,4 5,2 3,4 4,9 6 1 6 1 4,6 5,6 3 4,4 3,7 4,9 5,2 3 0,5 2 2 4 3 4 5 0,7 5 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT TAPE & REEL 0.8 mm height Cover tape (Polyester) 5,000 pieces per reel Reel (Polystyrene) Carrier tape (Polystyrene) CARRIER TAPE 14 Max 10+2 0 12` 0,3 Cover tape 5,5 n 1,5 1,75 4 2 8 NOTE: n 330 n 13` 0,5 2` 0,5 n 21` 0,8 SEE DETAIL A REEL DETAIL A SCALE 0,5 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–27 www.ckswitches.com PTS 525 Series Microminiature Tact Switch for SMT TAPE & REEL 1.5 mm height 4,000 pieces per reel Cover tape (Polyester) Tactile Switches B Reel (Polystyrene) Carrier tape (Polystyrene) Cover tape 5,5 2 CARRIER TAPE 14 Max 10+2 0 12` 0,3 1,75 4 n 1,5 8 n 330 n 13` 0,5 2` 0,5 n 21` 0,8 SEE DETAIL A REEL DETAIL A SCALE 0,5 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–28 www.ckswitches.com PTS 530 Series Ultra Low Profile SMT Top Actuated Features/Benefits • 4.5 x 4.5 mm footprint • 0.55 mm thickness • High number of cycles • Symbol line identification Typical Applications • MP3 accessories • Bluetooth headset • Remote controls • Garage door opener B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O. TERMINALS: Gullwing for SMT TRAVEL: 0.2mm - 0.1 /+ 0.15mm MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: Operating Force (gf) Operating Life (operations) 100 ± 30 160 ± 30 200 ± 30 260 ± 30 400 ± 70 600 - 50/+100 1,000,000 1,000,000 200,000 200,000 300,000 150,000 Part Number PTS530 PTS530 PTS530 PTS530 PTS530 PTS530 GN055 SMTR LFS GM055 SMTR LFS GH055 SMTR LFS GK055 SMTR LFS GG065 SMTR LFS GS065 SMTR LFS Packaging Tactile Switches Specifications 12 VDC 50 mA 250 VA C (1mn) ≤ 100 mΩ ≥ 100 MΩ ≤ 10 ms Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C Process SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Switches in reels of 7,000 pieces. Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B External diameter 330 mm How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. P T S 5 3 0 G S M T R L F S LFS RoHS, silver plated Termination G Gullwing Packaging SMTR Tape & reel Actuation Force N 100 gf M 160 gf H 200 gf K 260 gf G 400 gf S 600 gf Body Type 055 0.55mm height for 100, 160, 200 and 260 gf 065 0.65mm height for 400 and 600 gf Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–29 www.ckswitches.com PTS 530 Series Ultra Low Profile SMT Top Actuated TERMINATION G 4,65 GULLWING BODY TYPE / ACTUATION FORCE 055 Tactile Switches Actuation force identification lines: 0,55 MM HEIGHT +0,20 4,5 -0,15 4,2 3,3 2 0,55±0,15 N: 100 gf 1 4 3 2 1 2,4 2 4x0,5 3,5 4,5 +0,25 -0,15 4 3 SCHEMATIC M: 160 gf No Lines 4,85 2,85 1 H: 200 gf 2 ,8 4,2 2 3 065 0,65 MM HEIGHT 4 ALTERNATIVE PCB LAYOUT +0.1 HEIGHT -0.05 PART NUMBER PTS 530 GS 065 SMTR LFS 0.72 PTS 530 GG 065 SMTR LFS 0.68 1 K: 260 gf 3 4, 8 2 4 2,85 4,85 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT H 3 4,65 -0,15 4,5 +0,25 4,2 +0,10 0,65 -0,05 (3,3) (2) G: 400 gf 1 3 (2, 4) No Lines Restriction in operation 0 ± 0,2 ø1 90˚ ± 3˚ R1 4x0,5 3,5 4,5 2 S: 600 gf 4 Force symbol lines for 600 gf No symbol line for 400 gf TAPE & REEL 18,4 Max 12,4+2 0 330 13± 0,5 2±0,5 2 9,3 Cover tape 12±0,3 1,75 4 1,5 5,5 B 21± 0,8 SEE DETAIL A DETAIL A SCALE 0,5 8 CARRIER TAPE REEL Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–30 www.ckswitches.com PTS 540 Series Ultra Low Profile SMT Top Actuated Features/Benefits • 3.7 x 3.7 mm footprint • 0.35 mm thickness • High number of cycles Typical Applications • MP3 accessories • Bluetooth headset • Remote controls B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O. TERMINALS: J type for SMT TRAVEL: 0.15 mm ± 0.1 mm MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: Mechanical Part Number PTS540 JM035 SMTR LFS PTS540 JK035 SMTR LFS Operating Force (gf) Operating Life (operations) 160 ± 50 230 ± 50 500,000 300,000 12 VDC 50 mA 250 VA C (1mn) ≤ 100 mΩ ≥ 100 MΩ ≤ 10 ms Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30˚C to 85˚C Process SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Packaging Switches in reels of 10,000 pieces. Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B External diameter 330 mm NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. P T S 5 4 0 J 0 3 S M T 5 R L F S LFS RoHS, silver plated Termination J J bend Packaging SMTR Tape & reel Actuation Force M 160 gf black casing K 230 gf gray casing Body Type 035 0.35mm height Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–31 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specifications PTS 540 Series Ultra Low Profile SMT Top Actuated PTS 540 3,7 ±0,1 3,05 2,2 0,35 ± 0,15 1,8 2,35 ± 0,1 3 4 Ø 0,7 Recommended operating area by set knob RECOMMENDED PCB 1 2,1 2 3 2 1 3,4 4 3 4 SCHEMATIC 2,5 3,7 Carrier tape (Polystyrene) (0,8) Cover tape (Polyester) CARRIER TAPE +2 14 0 n 330 12 ± 0,3 4 2 5,5 +0,1 n 1,5 0 1,75 Reel (Polystyrene) 9,3 Cover tape Tactile Switches B 3,7 ± 0,1 3,15 ± 0,1 2 1 8 n 13,8 ± 0,5 2 ± 0,5 n 22,6 ±0,8 DETAIL A REEL DETAIL A SCALE 0,5 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–32 www.ckswitches.com PTS 810 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated Features/Benefits • 4.2 x 3.2 mm footprint • 2.5 mm thickness • High number of cycles • Color coded actuators Typical Applications • Control panels • Nomad devices • Remote controls • Keyless entry system B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O. TERMINALS: J type for SMT TRAVEL: 160 & 260 gf: 0.15mm ± 0.1mm 400 & 600 gf: 0.20mm ± 0.1mm MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: PTS810 PTS810 PTS810 PTS810 SJM 250 SMTR LFS SJK 250 SMTR LFS SJG 250 SMTR LFS SJS 250 SMTR LFS Operating Force (gf) Operating Life (operations) 160 ± 50 260 ± 70 400 ± 100 600 ± 150 150,000 50,000 100,000 150,000 16 VDC 50 mA 250 VA C (1mn) ≤ 500 mΩ ≥ 100 MΩ ≤ 10 ms Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C Process Packaging SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Switches in reels of 2,900 pieces. Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B External diameter 330 mm NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. P T S 8 1 0 S J 2 5 0 S M T R L F Actuator Type S Standard S LFS RoHS, silver plated Termination J J bend SMT Packaging SMTR Tape & reel Height 250 2.5 mm height Actuation Force M 160 gf; gray actuator K 260 gf; white actuator G 400 gf; blue actuator S 600 gf; gray actuator Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–33 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specifications PTS 810 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated PTS810 3 1,8±0,2 2 3 4 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 2 1,5 4 3 2 2,2 3,2 1,6 1 2,7 1 3 2,8 4,6±0,2 4,2 1 4 3,1 5,2 TAPE & REEL 5,6 2 12±0,3 1,75 4 1,5 9,3 Cover tape Tactile Switches B 1,6 +0.2 2,5 -0.1 0,5±0,2 SCHEMATIC 8 CARRIER TAPE 18,4 Max 12,4+2 0 330 13± 0,5 2±0,5 21± 0,8 SEE DETAIL A DETAIL A SCALE 0,5 REEL Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–34 www.ckswitches.com PTS 820 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated Features/Benefits • 3.9 x 2.9 mm footprint • Three different heights • High number of cycles • Reduced footprint Typical Applications • Control panels • Nomad devices • Remote controls • Keyless entry system B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O. TERMINALS: J type for SMT TRAVEL: 0.2mm + 0.1mm / -0.05 mm MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: PTS820 PTS820 PTS820 PTS820 PTS820 PTS820 PTS820 PTS820 PTS820 PTS820 PTS820 PTS820 J25M SMTR LFS J25K SMTR LFS J25MP SMTR LFS J25KP SMTR LFS J20M SMTR LFS J20K SMTR LFS J20MP SMTR LFS J20KP SMTR LFS J15M SMTR LFS J15K SMTR LFS J15MP SMTR LFS J15KP SMTR LFS Operating Force (gf) Life Cycles Height mm Pegs 160 250 160 250 160 250 160 250 160 250 160 250 200,000 100,000 200,000 100,000 200,000 100,000 200,000 100,000 200,000 100,000 200,000 100,000 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 12 VDC 50 mA 100 VA C (1mn) ≤ 100 mΩ ≥ 100 MΩ ≤ 10 ms Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C Process SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Packaging Switches in reels of 2,500 pieces for 1.5 and 2.0 mm height Switches in reels of 2,300 pieces for 2.5 mm height Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B External diameter 330 mm How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. P T S 8 2 0 S M T J R L F S Actuator Type J J bend SMT LFS RoHS, silver plated Height 15 1.5 mm 20 2.0 mm 25 2.5 mm Packaging SMTR Tape & reel Pegs P with pegs Void no pegs Actuation Force M 160 gf K 250 gf Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–35 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specifications PTS 820 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated 2.5 & 2.0 mm height (H) - version shown here with pegs Tactile Switches B H (0,5) Ø2 2 1 SCHEMATIC 4,3 2 1,5 3,2 1 0,5 2 3,8 0,8 1,4 2,3 2x 1,8 2 2,9 1 1 3,9 1,8 2 Ø 0,6 4,4 ± 0,2 5,1 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 1 6 ± 0 ,3 7 ,5 2 C o v e r ta p e 1 3 +0,1 0 1 ,7 5 4 1,5 8 CARRIER TAPE 22,4 Max 16,4+2 0 330 13± 0,5 2±0,5 21± 0,8 SEE DETAIL A DETAIL A SCALE 0,5 REEL Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–36 www.ckswitches.com PTS 820 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated (0.5) 1.5 mm height (H) - version shown here with pegs 2 B 0 ,5 1 0,6 Tactile Switches SCHEMATIC 4,3 2 4,5 3,9 1, 8 0,8 1, 8 2 ,9 ± 0 , 2 1 2 1 2x 3,2 1 1 2 3 ,8 1,5 2 1 ,4 2 ,3 2x 5,1 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 1 6 ± 0 ,3 7 ,5 2 C o v e r ta p e 1 3 1 ,7 5 4 +0,1 0 1,5 8 CARRIER TAPE 22,4 Max 16,4+2 0 330 13± 0,5 2±0,5 21± 0,8 SEE DETAIL A DETAIL A SCALE 0,5 REEL Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–37 www.ckswitches.com PTS 830 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated Features/Benefits • 3.5 x 2.6 mm footprint • High number of cycles • Optional ground pin Typical Applications • Wearable electronics • Nomad devices • Remote controls • Keyless entry system Tactile Switches B Specifications Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O. TERMINALS: G type for SMT TRAVEL: 0.15 mm + 0.1 mm MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: PTS830 PTS830 PTS830 PTS830 GM140 SMTR LFS GG140 SMTR LFS GM140G SMTR LFS GG140G SMTR LFS Operating Force (gf) Life Cycles 160 450 160 450 500,000 200,000 500,000 200,000 ± ± ± ± 50 80 50 80 Ground Pin 12 VDC 50 mA 100 VA C (1mn) ≤ 100 mΩ ≥ 100 MΩ ≤ 10 ms Environmental No No Yes Yes OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C Process Packaging SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Switches in reels of 9,500 pieces Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B External diameter 330 mm NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. P T S 8 3 0 G 1 4 S M T 0 R L F Termination G Gullwing S LFS RoHS, silver plated Actuation Force M 160 gf G 450 gf Packaging SMTR Tape & reel Grounding Option G Ground pin Void No ground pin Height 140 1.4 mm height Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–38 www.ckswitches.com PTS 830 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated PTS830 GX 140 SMTR LFS RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 1,7 2 0,9 4 2 3 2,6 0,3 2 1,3 1 1 3 2,4 3,5 0,15 3,05 0,3 4 2,5 3,9 B SEE DETAIL B Tactile Switches 1 1 2 3 4 0 0,05-0,1 2,2 0,3 DETAIL B SCALE 38 Cover tape (Polyester) ( 1 ,6 ) Carrier tape (Polystyrene) Reel (Polystyrene) 1 ,7 5 4 5 ,5 2 1 2 0 ,3 1,5 +0,1 0 9 ,3 C ove r ta pe 0,9 0,3 1,4 0,1 SCHEMATIC 4 CARRIER TAPE 18,4 Max 12,4 +2 0 330 13 0,5 2 0,5 21 0,8 SEE DETAIL A DETAIL A SCALE 0,5 REEL Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–39 www.ckswitches.com PTS 830 Series Microminiature SMT Top Actuated PTS830 GX 140 G SMTR LFS 0,15 3,05 0,3 1 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 1,7 3 4 0,7 0,3 2 6 4 3 1 5 2,6 2 6 5 1,3 2 2,5 3,1 Detail C 3,8 1,4 0,1 1 SCHEMATIC 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 0,05 -0,1 2,2 0,3 0,9 0,3 DETAIL C SCALE 38 Cover tape (Polyester) ( 1 ,6 ) Carrier tape (Polystyrene) Reel (Polystyrene) 1 ,7 5 4 5 ,5 2 1 2 0 ,3 1,5 +0,1 0 9 ,3 C ove r ta pe Tactile Switches B 1,1 2 ,3 3,5 4 CARRIER TAPE 18,4 Max 12,4 +2 0 330 13 0,5 2 0,5 21 0,8 SEE DETAIL A DETAIL A SCALE 0,5 REEL Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–40 www.ckswitches.com B Tactile Switches Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–41 www.ckswitches.com PTS 840 Series Microminiature SMT Side Actuated Features/Benefits • 3.5 x 3.55 mm footprint • Front PIP leads option for Typical Applications • Nomad devices • Remote controls • Personal health diagnostics • Consumer electronics strong shear resistance • ESD pin option • Reduced footprint Tactile Switches B Specifications Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O. TERMINALS: G and front PIP types for SMT TRAVEL: 0.2mm + 0.2mm / -0.1 mm LIFE: 100,000 cycles MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: BOUNCE TIME: 12 VDC 50 mA 250 VA C (1mn) ≤ 500 mΩ ≥ 100 MΩ ≤ 10 ms Environmental Type Without ground pin PTS840 GM SMTR LFS PTS840 GK SMTR LFS PTS840 PM SMTR LFS PTS840 PK SMTR LFS PTS840 GMP SMTR LFS PTS840 GKP SMTR LFS With ground pin PTS840 ESDGM SMTR LFS PTS840 ESDGK SMTR LFS PTS840 ESDPM SMTR LFS PTS840 ESDPK SMTR LFS PTS840 ESDGMP SMTR LFS PTS840 ESDGKP SMTR LFS Operating Force (gf) SMT Leads Pegs 160 220 160 220 160 220 -40/+70 -70/+80 -40/+70 -70/+80 -40/+70 -70/+80 G leads G leads P leads P leads G leads G leads No No No No Yes Yes 160 220 160 220 160 220 -40/+70 -70/+80 -40/+70 -70/+80 -40/+70 -70/+80 G leads G leads P leads P leads G leads G leads No No No No Yes Yes OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C Process SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Packaging In reels of 3,500 pieces Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B External diameter 330 mm NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. P T S 8 4 ESD Pin VOID No ESD Yes S M T 0 R L F S LFS RoHS, silver plated SMT Style G Gullwing P Front PIP Packaging SMTR Tape & reel Pegs* P with pegs Void no pegs Actuation Force M 160 gf K 220 gf * Peg option not valid for P SMT leads type Design Recommendations - “P” leads are recommended for applications where shear resistance is of importance - When a precise alignment between application button and the switch is requested, version with pegs are the right choice to limit the possible floating of the switch during solderability. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–42 www.ckswitches.com PTS 840 Series Microminiature SMT Side Actuated Standard G SMT Leads with ESD and Peg options 5 2 3 4 0,5 1,35 1 SCHEMATIC This ground pin is for ESD function only and not solderable Ground terminal can 0±0,05 be effective even if not soldered 5±0,1 2,2±0,1 1,1±0,1 1 2 3 4 2x 1 +0,2 0,7 -0,1 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 20 0,05 Scale Max 0,1 Max 1,7 1,8±0,05 4 3 2,5±0,1 0,4±0,1 1,8±0,1 2 1,5±0,1 3,55 2,9 1 1,45±0,1 1,95±0,1 0,6 0,5 0,2 4,7 3,5 0,5 5 B P SMT Leads with ESD option SCHEMATIC 5 PCB MOUNTING FACE 3 4 This ground pin is for ESD function only and not solderable 1 1 0,6 0 ,1 Max 1,7 2 Ø 0,65 +0,1 0 Through hole metalized 1,1 5 1 2 4 3 4,05±0,1 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 0 ,0 5 Max 4 0 ,5 ± 0,1 3 2 ,5 ± 0,1 0 ,4 ± 0,1 2 Ground terminal can be effective even if not soldered 1,9 5 ± 0,1 5 1,45 ± 0,1 0 ,6 1,35 0±0,05 5,5±0,1 2,2±0,1 0 ,8 ± 0 ,1 3,5 0,5 0 ,5 0, 2 2 ,9 1 ,5 ± 0,1 2 3,9±0,15 4,7 3, 55 1 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–43 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches 0 0,65 -0,1 PCB MOUNTING FACE PTS 840 Series Microminiature SMT Side Actuated TAPE & REEL 4 1 ,7 5 1,5 2 5 ,5 CARRIER TAPE 1 2 ± 0 ,3 9 ,3 C o v e r ta p e Tactile Switches B 8 18,4 Max 12,4+2 0 330 13± 0,5 2±0,5 21± 0,8 VOIR DETAIL A DETAIL A SCALE 0,5 REEL Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–44 www.ckswitches.com KSR Series Subminiature Tact Switch for SMT Features/Benefits • 4 actuation forces • G terminations • N.O. and N.C. • Detect type available • Rubber actuator • IP50 sealed • RoHS compliant and compatible Typical Applications • Automotive • Medical equipment • Industrial electronics • Smart meters B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: Normally Open TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: MINIMUM CURRENT DC: Mechanical Type KSR211G KSR221G KSR231G KSR251G KSR221G KSR223G LFS / KSR213G LFG LFS / KSR223G LFG LFS /KSR233G LFG LFS / KSR253G LFG NC LFS NC LFG Operating force Newtons (grams) Operating life (operations) Travel (mm) 1,5 < 1,85 (185) < 2,2 1,9 < 2,25 (225) < 2,6 2,25 < 3,00 (300)< 3,75 3,4 < 4,50 (450) < 5,6 1,5 < 2,25 (225) < 3 1,5 < 2 (200) < 2,5 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 30,000 30,000 0,25 ± 0,15 0,3 ± 0,15 0,35 ± 0,15 0,5 ± 0,15 0,3 ± 0,15 0,3 ± 0,15 Silver Gold 1 VA 32 VDC 20 mV 50 mA 1 mA 0.2 VA 32 VDC 20 mV 10 mA 1 mA CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 mΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE: (100 V): 1G Ω (between terminals) BOUNCE TIME: 1 ms max. Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: Silver Gold -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C Process Overload: 20 Newtons Detect switch versions are available. Please see Detect chapter KSR2D/M series. SOLDERING: Compatible with lead free reflow soldering process. NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Packaging Switches are delivered on continuous tape, in reels of 2,500 pieces. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S R 2 G Actuator 2 Soft actuator Operating Force 1 1.8 N (180 grams) 2 2.0 N (200 grams) 3 3.0 N (300 grams) 5 4.5 N (450 grams) Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold LFS RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver plated. LFG RoHS compliant and compatible. Gold plated. Switch Function (NONE) Normally open NC Normally closed* Termination G Gull wing *Available on KSR223G only. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–45 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification KSR Series Subminiature Tact Switch for SMT KSR 1,75 2,5 ø 1,9 1 Tactile Switches B 3,8 7,3 6 1,4 Recommended PCB layout 6 8 TAPE & REEL 8 2,8 6,25 2 A 4 ø1,5 5,5 2 7,65 12 1,75 0,25 2,1 ø1,5 A 4 DIRECTION OF FEED Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–46 www.ckswitches.com KSR Long Life-200,000 cycles-Gold and Silver Series Subminiature Tact Switch for SMT Features/Benefits • 4 actuation forces • G terminations • N.O. • Detect type available • Rubber actuator • IP50 sealed • RoHS compliant and compatible Typical Applications • Automotive • Medical equipment • Industrial electronics B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: Normally Open TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: MINIMUM CURRENT DC: Mechanical Type Silver versions KSR212G LFS KSR222G LFS KSR232G LFS KSR252G LFS Gold versions KSR214G LFS KSR224G LFS KSR234G LFS KSR254G LFS Operating force(Fa) Operating life Newtons (grams) (operations) Travel (mm) 1,5 < 1,85 (185) < 2,2 1,9 < 2,25 (225) < 2,6 2,25 < 3,00 (300)< 3,75 3,4 < 4,50 (450) < 5,6 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 0,25 ± 0,15 0,3 ± 0,15 0,35 ± 0,15 0,5 ± 0,15 1,5 < 1,85 (185) < 2,2 1,9 < 2,25 (225) < 2,6 2,25 < 3,00 (300)< 3,75 3,4 < 4,50 (450) < 5,6 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 0,25 ± 0,15 0,3 ± 0,15 0,35 ± 0,15 0,5 ± 0,15 Silver Gold 1 VA 32 V dc 20 m Vdc 50 mA 1 mA 0.2 VA 32 V dc 20 m Vdc 10 mA 1 mA CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 m Ω INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V): 1 G Ω (between terminals) BOUNCE TIME: 1 ms max Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: Silver Gold -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C Process SOLDERING: Compatible with lead free reflow soldering process. NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. OVERLOAD: 20 Newtons Packaging Switches are delivered on continuous tape, in reels of 2,500 pieces. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S R 2 G Actuator 2 Soft actuator LFS RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver plated. LFG RoHS compliant and compatible. Gold plated. Operating Force 1 1.8 N (180 grams) 2 2.0 N (200 grams) 3 3.0 N (300 grams) 5 4.5 N (450 grams) Contact Material 2 Silver 4 Gold Termination G Gull wing Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–47 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification KSR Long Life-200,000 cycles-Gold and Silver Series Subminiature Tact Switch for SMT KSR 1,75 2,5 ø 1,9 1 Tactile Switches 3,8 7,3 6 B TERMINATION 1,4 Recommended PCB layout 6 8 TAPE & REEL 8 2,8 6,25 2 A 4 ø1,5 5,5 2 7,65 12 1,75 0,25 ø1,5 2,1 A 4 DIRECTION OF FEED Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–48 www.ckswitches.com KSS Series Subminiature SMT Side Actuated Features/Benefits • Low profile of 1.7 mm • Excellent tactile feel • High shear force • Range of actuation forces • Large flat top • RoHS compliant and compatible Typical Applications • Cellular phone • Industrial electronics • Health diagnostic electronics B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: N.O. TERMINALS: Gullwing IP40 sealed MAXIMUM POWER: 1 VA 32 VDC MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT: 50 mA MINIMUM CURRENT: 1 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: ≥ 250 VDC CONTACT RESISTANCE: < 100 mΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 VDC): ≥ 109 Ω BOUNCE TIME: < 3 ms Mechanical OVERLOAD: 20N TACTILE FEELING: 2 and 4N: 25% min. 2.5N: 30% min. Type KSS221G KSS231G KSS241G Operating force Newtons (grams) 2.0 (200) ± 0.5 2.5 (250) ± 0.5 4.0 (400) ± 1.0 Operating life (operations) 100,000 100,000 100,000 Silver Environmental Travel (mm) 0,3 ± 0,15 0,3 ± 0,10 0,3 ± 0,15 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: Gold 0.2 VA 32 VDC 10 mA 1 mA Silver Gold -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C Process Infared reflow soldering in accordance with IEC 61760-1 Packaging Tape and reels in reels of 3,000 pieces. External diameter 330mm ± 2mm. NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S S G Actuator 2 Standard, 1,1 (0.043) 3 Large, 1,8 (0.070) LFS RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver plated. LFG RoHS compliant and compatible. Gold plated. Operating Force 2 2.0 N (200 grams) 3 2.5 N (250 grams) 4 4.0 N (400 grams) Termination G Gull wing, SPST Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–49 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification KSS Series Subminiature SMT Side Actuated 4,4 KSS 3,5 1,7 3,1 == == 2,5 Tactile Switches 7 5,5 B 4,2 3,7 7,6 0,8 1,7 (2x) ACTUATOR 3 STANDARD, 1,1 (0.043) LARGE, 1,8 (0.070) 4,4 1,1 1,8 4,4 B 8 ± 0,1 +0,1 ø 1,5 0 4 ± 0,1 4 ± 0,2 A 7,4 ± 0,2 2 ± 0,1 5,5 ± 0,1 1,75 ± 0,1 TAPE & REEL 12 ± 0,3 2 A B 5 ± 0,1 3,9 ± 0,1 +0,1 ø 1,5 0 DIRECTION OF FEED Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–50 www.ckswitches.com KSC Series Sealed Tact Switch for SMT Features/Benefits • Positive tactile feeling • J or G terminations • Various heights • IP67 Typical Applications • Automotive • Cellular phones • Industrial electronics • Network infrastructure and IT • Elevator Electrical FUNCTION: Momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: J bend & Gullwing type for SMT SEALING: IP67 except KSC5 (IP50) MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT: MINIMUM CURRENT: This datasheet does not provide enough information for applications that require a certain level of quality or safety such as automotive, medical systems, or safety equipement. Please contact customer service for the contractual specification package. Environmental Silver Gold -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C Gold 1 VA 32 VDC 20 mV 50 mA 1 mA* 0.2 VA 32 VDC 20 mV 10 mA 0.1 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min.): ≥ 250 Vrms CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100mΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V): ≥ 10M Ω BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms Liability Limitation OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: Silver * Ultra low current with 10 µA - 1 VDC version are available upon request for KSC2 and KSC4 Packaging Tape and Reel (see series for quantity information) Process NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. SOLDERING: Depending on the application, this component is suited to the following methods: – Terminals being silver or gold plated over a nickel barrier, the use of slightly activated flux is suitable. – Soldering on double wave machine for vertical versions: soldering time ≤ 5 sec. – Cleaning according to typical washing processes. – Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC 61760-1. KSC Product Range KSC1 KSC2 KSC3 KSC4 KSC5 KSC6 KSC7 KSC8 KSC9 KSC10 Without actuator Soft actuator Hard actuator Soft actuator Hard actuator Hard actuator Soft actuator Hard actuator Hard actuator Soft actuator H = 2.5 mm H = 3.5 mm H = 4.3 mm H = 4.9 mm H = 7.7 mm compatible with button H = 4.9 mm IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 H = 3.5 mm H = 5.2 mm H = 5.6 mm H = 7.7 mm IP67 IP67 IP50 IP67 Note: KSC Series is subject to variants. Please contact customer service for other options. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–51 www.ckswitches.com B Tactile Switches Specification KSC Series Sealed Tact Switch for SMT 2,9 max 4 0,7±0,05 4 ( 7,6 ) 10 0,7±0,05 +0,2 0,1 0 GULLWING 3,3 mini 6,8 B Tactile Switches G 2,9 max J BEND +0,2 0,1 0 J PAD LAYOUT 3 maxi 4 4 1 1 PAD LAYOUT 5,8 maxi 8,6 mini 12 mini 12 MM 12 330 mm 16 MM 330 12 mm KSC1J KSC2J KSC3J Pieces 2,000 2,000 2,000 16 16 mm KSC1G KSC2G KSC3G KSC4J & G KSC5J & G KSC6J & G KSC7J & G KSC8J & G KSC9J & G KSC10J & G mm Pieces 2,000 2,000 2,000 1,000 1,000 750 1,000 1,000 750 1,000 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–52 www.ckswitches.com KSC1 Series Sealed Tact Switch for SMT KSC1 without actuator 2,5 mm high 4˚ max 200,000 200,000 100,000 0.3 ± 0.15 0.3 ± 0.15 0.35 ± 0.15 B 2,9 max 1.8 ± 0.65 3 ± 0.75 5.5 ± 1.4 +0,2 0,1 0 Travel (mm) ø2 +0,3 6,2 0 +0,3 6,2 0 KSC121 KSC141 KSC151 Operating life (operations) Tactile Switches Type Operating force FA (Newtons) 1,5 min ,2 R0 smooth surface Packaging Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 2,000 pieces Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard External diameter 330 ± 2 mm How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S C 1 Operating Force 2 1.8 N * (180 grams) 4 3 N * (300 grams) 5 5.5 N (550 grams) * See mechanical chart above to confirm specifications LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated Termination J J bend G Gullwing Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–53 www.ckswitches.com KSC2 Series Sealed Tact Switch for SMT KSC2 soft actuator 3,5 mm high Operating force FA (Newtons) Operating life (operations) Travel (mm) KSC201 KSC221 KSC222 KSC241 KSC251 KSC231 SPD KSC241 SPD KSC251 SPD 1.6 ± 0.6 2 ± 0.5 2 ± 0.5 3.5 ± 0.9 5.55 ± 1.45 3.5 ± 0.9 3.55 ± 0.9 6.2 ± 1.55 5,000,000 500,000 1,000,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 100,000 0.3 ± 0.2 0.35 + 0.3/- 0.1 0.35 ± 0.15 0.5 ± 0.2 0.5 ± 0.2 0.5 ± 0.2 0.5 ± 0.2 0.6 ± 0.2 3,5 Type +0,3 6,2 0 +0,3 6,2 0 Tactile Switches B +0,2 2,9 max 0,1 0 ø 2,9 Packaging Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 2,000 pieces Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard External diameter 330 ± 2 mm How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S C 2 Operating Force 0 1.6 N (160 grams) 2 2 N (200 grams) 4 3.5 N (350 grams) 5 5.5 N (550 grams) LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated NONE Standard version SPD Special delta version See mechanical chart above to confirm specifications Contact Material 1 Silver 2 Silver long life 3 Gold 4 Gold long life Termination J J bend G Gullwing Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–54 www.ckswitches.com KSC3 Series Sealed Tact Switch for SMT KSC3 hard actuator 3,5 mm high Travel (mm) 2 ± 0.4 3 ± 0.75 5±1 300,000 300,000 100,000 0.2 + 0.3/- 0 0.2 + 0.3/- 0 0.25 + 0.3/- 0 B +0,3 6,2 0 +0,3 6,2 0 Operating life (operations) Tactile Switches KSC321 KSC341 KSC351 Operating force FA (Newtons) 3,47 Type +0,2 2,9 max 0,1 0 ø 2,8 Packaging Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 2,000 pieces Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard External diameter 330 ± 2 mm How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S C 3 Operating Force 2 2 N (200 grams) 4 3 N (300 grams) 5 5 N (500 grams) See mechanical chart above to confirm specifications LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated Termination J J bend G Gullwing Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–55 www.ckswitches.com KSC4 Series Sealed Tact Switch for SMT KSC4 soft actuator 5,2 mm high Travel (mm) KSC401 50SH KSC411 70SH KSC421 70SH KSC422 70SH KSC441 70SH KSC442 70SH KSC451 70SH KSC441 SPD KSC441 ST1 KSC441 ST2 KSC461 ST1 KSC461 ST2 1.45 ± 0.55 1.4 ± 0.35 1.7 ± 0.45 1.7 ± 0.45 4±1 4±1 4.25 ± 0.75 3.5 ± 0.9 3.4 ± 1 3.4 ± 1 6.25 ± 1.75 6.25 ± 1.75 5,000,000 1,000,000 300,000 1,000,000 300,000 1,000,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 100,000 300,000 0.5 ± 0.25 0.35 ± 0.20 0.5 ± 0.25 0.5 ± 0.25 0.75 ± 0.25 0.75 ± 0.25 0.8 ± 0.2 0.7 ± 0.2 0.7 ± 0.25 0.35 ± 0.20 1 ± 0.3 0.5 ± 0.2 5,2 Type +0,3 6,2 0 +0,3 6,2 0 Tactile Switches B Operating life (operations) +0,2 2,9 max 0,1 0 ø 2,7 Operating force FA (Newtons) Packaging Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 1,000 pieces Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard External diameter 330 ± 2 mm How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S C 4 Operating Force 0 1.45 N (145 grams) 1 1.4N (140 grams) 2 1.7 N (170 grams) 4 4 N (400 grams) 5 4.25 N (425 grams) 6 6.25 N (625 grams) See mechanical chart above to confirm specifications Contact Material 1 Silver 2 Silver long life 3 Gold 4 Gold long life LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated Termination J J bend G Gullwing 50SH 50 shore ** 70SH 70 shore *** SPD Special delta version ST1 High click ST2 Low click ** applies to KSC401J50SH only *** applies to KSC411J70SH, KSC421J70SH and KSC441J70SH Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–56 www.ckswitches.com KSC5 Series Tact Switch with Rocker Option for SMT KSC5 hard actuator 5,6 mm high B ø 4,7 ø 2,4 +0,2 0,1 0 Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 1,000 pieces, dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard External diameter 330 ± 2 mm 5,6 2,9 max 1,2 Packaging 3,3 mini 0,7±0,05 +0,3 6,2 0 4 6,8 6,2 +0,3 0 How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S C 5 R O H Operating Force 2 2 N (200 grams) 4 3 N (300 grams) Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold S RoHS compliant, non compatible Termination J J bend G Gullwing Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–57 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Operating force Operating force Travel to Travel to axial FA lateral FL make make Life expectancy Life expectancy Type N (grams) N (grams) ±30% axial (mm) lateral (mm) cycles, axial cycles, lateral KSC521 2 ± 0.5 1.2 - 2.6 0.25 ± 0.15 0.5 ± 0.25 100,000 10,000 KSC541 3 ± 0.75 1.8 - 3.8 0.25 ± 0.15 0.5 ± 0.25 100,000 10,000 KSC6 Series Sealed Tact Switch for SMT KSC6 hard actuator 7,7 mm high Travel (mm) 1.7 ± 0.5 2.55 ± 0.65 3.4 ± 0.85 300,000 300,000 300,000 0.4 ± 0.2 0.4 ± 0.2 0.4 ± 0.2 +0,2 0,1 0 KSC621 KSC631 KSC641 1,6 Operating life (operations) 2,9 max Operating force FA (Newtons) Type Packaging +0,3 6,2 0 +0,3 6,2 0 Tactile Switches B 7,7 ø 4,7 ø 2,9 Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 750 pieces Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard External diameter 330 ± 2 mm How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S C 6 Operating Force 2 1.7 N (170 grams) 3 2.55 N (255 grams) 4 3.4 N (340 grams) See mechanical chart above to confirm specifications LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated Termination J J bend G Gullwing Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–58 www.ckswitches.com KSC7 Series Tact Switch with Rocker Option for SMT KSC7 soft actuator 4,3 mm high 1.6 ± 0.6 2.25 ± 0.55 3.9 ± 1 5,000,000 300,000 300,000 0.3 ± 0.2 0.3 ± 0.15 0.4 ± 0.2 4,3 Travel (mm) B +0,3 6,2 0 +0,3 6,2 0 Operating life (operations) Tactile Switches KSC701 KSC721 KSC741 Operating force FA (Newtons) +0,2 0,1 0 Type 2,9 max ø3 Packaging Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 1,000 pieces Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard External diameter 330 ± 2 mm How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S C 7 Operating Force 0 1.6 N (160 grams) 2 2.25 N (225 grams) 4 3.9 N (390 grams) See mechanical chart above to confirm specifications LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated Termination J J bend G Gullwing Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–59 www.ckswitches.com KSC8 Series Sealed Tact Switch for SMT KSC8 hard actuator 4,9 mm high ø 4,7 ø 2,96 KSC821 KSC821 OL KSC831 OL KSC841 OL Operating life (operations) Travel (mm) 3.15 ± 0.75 1.7 ± 0.5 2.55 ± 0.65 3.4 ± 0.85 300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 0.65 ± 0.2 0.4 ± 0.2 0.4 ± 0.2 0.4 ± 0.2 Packaging 4,9 1,15 Operating force FA (Newtons) +0,2 2,9 max 0,1 0 Type +0,3 6,2 0 +0,3 6,2 0 Tactile Switches B Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 1,000 pieces Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard External diameter 330 ± 2 mm How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S C 8 Operating Force 2 1.7 / 3.15 N (170/315 grams) 3 2.55 N (255 grams) 4 3.4 N (340 grams) See mechanical chart above to confirm specifications Option NONE Long travel OL Short travel LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated Termination J J bend G Gullwing Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–60 www.ckswitches.com KSC9 Series Sealed Tact Switches for SMT KSC9 hard actuator 7,7 mm high Operating life (operations) Travel (mm) 1.7 ± 0.5 2.25 ± 0.65 3.4 ± 0.85 300,000 300,000 300,000 0.4 ± 0.2 0.4 ± 0.2 0.4 ± 0.2 1,05±0,05 7.7±0.2 B Tactile Switches KSC921 KSC931 KSC941 Operating force FA (Newtons) 3,3 min 0,1 +0,3 *6,2 0 +0,3 * 6,2 0 4±0,1 Packaging 0,7±0,05 Type +0,2 2,9 max1,6±0,1 0,10 ø 4,7±0,1 ø 2,95±0,02 Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 750 pieces Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard External diameter 330 ± 2 mm +0,2 6,8 -0,1 How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. Operating Force 2 1.7 N (170 grams) 3 2.55 N (255 grams) 4 3.4 N (340 grams) C 9 LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated. LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated. Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold B T K N Termination J J bend G Gullwing S C 9 Type NONE 15.4mm height mounted Color 20 Light grey 40 Red 80 White 90 Black ø 6,35 ø6 R 5 0,2 15,4±0,4 S 10,2±0,1 K SWITCH WITH CAP Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–61 www.ckswitches.com KSC10 Series Sealed Tact Switches for SMT KSC10 soft actuator 4,9 mm high 2,9 max Operating life (operations) Travel (mm) 1.45 ± 0.55 5,000,000 0.45 ± 0.25 0,1 3,3 mini +0,3 * 6,2 0 0,7 ± 0,05 1 KSC1001 Operating force FA (Newtons) +0,2 0,1 0 Type +0,3 6,2 * 0 4 ± 0,1 Packaging Switches delivered on continuous tape & reels of 1,000 pieces Dimensions according to EIA RS-481/ IEC 60286-3 standard External diameter 330 ± 2 mm 0 Tactile Switches B 4,9 ± 0,2 Ø 2,7 ± 0,1 +0,2 6,8 -0,1 How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S C 10 0 1 L F Operating Force 0 1.45 N (145 grams) See mechanical chart above to confirm specifications S LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated Termination J J bend G Gullwing Contact Material 1 Silver Note: KSC10 offered with yellow actuator as standard, hardness 55 Shore Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–62 www.ckswitches.com KSC4V2 Series Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch Features/Benefits • Full SMD side actuated • Haptic adaptability • Pin in paste terminations • Tape & reel • IP67 Typical Applications • Automotive • Industrial electronics • Network equipment • Telecommunications Environmental FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: 2 pin in paste signal terminals 3 SMD ground terminals OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: Force (N) -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C SOLDERING: Depending on the application, this component is suited to the following methods: Operating Life (operations) Travel (mm) 300,000 300,000 0.7 ± 0.2 0.5 ± 0.2 KSC441V2SPDLFS 3.5 ± 1.0 KSC421V270SHLFS 1.55 ± 0.45 Gold Process Mechanical Type Silver – Cleaning according to typical washing processes. – Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC 61760-1. TERMINALS: pin in paste, silver or gold plated TOP PLATE: tin plated MSL level: 1 Vacuum pick head mandatory NOTE: Basic version is based on KSC441V2 SPDELTA LFS. Other configurations of haptics are available upon demand. Packaging MISUSE OVERLOAD: 40N with back support SHEAR FORCE:10N without back support Electrical Silver MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT: MINIMUM CURRENT: In reels of 500 pieces. Dimensions of reels according to EIA RS481 or IEC 2863. External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm. Gold 1 VA 32 VDC 20 mV 50 mA 1 mA NOTE: This product is designed and manufactured for general electronic devices. For systems where reliability and safety are required, please contact your sales representative to secure product integration and function to secure usage. 0.2 VA 32 VDC 20 mV 10 mA 0.1 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min.): ≥ 250 Vrms CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 mΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V, initial stage): > 109 Ω BOUNCE TIME: < 1 ms How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S C V 4 2 L Actuator 2 short, soft* 4 long, soft F S LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated LFG Lead free compatible, gold plated Operating Force*** 2 2 N (200 grams) 4 3.5 N (350 grams) Actuator / Tactile 70SH Silicon 70SH**** SP DELTA Silicon 70SH improved tactile**** RT Hard rubber RT2 Long travel hard rubber Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold * KSC2 version available upon demand *** Force available upon demand (variant version) **** Available for KSC4 only Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–63 www.ckswitches.com B Tactile Switches Specification KSC4V2 Series Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch +0,3 6,2 0 * 0,75±0,05 5 2,6±0,15 6,6 METALIZED HOLES ø 1,1±0,05 2 ON TWO PCB SIDES ø 1,6±0,1 2 ø 0,1 A B 1,5 ø 2,7±0,1 6,5 6,7 3,9±0,2 1,25 1,25 Switch standing plan reference 2 3,4 90˚±2˚ 3,4 4±0,1 7,25 0,1 90˚±3˚ GROUND 2,3 3,9±0,2 1,13±0,15 PCB LAYOUT PIN IN PASTE TOP VIEW P &P area ( ø 1,9 max ) 0,25±0,05 0,8 TAPE AND REEL 12±0,1 Ø1,5 +0,1 0 2,85 3,7 5,35 +0,1 Ø 1,5 0 C A 2,8 7,7 A 4,5 4,1 SECTION A-A 7 5,1±0,1 7,1±0,1 9,3±0,1 2±0,1 5 SECTION C-C 4±0,1 7,5±0,1 1,75±0,1 C +0,3 16 -0,1 Tactile Switches B ø 0,2 A B 0,8 70˚ 20˚ 50˚ 30˚ INTEGRATION Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–64 www.ckswitches.com KSE Series Low Profile Tact Switch Features/Benefits • Low profile • Cost efficient • J or G terminations • Tape and reel • IP67 Typical Applications • Smart meters • Home appliances • Consumer electronics • Industrial electronics • Telecommunications B Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: J bend & Gullwing type for SMT MAXIMUM POWER: 1 VA MINIMUM/MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 20 mV / 32 VDC MINIMUM/MAXIMUM CURRENT: 1 mA /50 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: (50 Hz, 1 min.): ≥ 250 V CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 mΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE: (100 V): ≥ 109 Ω BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms Mechanical Type KSEM31JLFS KSEM31GLFS KSEK43JLFS KSEK43GLFS Operating Force FA (Newtons) Min. Max. 1,6 ± 0,6 1,6 ± 0,6 2,25 ± 0,75 2,25 ± 0,75 Operating Life Operations 300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 Travel (mm) 0,3 + 0,1/-0,2 0,3 + 0,1/-0,2 0,3 ± 0,2 0,3 ± 0,2 NOTE: For cost effectiveness the tactile feeling is not specified and can change along production. If your application requires a defined tactile effect, please consider KSC series for your application. Packaging In reels of 2,000 pieces Dimensions of reels according to EIA RS481 or IEC 2863. External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm. Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -55˚C to 85˚C Process SOLDERING: Depending on the application, this component is suited to the following methods: – Cleaning according to typical washing processes. – Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC 61760-1. NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. KSE series is not subject to adaptation and/or modification for specific use. If you require additional features, please refer to the KSC series. KSE is not recommended for applications requiring high level of performance such as aerospace, automotive and some industrial applications. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. K S E Operating Force M 1.5N for 3.1mm height K 2.25N for 4.3mm height Height 31 3.1mm 43 4.3mm LFS Lead free compatible, silver plated. Termination J J bend G Gullwing Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–65 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification KSE Series Low Profile Tact Switch HEIGHT 43 ø3 +0,2 0,1 0 3,1±0,2 +0,2 0,1 0 1 4.3 MM HEIGHT 2,9 max +0,1 ø 2,9-0,2 4,3 3.1 MM HEIGHT 2,9 max 31 0,1 B G GULLWING 3,1±0,2 2,9 max +0,1 ø 2,9 -0,2 +0,2 0,1 0 5˚ 15˚ 0,1 PAD LAYOUT +0,2 ( 0,5 ) 7,6 -0,1 5,8 maxi 0,7 ±0,05 +0,3 *6,25 0 4±0,1 4 1 10±0,3 +0,3 * 6,2 0 12 mini J BEND 3,1±0,2 2,9 max +0,1 ø 2,9-0,2 +0,2 0,1 0 PAD LAYOUT 0,1 3 maxi 4 1 +0,3 6,2 0 0,7±0,05 J +0,3 6,25 0 4±0,1 Tactile Switches TERMINATION 8,6 mini +0,2 6,8 -0,1 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–66 www.ckswitches.com KSE Series Low Profile Tact Switch TAPE & REEL 12 mm height 0,25±0,05 (.010±.002) 3,15+0,2/-0,0 (.124+.008/-.000) 1,75 (.069) B 5,5 (.217) 7,2+0,2/-0,0 (.283+.008/-.000) 2˚0' max. 2,0±0,05 (.079±.002) Tactile Switches 12,00,3 (.472.012) ø1,5+0,2/-0,0 (.059+.008/-.000) 8,0 (.315) ø1,5+0,1/-0,0 (.059+.004/-.000) 2,00,05 (.079.002) 6,6+0,2/-0,0 (.260+.008/-.000) 16 mm height Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–67 www.ckswitches.com KT Series Full SMT Top & Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch Features/Benefits • Full SMT side-actuated tact switch • SMT top-actuated tact switch with G or J terminations • High shear force with extended bracket • Easy to pick & place with top plate tab • Rubber or hard plastic actuator • Press fit or snap fit caps • RoHS compliant and compatible Tactile Switches B Typical Applications • Telecommunications • Computer products • Instrumentation • Power supply Specification Environmental CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: SMT termination OPERATING TEMPERATURES: Ag version: -40˚C to 90˚C Au version: -40˚C to 125˚C Process Electrical SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP57; protection against harmful dust deposits, full-scale voltage protection. CONTACT RATING: 1.0 VA max. @ 32 V AC or DC max. ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL LIFE: 100,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 Vrms min. @ sea level. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. Packaging Switches supplied in anti-static tape and reels per EIA 481-2. Tape and cover strip are conductive for use near statically sensitive components. NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. SWITCH K Actuator B0* Soft, flush B1* Soft, 0,64 mm B2* Soft, 2,24 mm P2** Hard, 2,36 mm P3** Hard, 1,12 mm P4** Hard, 3,96 mm S1*** ø0,1” for Press Fit Caps S2*** ø0,14” for Snap Fit Caps (with anti-rotation) T 1 1 3 Orientation and Mounting Style SM Top Gullwing JM Top J Bend **** SAM SA1M SA2M SA3M 3 Right angle Right angle with front solder pad Right angle with front solder pad and pick & place tab Right angle with pick & place tab Contact Plating 4 Silver Contact Plating 5 Gold LFS RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver plated LFG RoHS compliant and compatible. Gold plated * B0, B1 & B2 available with A, A1 & A3 mounting bracket only. ** P2, P3, P4 actuators suitable with A1 & A2 mounting bracket only. *** S1 & S2 available with A1 & A2 mounting bracket only. **** JM available with BO, B1, B2, P2, P3, P4 without mounting bracket. BUTTON B T N K T 1 1 To order buttons in bulk Button Style 02 Press fit 03 Snap fit, high temperature Button Color 90 Black 80 Ivory (natural) 40 Red Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–68 www.ckswitches.com KT Series Full SMT Top & Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch SERIES KT11 ø3,81 (.150) 4,38 (.173) 6,60 MAX. (.260) 2 4 0,76 TYP. (.030) 4,00 (.157) 7,57 (.298) ACTUATOR B0 B1 SOFT, FLUSH* 4,38 (.173) 0,64 (.025) P4 3,96 (.156) ø3,55 (.140) S2 Ø0,1” FOR PRESS FIT CAPS*** HARD, 3,96 mm** 1,12 (.044) 2,36 (.093) S1 ø3,18 (ø.125) ø3,18 (ø.125) HARD, 1,12 mm ø3,55 (.140) 2,24 (.088) 2,24 (.088) Ø 3,18 (Ø .125) P3 HARD, 2,36 mm SOFT, 2,24 mm* 0,64 (.025) Ø 3,18 3,44 (Ø .125) (.136) P2 B2 SOFT, 0,64 mm* ø3,55 (.140) Ø0,14” FOR SNAP FIT CAPS*** 6,15 (.242) ø5,72 (.225) ø5,08 (.200) 4 3,18 (.125) 4,90 (.193) 4 3,18 (.125) 4,98 (.196) 4,29 SR (.169) * B0, B1 & B2 available with A, A1 & A3 mounting bracket only. ** P2, P3, P4 actuators suitable with A1 & A2 mounting bracket only. *** S1 & S2 available with A1 & A2 mounting bracket only. **** JM available with BO, B1, B2, P2, P3, P4 without mounting bracket. B–69 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches 3,44 (.136) B 3,18 (.125) 0,86 (.034) KT Series Full SMT Top & Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch ORIENTATION & MOUNTING STYLE JM TOP GULLWING TOP J BEND 4~ SAM 0,17 2.84 1.12 c 0,1 10 ± 0,2 4~ SUGGESTED PAD LAYOUT SCALE: 7:1 0.77 TYP. 1 2 3 4 3.6± 0.25 7,1 ± 0.2 0,77 TYP. 2.41 1 2 3 4 SUGGESTED PAD LAYOUT SCALE: 8:1 0,1 2 1 2 1 4 3 SCHEMATIC SA1M RIGHT ANGLE 0,38 ` 4 6.3 ± 0.3 Ø3.56 ± 0.08 0.14 2,84 3 6.4 ±0.3 4 3 6.6 MAX. 0.25 6.4 ±0.3 6.3 ± 0.3 Ø3.56 ± 0.08 2 4,04 4,04 6.6 MAX. 4 3 1 5.59 2 1 Tactile Switches 2.41 B 5.59 8.38 2.03 10.92 5.59 1.12 SM SCHEMATIC RIGHT ANGLE WITH FRONT SOLDER PAD 4,57 (.180) 1,71 (.067) 1,12 (.044) 2,90 (.114) 4,38 (.173) 2,90 (.114) SWITCH FACE 0,38 (.015) ø3,81 (.150) 6,30 (.248) 4,38 (.173) ø3,56 (ø.140) 3,18 (.125) 6,60 MAX. (.260) 4 2 0,86 (.034) 3,44 (.136) 2,03 (.080) 1,71 (.067) 7,57 (.298) 3,18 (.125) 0,76 TYP. (.030) 4,00 (.157) 4 6,60 MAX (.260) 2 3,44 (.136) 4 0,86 TYP. (.034) 0,76 (.030) 4,0 (.157) 7,77 (.306) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–70 www.ckswitches.com KT Series Full SMT Top & Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch SA2M SA3M RIGHT ANGLE WITH FRONT SOLDER PAD AND PICK & PLACE TAB 4,57 (.180) RIGHT ANGLE WITH PICK & PLACE TAB 1,71 (.067) 2,03 (.080) 1,71 (.067) B SWITCH FACE 3,86 (.152) SWITCH FACE .173 (4,38) 5,08 (.200) .150 (3,81) 0,38 (.015) 5,08 (.200) 3,81 (.150) 0,38 (.015) ø3,56 (ø.140) 3,18 (.125) 7,11 (.280) 6,29 (.248) 4,37 (.172) 6,29 (.248) ø3,56 (ø.140) 3,18 (.125) 7,11 (.280) 4 4 2 3,44 (.136) 4 2 4,61 (.182) 0,86 TYP. (.034) 0,86 TYP. (.034) 0,76 (.030) 0,76 (.030) 4,0 (.157) 4,0 (.157) 7,77 (.306) 7,77 (.306) PAD LAYOUT SAM & SA3M MOUNTING BRACKET PAD LAYOUT SA1M & SA2M MOUNTING BRACKET .067 (1,70) SWITCH FACE .015 (0,38) .100 (2,54) .110 (2,79) .210 (5,33) .030 (0,76) .148 TYP. (3,76) .067 (1,70) SWITCH FACE .195 (4,95) .230 (5,84) .230 (5,84) 2 .345 (8,76) 4 4 .345 (8,76) 2 4 .100 (2,54) .030 (0,76) .148 (3,76) .165 (4,19) 2 .195 (4,95) .165 TYP. (4,19) 4 SCHEMATIC Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–71 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches 2,90 (.114) 2,90 (.114) KT Series Full SMT Top & Side Actuated Sealed Tact Switch BUTTON BUTTON To order buttons in bulk 02 PART NUMBER Tactile Switches B 03 PRESS FIT BTN KT11 02 80 BTN KT11 02 90 BTN KT11 02 40 Internal Part Number 5081 01000 Button Color Ivory (Natural) 5081 02000 Black 5081 03000 Red SNAP FIT, HIGH TEMPERATURE PART NUMBER BTN KT11 03 80 BTN KT11 03 90 Materials: Nylon Materials: Nylon Finish: Gloss Finish: Gloss Internal Part Number Button Color 685B 01000 Ivory (Natural) 685B 02000 Black ø5,08 (.200) 2,54 (.100) 3,94 (.155) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–72 www.ckswitches.com K5AT Illuminated SMT Tact Switch Features • High bright LED’s • Gold plated dome contact offering superior contact reliability in time • Excellent ergonomics: sharp tactile feel and audible click Reduced space usage on board “2 in 1” B 40 N overload Tape and reel RoHS compliant and compatible Specification Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: Normally Open TERMINALS: SMT with positioning pegs; SMT without positioning pegs is available, contact Customer Service POWER MIN/MAX: 0.02VA / 1.0VA VOLTAGE MIN/MAX: 20mVdc – 32 Vdc CURRENT MIN/MAX: 0.1mA – 100mA CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1G Ω initial, >10M Ω after damp heat BOUNCE TIME: 109Ω BOUNCE TIME: < 10 ms Mechanical Type K8xx41G LFS Actuation Force (N) 4.0 Operating Life (operations) 300,000 Total Travel (mm) 0.45±0.15 Tolerances on actuation force is ± 0.25%. SEALING LEVEL: IP40 Illumination Colors White, blue, pure green, orange, super red LED technical information available on product specification. For any extra color, please contact your sales representative. Packaging In reels of 900 pieces under sealed foil. Dimensions of reels according to EIA RS481 or IEC 2863. External diameter 380 mm. Silver Gold Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to +85˚C (Silver) -40˚C to +125˚C (Gold) STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -55˚C to +85˚C (Silver) -40˚C to +125˚C (Gold) Process SOLDERING: Compatible with the lead free soldering profile. No washing MSL level: 5 NOTE: The specifications show in the datasheet are for reference only and are not valid for design-in work. Please contact your sales representative to request drawings and product specifications. For systems where reliability and safety are required, please contact your sales representative to secure product integration and function to secure usage. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and and place it in the appropriate box. K 8 LED color PG Pure Green SR Super Red OG Orange BU Blue WH White 4 Operating Force 4 4.0 N G Termination G Gulf wing LFS RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver plated. LFG RoHS compliant and compatible. Gold plated. Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold as option Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–75 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification K8 Lighted SMT Tact Switch with Rugged LED Mounting Process CHROMATICITY COORDINATES OR PEAK WAVE LENGTH (typ) If = 20 mA min typ X WHITE 224 560 0,33 BLUE 56 140 FORWARD VOLTAGE V If = 20 MA Y min max 3 4.1 465 nm 3 4.1 K8WH41G LW T67C-S2U1-5K8L K8BU41G LB T67C-P2R1-35 K8PG41G LP T676-L1M2-25 PURE GREEN 11.2 28 562 nm 1.8 2. 4 K8SR41G LP T676-Q1R2-1 SUPER RED 71 180 645 nm 1.8 2.3 K8OG41G LO T676-R1S2-24 ORANGE 112 280 610 nm 1.85 2.35 ELECTRICAL GRAPH 2 1 0,33 1,8 1,8 3 10,8 1 5 4 0,8 8,3 PCB LAYOUT TOP VIEW 1,8 1 6±0,15 0,1±0,05 4,85 6,56 Year 1,8 2 0,1 Day of year 8,4 3 1 2 3 5 4 8 11 1,1 1,5 Tactile Switches B EMITTED COLOR REF LED PART NUMBER LUMINOUS INTENSITY (mcd) If = 20 mA 5 pick and place area : top of LED 2.5 max 4 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–76 www.ckswitches.com K8 Lighted SMT Tact Switch with Rugged LED Mounting Process TAPE & REEL 380/15" B Tactile Switches Round sproket ø 13 d ir e ct io n 1.5 +0.1 0 24 holes of un re e lin g Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–77 www.ckswitches.com K5V Illuminated Tact Switch Features • Gold plated dome contact SPST/SPDT • Excellent ergonomics • High bright leds • Reduced space usage on board • 40 N overload • Tape and reel • RoHS compliant and compatible Tactile Switches B Typical Applications • When backlighting and switch are required to be a “2 in 1” component • The dome contact secures a superior contact reliability in time • The ergonomics of K5V provides a long travel, a sharp tactile feel and an audible click • Server, storage, automotive, network infrastructure, medical Specification Electrical FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: Normally Open + Normally Closed TERMINALS: THT: Through hole terminals with positioning pegs SMT: Surface mount terminals with positioning pegs PM: Panel mount solder terminals with wire hole POWER MIN/MAX: 0.02VA / 1.0VA VOLTAGE MIN/MAX: 20mVdc – 32 Vdc CURRENT MIN/MAX: 0.1mA – 100mA CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1G Ω initial, >10M Ω after damp heat BOUNCE TIME: 250 Vrms CONTACT RESISTANCE: < 100 m Ω INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V, initial stage): > 109 Ω BOUNCE TIME: < 1 ms Mechanical Type KSF0M211LFTR KSF0M311LFTR KSF0M411LFTR KSF0M511LFTR KSFI0V91170SH LFTR KSF0M212 LFT KSFI0M412 70SHLFT Operating life (operations) 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 300,000 100,000 Force (N) 1.5 ± 0.5 1.9 ± 0.5 3.0 ± 0.75 5.2 ± 1.0 3.4 ± 1.5 1.6 ± 0.4 3.2 ± 0.8 Travel (mm) 0.25 ± 0.1 0.25 ± 0.1 0.25 ± 0.1 0.25 ± 0.1 0.65 ± 0.25 0.25 ± 0.1 0.75 ± 0.25 Overload resistance: 40N, 1 time Sealing: IP60 or IP67 NOTE: Silver Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: Gold Silver Gold -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -40˚C to 125˚C Process SOLDERING Other configurations of haptics and terminals are available upon demand. Please also refer to KSF and KSFI Mk2 catalogues pages for other options. This product is designed and manufactured for general electronic devices. For systems where reliability and safety are required, please contact your sales representative to secure product integration and function to secure usage. Packaging In boxes of 250 pieces (V type) or 500 pieces (M type). How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S 0 Type F Flat membrane FI Soft actuator Insertion M Manual (bulk packaging) V Automatic (bulk packaging)** * valid for KSFI only ** valid for KSFI MK1 series only *NOTE: Products must be checked according customers soldering parameters especially in terms of flux resistance. L F T R RoHS compliant and compatible. Tin plated. Sealing 1 IP60 2 IP67 *** note selecting this option part number will end with LFT Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold Operation Force 2 1.5 N (150 grams)* 3 1.9 N (190 grams)* 4 3 N (300 grams)* 5 5.2 N (520 grams)* 9 3.4 N (340 grams)** Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 26 jul 16 B–82 www.ckswitches.com KSF & KSFI Series Soft Actuated Tact Switch KSFI 0V KSF 1,06 8,2 9.1 2,6 7.7 6.25 9,5 4 0,55 x 0,3 3.3 3,3 5,08 Recommended PCB (component side) Ø 3,5 0.85 0,55 x 0,3 1.6 Ø 0,9 (4 holes) 7,4 5,08 3 0.85 x 0.3 0,4 2.54 7,62 7.6 7,4 5,08 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 26 jul 16 B–83 www.ckswitches.com B Tactile Switches 7.8 0.44 4.2 Ø 2.6 4.25 KSA & KSL Series Sealed Tact Switch Features/Benefits • Designed for automatic or Typical Applications • Automotive • Industrial • Telecommunication networks manual insertion • Cambered terminals to ensure self retention • Top or side actuated • Large choice of caps • RoHS compliant and compatible Tactile Switches B Specification Electrical CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, N.O. DOUBLE OVERMOLDING ON TERMINAL SEALING: IP60 TERMINALS: PC pins, ground pin optional MAXIMUM POWER: 1 VA MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 32 VDC MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 20 mV MAXIMUM CURRENT: 50 mA MINIMUM CURRENT: 1 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 Vrms CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100m Ω INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V): ≥ 109 Ω BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms Mechanical Type KSA0M211 KSA0M311 KSA0M411 KSA0M511 KSA0M911 KSL0M211 KSL0M311 KSL0M411 KSL0M511 KSL0M911 Actuation force N 1,4 ± 0,4 1,4 ± 0,4 3 ± 0,75 5 ± 1,5 3 ± 0,75 1,4 ± 0,4 1,4 ± 0,4 3 ± 0,75 5 ± 1,5 3 ± 0,75 Operating life (operations) 100,000 1,000,000 100,000 100,000 500,000 100,000 1,000,000 100,000 100,000 500,000 Travel to make 0,5 ± 0,2 0,5 ± 0,2 0,6 ± 0,2 0,7 ± 0,2 0,6 ± 0,2 0,5 ± 0,2 0,5 ± 0,2 0,6 ± 0,2 0,7 ± 0,2 0,6 ± 0,2 Silver Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: Gold 0.2 VA 32 VDC 20 mV 10 mA 1 mA Silver Gold -40˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C Process Wave soldering compatible with lead free soldering profile. Packaging NOTE: Other versions in terms of force, termination length and corrosion protection available. Please contact your sales representative. This data sheet does not provide enough information for applications which require a certain level of quality or safety such as automotive, medical systems, safety equipment. Please contact your sales representative to get contractual specification package. Can be delivered in tubes of 65 pieces for automatic insertion or in boxes of 500 pieces for manual insertion (250 pieces for KSL, KSLV, KSAV). How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. SWITCH K S 1 L F T R RoHS compliant and compatible. Tin plated. Actuator Type A Short hard plastic L Long hard plastic Ground Terminal 0 Without 1 With* Insertion M Manual (bulk packaging) A Automatic (tube packaging) V Vertical (bulk packaging)* Contact Material 1 Silver contacts 3 Gold contacts Operation Force 2 1.3 N (130 grams), 100,000 operations 3 1.3 N (130 grams), 1,000,000 operations 4 3 N (300 grams), 100,000 operations *Note: “1” Ground terminal not compatible with “V” insertion 5 5 N (500 grams), 100,000 operations 9 3 N (300 grams), 500,000 operations BUTTONS Buttons must be ordered separately and will be supplied in bulk. B Button Style K01 10 mm square snap-on K02 ø8 mm round snap-on K03 8,5 x 3,8 mm single floating K04 18,5 x 3,8 mm double floating K05 5 mm square T N K06 K07 K08 K09 K 0 10 x 2,5 mm snap-on handle 5 mm square 9,9 x 5 mm rectangular ø6,2 mm round Button Color 10 Dark gray 20 Light gray 30 Yellow 40 Red 50 Green 60 70 80 90 Blue Gray-blue Ivory Black *NOTE: Please note that all buttons are not RoHS compliant. Please check the compliance with your C&K sales representative. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 26 jul 16 B–84 www.ckswitches.com KSA & KSL Series Sealed Tact Switch ACTUATOR TYPE 1±0,15 (.394±.006) KSA & KSL B Tactile Switches 8,2±0,2 (.322±008) Ø 4,8 ±0,05 1,1±0,1 (.043±.004) Ø 3,0 (.118) 2,6 ±0,1 (.102±.004) 4,2±0,2 2,1±0,1 (.083±.004) (.165±.008) H 0,45 1,06±0,1 (.042±.004) (.189±020) 0,5 x 0,3±0,01 7,62 ±0,2 (.30±008) (.20 x .012±.004) 5,08 ±0,1 (.20±004) (.291±004) 7,4±0,1 9±0,2 (.354±008) Type KSA KSL H mm 4,7±0,2 9,9±0,2 inch (.185) (.390) 7,4 ±0,1 (.291±004) GROUND TERMINAL 0 1* WITHOUT WITH *Not compatible with “V” insertion Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 26 jul 16 B–85 www.ckswitches.com KSA & KSL Series Sealed Tact Switch INSERTION M MANUAL (BULK PACKAGING) PCB LAYOUT 8,2 (.322) A 0,5 x 0,3 (.020 x .012) ø0,9+0,1/-0,0 (.035+.004/-.000) 2,6 (.102) 4,2 (.165) 7,62 (.30) 9,0 (.354) 8,2±0,2 (.322±.008) ø 4,8 ±0,05 9,5 ±0,3 (.374±.012) 7,62 (.30) ø 0,9 (.354) 2,6 ±0,1 4,2±0,2 4,7±0,2 (.165±.008) (.185±.008) 1,1 ±0,1 (.043±.004) C COURSE RELATIVE PCB LAYOUT B 1,06±0,1 (.042±.004) ø 3-0,06 (.189-.020) 5,08 (.20) 0,5 x 0,3±0,01 (.020 x .012±.004) 5,08±0,1 (.20±.004) VERTICAL 8,0 (.315) PCB LAYOUT 7,62 (.300) ø1,2 (.047) 2,54 (.100) 5,08 (.20) 9,5 (.374) 0,5 x 0,3 (.020 x .012) 7,6 (.300) 0,8 x 0,3 (.031 x .012) 2,54 (.10) 0,4 (.016) 3,0 (.118) ø0,9 (.035) 5,08 (.200) 5,25 (.207) 3,25 (.128) 4,85 (.191) V 7.62 (.30) 5,08 (.20) AUTOMATIC (TUBE PACKAGING, 65 PIECES PER TUBE) 0,45 (.018) Tactile Switches B 5,08 (.20) 0,45 (.018) Ground terminal (option) DIMENSION L Type KSA0V KSL0V L mm 5,8 11,1 inch .228 .437 L OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE 2 3 4 5 9 OPERATING FORCE 1.3 N (130 grams) 100,000 operations 1.3 N (130 grams) 1,000,000 operations 3.0 N (300 grams) 100,000 operations 5.0 N (500 grams) 100,000 operations 3.0 N (300 grams) 500,000 operations Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 26 jul 16 B–86 www.ckswitches.com KSA & KSL Series Sealed Tact Switch CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL 1 Silver contacts 3 Gold contacts B Tactile Switches SEALING OPTION CODE SEALING 1 Sealing level IP60 BUTTONS Buttons must be ordered separately and will be supplied in bulk. BUTTON TYPE KSA K01 K02 K03 K04 K05 K06 K07 K08 K09 KSL KSAV KSLV X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1,0 (.039) 4,40,1 (.173.004) 8,0 (.315) 0,8 (.031) 3,50,05 (.138.002) 3,70,1 (.146.004) 4,50,1 (.177.004) 3,7 (.146) 4,5 (.177) 8,0 (.315) 1,0 (.039) 1,0 (.039) R 0,5 (.020) 10,0 (.394) 100,1 (.394.004) ø8,0+0,0/-0,2 (.315+.000/-.008) 0,5 (.020) 4,4 (.173) 10,0 (.394) 8,0 (.315) 1,0 (.039) K02 0,5+0,1/-0,0 (.020+.004/-.000) X 0,3 ) R 012 (. K01 X 8,0 (.315) 100,1 (.394.004) R (.0 0,5 20 ) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 26 jul 16 B–87 www.ckswitches.com KSA & KSL Series Sealed Tact Switch K04 K03 3,8 (.150) 19,5 (.768) 5,60,1 (.220.004) 9,50,1 (.374.004) 3,0 (.118) K05 5,6 (.220) 1,0 (.039) 4,5 (.177) 4,5 (.177) 3,7 (.146) 4,5 (.177) 15,6 (.614) R (.0 0,3 12 ) K06 1,0 (.039) 2,5 (.098) 4,4 (.173) 10,0 (.394) 10,0 (.394) 8,74 (.344) 1,0 (.039) 5,0 (.197) K07 K08 4,5 (.177) 9,4 (.370) 5,0 (.197) 10,0 (.394) 9,0 (.354) 5,0 (.197) 4,50 (.177) 5,0 (.197) 9,0 (.354) K09 ø4,318 (.17) 8,992 (.354) Tactile Switches B 1,0+0,05/-0,0 (.039+.002/-.000) R (.0 0,2 08 ) 18,5 (.728) 3,00,1 (.118.004) 4,0 (.157) 4,0 (.157) ø6,223 (.245) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 26 jul 16 B–88 www.ckswitches.com KSA & KSL MKII Series High Performance Sealed Tact Switch Features/Benefits • Highest tact switch sealing performance • Improved sealing through a modification of the crimping technique and to a double overmolding of the terminal • Totally sealed • Up to 1M operations • RoHS compliant and compatible Typical Applications • Automotive • Industrial • Telecommunication networks • Household appliances • Heating control systems B Electrical CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: PC pins SEALING: IP65 Double overmold on terminals MAXIMUM POWER: 1 VA MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 32 VDC MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 20 mV MAXIMUM CURRENT: 50 mA MINIMUM CURRENT: 1 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: ≥ 250 Vrms CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100m Ω INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V): ≥ 109 Ω BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms Mechanical Actuation force N (grams) 1,3 ± 0,3 1,3 ± 0,3 3,25 ± 0,5 5 ± 1,25 Type KSA0M212 KSA0M312 KSA0M412 KSA0M512 Operating life (operations) 100,000 1,000,000 100,000 100,000 Travel to make 0,5 ± 0,15 0,5 ± 0,15 0,6 ± 0,25 0,7 ± 0,25 Silver Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: Packaging Gold 0.2 VA 32 VDC 20 mV 10 mA 1 mA Silver Gold –40˚C to 85˚C –40˚C to 85˚C –40˚C to 125˚C –55˚C to 125˚C Delivered in boxes of 500 pieces (250 pieces for KSL) Process NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Wave soldering compatible with lead free soldering profile. Other versions in terms of force, termination length and corrosion protection available. Please contact your sales representative. This data sheet does not provide enough information for applications which require a certain level of quality or safety such as automotive, medical systems, safety equipment. Please contact your sales representative to get contractual specification package. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local represenative. K S 0 Type A Short hard plastic L Long hard plastic Ground Terminal 0 Without Insertion M Manual (bulk packaging) A Automatic (tube packaging) L F T RoHS compliant and compatible. Tin plated. Sealing 2 High sealing performance Contact Material 1 Silver contacts 3 Gold contacts Operation Force 2 1.3 N (130 grams), 100,000 operations 3 1.3 N (130 grams), 1,000,000 operations 4 3 N (300 grams), 100,000 operations 5 5 N (500 grams), 100,000 operations 9 3 N (300 grams), 500,000 operations Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–89 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification KSA & KSL MKII Series High Performance Sealed Tact Switch TYPE MANUAL INSERTION 1,3 KSA & KSL B 1 Tactile Switches Recommended PCB (component side) ø 4,8 ÿ3 7,62 1,1 +0,1 ø 0,9 0 (4x HOLES) 3,5 0,3 4,7 2,6 8.2 0.55 x 0.3 7.6 9 5,08 5,08 6,2 6,2 KSA & KSL 1,3 AUTOMATIC INSERTION 1 PCB LAYOUT ø 4,8 4 HOLES ø 0,9 ø3 7,62 2,6 4,7 3,5 0,3 1,1 8 0.5 x 0.3 9.5 5,08 5,08 6,2 6,2 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–90 www.ckswitches.com KSJ Series Spherical Actuator Tact Switches Features/Benefits • Spherical actuator allows Typical Applications • Automotive actuation force off center ± 30˚ • Cranes, off road, railway with regard to vertical • Factory automation • RoHS compliant and compatible • Security systems • Designed for mechanisms • Compliant side actuation B Environmental FUNCTION: Momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. DISTANCE BETWEEN BUTTON CENTERS (min.): 7.62 (0.300) TERMINALS: PC pins SEALING: IP60 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: Silver Gold -40˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C Packaging Delivered in boxes of 250 pieces. Mechanical Type KSJ0M21160SH KSJ0M41180SH KSJ0M21180SH KSJ0M91180SH Actuation force N (grams) 2 ± 0,5 3,0 ± 0,8 2 ± 0,5 3,9 ± 0,8 Electrical Operating life (operations) axial 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 Operating life (operations) radial 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 Travel to make (mm) 0,6 ± 0,3 0,55 ± 0,25 0,35 ± 0,2 0,7 ± 0,25 Silver Gold Process MAXIMUM POWER: 1 VA 0.2 VA MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 32 VDC 32 VDC MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 20 mV 20 mV MAXIMUM CURRENT: 50 mA 10 mA MINIMUM CURRENT: 1 mA 1 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min.): ≥ 250 Vrms CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤100m Ω INSULATION RESISTANCE (100V): ≥ 109 ohms BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms Wave soldering, compatible with lead free soldering profile. NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. This data sheet does not provide enough information for applications which require a certain level of quality or safety such as automotive, medical systems, safety equipment. Please contact your sales representative to get contractual specification package. * Please contact your C&K represenative for any question regarding the product intergration. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed in the table above, please consult your local represenative. K S J Ground Terminal 0 Without 1 With* Insertion M Thru-hole V Vertical* S Sealing 1 Sealed IP 60 H L F T R Hardness 60SH 60 Shore Actuator 80SH 80 Shore Actuator RoHS compliant and compatible. Tin plated. Contact Material 1 Silver contacts 3 Gold contacts Operation Force 2 2 N (200 grams), 100,000 operations 4 3 N (300 grams), 100,000 operations *Note: “1” ground terminal option not available with “V” version. The bracket for the “V” version plays this role. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 26 jul 16 B–91 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification KSJ Series Spherical Actuator Tact Switches KSJ Application area limits of operating force 60˚ 60˚ Recommended direction for a radial actuation 5,2 (.205) 1,2 (.047) 4,7 (.185) Tactile Switches 6,65 (.262) B R 2,2 (.087) 30˚ MAX 4,2 (.165) KSJ0M211 7,62 (.30) 0,5 x 0,3 (.020 x .012) 5,08 (.20) 7,4 (.291) 9,0 (.354) 7,4 (.291) INSERTION 7,62 (.30) 5,08 (.20) 9,0 (.354) 0,5 x 0,3 (.020 x .012) 0,8 x 0,3 (.031 x .012) 0,5 x 0,3 (.020.012) 5,080,2 (.20.008) 2,540,3 (.10.012) 7,80,3 (.307.012) 9,50,2 (.374.008) PCB LAYOUT Ground terminal (option) 5,250,2 (.206.008) 4,2 (.165) 4,850,1 (.191.004) 8,0 (.315) VERTICAL 3,250,1 (.128.004) V THRU-HOLE 0,40,1 (.016.004) M 0,40,05 (.016.002) 6,0 (.236) 7,850,2 (.309.008) ø1,2+0,1/-0,0 (.047+.004/-.000) 5,31 (0.209) 2,54 (.10) 5,08 (.20) ø0,9 (.035) PCB LAYOUT 7,62 (.30) 7,62 (.30) 5,08 (.20) ø0,9+0,1/-0,0 (.035+.004/-.000) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 26 jul 16 B–92 www.ckswitches.com PTS635 Series 3,5 mm Tact Switches Features/Benefits • Compact size 6 x 3.5 mm • Variety of switch heights • Choice of actuation force • RoHS compliant and compatible Typical Applications • Consumer products • Instrumentation • Computer products • Industrial B Process FUNCTION: Momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: PC pins SOLDERING: Preheating to 100˚C for 45 sec. max. Keep flux flush with top surface of PCB; do not apply to component side of PCB and area where terminals are located. Soldering to 255˚C for 5 sec. max. Clean by brushing on solder surface. Do not clean switch with solvents. Mechanical ACTUATION FORCE: PTS635L models: 130 grams. PTS635H models: 200 grams. LIFE EXPECTANCY: 20,000 operations. Electrical CONTACT RATING: 50 mA @ 12 V DC. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC min. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max. initial. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1011Ω min. Materials BASE: 6/6 nylon or glass filled polyester (PBT) (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon or polyacetal (UL 94HB). COVER PLATE: PTS635S and PTS635V models: Tin plated stainless steel DOME CONTACTS: Phosphor bronze, silver clad. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Brass, silver plated. TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated. Insert molded. Packaging Environmental Bulk packaging. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 60˚C NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Tape & reel for: PTS635Sx43SMTR, 1700 pcs per reel How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. P T S 6 3 5 L Termination S Straight V Vertical F Insertion Type* NONE Thru hole SMTR Surface mount, tape & reel Actuation Force L 130 grams H 200 grams S RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver plated. Actuator Height to PCB / Ground Pin 43 4,3 (.169), Thru-hole and SMT 50 5,0 (.197), Thru-hole 31 3,15 (.124), Vertical 39 3,85 (.151), Vertical * SMTR only available with PTS635 43 Actuator Height options. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–93 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification PTS635 Series 3,5 mm Tact Switches SERIES PTS635 3,0 (.118) 1,5 (.059) 0,6 MAX. (.025) 2x 1,6 (.063) 2,5 (.098) 4,3 (.169) "H" 3,5 (.138) B Tactile Switches 1,0 2x (.039) 2,5 4x (.098) 6,5 (.256) 3,5 2x (.138) 7,9 (.311) 2,4 (.093) 8,50,5 (.335.020) 1,0 2x (.039) 0,3 2x (.012) "L" 0,3 2x (.012) 5,0 (.197) 0,5 2x (.020) 7,0 (.276) 2,5 2x (.098) 6,0 (.236) 3,5 (.138) 7,3 (.287) 0,6 MAX. (.025) 2x 3,0 (.118) For “L” dimension please refer to chart on next page For “H” dimension please refer to chart on next page TERMINATION S V STRAIGHT 1,0 2x 6,5 (.039) (.256) 7,9 (.311) VERTICAL 2,5 4x (.098) 3,5 2x (.138) 8,50,5 2,4 (.093) (.335.020) 1,0 2x 0,3 2x (.039) (.012) 0,3 2x (.012) 2,5 2x (.098) 0,5 2x (.020) 5,0 (.197) PCB LAYOUT 7,0 (.276) PCB LAYOUT 2,5 (.098) ø1,3 2x (.051) ø1,3 TYP. (.051) 6,5 (.256) ø1,0 2x (.039) 7,0 (.276) 43 1.5 (0.059) 0.3 (0.012) 3.5 (0.138) 4.3 (0.169) 3 (0.118) 1 (0.039) 9 (0.354) PCB LAYOUT 1.4 (0.055) SMT 5,0 (.197) 7.3 (0.287) 10.3 (0.403) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–94 www.ckswitches.com PTS635 Series 3,5 mm Tact Switches ACTUATION FORCE OPTION CODE FORCE L H 130 grams 200 grams B ACTUATOR HEIGHT HEIGHT “H” or LENGTH “L” TERMINATION 43 50 4,3 (.169) Thru-hole & SMT 5,0 (.197) Thru-hole 31 39 3,15 (.124) Vertical 3,85 (.151) Vertical Tactile Switches OPTION CODE SCHEMATIC 1 2 1 3 2 4 5,2±0,1 (0,205±0,003) 4,0 (0,157) 2,0 TYP (0,079) ø1,5 (ø0,59) 16,0±0,3 (0,63±0,012) 12,0 (0,472) 43 7,5 (0,295) SMTR 1,75±0,1 (0,069±0,003) INSERTION TYPE DIRECTION OF FEED Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–95 www.ckswitches.com PTS641 Series SMT Top Actuated Switches Features/Benefits • 6.3 x 6.3 mm footprint • Multiple heights • Ground pin option Typical Applications • Metering • White goods • Home and garden equipment Tactile Switches B Specification Electrical FUNCTION: Momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST N.O. TERMINALS: G type for SMT MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 12 VDC MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: 50 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 VA C (1mn) CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m Ω INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥ 100 M Ω BOUNCE TIME: < 5 ms Mechanical TRAVEL: 0.20 mm ±0.15 mm for 160 &250 gf 0.30 mm ±0.15 mm for 320 gf OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles OPERATION FORCE: 160 gf ±50 gf blue actuator 250 gf ±50 gf red actuator 320 gf ±80 gf black actuator Packaging Switches in reels of 1,500 pieces. Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B External diameter 330 mm Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 85˚C Process SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and and place it in the appropriate box. P T S 6 4 1 S M T R 2 L F RoHS compliant, silver plated Ground Pin S No ground pin T With ground pin Actuation Force M 160 gf K 250 gf P 320 gf S Packaging SMTR2 Tape & Reel Body Type 25 2.5 mm height 31 3.1 mm height 34 3.4 mm height Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–96 www.ckswitches.com PTS641 Series SMT Top Actuated Switches NO GROUND PIN H = 2.5, 3.1, or 3.4 mm Ø 3 2 2 H 1 4 3 0,3 8,4 B SCHEMATIC Tactile Switches 8,4 2 2 1 1 1,3 4,5 6,6 6,4 4,5 0,75 1 3 4 3 6,3 4 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT H = 2.5, 3.1, or 3.4 mm Ø 3 2 1 H 2 5 4 3 SCHEMATIC 0,3 8,4 1 2 1 1 2 3 6,6 5 4 4,5 1,3 4,5 0,75 0,75 8,4 6,4 GROUND PIN 5 3 4 6,3 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–97 www.ckswitches.com PTS645 Series 6 mm Tact Switches Features/Benefits • Compact size 6 x 6 mm • Variety of actuator lengths • Choice of actuation force • RoHS compliant and compatible Typical Applications • Consumer products • Instrumentation • Computer products • Industrial Tactile Switches B Specification Process FUNCTION: Momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: PC pins SOLDERING: Preheating to 100˚C for 45 sec. max. Keep flux flush with top surface of PCB; do not apply to component side of PCB and area where terminals are located. Soldering to 255˚C for 5 sec. max. Clean by brushing on solder surface. Do not clean switch with solvents. Mechanical ACTUATION FORCE: 130 grams, 160 grams, 200 grams, 260 grams LIFE EXPECTANCY: 100,000 operations. Packaging Electrical Bulk packaging. CONTACT RATING: 50 mA @ 12 V DC. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC min. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max. initial. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1011 Ω min. Tape & reel for the SMT type: Reels of 1,000 pieces for 4,3 and 5,0 mm height Reels of 700 pieces for 7,0 mm height Reels of 500 pieces for 9,5 mm height Reels of 400 pieces for 13,0 mm height Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 60˚C NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and and place it in the appropriate box. P T S 6 4 5 Termination S Straight T Straight with ESD pin V Vertical Actuator Shape NONE Round actuator, All versions J Square actuator, 2.4 mm side THT versions only (No ESD pin - not available with Termination “T” style Actuation Force L 130 grams M 160 grams H 200 grams K 260 grams *Only the straight type termination without ESD pin is available in SMT type. L F S RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver plated. Insertion Type 2 Thru hole SMTR92* Surface mount, tape & reel Switch height from PCB for S and T only (H dimension see actuator height drawings) 43 4,3 (.169), thru-hole and SMT 50 5,0 (.197), thru-hole and SMT 70 7,0 (.275), thru-hole and SMT 73 7,3 (.287), thru-hole, square actuator 2.4 mm side only 95 9,5 (.374), thru-hole and SMT 13 13,0 (.512) SMT only Switch length from front leads for V only (H dimension see actuator height drawings) 31 3,15 (.124), vertical 39 3,85 (.151), vertical 58 5,85 (.230), vertical 61 6,15 (.242), vertical, square actuator 2.4 mm side only 83 8,35 (.329), vertical Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–98 www.ckswitches.com PTS645 Series 6 mm Tact Switches TERMINATION 3,45 SCHEMATIC 1 2 3 4 3,5 1,8 4,3 ± 0,1 STRAIGHT 0,5 Max S 0,3 B 0,7 6,5 7,9 1 4 3 2 4,5 4,5 0,7 ± 0,1 2 6 1 4x Ø 1 4 3 6,5 Ø 3,5 STRAIGHT WITH ESD PIN 3,45 1,8 3,5 1 2 3 4 0,7 0,3 0,7 SCHEMATIC 4,3 ± 0,1 0,5 Max T Tactile Switches PCB LAYOUT 6 6,5 7,9 PCB LAYOUT 4 ± 0,1 5 0,3 6 1,5 1 1 4 3 2 4,5 4,1 6 0,7± 0,1 4,5 2 4,1 5 4x Ø 1 3 4 6,5 Ø 3,5 VERTICAL SCHEMATIC Push 2 1 2,55 ± 0,05 7,5 2x Ø 1,3 4,5± 0,05 2 1 7±0,05 3,95 4,3 4,05 6,2 Ø 3,5 4,95 V 2x Ø 1 0,3 1 0,7 4,5 ± 0,15 PCB LAYOUT 2,55± 0,1 4,2 3,9± 0,1 7 8,5 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–99 www.ckswitches.com PTS645 Series 6 mm Tact Switches TERMINATION SMT 13.0 MM HEIGHT ONLY 13 ± 0,1 3,45 (0,3) 3,45 9 0 0,3-0,02 Tactile Switches 0 0,3 -0,02 B 4,3 ±0,1 (0,3) FOR 4.3, 5.0, 7.0, 9.5 MM HEIGHT 6 2 3 4 0,7 ± 0,1 1 6,2 4,5 4 6 3 4,5 2 0,7± 0,1 9 6,2 1 Ø 3,5 Ø3,5 9,5 6,4 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 3,2 1 5,8 SCHEMATIC PCB LAYOUT ACTUATOR SHAPE Ø 3,5 3,85 1,4 1,8 2,4 SCHEMATIC Push 2 1 2,55 ±0,05 7,5 4,3 4x Ø 0,9 4,5 ±0,05 0,4 3,95 4,3 4,95 4,05 4,3 2,4 6,2 Ø 3,5 2x Ø 1,3 2 1 0,7 4,5 6,2 7 ± 0,05 2x Ø 1 0,3 1 2,55 ±0,1 4,2 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 6,2 7 ± 0,2 8,5 ±0,2 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–100 www.ckswitches.com PTS645 Series 6 mm Tact Switches ACTUATOR SHAPE 1,8 1,4 SCHEMATIC 2 3 4 B 0,3 6,5 7,9 6 4,3 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 2 4,5 2,4 4,5 4,3 2 6 0,7± 0,1 1 1 4x Ø1 4 3 4 3 Ø 1,15 6,5 Ø 3,5 ACTUATION FORCE OPTION CODE FORCE L M H K 130 grams Black 160 grams Blue 200 grams Gray 260 grams Red ACTUATOR HEIGHT Switch height from PCB for S and T only (0,3) OPTION CODE 0 0,3-0,02 3,45 H ± 0.1 43 50 70 95 13 SCHEMATIC Without EMC pin With EMC pin DIMENSION H TERMINATION 4,3 (.169) Thru-hole and SMT 5,0 (.197) Thru-hole and SMT 1 2 7,0 (.275) Thru-hole and SMT 3 4 9,5 (.374) Thru-hole and SMT 13,0 (.512) SMT 1 2 3 4 Switch length from front leads for V only 3,95 4,05 OPTION CODE 0,3 31 39 58 83 DIMENSION H TERMINATION 3,15 (.124) Vertical 3,85 (.151) Vertical 5,85 (.230) Vertical 8,35 (.329) Vertical SCHEMATIC Without EMC pin With EMC pin 1 3 1 2,55± 0,1 4,2 H ± 0,1 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–101 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches 1 3,5 0,3 Max 7,3 1,6 3,85 2,4 PTS645 Series 6 mm Tact Switches TAPE & REEL Cover tape (Polyester) Carrier tape (Polystyrene) B H 7,4 2±0,1 4.3 and 5.0 mm: Height 5.3 mm 7.0 mm: Height 7.3 mm 9.5 mm: Height 10.3 mm 13.0 mm: Height 13.3 mm 16±0,3 4±0,1 1,5+0,1 0 For For For For 1,75±0,1 Reel (Polystyrene) 13 Cover tape Tactile Switches Pocket Height 12±0,1 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–102 www.ckswitches.com PTS645 V SMT Series 6 mm SMT Side Actuated Tact Switch Features/Benefits • Full SMT processing • Strong PCB soldering pads • Compact 6 x 6 mm design Typical Applications • Consumer Products • Set Top and Access Boxes • Instrumentation • Home and Garden Equipment B Environmental FUNCTION: Momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: G type for SMT TRAVEL: 0.25 mm +0.2/-0.1 mm OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30˚C to 80˚C Process SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: Infrared Reflow Soldering in accordance with IEC61760-1 Mechanical Part Number PTS645 VN13 SMTR92 LFS PTS645 VM13 SMTR92 LFS Operating Force (gf) Actuator Color 100 ± 30 160 ± 50 Dark grey Yellow green Recommended solder paste thickness is ≥ 15µm Packaging In reels of 650 pieces Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B External diameter 330 mm Electrical MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 12 V DC MAXIMUM CURRENT: 50 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 V AC (1mn) CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 mΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥ 100 MΩ BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 10 ms NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and and place it in the appropriate box. P T S 6 4 5 V S M T R 9 2 L F Termination Termination SMTR92 Surface mount, tape & reel V Vertical Actuation Force M 160 gf N 100 gf S RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver plated. Actuator Length 13 1.3 mm from metal front face Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–103 www.ckswitches.com Tactile Switches Specification PTS645 V SMT Series 6 mm SMT Side Actuated Tact Switch RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 1,5 4,6 2,9 1,9 1 1,3 Tactile Switches 1 2 1,3 2,4 2 B (Tolerance ` 0.1) BRACKET FACE 6 4,5 7,1 9,5 10,1 7,1 6,6 6 0,4 Max 3,7 0,4 4 4` 0,1 7 n 3,5 SCHEMATIC 2 1 1,2 4,6 2x0,7 1,5 1,3 4,5` 0,1 9,5 Cover tape (Polyester) (8,6) Carrier tape (Polystyrene) SECTIONA-A 4 2 24 11,5 Ø 1,5+0,1 0 1,75 Reel (Polystyrene) A A 12 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–104 www.ckswitches.com PTS125 Series 12 mm Tact Switches Features/Benefits • THT and SMT terminations • Various heights • Snap fit actuator option Typical Applications • Consumer products • Instrumentation • Computer products • Industrial B Environmental FUNCTION: Momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: PC pins for THT and G type for SMT TRAVEL: 0.30 mm ± 0.15 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Mechanical OPERATING LIFE: 200,000 cycles OPERATING FORCE: 180 gf ± 50 250 gf ± 50 Electrical Process SOLDERING: This component is suited to the following methods: Infrared reflow soldering in accordance with IEC 61760-1 for SMT version Wave soldering compatible with lead free soldering profile Packaging Soldering Style Height Packaging THT SMT SMT SMT SMT SMT SMT SMT All heights 4.3 mm 4.3 mm with pegs 7.3 mm 7.3 mm with pegs 8.5 mm 8.5 mm with pegs 12 mm Plastic bag tape & reel tape & reel tape & reel tape & reel tape & reel tape & reel tape & reel MAX VOLTAGE: 12 VDC MAX CURRENT: 50 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (1mn) CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100M Ω BOUNCE TIME: < 5 ms NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Tactile Switches Specification Parts per Packaging 500 900 600 500 500 500 400 250 Dimensions of reels according to EIA 481B. External diameter 330 mm. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and and place it in the appropriate box. P T S 1 2 5 -2 S L F S Style S Straight, top actuated RoHS, silver plated Termination & Packaging NONE THT in bags SMTR SMT in tape & reel Actuator Shape NONE Round J Snap fit 73 height only Pegs Option NONE no pegs P with pegs - only for SMT version in round and square snap fit actuator (not for 12 switch height) Actuator Force M 180 grams K 250 grams Switch Height 43 4.3 mm round actuator 73 7.3 mm sqaure snap fit actuator 85 8.5 mm round actuator 12 12.0 mm round actuator with ribs Other heights with the round actuator are available upon request. Different minimum order quantities than the stand may apply. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–105 www.ckswitches.com PTS125 Series 12 mm Tact Switches THT VERSION WITH ROUND ACTUATOR H= 4.3 & 8.5 MM (other height upon request) 3,3 H Ø7 1 0,3 1 12,5 2 5 4 3 SCHEMATIC 3 4 12,5 ± 0,05 4 holes Ø 1,3 5 ± 0,05 2 12 1 12 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT SMT VERSION WITH ROUND ACTUATOR AND PEGS H= 4.3 & 8.5 MM (other height upon request) 2x Ø1,5` 0,1 15,3 ± 0,2 +0,05 0,05 0 1,5 H 3,3 Ø7 0,3 1 1 2 5 9 ± 0,15 4 3 2 3 4 1,5 2 9 ± 0,05 1 5 ± 0,05 SCHEMATIC 14,3 ± 0,05 12 Tactile Switches 3,7 B 2x Ø 2 12 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–106 www.ckswitches.com PTS125 Series 12 mm Tact Switches 3,3 ± 0,15 THT VERSION WITH SQUARE SNAP FIT ACTUATOR H= 7.3 MM 3,3 +0,15 7,3 0 Ø7 3,8 3 B 1 3,7 2 2,1 3,8 3 1 12,5 Tactile Switches 0,3 2 5 4 3 SCHEMATIC 12,5 ± 0,05 3 Ø2 4 12 2 5 ± 0,05 4 holes Ø 1,3 1 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 12 3,3 ± 0,15 SMT VERSION WITH SQUARE SNAP FIT ACTUATOR AND PEGS H= 7.3 MM 1,5 Ø 1,5 15,3 ± 0,2 +0,15 7,3 0 3,8 3 1 +0,05 0,05 0 0,3 3,3 2 2,1 Ø7 3,8 3 2 1 5 9 ± 0,15 4 3 SCHEMATIC 3 4 Ø2 5 ± 0,05 1,5 2 12 1 9 ± 0,05 14,3 ± 0,05 2x Ø 2 2 12 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–107 www.ckswitches.com PTS125 Series 12 mm Tact Switches THT VERSION WITH ROUND RIBBED ACTUATOR H= 12.0 MM Ø7 Ø6 12 7,5 6,2 0,3 Ø4 1 2 3,7 Tactile Switches 3,3 B 0,3 1 12,5 5 4 3 3 4 12,5 ± 0,05 4 holes Ø 1,3 5 ± 0,05 2 12 1 Ø 1,8 1,15± 0,1 SCHEMATIC 12 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT H= 12.0 MM Ø7 Ø6 6,2 Ø4 +0,05 3,3 0,05 0 2 3 4 1 5 4 3 SCHEMATIC 14,3 ± 0,05 1,5 1 Ø 1,8 2 5 ± 0,05 15,3 ± 0,2 1 1,15± 0,1 12 0,3 12 7,5 0,3 SMT VERSION WITH ROUND RIBBED ACTUATOR 2 12 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change B–108 www.ckswitches.com ITS Series Illuminated Tact Switch Features/Benefits • Vertical and right angle SMT models • Vertical and right angle thru-hole models • Multiple caps and legends • Several LED colors and bi-color options • RoHS compliant /compatible Typical Applications • • • • • • • NEW Right Angle SMT Consumer electronics Server/storage Medical devices Test/Measurement/Instrumentation Audio/Video Computers/Peripherals Security B Environmental FUNCTION: N.O. momentary action TERMINALS: SMT & Thru-hole OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -25˚C to +70˚C STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -25˚C to +80˚C Mechanical Process OPERATING FORCE: 160 ± 50gf for V1; V2; V3; R1; R2 models 220 ± 50 gf for R3 model OPERATING LIFE: 50,000 cycles (250m Ω max) RECOMMENDED OPERATING STROKE: 0.25mm ± 0.1mm SOLDERABILITY: Thru-hole - wave compatible SMT - convection or IR reflow compatible Materials CONTACTS/TERMINALS: Electrical DOME: RATING: 50mA @ 12VDC CONTACT RESISTANCE: 250VAC (50-60 Hz) between terminals - 1 min.Ω INSULATION RESISTANCE: >100M Ω BOUNCE TIME: 1,5 (.0984) ARGUS® LED ø3,0 (.118) 8,2 (.323) 10,7 (.421) 12,3 (.484) 8,4 (.331) 6,4 (.252) 0,05 (.002) (without electrical function) switch fixation support PCB >.1,5 (.0984) 9,1 (.258) K 3,2 (.126) Code pin N Code pin L (standard) Code pin M 6,6 (.260) actuation area contact pin 5,8 (.228) 5,0 (.197) 5,0 (.197) 6,7(.264) 7,4(.291) 10,9 (.429) 4,2 (.165) centre of action area (notice LED) 2,9 (.114) 4,1 (.160) 1,5 (.0591) 3,2 (.126) 0,9 (.355) 0,6 x 0,3 (.0236 x .0115) 3,2 (.126) K6S chip-position 14 6,1 (.551) (.240) 0,7 (.0276) 5,8 (.228) 5,0 (.197) WITHOUT LED Key Switches contact pin 10,0 (.394) LED 4,2 (.165) center of action area (notice LED) 5,0 (.197) 0,85 (.0335) K 4,1 (.160) 6,7 (.264) 0,9 (.0355) 10,0 (.394) 6,1 (.240) 0,7 (.0276) 2,9 (.114) switch fixation (without electrical function) 2,8 (.110) 1,5 (.0591) 6,4 (.252) 8,4 (.331) 10,7 (.421) 12,3 (.484) chip-position LED contact pin 7,4 (.291) K6SL 8,2 (.323) SCHEMATIC K6S Hole K6SL K Ø Without LED With LED Description 1,2+0,1 (.0471+.00349) 0,9+0,1 (.0354+.00349) 1x 1x center hole 1x 1x code (L,M,N) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–4 www.ck-components.com K6 Miniature Key Switches LED OPTION CODE NONE GN YE OG RD WH BU STANDARD LED CODE COLOR NONE LV306 LV327 LV315 LV352 LV302 LV328 Models without LED Green Yellow Orange Red White Blue COLOR Models without LED Green Yellow Orange Red White Blue Additional LED colors available by request TRAVEL 1.5 1.5 MM OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE OPERATING FORCE 3N 5N 3 N, 300 g 2N OD 2 N, 200g without snap-point 5 N, 500 g FRAME OPTION SD METALLIC FRAME (OPTION FOR K6B AND K6BL) D Key Switches NOTE: K6S and K6SL are equiped with metallic frame (SD not specified) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–5 www.ck-components.com K12S High Performance SMT Key Switches Features/Benefits • Harsh environment applications - IP67 • Compatible with SMT lead free soldering process • • • • • Illuminated Excellent tactile feel High reliability / long life DPST and detect versions available Typical Applications • Automotive • Off-road transportation • Motorcycles • Industrial • Medical • Network • Joysticks RoHS compliant Construction: Electrical FUNCTION: Momentary CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST or DPST CONTACT TYPE: NO or NC TERMINALS: SMT SWITCHING POWER MIN./MAX.: 0.02mW/3 W DC SWITCHING VOLTAGE MIN./MAX.: 2 V / 30 V DC SWITCHING CURRENT MIN./MAX.: 10 mA /100 mA DC DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: > 300 V RMS OPERATING LIFE: > 106 operations (F109 Ω BOUNCE TIME: < 10 ms Mechanical TOTAL TRAVEL: 1,5 mm OPERATING FORCE: 3N; 5N; 6N; 9N 4/8 N; 6/12 N SEALING: IP40 or IP67 Environmental Packaging OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 95˚C. RoHS compliant and Halogen free. Reels of 900 pieces Process SOLDERABILITY: Lead free soldering compatible. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. Key Switches D K 1 2 1 S Sub-Series IP40 with peg A B IP67 with peg C IP40 without peg D IP67 without peg Option SPST version S L LED version (SPST) D DPST version . 5 N Operating Force 3N 3N 5N 5N 6N 6N 9N 9N 4/8N 4/8 N (double step actuation) 6/12N 6/12 N (double step actuation) LED Color NONE No LED YE0 Yellow RD0 Red GN0 Green OR0 Orange WH0 White AM0 Amber L Contact Arrangement Normally open (SPST) O C Normally closed (SPST) OO 2 Normally open (DPST) CC 2 Normally closed (DPST) OC 1 Normally open 1 Normally closed (DPST) F T X LFTX Lead free, RoHS terminals tin plated Translucent button Travel 1.5 1.5 mm Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–6 www.ck-components.com K12S High Performance SMT Key Switches K12SA/K12SC IP40 with peg / IP40 without peg 6,7 2,8 4 (2x)2,4 (4x)2,1 3 11,6 ø 10,8 (4X)2,35 2,1 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 3 12 4 1 (2x)7,8 2 prohibited area ø 3,1±0,05 1 2 4,1 4,5 With Peg Without Peg 1,7 1 1,3 9,1±0.15 ø 6,4 ø 3,26 ± 0,05 K12SB / K12SD IP67 with peg / IP67 without peg 6,7 2,8 3 4 (4X)2,35 D 2,1 3 12 4 2 (2x)7,8 1 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT prohibited area ø 3,1±0,05 1 2 4,1 4,5 9,1±0.15 Without Peg 1,7 1 1,3 ø 6,4 With Peg ø 3,26 ± 0,05 ø 11,2 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–7 www.ck-components.com Key Switches 11,6 (4x)2,1 (2x)2,4 K12S High Performance SMT Key Switches OPTION S L SPST version Single NO D DPST version LED version Single NC + LED Single NO + LED Single NC Double NO Double NC LED COLOR OPTION CODE LED COLOR No LED YE0 RD0 GN0 OR0 WH0 AM0 Yellow Red Green Orange White Amber TRAVEL 1.5 1.5 mm OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE OPERATING FORCE 3N 5N 3N 6N 9N 6N 5N 9N 4/8N 4/8N (double step actuation) 6/12N 6/12N (double step actuation) CONTACT ARRANGEMENT CC OC(1) Normally open (SPST and LED versions) Normally closed (SPST and LED versions) 2 Normally closed (DPST version) 1 Normally open/ 1 Normally closed (DPST) (1) Please contact Technical support for this configuration 2 Normally open (DPST version) using the “Ask a Specialist”option on the K12S product web page. TAPE AND REEL 1,75 DIRECTION OF FEED 0.5 11,5 4 24 2 1,5 A B B SECTION A-A A 13,63 3,5 12 11,45 O C OO 24 Key Switches D SECTION B-B D–8 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change www.ck-components.com K12 High Performance Key Switches Features/Benefits • Excellent tactile feel • Wide choice of LED colors, travel and actuator forces • • • • • High reliability / long life Sealed version available Typical Applications • Automotive • Off-road transportation • Industrial electronics • Computers & network equipment • Joysticks Designed for low-level switching Double stroke version available Detector version available Construction: Electrical SWITCHING POWER MIN./MAX.: 0.02mW/3 W SWITCHING VOLTAGE MIN./MAX.: 2 V DC / 30 V DC SWITCHING CURRENT MIN./MAX.: 10 mA /100 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min): ≥ 500 V OPERATING LIFE with max. switching power: ≥ 106 operations K12G & K12GO; operating life of second switch 5 x 104 operations, operating life K12C and version with more than 6N (7N, 9N 20N) please consult factory. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Initial ≤ 50 mΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥ 1010 Ω BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms Operating speed 100 mm/s (3.94/s) FUNCTION: momentary DISTANCE BETWEEN BUTTON CENTERS: min. 11 (0.433) K12C = 13 (0.512) TERMINALS: PC pins, tinned MOUNTING: Locating pins; K12G and K12P additionally with snap-in housing Mechanical TOTAL TRAVEL: 1 mm, 1,5 mm, 2 mm SWITCHING TRAVEL: 0,6 mm* OPERATING FORCE: 1.5 N OD without snap-point as detector switch, 2.5 N, 3.5 N, 5 N, 3.5/7 N, 6/12 N. Additional operating force 7N, 9N and 20N, available on request. PROTECTION CLASS: K12C IP 67 (dust tight, protected against the effects of immersion in water; other versions IP 40) Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 95˚C. * Additional switching travel (with pre-travel) available by request. Packaging Process Bulk in boxes of 250 pieces (version C or GO) or 300 pieces (version A, AL, P or PL) SOLDERABILITY: Wave soldering, compatible with lead free soldering profile Hand soldering, 350˚C How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. Note: Some of the configurations may not be available or could require some development. Series K12A K12AL K12P K12PL K12C K12GO 1 2 No snap-in pegs No snap-in pegs with central LED With snap-in pegs With central LED Sealed contact with rubber cap (IP 67) Two-step switch Cap Color NONE version with LED, version C BK Black cap – No LED YE Yellow cap - No LED RD Red cap – No LED GY Gray cap – No LED Standard LED Code NONE No LED LV306 Green LV327 Yellow LV315 Orange LV352 Red LV302 White LV328 Blue LED Color NONE No LED GN Green YE Yellow OG Orange RD Red WH White BU Blue Travel* 1 mm (0.039) 1 1.5 1.5 mm (0.059) 2 2 mm (0.079) * K12C – 1mm MAX K12 with LED – 1.5 mm MAX ** K12G & K12GO version only *** Additional operating force: 7N, 9N available on request Operating Force*** 1.5N OD 1.5 N without snap-point 2.5N 2.5 N 3.5N 3.5 N 5N 5N 3.5/7N 3.5/7 N** 6/12N 6/12 N** Contact Arrangement NONE SPST NO (STD) 1R SPST NC (Special request) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–9 www.ck-components.com Key Switches K D K12 High Performance Key Switches SERIES K12A without snap in total travel 1 or 1.5mm PCB LAYOUT, MOUNTING SIDE 7,5 2,5 [.098] 2,5 0,2 [.007] .4334] 11 2.9 [.1141] 9 [.354] ø1 [.0394] [.098] [.295] 2,6 [.103] ø 9,8 12 ] 72 [.4 [.386] 10,9 2 K1 [.429] K12AL [.217] 2,5 2,5 [.098] [.181] ø 5,6 2,5 [.098] 0,2 ø 4,6 [.007] 3,6 K (LED) [.098] 2,6 [.103] 1,5 PCB [.22] 1,1+0,05 2x 2x center hole 2x LED 2x 2x switch Without with LED ø0,5 (.020) Sn 0,9 ±0,05 0,7x0,2 (.028x.081) Sn Terminal Section Surface 2 K1 Key Switches D 7,5 [.295] [.0591] 11 PCB LAYOUT, MOUNTING SIDE [.433] 5,5 ø3 [.118] Hole ø Discription K Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–10 www.ck-components.com K12 High Performance Key Switches SERIES with snap in 2,9 (.1141) 2,5 (.098) 3,75 (.148) 9,6 (.378) 1,2 (.047) 12,5 (.492) 1,5 (.059) 11,0 (.433) 1,5 (.059) ø1,0 (.0394) 3,5 (.138) 7,5 (.295) 2,6 (.103) 2,5 (.098) PCB LAYOUT, MOUNTING SIDE 9,0 (.354) total travel 1, 1,5 or 2 (.0394, .0591 or .0787) 0,2 (.007) K12P center of actuation area (notice LED) 9,8 (.386) 1 (.4 2,0 72 ) 10,9 SQ. (.429) Hole Ø Without LED Description 1,7 (.069) 2x snap-in 1,6 (.062) 1x coding hole (L,M,N) 1,1 (.043) 2x center hole 0,9 (.035) 2x switch Terminal Section Surface Sn 0.7 x 0.2 (.028 x .081) Sn K12 K12PL PCB LAYOUT, MOUNTING SIDE 7,5 (.295) 0,2 (.007) 2,6 (.103) K LED 2,5 (.098) total travel 1 or 1,5 (.0394 or .0591) 11,0 (.433) 5,5 (.217) ø3,0 (.118) D 2,5 (.098) 3,75 (.148) PCB 1,5 (.0591) pin ø 1.1 (.0433) for coding of LED color 2,5 (.098) 9,6 (.378) 2,6 (.098) coding pin L center of actuation area (notice LED) ø4,6 (.181) 5,6 (.22) Key Switches 3,6 (.141) K12 Hole K12 K Ø Without LED Description 1,7 (.069) 2x snap-in Terminal Section 1,6 (.062) 1x coding hole (L,M,N) 1,1 (.043) 2x center hole 0,9 (.035) 2x LED m0.5 (.020) 2x switch 0.7 x 0.2 (.028 x .081) Surface Sn Sn Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–11 www.ck-components.com K12 High Performance Key Switches SERIES K12C SEALED CONTACT WITH RUBBER CAP (IP 67) total travel 1,0 (.0394) PCB LAYOUT, MOUNTING SIDE 2,9 (.114) ø12,8 (.504) 2,5 (.098) 2,5 (.098) 5,0 (.197) 2,3 (.090) 0,2 (.0078) 2,9 (.114) 1,2 (.047) 1,8 (.0709) 5,5 (.217) 12,0 (.472) 7,5 (.295) 12,0 (.472) 2 K1 10,9 (.429) actuation area 10,9 (.429) Hole SCHEMATIC A Ø Without LED Description 1,1 (.043) 2x center hole 0,9 (.035) 2x switch Terminal Section Surface 0.7 x 0.2(.0275 x .0787) Sn Key Switches D R Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–12 www.ck-components.com K12 High Performance Key Switches SERIES K12GO PCB LAYOUT, MOUNTING SIDE (0.0591) 5 (0.197) 3,75 1/2 (0.148) 7,5 (0.295) (0.354) (0. 11 (0.433) 9 2,9 3,5 (0.138) 12 1/1 2/1 (0.114) 1,5 (0.059) 2/2 2,6 (0.103) 0,2 (0.0078) total travel 1,5mm 9,6 (0.278) 47 2) ø 9,8 (0.386) (0.244) SQ. 10,9 (0.428) K12 2/2 1/1 1/2 D 2/1 1/1 1/2 2/1 2/2 Hole Ø Without LED 1,7 (.069) 1,6 (.062) 2x snap-in 1x code 2x 2x LED switch 2 switch 1 0,9 (.035) Description Terminal Section m0.5 (.020) 0.7 x 0.3 (.028 x .012) 0.7 x 0.2 (.028 x .081) Surface Sn Sn Sn Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–13 www.ck-components.com Key Switches SCHEMATIC K12G K12 High Performance Key Switches CAP COLOR OPTION CODE COLOR NONE BK YE RD GY Version with LED Black - no LED Yellow - no LED Red - no LED Gray - no LED LED COLOR OPTION CODE NONE GN YE OG RD WH BU STANDARD LED CODE COLOR NONE LV306 LV327 LV315 LV352 LV302 LV328 Models without LED Green Yellow Orange Red White Blue COLOR Models without LED Green Yellow Orange Red White Blue TRAVEL 1 1 mm 1.5 1.5 mm 2 2 mm OPERATING FORCE D Key Switches OPTION CODE 1.5N OD 2.5N 3.5N 5N 3.5/7N 6/12N OPERATING FORCE 1.5 N,150g without snap-point 2.5 N, 250g 3.5 N, 350g 5 N, 500g 3.5/7 N, 350/700g 6/12 N, 600-1200g CONTACT ARRANGEMENT OPTION 1R SPST NC (SPECIAL REQUEST FOR NORMALLY CLOSED OPTION) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–14 www.ck-components.com PVA Short Stroke Key Switches Features/Benefits • Compact design • Short stroke to latch • Wide variety of actuator Typical Applications • Automotive (air conditioning, lighting) • Industrial • Control panel heights • Adapted for medium power applications • RoHS compliant and compatible Construction Electrical FUNCTION: Momentary, Push-Push CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: PVA1: 2 make contacts (DPST) PVA2: 2 change over contacts (DPDT) SWITCHING MODE: Non-shorting TERMINALS: PC pins 1 SWITCHING POWER MAX.: 3 W DC SWITCHING VOLTAGE MAX.: 32 V DC SWITCHING CURRENT MAX.: 100 mA DC* DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz / 1 min): 1000 V between open contacts, PVA2: 750 V OPERATING LIFE: OA (momentary): ≥ 1 x 105 operations EE (push-push): ≥ 1 x 105 operations CONTACT RESISTANCE: Initial ≤ 100 mΩΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥ 1010 Ω BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 3 ms Mechanical TOTAL TRAVEL / LATCHING TRAVEL: OA: 2,4 mm EE: 2,4 / 1,5 mm ELECTRICAL TRAVEL: 0.8 mm (1.1 for PVA2 OA H5) OPERATING FORCE: 1,2N; 1,7N; 3,5N Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to 85˚C.2 Process 1) “Snap-in” contacts on request, Version SNA with pins bent inside (standard) SOLDERABILITY: Wave soldering, compatible with lead free soldering profile Hand soldering, 350˚C for 3 seconds 2) With button +70˚C Note: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, please contact technical support using the “Ask a Specialist”option on the PVA product web page.√ How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. Some of the configurations may not be available or could require some development. P Series PVA1 PVA2 V V A 2 2 make-contacts (DPST) 2 changeover contacts (DPDT) Mechanical Function OA Momentary Total Height EE Push-push H1 17,5 mm H2 23 mm H3 20,5 mm H4 15 mm H5 13 mm (momentary & PVA2 only) Operating Force PVA1 only 1.2N 1.7N PVA2 only 3.5N Termination NONE Standard terminals SNA Snap-in terminals Button Buttons must be ordered separately. Shipped in bulk. Button PE PV Button Color RD Red GR Green BK Black WH White Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–15 www.ck-components.com Key Switches Switch D PVA Short Stroke Key Switches SERIES (DPST) 0 3,3 -0,1 17,54 ± 0,2 3, 9 1 2, 1 PVA1 Cavity Number 0,9 ± 0,05 11 4 YYDDD HH 1YY X,X HZ 5 3, 5 DATE CODE 6±0,2 Terminal Number 0,55±0,05 5±0,2 6 9,2 9, 8 RECOMMENDED LAYOUT PVA2 (DPDT) Cavity number DATE CODE 11 17,54 ± 0,2 1 3,9 2,1 0 3,3 -0,1 YYDDD HH 2YY X,X HZ D Terminal Number 5±0,2 6±0,2 0,9 ± 0,05 6 3, 5 6 0,55±0,05 Key Switches SCALE 6 9,2 5 9 ,8 RECOMMENDED LAYOUT MECHANICAL FUNCTION OPTION CODE FUNCTION OA Momentary EE Push-Push OA PVA1 EE PVA2 PVA2 PVA1 1 0 1 1' 2 0' 2' 0 0' 1 0 2 1' 1 2 2' 1' 2' 0' 0 2 1' 0' 2' Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–16 www.ck-components.com PVA Short Stroke Key Switches TOTAL HEIGHT H1 H2 H223 MM H1MM 17,5 H3H320,5 MM H4H415 MM H5H513 MM 1,3 6,9 8,5 0 3,3 -0,1 1 3 ± 0, 2 14,9 ± 0,2 2 0 ,54 ± 0,2 0 3,8 -0,1 3,5 17,54 ± 0,2 2 3,04 ± 0,2 3,9 , 2,1 1 5,6 (MOMENTARY ONLY) 5±0,2 0,55±0,05 OPERATING FORCE 1.2N 1.7N 3.5N PVA1 ONLY PVA2 ONLY TERMINATION SNA with PVA1 SNA with PVA2 1 ,8 2 4 0,9 ± 0,05 +0,1 0 1 6 5 3 ,3 45° 60° 0,4 4 DETAIL A 6 SEE DETAIL A 4,8 4,8 1 +0,1 0 5 SEE DETAIL A BUTTONS MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY. SHIPPED IN BULK. PE PV 5,9 (.232) 11 (.433) 12,1 (.476) ø7,4 (.291) 9,7 (.382) 7 (.276) 13.7 (.59) OPTION CODE COLOR RD Red GY BK Gray Black WH White Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–17 www.ck-components.com Key Switches BUTTONS D6 SPST Momentary Key Switches Features/Benefits • Easy X, Y coding on single Typical Applications • Video • Electronic games • Appliances side PCB • • • • Positive tactile feedback High temperature Wide variety of colors & styles RoHS compliant and compatible Construction Mechanical FUNCTION: momentary CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact (SPST), NO DISTANCE BETWEEN BUTTON CENTERS, MIN.: 12,7 (0.500) TERMINALS: PC pins SWITCHING TRAVEL: Version F1: 0.2mm ≤ Te ≤ 1.0 mm Version F2: 0.3mm ≤ Te ≤ 1.1 mm OPERATING FORCE: Version F1: 0.8N ≤ Fa ≤1.8N Version F2: 2.0N ≤ Fa ≤ 3.5N Electrical SWITCHING POWER MAX.: 3 VA SWITCHING VOLTAGE MAX.: 32 V DC SWITCHING CURRENT MAX.: 100 mA DC DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz / 1 min): 250 V OPERATING LIFE with max. switching power: (2,5x105 operations) CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤100 mΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥108 Ω BOUNCE TIME: ≤10 ms Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 85˚C. Process SOLDERABILITY: Wave soldering, compatible with lead free soldering profile Hand soldering, 350˚C for 3 seconds Packaging The D6 switches are delivered in boxes containing 10 trays with 250 pieces each: Total 2,500 pieces per box. The D6 buttons are delivered in bulk with 2500 pieces per box. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. Switch D6 *Available only in color 90 (black). ** Available only in color 90 (black) and 00 (white). Button Buttons can be ordered separately. Shipped in bulk. D6 button for use with D6C only. D Switch Color 00 White 10 Gray 30 Yellow 40 Red 50 Green 60 Blue 90 Black B Force F1 1.3N(STD) F2 2.5N T Series BTND6 Button N D 6 Button Color 00 White 10 Gray 30 Yellow 40 Red 50 Green 60 Blue 90 Black RoHS compliant and compatible product. F Version F1 or F2. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–23 www.ck-components.com Key Switches Series D6C Square D6R Round D6L* Plunger D6F** Flat LFS D6 SPST Momentary Key Switches SERIES R 0, D6R 2 5 (0.196) 5 (0.196) 11,4 (0.448) 5 (0.196) 0,5 (0.019) 3,5 (0.137) 0,8 (0.031) 0,5 (0.019) 5 (0.196) 3,5 (0.137) 5 (0.196) 5,8 (0.228) 5,8 (0.228) 7 (0.275) 4 (0.157) D6C 0,8 (0.031) 5 (0.196) 12 (0.472) 12 (0.472) 7,5 (0.295) 11,4 (0.448) ø9 (0.354) 7,5 (0.295) D6F ONLY AVAILABLE IN BLACK 3,3 (0.129) 3,3 (0.129) Key Switches 3,5 0,8 5 (0.196) 11,4 (0.448) 3,5 (0.137) 0,8 (0.031) 5 (0.196) 11,4 (0.448) 12 (0.472) D 0,5 (0.019) 0,5 (0.019) 12 (0.472) 5 (0.196) 5 (0.196) (0.137) 5 (0.196) 5,8 (0.228) 5 (0.196) 5,5 (0.216) 5,8 (0.228) D6L Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–24 www.ck-components.com D6 SPST Momentary Key Switches SWITCH COLORS OPTION CODE SWITCH COLOR 00 10 30 40 50 60 90 WHITE GRAY YELLOW RED GREEN BLUE BLACK PCB LAYOUT LAYOUT 5 (0.196) ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM ø1,1 (0.043) 5 (0.196) ø2,2 (0.086) 0,6 (0.023) 0,6 (0.023) BUTTON AVAILABLE BTND6 Buttons must be ordered separately. Shipped in bulk. NOTE: Only compatible with D6C. D 12,4 (0.488) GRAY YELLOW RED GREEN BLUE BLACK VOIR DETAIL C 12,4 12,4 0,02 B 2,2 (0.086) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–25 www.ck-components.com 0 -0,1 WHITE 9,3 00 10 30 40 50 60 90 10 ± 0,05 BUTTON COLOR 11,9 OPTION CODE 0,02 A 11,3 12,4 (0.488) Key Switches 0,02 B KS Single Pole Key Switches Features/Benefits • Positive tactile feel • Variety of cap colors • SPST and SPDT configurations • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Telecommunications • Industrial • Instrumentation Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: 25mA @ 50V AC .or DC max. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 actuations. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 100 mΩ initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30˚C to 65˚C. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). CASE: Glass filled nylon (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR: ABS, matte finish, black standard. MOVABLE CONTACT: Q contact material: Stainless steel, silver plated. STATIONARY CONTACTS AND TERMINALS: Q contact material: copper alloy, silver plated. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. K Key Switches D Series KS11 KS12 S C SPST Off-Mom. SPDT On-Mom. Cap R2 Round depression Cap 2 1 3 9 Color Black White Red Gray Terminations C PC Thru-hole Contact Material Silver Q B Gold Seal D No epoxy E Epoxy Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–26 www.ck-components.com KS Single Pole Key Switches SERIES KS11 / KS12 .485 SQ. [12,32] .406 SQ. [10,31] .090 [2,29] .097 [2,46] .152 [3,86] .298 [7,57] .059 [1,5] .094 [2,39] .203 ø .039 [5,16] [0,99] .103 [2,62] .097 [2,46] ø .064 [1,63] .016 TYP [0,41] FINGER RECESS .028 TRAVEL [0,71] .097 [2,46] .039 TYP [0,99] SWITCH FUNCTION CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 2 POS. 1 NO. POLES .094 [2,39] POS. 1 POS. 2 MODEL NO. SCHEMATIC KS11 OFF MOM. OPEN 1 1–3 3 SPST SP ON KS12 MOM. 1–4 1 (COMM) 1–3 SPDT NC 4 3 NO CAP R2 CAP WITH ROUND DEPRESSION .485 SQ. [12,32] .406 SQ. [10,31] .090 [2,29] .298 [7,57] .059 [1,5] .152 [3,86] OPTION CODE FINGER RECESS CAP COLOR BLACK D WHITE RED Key Switches 2 1 3 9 GRAY .028 TRAVEL [0,71] Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–27 www.ck-components.com KS Single Pole Key Switches TERMINATION C PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING .090 [2,29] .298 [7,57] .059 [1,5] .152 [3,86] .097 .103 [2,46] [2,62] .097 [2,46] .203 [5,16] .094 [2,39] .097 [2,46] .203 [5,16] .094 [2,39] MULTIPLE SWITCH SPACING .097 .103 [2,46] [2,62] .094 [2,39] .094 [2,39] .048 TYP .097 [1,22] [2,46] .097 [2,46] .500 (12,70) .500 (12,70) .048 TYP [1,22] .028 TRAVEL [0,71] KS12 KS11 CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE Q B CONTACT MATERIAL TERMINAL PLATING SILVER2 SILVER2 POWER 25 mA MAX. @ 50 V AC OR DC MAX. GOLD1 GOLD1 LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. RATINGS 1) MOVABLE CONTACT: Stainless steel, with gold plate over nickel plate. STATIONARY CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant. 2) MOVABLE CONTACT: Stainless steel, silver plated. STATIONARY CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. SEAL D NO EPOXY SEAL E EPOXY SEAL Key Switches D EPOXY Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–28 www.ck-components.com DIGITAST Microminiature SPDT, Key Switches Features/Benefits • High reliability/long life • Designed for low level • • • • switching Typical Applications • Medical • Instrumentation • Industrial electronics Ready to implement on PCB • Audio electronics Latching function available Several button options RoHS compliant and compatible Construction Electrical FUNCTION: momentary or push-push CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 change over contact SPDT, NO MODE OF SWITCHING: Non-shorting DISTANCE BETWEEN BUTTON CENTERS: HORIZONTAL MINIMUM: 12,7 (0.500) or 17,78 (0.700) VERTICAL MINIMUM: 17,78 (0.700) TERMINALS: PC pins MOUNTING: Soldering, centering pins SWITCHING POWER MAX.: 240 mW DC SWITCHING VOLTAGE MAX.: 24 V DC SWITCHING CURRENT MAX.: 10 mA DC CARRYING CURRENT AT 20˚C (push-push version): 100 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min): 500 V OPERATING LIFE with or without max. switching power Momentary: ≥ 5 x 106 operations Push-push: ≥ 5 x 105 operations CONTACT RESISTANCE: Initial ≤ 50 mΩ After 5 x 106 operations: ≤ 100 mΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE: ≥ 1010 Ω CAPACITANCE at f= 10 kHz: ≤ 0.8pF BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 2.5 ms Operating speed 400 mm/s (15.75/s) Mechanical TOTAL TRAVEL: ≤ 3 (.0018) SWITCHING TRAVEL: 1,5 (0.0591) LATCHING TRAVEL: 1,8 (0.0709) OPERATING FORCE: 1.5 +/- 0.5 N (150 +/- 50 grams) Environmental Process OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -25˚C to 85˚C. SOLDERABILITY: Wave soldering, compatible with lead free soldering profile Hand soldering, 350˚C for 3 seconds How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. Some of the configurations may not be available or could require some development. Switch A Reference SER BK AU OA LED NONE No LED L 1 LED 2L 2 LED’s Button Color** None (SERU) BK Black GY Gray WH White RD Red BU Blue LED Spacing* NONE Narrow LED Spacing (TYP Europe) 7.62 Wide LED Spacing (TYP No. America) Button Reference SRK BK D 1st LED Color*** NONE No LED RD Red YE Yellow GN Green Function EE Latching OA Non-latching Contact Material AU Gold 2nd LED Color*** NONE No LED RD Red YE Yellow GN Green Body Color NONE White (STD) BRN Brown K Button Style SR Narrow ST Wide LED Holes NONE No LED holes L 1 LED hole 2L 2 LED holes * LED spacing only applies when 1 LED requested ** Additional button colors available by request *** Additional LED colors available by request including Bi color configurations Button Color** BK Black GY Gray Latching WH White None For use with momentary switch RD Red EE With “EE” staple for latching BU Blue Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–29 www.ck-components.com Key Switches Series SER Narrow button SET Wide button SERU Switch body only (no button) U DIGITAST Microminiature SPDT, Key Switches DESIGNATION NARROW BUTTON 10,16 (0.4) 14,74 (0.6) SERL 4,5 Total travel 3 (0.118) Switching travel 1.5 (0.0591) 0,4 [0.0157] ø1 (0.0394) SER (0.177) 8 1 (0.315) (0.2) (0.0394) 5,08 5,08 14,3 12,3 (0.484) 0 0 221 7,62 (0.3) (0.2) (0.563) (0.1) 17,5 (0.680) 2,54 SER 0,7 (0.0276) SER2L 12,3 (0.484) 1st LED 2nd LED 17,1 (0.673) 14,3 (0.563) 0 0 WIDE BUTTON 221 SET SET SETL Total travel 3 (0.118) Switching travel 1.5 (0.0591) SET2L 17,3 (0.681) 1st LED 2nd LED 17,1 (0.673) SERU 17.3 NO BUTTON [0.681] 15.24 D 12.3 [0.484] 1 2 2 0 7.62 [0.3] 0 Key Switches [0.6] 5.08 [0.0197] 4.5 [0.787] ø1 [0.0394] [0.177] [0.311] 2 7.9 0.5 [0.2] 0.4 [0.015] 0.7 [0.0276] Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–30 www.ck-components.com DIGITAST Microminiature SPDT, Key Switches LED NONE L NO LED 2L 1 LEDs 2 LEDs 2,54 [0.2] [0.1] [0.1] 7,62 [0.3] 1 0 5,08 2,54 - [0.3] 7,62 1 0 2 0 [0.1] 2,54 2 + - 1 0 7,62 [0.3] 0 2 0 7.62 mm Spacing (TYP No. America) + 5,08 2,54 [0.2] [0.2] 10,16 [0.1] 15,24 [0.6] [0.4] 5,08 + 5,08 5,08 2,54 [0.2] [0.2] [0.1] 10,16 [0.4] 15,24 15,24 [0.6] [0.6] 2,54 ø 1.0±0.1 (0.0394±0.00349) ø 1.1±0.05 (0.0433±0.00197) 1 0 - 7,62 [0.3] 2 0 + [0.1] NARROW SPACING (TYP EUROPE) + 5,08 5,08 [0.2] [0.2] 2,54 [0.1] 10,16 [0.4] 15,24 [0.6] TOP VIEW OF PCB BUTTON COLOR BK BLACK GY GRAY Other button colors available by request [red (RD), green (GN), white (WH), yellow (YE) , blue (BU) , orange (OG)]. LED COLOR OPTION CODE COLOR NONE RD GN YE Models without LED D Red Green Key Switches Yellow CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE MATERIAL AU Gold FUNCTION OPTION CODE COLOR OA Momentary EE SCHEMATIC 0 2 0 1 Push-Push 0 2 0 1 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–31 www.ck-components.com ED & EDM Domes Features • • • • • Short travel Good tactile feedback Self cleaning 3 actuation forces Typical Applications • Aircraft • Instrument • Panels • Radio equipment RoHS Specification Electrical ED: Disc element EDM: Disc element and double dome FUNCTION: Momentary action CONTACT TYPE: Normally open - SPST TERMINALS: Through hole PCB terminations or Tabs OPERATING LIFE: 1,000,000 MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MIN/MAX CURRENT: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: (between terminals) BOUNCE TIME: Packaging Trays 50 pieces. Mechanical Operating force Type Newtons (grams) EDSAC LFS 2.4 (240) ± 25% EDSSC LFS 2.4 (240) ± 25% EDM450SAC LFS 4.5 (450) ± 25% EDM650SSC LFS 6.5 (650) ± 25% Tactile Feeling (∆%) ≥ 30% ≥ 30% ≥ 25% ≥ 25% Return Force N ≥ 0.4 N ≥ 0.4 N ≥ 1.0 N ≥ 1.6 N Silver Gold 1.0 VA 0.2 VA 100 VDC 100 VDC 20m VDC 20m VDC 1.0 mA - 100 mA 50µA - 50 mA ≥ 250 Vrms ≤ 100 mΩ Initial measurement: ≥ 1 GΩ After damp heat: ≥ 10 MΩ ≤ 3 ms Environmental Silver Gold OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -25˚C to 70˚C -55˚C to 85˚C Travel (mm) 0.3mm ± 0.15 0.3mm ± 0.15 0.5mm ± 0.25 0.6mm ± 0.25 SIMULTANEITY: ≤ 0.05 mm How To Order Key Switches D Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. E 1 D Contact Material S Silver G Gold Terminals AC with pc pins* SC with tabs ** E D M 4 Operation Force 450 4.5 N (450 grams) 650 6.5 N (650 grams) 5 0 Lead Free Compatible LFS RoHS, Silver tabs ** LFG RoHS, Gold tabs ** LFT RoHS, Pure tin (terminals only) * Disc 1 Sealed, IP 67 S S C L Contact Material Terminals AC with pc pins * S Silver SC with tabs ** G Gold F G Lead Free Compatible LFS RoHS, Silver tabs ** LFG RoHS, Gold tabs ** LFT RoHS, Pure tin (terminals only) * Note * AC terminals only available with LFT ** SC terminals only available with LFS or LFG Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–32 www.ck-components.com ED & EDM Domes ED EDM 11,3 ±0,15 B 11,3 B 10,8 max ( sur clinquants ) 0,01 +0,06 1,2 -0,1 10,8 max ( sur clinquants ) +0,06 1,2 -0,1 Apres assemblage 0 1,2 ø0,05 A ø -0,1 12,7 ±0,3 10,35±0,15 0,1 2±0,3 A 90˚ 12,7±0,3 A 0,25 A ø 11,8±0,15 +0,03 2 -0,01 36˚ ø 11,8±0,15 Zone de soudure ultra sons 10+0,2 0 15±0,2 0,55±0,1 +0,02 0,5 -0,04 4,5 ±0,5 IMPLANTATION CIRCUIT IMPRIME 0,9±0,1 0,35 ( course relative ) 10,35±0,15 D Key Switches Switch Action Principal The disc contact is essentially made of two separate conductive dome diaphragms separated by an insulated material. The upper diaphragm is shaped so that under pressure it collapses suddenly and establishes contact with the lower diaphragm. Upper Diaphragm Pressure Lower Diaphragm Switch in resting position Insulating washer Circular contact area Switch in active position Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–33 www.ck-components.com KBD Keyboard Switches Features • • • • Typical Applications • Gaming keyboard • Professional keyboard • Industrial keyboard • Workstation keyboard Long operating life High reliability Excellent ergonomics RoHS compliant Specifications Materials CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST CONTACT RATING: 10mA @ 12 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 200 m Ω max. (25m Ω typically) INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100M Ω min. @ 100 VDC DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 VAC (50-60 Hz) 60 sec. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000,000 cycles PRE-TRAVEL: 1.5 ~ 2 mm OVERTRAVEL: 4 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -10˚C to +70˚C COVER: Nylon (UL94V-0) HOUSING: Nylon (UL94V-0) KNOB: POM (UL94HB) TERMINALS: Copper alloy, gold plated in contact area, Tin plated in soldering area SPRING: Stainless steel How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. K B D A Series KBD Key Switches D Knob Color BK Black RD Red BU Blue BW Brown Operating Force N6 60 ± 20 gf N4 45 ± 20 gf C6 60 ± 20 gf C5 55 ± 20 gf U L F T Contact Material AU Gold Lead Free Compatible LFT Lead free, RoHS Terminals tin plated Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–34 www.ck-components.com KBD Keyboard Switches Panel Cut Panel Thickness 1.2mm PART NUMBER FEELING KBDBKN6AULFT Linear actuation PCB Diagram KNOB COLOR OPERATING FORCE OPERATING LIFE BLACK 60±20gf 50,000,000 Linear actuation RED 45±20gf 50,000,000 KBDBUC6AULFT Click pressure point BLUE 60±20gf 50,000,000 KBDBWC5AULFT Click pressure point BROWN 55±20gf 50,000,000 Key Switches KBDRDN4AULFT D Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change D–35 www.ck-components.com Detect Switches Product Selection Guide Detect Series HDT Travel to Make (mm) 0,3 See datasheet 0,17 Overtravel (mm) 0,75 See datasheet Total Travel (mm) 1,05 Actuator Length (mm) 1,4 Life Expectancy 100,000 cycles Contact Type SPST N.O. SDP SDS 0,24 29,2º 0,35 0,5 1,66 39,1º 1,65 See datasheet 1,07 1,9 68,3º 2,0 See datasheet 1,17 2,15 1,85 2,5 DS 20,000; 50,000; 100,000 cycles HDS HDP 50,000 cycles 50,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles SPST SPDT SPST N.O. SPST N.O. SPDT SPST N.O. SPST N.C. Max. Voltage (V) 5 5 V; 16 V 30 V 5 5 5 12 Max. Switching Current (mA) 1 mA 1 mA; 5 mA 100 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 100 mA No No No No No No Surface mount Thru-hole Solder lug Surface mount Surface mount Sealing Mounting Surface Mount Surface mount E–4 E–7 Series DDS MDS KDS KM Travel to Make (mm) 0,45 2,5 max. 1,25 max. 4,06 See datasheet 1,3 max. Overtravel (mm) 1,95 0,15 min. 8,9 1,78 See datasheet 0,2 min. Total Travel (mm) 2,4 2,9 10,16 5,84 See datasheet 1,5 Actuator Length (mm) 2,6 R 8,4 10,16 10,11 N/A Life Expectancy 50,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 10,000 cycles SPST N.O. SPDT SPST N.O. SPST N.C. Max. Voltage (V) 30 30 Max. Switching Current (mA) 100 mA Page number E–12 E–16 E–14 E–17 Detect Detect E Contact Type Sealing Mounting Page Number No Thru-hole E–18 300 mA No Thru-hole & Surface Mount E–20 10,000 cycles 10,000,000 cycles SPDT 300 mA 3 Amps Flux tight Yes No Thru-hole Wire lead Thru-hole E–30 E–32 .4 VA 250 mA E–26 SPDT 125 V 125 V AC Snap-in panel SPST N.O. 300,000 cycles 30 20 No ZMA MPS E–27 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–2 www.ck-components.com Detect Switches Product Selection Guide Detect Series KSU KSR2D KSM KSC4D KSJ RB Travel to Make (mm) 0,5 0,3 0,3 0,6 0,3 See datasheet Overtravel (mm) 1,0 N/A 1,15 N/A 0,75 N/A Total Travel (mm) 1,5 0,3 1,72 0,6 1,05 N/A Actuator Length (mm) 1,5 0,8 1,8 2,6 1,4 N/A Life Expectancy 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 50,000 cycles 500,000 and 2,000,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 20,000; 100,000 cycles SPST SPDT SPST N.O. SPST N.O. SPST N.C. SPST N.O. Max. Voltage (V) 32 32 32 32 Max. Switching Current (mA) 50 mA 10 mA 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA IP67 IP60 No Contact Type SPST N.O. 5 5 V; 24 V 1 mA; 25 mA Sealing Dust and water drop proof Dust and flux tight Flux tight Mounting Surface mount Surface mount Surface mount Surface mount Surface mount Thru-hole E–38 E–40 E–42 E–44 E–46 Page number E–36 E Detect Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–3 www.ck-components.com HDT Series Micro Mini Surface Mount Detect Switches Features/Benefits • Low profile package • Design allows top or side actuation • Low actuation force, 35 grams max. • Pick and place compatible, available in Typical Applications • Consumer electronics • Computers • Medical devices • ATCA and MicroTCA devices tape & reel packaging • RoHS compliant and compatible • Halogen free Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 1 mA 5 VDC BASE: PA 46 (UL94V-0) MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles min. COVER: PA 46 (UL94V-0) CONTACT RESISTANCE: 500 m Ω max. initial. ACTUATOR: PA 46 (UL94V-0) INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. between adjacent contacts. MOVABLE BLADE: Stainless Steel, Ag over Ni plating. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to + 85ºC SOLDERABILITY: Lead free compatible - No clean. TERMINALS: Phosphor Bronze, Ag over Ni plating. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to + 85ºC PACKAGING: Tape & reel NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch 0,9 0,2 0,4 0,58 R 0,2 Complete part numbers for HDT Series are shown below. 0,5 R 2,3 PART NUMBER PACKAGING TAPE & REEL HDT0001 SCHEMATIC 1 3 2 4 2,25 1,95 3,05 0,2 3,35 2,3 MAX 'ON' TRAVEL POS. POSITION 1,4 1,7 3,5 0,15 X 45 2X CHAMFER 2,450 per reel 0,5 2,8 PCB REF PLANE 4X 0,95 N.O. 1 0,84 3 NOTE: Available with no locating posts by adding “NP” (HDT0001NP) to Part Number. 4X 0,55 3,7 0,66 2,3 3,3 .30 mm Overtravel: .75 mm Total: 2 4 TRAVEL: Pre-travel HDT0001 0,01 0,8 1 1.05 mm 2,8 PC MOUNTING 2 0,65 1,25 4 3 0,6 4X 0,65 1,25 TAPE & REEL 2 HDT0001 13 2 1,5 4 0,5 1,75 21 A Detect E 7,5 50 16 A 3,35 3,9 8 TYP SECTION A-A 21 380 17 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–4 www.ck-components.com HDT Series Micro Mini Surface Mount Detect Switches HDT0004 2.4 2.4 4X 0.7 1 HDT0004 PART NUMBER 4X 1.2 2 PACKAGING SCHEMATIC 3 4 4.7 HDT0004 1 3 2,800 per reel 2 4 N.O. TRAVEL: .3 mm Overtravel: 1.0 mm Total: 4 0.5 0.7 R 0.3 R3 2.5 2.3 Pre-travel 3 SURFACE MOUNT LAYOUT 0.7 0.35 TAPE & REEL 2 5.1 3.5 4.7 2X 4.5 3.8 1 (1.5) 4X 0 0.05 TERMINAL HEIGHT 'ON' POSITION (1.15) 1.3 mm 3.8 3.5±0.2 4.9 3.5 3.9 MAX. TRAVEL POSITION TAPE & REEL 2.0 HDT0004 2.0 0.1 4.0 0.1 8.0 0.1 .115 A 1.75 0.1 0.5 +0.1 -0 13.0 0.1 0.5 0.5 21.0 0.8 16.0 50.0 A 3.9 7.5 +0.15 -0 SECTION A-A 21.0 C 380.0 17.0 REEL HDT0104 SURFACE MOUNT LAYOUT 4,7 2,4 1 4X1,2 2 PACKAGING 2X4,5 3,5 4,7 3 HDT0104 2,500 per reel 5,1 SCHEMATIC 3 TAPE & REEL Detect 3,8 PART NUMBER E 2 1 HDT0104 1 3 2 4 N.O. 4 4 2,4 4X0,7 0,7 0,4 0,7 1,15 REF R3 5 'OPER' 5,3 3,9 POSITION MAX TRAVEL POSITION TRAVEL: Pre-travel: .3 mm 2,3 Overtravel: 1.1 mm Total: 1.4 mm 1,5 REF 4X 0 ± 0,05 TERMINAL HEIGHT 3,5 3,9 Third Angle Projection 3,3 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–5 4,9 www.ck-components.com HDT Series Micro Mini Surface Mount Detect Switches TAPE & REEL HDT0104 4 2.0 5,4 1,75 21.0 1,5 2 13.0 A 0,6 7,5 16 A 8 380.0 HDT0204 SURFACE MOUNT LAYOUT 4,7 4X 1,2 2,4 1 HDT0204 2 PART NUMBER PACKAGING 2 1 1,1 0 3,8-0,1 4,5 4,7 3,5 SCHEMATIC 3 3 TAPE & REEL 1 3 0,7 1,400 per reel 2 4 1,15 REF 4 4 0,4 0,9 2,4 4X 0,7 HDT0204 5,1 R3 0,7 N.O. 1,5 TRAVEL: REF 5 5,3 'OPER' POSITION MAX TRAVEL POSITION 3,9 Pre-travel: .3 mm 2,3 Overtravel: 1.1 mm Total: 1.4 mm 0 1-0,1 2X 45° X 0,15 3,9 4X 0 ± 0,05 0,5 3,5 CHAMFER TERMINAL HEIGHT 3,3 E 1 1,5 0 0,8-0,1 4,9 Detect 4 2.0 1,75 5,75 2 21.0 1,5 13.0 A 0,5 16 7,5 A 8 380.0 E–6 www.ck-components.com DS Series Detect Switch Features/Benefits • Compact design • Low actuation force • Detect mechanical movement • Left and right options • Right angle options 6.3 5.1 PART NUMBER a PACKAGING Typical Applications • Computer peripherals • Office equipment • Consumer electronics • Appliances • Audio and visual equipment SCHEMATIC c CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, NO 1P - 1T 3 a COMAX DS-02005 OPERATING LIFE: 50,000 cycles b 2.4 1.6 CONTACT RATING: 100mA @ 30 VDC c 1,000 pieces d b d N.O. OPERATING FORCE: 50 gf max. PRE-TRAVEL: 0.7 mm 1.7 1.2 R0.7 Specifications TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.6 mm INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1 Ω max. 1 1 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC 60 sec. 6.4 7.9 8.6 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec. Ø1.15 0.9 0.7 Materials 2.9 2.7 1.35 1 5 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC. KNOB: PA 3.3 4.3 1.8 1.4 3.2 COVER: PA SPRING: Gold plated, copper alloy 3.2 2.2 HOUSING: PA TERMINAL: Silver plated, copper alloy 3.3 Ø 1.25 4- Ø 1.1 PIERCING PLAN 6.3 5.1 a PART NUMBER PACKAGING SCHEMATIC c CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, NO 3 1P - 1T COMAX DS-02005 (30) 2.4 1.6 a c b d N.O. OPERATING FORCE: 30 gf max. PRE-TRAVEL: 0.7 mm 1.7 1.2 R0.7 CONTACT RATING: 100mA @ 30 VDC OPERATING LIFE: 50,000 cycles 1,000 pieces d b Specifications TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.2 mm INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1 Ω max. 1 8.6 5 Ø1.15 0.9 0.7 1.8 1.4 3.2 2.9 Materials KNOB: PA 3.3 4.3 COVER: PA SPRING: Gold plated, copper alloy 3.2 2.2 1P - 1T c HOUSING: PA TERMINAL: Silver plated, copper alloy Ø 1.25 3.3 a 2.7 1.35 1 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC. b d SCHEMATIC 4- Ø 1.1 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–7 www.ck-components.com E Detect DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec. 6.4 7.9 1 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC 60 sec. DS Series Detect Switch PART NUMBER PACKAGING SCHEMATIC Specifications CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, NO 1P - 1T CONTACT RATING: 100mA @ 30 VDC 6.3 DS-02005-A 5.5 +0.5 -0 OPERATING LIFE: 50,000 cycles 1,000 pieces N.O. OPERATING FORCE: 50 gf max. 2.6 5.2 PRE-TRAVEL: 0.7 mm 8.6 TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.6 mm INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1 Ω max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC 60 sec. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec. 1 0.70±0.30 0.9 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC. 7.9 1.6 6 3 1.2 1.7 2.2 2 Materials KNOB: PA 5.7 COVER: PA SPRING: Gold plated, copper alloy 0.2 0.7 1.8 2.2 1.4 1.8 HOUSING: PA 0.8 TERMINAL: Silver plated, copper alloy 1.4 2.2 3.2 4-Ø 1 2.7 .2 2.7 PIERCING PLAN PART NUMBER PACKAGING SCHEMATIC Specifications CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT DS-21805 C 2,500 pieces A CONTACT RATING: 5mA @ 5 VDC D OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles B OPERATING FORCE: 36 gf N.O. TOTAL TRAVEL: 2.20 mm INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1 Ω max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC 60 sec. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC. E Detect Materials KNOB: POM COVER: PA46 SPRING: Silver plated HOUSING: PPS TERMINAL: Silver plated Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–8 www.ck-components.com DS Series Detect Switch PART NUMBER PACKAGING SCHEMATIC Specifications CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST CONTACT RATING: 100mA @ 30 VDC DS-203-A 2,500 pieces OPERATING LIFE: 50,000 cycles N.O. OPERATING FORCE: 36 gf PRE TRAVEL: 0.70 +0.20/-0.40 mm INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1 Ω max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 50 M Ω min. @ 250 VDC 60 sec. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC. Materials KNOB: POM COVER: PA SPRING: Gold plated HOUSING: PA TERMINAL: Silver plated PART NUMBER PACKAGING Specifications SCHEMATIC CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST, NO CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 16 VDC 1P - 1T DS-040-02 OPERATING LIFE: 20,000 cycles 1,000 pieces N.O. OPERATING FORCE: 30 ± 15 gf TRAVEL: 0.90 ± 0.20 mm 3.8 4.2 2.8 1.8 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 40 m Ω max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 250 VDC 60 sec. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC. 11.1 5 1.8 7.2 ø 1.6 HOLE E 4.2 2 TRAVEL Materials OPERATING 1.7 POSITION 1 6.5 8.4 10.2 ø 1.5 1.5 LEVER: POM 4.5 6 60° 4 3.8 Detect 0.1 OPERATING POSITION CASE: PBT COVER: PC 5.8 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–9 www.ck-components.com DS Series Detect Switch PART NUMBER PACKAGING SCHEMATIC Specifications CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT CONTACT RATING: 100mA @ 30 VDC DS-080 1,000 pieces OPERATING LIFE: 20,000 cycles N.O. OPERATING FORCE: 30 ± 20 gf OVER TRAVEL: 2.0 ± 0.40 mm INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 200 m Ω max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10 M Ω min. @ 250 VDC 60 sec. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC. Materials KNOB: POM COVER: PA46 SLIDER: PBT HOUSING: PA46 TERMINAL: Silver plated Specifications PART NUMBER PACKAGING SCHEMATIC CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT CONTACT RATING: 100mA @ 30 VDC 1P - 2T 2 1 DS-080-C PA OPERATING LIFE: 20,000 cycles 1,000 pieces OPERATING FORCE: 30 ± 20 gf N.O. 8.50 OVER TRAVEL: 2.0 ± 0.40 mm INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 200 m Ω max. 3.40 4.00 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10 M Ω min. @ 250 VDC 60 sec. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC. 1.80 7.00 6.00 Materials 1.5 OT OP FP HO LE KNOB: POM COVER: PA46 1.20 4.50 6.00 3.00 ø2 .00 ø 1.25 0.80 SLIDER: PBT 1.00 3.70 Detect E 0.30 HOUSING: PA46 2.50 2.50 8.00 TERMINAL: Silver plated 2.50 2.50 3- ø 1.00 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–10 www.ck-components.com DS Series Detect Switch Specifications PART NUMBER PACKAGING SCHEMATIC CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST CONTACT RATING: 1mA @ 5 VDC DS-09005-02 BK 500 pieces A OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles B OPERATING FORCE: 50 gf max. N.O. TOTAL TRAVEL: 4.5±0.2 mm INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 500 m Ω max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 500 VDC 60 sec. 10 A DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec. B 4.8 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC. Materials LEVER: POM 0.6 0.4 3 Total Travel Position 4.5 ± 0.2 Pre Travel 5.7 ± 0.3 2.8 6.6 COVER: PA 4-1.00 5 HOUSING: PA TERMINAL: Silver plated a PART NUMBER PACKAGING SCHEMATIC Specifications CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST CONTACT RATING: 1mA @ 5 VDC DS-09005-02 RP 500 pieces A B OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles OPERATING FORCE: 50 gf max. N.O. TOTAL TRAVEL: 4.5±0.2 mm INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 500 m Ω max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 500 VDC 60 sec. 10 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60Hz) 60 sec. 4.8 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC. A B E Materials 0.6 0.4 6.6 COVER: PA 4 A B Total Travel Position 4.5±0.2 Pre Travel 5.7±0.3 2.8 4-1.00 5 Detect LEVER: POM HOUSING: PA TERMINAL: Silver plated a Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–11 www.ck-components.com HDS Series Micro Mini Side Actuated Surface Mount Detect Switches Features/Benefits • Low profile package sits just • • • • • Typical Applications • Consumer electronics • Computers • Medical devices • Mobile Communications • ATCA and MicroTCA devices 1.4 mm off PCB Design allows top or side actuation Right and left options available Low actuation force, 30 grams max. Pick and place compatible, available in tape & reel packaging RoHS compliant and compatible Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 1 mA 5 VDC BASE: LCP MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles min. COVER: PA 46 (UL94V-0) CONTACT RESISTANCE: 1 Ω max. initial. ACTUATOR: PA 46 (UL94V-0) INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. between adjacent contacts. MOVABLE BLADE: Stainless Steel, Ag over Ni plating. HDS001L: Gray HDS001R: Black HDS001L: Gray HDS001R: Black TERMINALS: Phosphor Bronze, Ag plating. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to + 80ºC STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to + 80ºC PACKAGING: tape & reel; 5,000 per reel. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. TRAVEL: Pre-travel .17 mm min. Overtravel: .5 mm min. Total: 1.07 mm Build-A-Switch Complete part numbers for HDS Series are shown below. PART NUMBER PACKAGING HDS001R TAPE & REEL SCHEMATIC A 0.05±0.05 HDS001R 2X ø 0.7 HOLE 1.87 1.5 ±0.2 0.75 0.85 0.3 0.7 0.4 2X PADS 1.2 OR LESS 3.5 B N.O. 1.7 RECOMMENDED STROKE ACTUATION 0.05±0.05 0.8 2X ø 0.6 ±0.05 0.8 1.6 B A 2X 0.9 4.2 2X 0.6 3 1.7 1.4 TOTAL TRAVEL POSITION ON STARTING POSITION 5.5 PCB MOUNTING R 2.27 2X 45˚ X 0.15 CHAMFER 0.5 1.6 ±0.05 2X 0.8 Detect E 1.2 OR LESS ACTUATION PART NUMBER PACKAGING HDS001L TAPE & REEL SCHEMATIC 0.05±0.05 0.05 ± 0.05 RECOMMENDED STROKE A B ( 0.85) N.O. 1.7 HDS001L 3.5 2X ø 0.7 HOLE 0.4 0.3 0.75 0.8 ø 0.6± 0.05 0.8 2X PADS 1.6 2X 0.9 R 2.27 0.7 3 1.7 A 1.5± 0.2 1.87 2X 45˚ X 0.15 CHAMFER 1.6 ±0.05 B 2X 0.6 4.2 TOTAL TRAVEL POSITION 5.5 ON STARTING POSITION PCB MOUNTING 1.4 0.5 2X 0.8 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–12 www.ck-components.com HDS Series Micro Mini Side Actuated Surface Mount Detect Switches TAPE & REEL HDS001R 8 2 4 ø 1.5 +0.1 0 A 1.7 2.2 1.75 2.35 7.5 16 ± 0.3 3.2 B B 1.4 A 2.35 0.4 ±0.05 SECTION A-A FEED DIRECTION 6 3˚ TYP CARRIER REEL ø 380 3.7 1.2 SECTION B-B HDS001L 4 8 2 A 1.75 ø 1.5 +0.1 0 1.7 2.2 2.35 7.5 16 ± 0.3 3.2 B B A 2.35 1.4 0.4 ± 0.05 FEED DIRECTION SECTION A-A CARRIER REEL ø 380 6 3˚ TYP 3.7 1.2 SECTION B-B NOTE: Quantity per reel: 5,000 pieces E Detect Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–13 www.ck-components.com HDP Series Micro Mini Side Actuated Surface Mount Detect Switches Features/Benefits • Low profile • Side actuation • Right and left options available • Low actuation force • Lead free and halogen free Typical Applications • Consumer electronics • Computers • Medical devices • Mobile Communications • ATCA and MicroTCA devices Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 1 mA 5 VDC BASE: PA 46 (UL94HB) - halogen free MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles min. ACTUATOR: PA 46 (UL94HB) - halogen free CONTACT RESISTANCE: < 500 m Ω initial. HDP001R - black body/actuator INSULATION RESISTANCE: > 100 M Ω HDP001L - grey body/actuator OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to + 70ºC MOVABLE CONTACTS: Stainless Steel, Silver over nickel plate. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to + 80ºC FIXED CONTACTS/TERMINALS: Phosphor Bronze, Silver plate. PACKAGING: tape & reel; 2,500 per reel. TRAVEL: Pre-travel 0.15 mm min. “ON” starting position 2.96 +/- 0.25 mm Total: 1.3 mm Mechanical: 1.9 mm NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch Complete part numbers for HDP Series are shown below. TOTAL TRAVEL POSITION 0.26 0.55 R0.3 3.2 FREE POS PART NUMBER PACKAGING SCHEMATIC 5° 7.3 2.96 2.9 2X 1.1 HOLE 2X 1.7 1.35 1.3 1.05 C HDP001R Black body/ D 1.2 0.6 C TAPE & REEL A actuator D B N.O. ON STARTING POSITION 2X 1.6 4.3 1.2 2.6 OR LESS 1.6 B A 3.85 1.5 2X 1.8 1.4 3.5 0.8 3.5 5.7 SCALE 6:1 RECOMMENDED STROKE 7.46 1.55 0.05 2X 1 1.1 1.9 0.6 0.5 0.5 2.5 Detect E 2±0.1 A 4±0.1 1.5 +0.1 0 0.4 1.75±0.1 1.75 +0.2 0 2.75 +0.2 0 7.5 16 13 A 12±0.1 SECTION A-A FEED DIRECTION 380 REEL TAPE Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–14 www.ck-components.com HDP Series Micro Mini Side Actuated Surface Mount Detect Switches PART NUMBER SCHEMATIC PACKAGING 3.2 FREE POS HDP001L Grey body/ TAPE & REEL TOTAL TRAVEL POSITION ON STARTING POSITION 7.3 0.26 0.55 5° C A actuator D B N.O. 2.9 1.05 2X 1.7 2.96 1.3 1.2 1.2 3.85 2X 1.1 HOLE C 1.6 2.5 3.15 D 4.3 2X 0.6 2.6 OR LESS 1.5 B A 2X 0.8 R0.5 3.5 2X 1.8 3.5 PCB RECOMMENDED 5.7 1.1 0.03 0.5 A 2±0.1 4±0.1 1.55 0.6 0.5 2X 1 7.45 1.75±0.1 1.9 SCALE 6:1 RECOMMENDED STROKE 2.5 0.4±0.05 1.5 +0.1 0 1.75 +0.2 0 2.75 +0.2 0 7.5 16 13 12±0.1 TAPE FEED DIRECTION A SECTION A-A 380 REEL E Detect Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–15 www.ck-components.com SDP Series Micro Mini Pendulum SMT Detect Switch Features/Benefits • SMT process compatible • Low profile • Right or left side actuated • Low actuation force • Low halogen / halogen free Typical Applications • Consumer electronics • Computers • Medical devices • ATCA and MicroTCA devices Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 5 VDC 1mA (0.1mA to 100mA max) BASE: LCP (black) MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000 cycles COVER: PA 46 (black) CONTACT RESISTANCE: 500 m Ω max. initial. ACTUATOR: LCP (black) INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω (500VDC for 1 min.) MOVABLE BLADE: Stainless Steel, Ag over Ni plating. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to + 70ºC TERMINALS: Phosphor Bronze, Ag over Ni plating. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to + 80ºC SOLDERABILITY: Lead free compatible - No clean. PACKAGING: Tape & reel 4,550 pieces NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch Complete part numbers for SDP Series are shown below. SDP002 1,5±0,1 1,42 1,7 0,89 R0,2 1,15 0,3 0,4±0,1 2X 0,15 CHAMFER B A 1 2±0,1 2 1,85±0,1 3,05±0,1 1,6 2,85 2,2 2X 0,8 0,05 HOLES 1,2±0,1 0,2 1,5 PIVOT 0,2 3 2±0,05 0,4 0,2 3 COM 2,3 3,6 4,7 0,8±0,1 B 2X 0,5 3X 0,5 68,3° 5X 0 0,05 Terminal height within 0,08 to mounting surface 3,7±0,1 5,1±0,1 29,2° REFERENCE PCB MOUNTING 2X 0,8 0,05 2,67±0,2 1,36 1,8 ON STARTING POSITION 0 2X 0,7-0,07 2±0,05 A 2,6 2 1 MAX TRAVEL 2X 0,7 2,4 3 NO PCB TRACES SHALL BE PLACED IN SHADED AREAS Detect E 4±0,1 1,5+0,1 0 1,75±0,1 (2,3) 2±0,1 (0,4) 2.0 0.5 13.0 0.5 21.0 0.8 7,5 16±0,3 50.0 8±0,1 SECTION A-A 380.0 REEL NOT TO SCALE 13.0 21.0 18.0 COVER TAPE Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–16 www.ck-components.com SDS Series Side Actuated Detect Switches Features/Benefits • Low profile package sits just 2mm off PCB • 2mm overtravel ideal for detector applications • Low actuation force (75 grams max.) • Pick & place compatible, available in tape & reel packaging Typical Applications • Medical devices • Consumer electronic devices • PCB lock cam detect • Smart card detect • ATCA and MicroTCA • RoHS compliant and compatible Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 100 mA @ 12 VDC. BASE: Glass filled LCP (UL 94V-0). MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000 cycles. ACTUATOR: Glass Filled LCP (UL94V-0). CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m Ω max. initial. SURFACE PLATE: Nickel silver w/silver plate. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC. MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze, see table for plating. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to +85ºC. TERMINALS: Phosphor bronze, see table for plating. SOLDERABILITY: IR compatible, no wash. 260ºC max. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. PACKAGING: Bulk or tape & reel (3000 per reel). How to Order Complete part numbers for SDS Series Switches are shown below. PART NUMBER Terminal 1 HOUSING COLOR PACKAGING Black SDS002 SDS002R SDS004 R SDS005R Tape & Reel N.O. Bulk White Terminal Plating Silver Silver Clad Plate Tape & Reel N.C. Bulk Black SDS004R SDS005 Contact Plating Bulk SDS001 SDS001R SCHEMATIC Tape & Reel N.O. Bulk Gold Gold Flash Flash White Tape & Reel N.C. `ON' POSITION (N.O. Options) 1,75 SDS001 SPST E Detect TAPE & REEL Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–17 www.ck-components.com DDS Series Micro Mini Thru-hole Detect Switches Features/Benefits • Vertical or horizontal actuation • 2mm overtravel—Ideal for Typical Applications • Detect the presence of a detector applications • Low actuations force (less than 40 grams) • RoHS compliant and compatible • Medical devices • Consumer electronic devices mechanical device Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC. HOUSING: P.P.S. MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000 cycles. ACTUATOR: PA66 CONTACT RESISTANCE: 150 m Ω max. initial. MOVABLE CONTACT: Tin bronze, silver plated. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 volts AC @ 60 Hz. PACKAGING: Bulk. How To Order Complete part numbers for DDS Series Switches are shown below. PART NUMBER DDS001 SPST PC MOUNTING DDS001 DESCRIPTION SCHEMATIC Vertical Actuator SPST N.O. Detect E Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–18 www.ck-components.com DDS Series Micro Mini Thru-hole Detect Switches ‘on’ starting position DDS002 SPST PART NUMBER DDS002 DESCRIPTION total travel position SCHEMATIC PC MOUNTING Right angle, actuator right SPST N.O. ‘on’ starting position PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SCHEMATIC Total travel position DDS003 Right angle, actuator left PC MOUNTING SPST N.O. E Detect Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–19 www.ck-components.com MDS Series Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches Features/Benefits • Snap-acting tactile feel • Small package size • Available in vertical or right angle PCB mount Typical Applications • Detect the presence of a mechanical device • Medical devices • Consumer electronic devices • RoHS compliant and compatible • ATCA or MicroTCA devices Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 300mA @ 30 VDC. BASE: PA9T MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 30,000 operations. COVER & ACTUATOR: PA9T CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m Ω max. MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, silver plated. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –25ºC to +70ºC. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated. SOLDERABILITY: According to lead free solder profiles. TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. PACKAGING: Available in bulk or tape and reel. OPERATING FORCE: 50 g Max. RELEASE FORCE: 3g Min. NOTE: MDS series is RoHS compliant, and compatible. See technical data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages E-21 and E-25. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. M D S Series MDS SPDT Operating Force 65 50 grams Electrical Rating 00A 300mA @ 30 VDC Detect E Actuator L02 Standard lever L03 Higher OP lever Termination Style PS PC Thru-hole, Short PL PC Thru-hole, Long RS PC Thru-hole, Short, Right bend RL PC Thru-hole, Long, Right bend LS PC Thru-hole, Short, Left bend LL PC Thru-hole, Long, Left bend SL SMT, Left SR SMT, Right CL SMT, Left bracket with pins CR SMT, Right bracket with pins BL SMT, Left bracket no pins BR SMT, Right bracket no pins Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–20 www.ck-components.com MDS Series Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches SERIES M D S 7 2,4 1,3 L02 LEVER 7 40° 7 2 NC 1 (COMMON) R0,6 1,6 L03 LEVER "C" 3 NO SCHEMATIC SPDT "D" RECOMMENDED DIRECTION OF CAM ENGAGEMENT "B" "A" OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS LEVER L02 OPERATING POSITION FREE POSITION PRETRAVEL OVER TRAVEL CONTACT RATING OPERATING FORCE 1,6 4 2,7 2X 1,6 DIM 'A' DIM 'B' DIM 'C' DIM 'D' 6.7 0.5 8 MAX 1,8 MAX 0.3 MIN 0.3A @ 30 VDC 50 GRAMS F. MAX LEVER L03 7.0 +/-0.5 8.5 MAX 1.8 MAX 0.3 MIN 0.3A @ 30VDC 50 GRAMS F. MAX 8,2 OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE 65 OPERATING FORCE 50 grams max. ELECTRICAL RATING OPTION CODE 00A ELECTRICAL RATING 300mA @ 30 V DC E ACTUATOR L03 STANDARD LEVER Detect L02 HIGHER OP LEVER 7 2,4 2,4 7 1,6 1,3 L03 LEVER L02 LEVER Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–21 www.ck-components.com MDS Series Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches TERMINATIONS PCB Mounting Pattern 1,5 0,08 TYP 2,5±0,08 2,5±0,08 PCB MOUNTING PS PL PC THRU-HOLE, SHORT STRAIGHT PC THRU-HOLE, LONG STRAIGHT COM NO NC 3X 3,1 COM NO NC 3X 2,86 1,3 0,15 TYP 3X 1,5 2,86 3X 1,5 3X 5,3 3X 0,5 1,3 0,15 TYP 0,8 TYP 2,5 TYP 2X 2,5 TYP RS RL PC THRU-HOLE, SHORT RIGHT BEND 3X 1,25 3X 0,5 PC THRU-HOLE, LONG SHORT BEND 3X 1,5 3X 0,5 COM NO NC 2,5 TYP 3X 3,1 0,38 3X 0,5 COM NO NC 3X 1,5 LS 1,3 TYP 0,8 TYP 2,5 TYP 1,36 1,25 3X 1,5 0,38 1,3 TYP 0,8 TYP LL PC THRU-HOLE, SHORT LEFT BEND PC THRU-HOLE, LONG LEFT BEND 3X 1,25 Detect E 3X 0,5 3X 1,5 0,2 NC 3X 1,5 0,2 NC NO 1,3 TYP 0,8 TYP 2,5 TYP NO 1,3 TYP 0,8 TYP 2,5 TYP 3X 0,5 1,36 COM 0,2 COM 3X 3,1 0,38 1,25 3X 1 0,38 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–22 www.ck-components.com MDS Series Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches TERMINATIONS SL SR SMT, LEFT MOUNT 3X 1,5 3X 0,4 3X 2,7 1,3 TYP 3X 0,8 2,5 SMT, RIGHT MOUNT 3X 0,4 3X 2,7 1,3 TYP 3X 0,5 3X 2,7 3X 2,7 SMT Mounting Pattern 0.070 (1,8) TYP 0.070 (1,8) TYP 0.060 (1,5) TYP CL 3X 0,5 3X 0,8 2,5 TYP SMT Mounting Pattern 0.098 (2,5) 3X 1,5 0.060 (1,5) TYP TYP 0.098 (2,5) TYP SMT, LEFT BRACKET WITH PINS 11,63 10° 8,7 TO CENTER OF POSTS 0,25 9,2 3,08 12 2X 0,85 0,25 2X 1,66 2X 1,78 TYP OPERATING POS. FROM CENTER OF POST 5,7 ± 0,6 L02 Lever 6,0 ± 0,6 L03 Lever 2X 2,05 8,22 2X 0,9 0,05 HOLE 8,2 2X 0,76 3X 1,3 3X 0,8 TYP 3X 2,7 2 3,3 0,05 8,7 2X 1,8 3X 1,5 2,5 3X 0,5 2,5 3X 2,7 4,6 2,5 TYP CR SMT, RIGHT BRACKET WITH PINS 11,63 10° 8,7 TO CENTER OF POSTS E 0,25 Detect 9,2 3,08 2X 0,85 0,25 12 2X 1,66 2X1,78 TYP OPERATING POS. FROM CENTER OF POST 5,7 ± 0,6 L02 Lever 6,0 ± 0,6 L03 Lever 2X 2,05 8,22 2,7 8,2 3X 1,3 2X 0,76 0,05 3X 0,5 2X 0,9 0,05 HOLE 8,7 2X 1,8 2,5 3X 0,8 2,5 TYP 2 3,3 3X 1,5 2,5 4,6 3X 2,7 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–23 www.ck-components.com MDS Series Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches TERMINATIONS BL SMT, LEFT BRACKET NO PINS 2X 10° 11,65 0,25 9,2 3,08 OPERATING POS. TO CENTER OF SMT PAD 3,45 ± 0,6 L02 Lever 3,75 ± 0,6 L03 Lever 2X 1,66 8,2 3X 2,7 3X 1,5 3X 0,5 TYP 1,3 TYP 0,8 TYP 2,5 TYP BR 6,6 3X 1,8 8,22 OF PADS 12 2X 2,05 2X 1,33 2,5 3X 2,7 TYP 2,5 SMT, RIGHT BRACKET NO PINS 11,65 10° 0,25 9,2 3,08 2X 1,66 6,6 3X 1,8 OF PADS 8,22 12 2X 2,05 OPERATING POS. TO CENTER OF SMT PAD 3,45 ± 0,6 L02 Lever 3,75 ± 0,6 L03 Lever 2X 1,33 8,2 3X 2,7 1,3 TYP 0,8 TYP 2,5 TYP 3X 1,5 3X 0,5 3X 2,7 2,5 2,5 Detect E Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–24 www.ck-components.com MDS Series Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches TAPE & REEL SL SR SMT, LEFT MOUNT SMT, RIGHT MOUNT 2 0,1 TYP 1,75 0,35 1,5 TYP 4 0,1 TYP 3 A 11,5 B B 9,8 24 8,6 6,7 12 0,1 TYP A 13,1 SECTION A-A MDS6500AL02SL shown 5° PULLING-OUT DIRECTION OF THE TAPE SECTION B-B CL SMT, LEFT MOUNT CR SMT, RIGHT MOUNT BL SMT, LEFT MOUNT BR SMT, RIGHT MOUNT 1,75 2 0,1 TYP 4 0,1 TYP A 1,5 TYP 0,35 4,25 11,5 1,5 24 13 5,25 MDS6500AL02CL shown 1 16 0,1 TYP A 12 8,6 6,7 SECTION A-A 5° SECTION B-B PULLING-OUT DIRECTION OF THE TAPE E Supplied in carrier tape meeting the EIA-481-2 standard for 24mm tape. Detect Packaging quantity: SL and SR; 1,600 pieces per reel CL, CR, BL and BR; 1,000 pieces per reel Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–25 www.ck-components.com KDS Series Intrusion Switches Features/Benefits • Slot mount into chassis to Typical Applications • Intrusion/Alarm switch in reduce installation cost • Wire harness length & connector easily customized • Available in N.O. or N.C. configuration • RoHS compliant network desktop PC • Intrusion/Alarm switch in telecommunication equipment • Intrusion/Alarm switch in cellular base station Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC. HOUSING: Nylon 6/6 (UL 94V-0) MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 actuations min. at full load. ACTUATOR: Nylon 6/6 (UL 94V-0) MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, gold plate over nickel plate. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 200 m Ω max. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100mA. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. FIXED CONTACT: Brass, gold plate over nickel plate. WIRE: UL 1061-24 AWG. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to +85ºC TRAVEL: KDS11: Pre-travel 0.180” TYP; Overtravel 0.223" NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. KDS33: No pre-travel, full travel 0.403” DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms min. @ sea level. PACKAGING: Bulk packaging. How To Order Complete part numbers for KDS Series Switches are shown below. SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 PART NUMBER SCHEMATIC KDS11 OFF MOM. .400 (10,16) KDS33 SPST N.O. .600 (15,24) KDS33 ON OFF SPST N.C. .359 (8,89) .380 (9,65) .200 [5,08] E .300 (7,62) .181 DIA. (4,60ø) .488 (12,39) .062 [1,57] 2X .308 [7,82] Detect .085 (2,16) .710 (18,03) .100 [2,54] .745 [18,92] .205 [5,21] 2X .350 [8,89] .420 [10,67] .450 (11,43) MAX. PLUNGER TRAVEL .288 [7,32] ø 0.144 DIA. (3,68ø) 12 ± 0.50 (304,8±12,7) .250 STRIPPED (6,35) PANEL CUT-OUT THICKNESS 1,02 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 12 oct 16 E–26 www.ck-components.com KM Series Subminiature Detect Switches Features/Benefits • Reliable contact design • Available with pretravel and overtravel Typical Applications • Alarm systems • Computers • Detector switch application • RoHS compliant Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: 0.25 AMPS @ 125 V AC or DC (UL). See page F-29 for additional ratings. HOUSING & BUSHING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black. ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2), natural. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 actuations min. at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 30 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109Ω min. MOVABLE CONTACT: B contact material: Bronze or copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. See page F-39 for additional contact materials. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. See page F-29 for additional contact materials. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. RETURN SPRING: Music wire, phosphor coated. CAP INSTALLATION FORCE: 10 lbs. max. permissible. MOUNTING NUT: Brass, nickel plated. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages E-28 and E-29. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function KM12 On-Mom., SPDT Actuator 02 .398" high, .122" dia. KM12 E Detect Bushing/Mounting Style A Right angle Terminations 08 Right angle, PC thru-hole Contact Material B Gold Q Silver Seal E Epoxy Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–27 www.ck-components.com KM Series Subminiature Detect Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 NO. POLES MODEL NO. SP KM12 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 SCHEMATIC ON MOM. 2-1 4-3 SPDT SPDT Part number shown: KM1202A08BE ACTUATOR 02 .398" HIGH, .122" DIA. NOTE: Caps available for plunger options, see page E-29. BUSHING/ MOUNTING STYLE A RIGHT ANGLE PC MOUNTING Detect E TERMINATIONS 08 RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–28 www.ck-components.com KM Series Subminiature Detect Switches CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL B YES YES GOLD 1 LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT Q YES YES SILVER 2 POWER RATINGS 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. 0.25 AMPS @ 125 V AC OR DC (KM11, KM12) (UL) 1 AMP @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC (KM33). * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant. 1 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze or beryllium copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. 2 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all termination options). MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze or beryllium copper, silver plated. 3 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate. MOVABLE CONTACT: Phosphor bronze or beryllium copper, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate. KM12 models when ordered with ‘Q’ contact material. SEAL E EPOXY SEAL AVAILABLE HARDWARE .310 DIA. (7,87 ) .138 (3,51) .250 (6,35) .155 (3,94) .250 (6,35) PART NO. 801801000 801802000 801803000 .375 DIA. (9,53 ) .200 DIA. (5,08 ) .120 (3,05) PART NO. 708901000 708902000 708903000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss .120 (3,05) PART NO. 752701000 752702000 752703000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss .450 SQ. (11,43) .195 (4,95) .240 (6,10) E PART NO. Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss WHITE BLACK RED 798201000 798202263 798203000 WHITE BLACK RED Detect 484601000 484602000 484603000 PART NO. NOTE: Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–29 www.ck-components.com MPS Series Magnetic Proximity Sensors Features/Benefits • Long life—4M operations • Sealed contacts • Quality construction • Quick and easy installation • UL 61058 approved Typical Applications • Automotive sensors and indicators • Industrial sensors • Factory automation equipment • Server / storage • Security, alarms for windows Specifications Materials CONTACT RATINGS: 3.0 W max. @ 30 V DC or 30 V AC max. @ 0.3 AMP max.; 1.0 msec. max. operate time (including bounce); 1.0 AMP max. carry current. HOUSING/SPACER/COVER: ABS plastic (UL94V-0), white. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m Ω max. initial. REED SWITCH: Rhodium coated reed contacts in hermetically sealed, nitrogen filled glass capsule. Closed when magnet is in close proximity. Used in closed loop circuits. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 200 V DC min. WIRE LEADS: UL 1061/ UL1007 / UL2468 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT: SPST NO (Contact Form A). Reed switch opens when magnet is removed from proximity. Contacts are held closed when magnet is within actuation range. All are 22 AWG wire: stranded, made of copper or aluminum; Length: 12 in. with ends stripped; Color: white. POTTING (around wires): Epoxy. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40°F to 212°F (-40°C to 100°C). OPERATING DISTANCE/ALIGNMENT: Operate (pull-in or make) points are nominal values with ± 10% tolerance. Release points are 110% to 150% of the operating points. MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 4 million operations. PACKAGING: Bulk packaging, 10 switch and magnet pairs per package. MAGNETS: NdFeB ADHESIVE MOUNTING: Foam-backed, pressure-sensitive adhesive with release liner. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order PART NUMBER MPS45WGW SWITCH TYPE Subminiature surface mount (adhesive or flange), side exit leads, 1" make gap. UL 61058 12 ± 0.25 TYP 0.100 0.750 1.10 Detect E 0.050 OFFSET OF CENTERLINES AND DISTANCE BETWEEN FACES OF SWITCH AND MAGNET (INCHES). 0.750 0.274 1.10 0.050 0.274 0.025 0.025 0.250 ACTUATION CHART 0.250 0.250 0.250 SWITCH NOTE: UL 61058 Rating MAGNET Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–30 www.ck-components.com MPS Series Magnetic Proximity Sensors Actuating Positions Gap Distance When installing recessed and surface mount contacts, magnet position Gap distance is a combination of the horizontal and vertical plane sepis very important. The switch and magnet must always be parallel or aration of the switch and magnet. Example: if a recessed magnet end to end, and never in a ‘T’ configuration. is 1/4" off the centerline of the switch, the make gap is reduced by 1/4" Correct Configuration Center Alignment Incorrect Configuration Off Center Alignment 1/4, 1 1/4" Make Gap 1" Make Gap E Detect Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–31 www.ck-components.com ZMA Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits • Reliable snap-acting mechanism • Long electrical and mechanical life • Compact size—Ideal when space is limited • Various PCB terminals and actuators • RoHS compatible & compliant UL61058-1 Typical Applications • PCB detection switch • Communication devices • Testing equipment • Security/Alarm systems • Consumer electronics 14 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 3A @ 125 V AC 24 V DC 1 A @125 / 250 V AC 24 V DC 0.1A @ 125 V AC 60 V DC ELECTRICAL LIFE: 300,000 cycles @ 0.1A / 10,000 cycles @ 3A. MECHANICAL LIFE: 1,000,000 cycles. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to 85ºC OPERATING FORCE: 80 or 150 grams. CASE/COVER: PBT ACTUATOR: Button nylon 6/6 MOVABLE CONTACTS: Silver alloy or gold plated STATIONARY CONTACTS: Silver alloy or gold plated TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-33 through J-35. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Z M A C Series ZMA SP, Mom. Electrical Rating See charts below Operating Force 150 5.29 oz. / 150 grams 080 2.82 oz. / 80 grams Actuator P00 Pin plunger S03 Simulated roller 5.8mm L30 Lever 20.5mm L11 Lever 7.2mm L08 Lever 3.95mm A03 Roller 1.3mm L04 Lever 3.9mm S06 Simulated roller 2.03mm S07 Simulated roller 0.75mm Detect E 00A 03A 01A UL 1054 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC C SPDT Gold Plated Contacts Silver Contacts Option Code Terminations P PC Thru-hole L Left-footed, PC Thru-hole R Right-footed, PC Thru-hole E Solder K PC Thru-hole with rentention feature UL 61058-1 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC 3 A 24 V DC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC Option Code 14 G00 0.1A 125 V AC 3A 125 V AC G03 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC G01 UL 1054 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC UL 61058-1 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC 3 A 24 V DC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC 14 0.1A 125 V AC 3A 125 V AC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–32 www.ck-components.com ZMA Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches SERIES ZMA SUBMINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES – SP MOMENTARY 0.044 (1,12) .260 (6,6) FREE POS. OPER. POS. .081 (2,05) ZMA03A150L04PC SPDT NC C .024 (0,6) ø .079 (ø2,05) NO PC MOUNTING MOUNTING SCREWS SIZE 1-64 ELECTRICAL RATING Gold Plated Contacts Silver Contacts Option Code 00A 03A 01A UL 1054 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC UL 61058-1 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC 3 A 24 V DC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC Option Code 14 G00 0.1A 125 V AC 3A 125 V AC G03 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC UL 1054 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC G01 UL 61058-1 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC 3 A 24 V DC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC 14 0.1A 125 V AC 3A 125 V AC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC * Note: See Technical Data in section N of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. All models with all options. Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. E Detect OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE BASIC SWITCH OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) 150 5.29 150 080 2.82 80 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–33 www.ck-components.com ZMA Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR P00 L08 PIN PLUNGER E LEVER 3.95MM 'B' 'A' S03 SIMULATED ROLLER 5.8MM A03 E ROLLER 1.3MM 'B' E LEVER 20.5MM L04 'B' S06 E LEVER 7.2MM Detect SIMULATED ROLLER 2.03MM 'A' E 'B' 'A' 'B' 'A' SIMULATED ROLLER 0.75MM 'A' E E S07 'B' LEVER 3.49MM 'A' 'B' L11 'A' E 'A' L30 'B' E 'B' 'A' Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–34 www.ck-components.com ZMA Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS CODE OPER. FORCE MAX. (GRAMS) REL. FORCE MIN. (GRAMS) 'A' FP MAX. (MM) 'B' OP MAX. (MM) 'C' PT MAX. (MM) 'D' OT MIN. (MM) 7.35 6.9 ±0.3 0.62 0.2 'E' MIN. (MM) P00 80 150 21 35 S03 25 43 5 7 14.2 9.8 ±0.9 3.5 0.7 5.41 13 21 2 3 16.8 9.5 ±1.9 6.9 0.55 20.15 L30 (80gf) L30 (150 gf) 13 21 2 3 16.8 9.75 ±1.9 6.9 0.55 20.15 L11 25 39 4 6 11.7 8.68 ±1 4.4 0.6 7.33 L08 27 48 3 8 13.5 10.75 ±0.8 3.5 0.3 3.82 A03 34 65 6 10 16.55 13.65 ±1 3.9 0.5 0.56 L04 30 50 5 8 10.1 7.9 ±0.7 3.0 0.5 3.49 S06 33 49 5 11 12.43 10.7 ±0.8 1.43 1.25 1.97 S07 40 65 2 5 13.0 9.7 ± 1 4.3 0.5 0.49 E 'C' 'D' 'B' 'A' TERMINATIONS P L PC THRU-HOLE LEFT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE .071 (1,8) .138 (3,5) R .035 TYP. (0,9) TYP. .035 (0,9) .02 (0,4) E RIGHT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE .071 (1,8) .035 TYP. (0,9) SOLDER COM .052 (1,32) .122 (3,1) N.O. N.C. .073 (1,85) .086 (2,2) .040 (1,2) .200 (5,08) .138 (3,5) .035 (0,6) E Detect .200 (5,08) K .122 (3,1) PC THRU-HOLE WITH RETENTION FEATURE .02 (0.4) .043 (1.10) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–35 www.ck-components.com KSU Series Micro Mini Surface Mount Detect Switches Features/Benefits • New multi contact construction • Metal actuator • Low actuating force • RoHS compliant and compatible Typical Applications • Mobile phones and other • • • • • handheld devices Portable medical devices Audio devices Alarm devices Payment terminals Smart meters Specifications Electrical FUNCTION: Momentary action. MAXIMUM POWER: 0.2 VA 0.1 VA CONTACT TYPE: SPST Normally open. MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 32 VDC 32 VDC TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT. MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 20 mV 20 mV Mechanical MAXIMUM CURRENT: 10 mA 50 mA SWITCHING FORCE: 0,7 ± 0,5 N MINIMUM CURRENT: 0.01 mA TRAVEL TO MAKE: 0,65 mm - 0,45/+0,25 mm CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤100 mΩ MECHANICAL TRAVEL: 1,5 ± 0,2 mm INSULATION RESISTANCE: (100 VDC) 10 Ω OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: ≥ 250 Vrms Packaging BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 3 ms GOLD SILVER 1 mA 9 Environmental Switches are delivered on continuous tape, in reels of 1,000 pieces OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to +125ºC –40ºC to +85ºC STORAGE TEMPERATURE: –55ºC to + 125ºC –40ºC to +85ºC Process SOLDERING: Compatible with lead free reflow process NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S U 2 W 1 Designation KSU Actuation 2 Standard Detect E Actuation Force 1 1.1 N (110 grams) Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold Travel W Standard travel LFS RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver Plated LFG RoHS compliant and compatible. Gold Plated Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–36 www.ck-components.com KSU Series Micro Mini Surface Mount Detect Switches ø 1,45 0,15 5,1 (1,65) 3,6 ø 2,5 0,1 3 C 2 1 3,1 1 3,5 0,55 5,5 7 3 C 2 3,7 Schematic 1 1,7 7,6 4 ( 12 ) ( 12 ) +0,1 ø 1,5 0 7,46 16±0,3 7,5 2±0,05 1,75 0,3 0,75 mini TAPE & REEL B B A A +0,1 ø2 0 30˚ 6˚ E REELING DIRECTION OUT OF PRODUCTION 3 Detect SECTION B-B SCALE 8 4,1 SCALE 0.25 SEE DETAIL A Packaging of switches 5,3 6˚ SECTION A-A SCALE 8 4,1 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–37 www.ck-components.com KSR2D/M Series Subminiature Detect Switch for SMT Features/Benefits • Gold contacts • G terminations • Soft actuator • RoHS compliant and compatible Electrical Specification Operating force Newtons Operating life (operations) Travel (mm) KSR2D3MG LFG 1,5 ± 0,5N 100,000 0,3 ± 0,15 KSR2M3G LFG 0,8 ± 0,4N 100,000 0,19 ± 0,11 Gold 0.2 VA 32 VDC 20 mV 10 mA 1 mA 100 mΩ (100 V): 109 Ω 1 ms MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: MINIMUM CURRENT DC: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE BOUNCE TIME: FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: N.O. TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT Type Typical Applications • Automotive • Industrial electronics • Medical equipment • Detector switch applications Environmental Gold -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: Packaging Switches are delivered on continuous tape, in reels of 2,500 pieces. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Process SOLDERING: Compatible with lead free reflow soldering process How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S R 2 3 G L F RoHS compliant and compatible gold plated Actuator 2 Soft actuator Operating Force D3M 1,5N detect (gold contact material) M3 0,8N detect (gold contact material) G Termination G Gull wing Detect E Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–38 www.ck-components.com KSR2D/M Series Subminiature Detect Switch for SMT KSR2D/M 1,75 2,5 ø 1,9 3,8 1 7,3 6 1,4 Recommended PCB layout 6 8 TAPE & REEL 2,8 8 6,25 2 4 A ø1,5 5,5 2 7,65 12 1,75 0,25 E ø1,5 A 4 DIRECTION OF FEED Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–39 www.ck-components.com Detect 2,1 KSM Series Side Actuated Detect Switches Features/Benefits • Low profile – 1,5 mm • Momentary, normally closed contact • Gold contacts • RoHS compliant and compatible Typical Applications • Automotive • Position sensing switch • Edge card reset switch • Smart card presence switch detector • DSL and fiber optic networks Specifications Electrical FUNCTION: Momentary action MAXIMUM POWER: MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: MINIMUM VOLTAGE: MAXIMUM CURRENT DC: MINIMUM CURRENT DC: CONTACT RESISTANCE: INSULATION RESISTANCE: DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: BOUNCE TIME: CONTACT TYPE: SPST Normally closed Mechanical TRAVEL TO BREAK: KSM1131D LFG KSM6161 LFG TOTAL TRAVEL: 0,35 ± 0,15 mm 0,5 ± 0,20 mm KSM1131D LFG 1,25 ± 0,2 mm KSM6161 LFG 1,92 ± 0,2 mm SWITCHING FORCE: KSM1131D LFG KSM6161 LFG OPERATING LIFE: KSM1131D LFG KSM6161 LFG 0,15N ≤ Fce ≤ 0,90 N 0,50N ≤ Fce ≤ 0,90 N 50,000 cycles KSM1131D LFG 0.2 VA 24 VDC 20 mV 50 mA 1 mA ≤ 300 mΩ ≥ 109 Ω ≥ 250 Vrms ≤ 10 ms KSM6161 LFG 1.0 VA 32 VDC 20 mV 50 mA ≤ ≥ ≥ ≤ 900 mΩ 109 250 Vrms 1,25 ms Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to +85˚C -55˚C to +85˚C Process 200,000 cycles SOLDERING: Compatible with lead free reflow process Packaging Switches are delivered on continuous tape, in reels of 2,000 pieces (KSM1131D LFG) and 1250 pieces (KSM6161 LFG) NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. K S M L F G Detect E Designation KSM Actuation 1131D Short travel Gold contact material Normally closed 6161 RoHS compliant and compatible. Gold plated. Standard travel Gold contact material Normally closed Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–40 www.ck-components.com KSM Series Side Actuated Detect Switches KSM1131D LFG KSM6161 LFG 1,8 0,5 0,85 0,15 0,4 1,5 2,5 0,5 2,55 0,75 0,05±0,05 1,35 0,5 1,5 1,17 0,7 2,55 0,3 8,9 5,7 1,4 1 0,5 1 R2,2 1,4 0,7 ø1,3±0,05 2x 0,93 5,3 ø0,4 4,2 0,5 7,2 1,4 5,8 1,2 7,2 5,2 2,35 0,4 0,5 9,7 5,7 0,9 1,3 0,6 ø0,4 ø1,17 4,5 5,8 6,7 2,4 6,4 2,1 0,8 0,5 5,8 4,34 ACTUATION 4x 1 4,5 1,5 1 4,9 5,8 6,9 0,05±0,05 1,9 1,3 0,6 2 2,6 4x 0,8 2,4 0,8 2 2,5 1,2 KSM1131D LFG 2,7 0,3 DE-REELING DIRECTION OUT OF THE TAPE 7,37 2 2 ø 1,55 4 9,17 16 7,5 1,75 A B B R0, 5 A 6,2 12 ø 1,5 KSM6161 LFG E 12 2 4 ø 1,5 4 ø 1,5 A 7,3 12,8 2,2 R0 ,1 11,5 6,65 24 ( 0,37 ) 1,32 5,6 1,6 3,76 ( 0,4 ) Detect 1,75 0,3 2,45 1,6 A 7,5 2,4 1,8 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–41 www.ck-components.com KSC4D Series Sealed Detect Switch for SMT Features/Benefits • Soft actuator • J or G terminations • Tape & reel • IP 67 • RoHS compliant and compatible Specification Typical Applications • Automotive • Cellular phones • Industrial electronics • Computer infrastructure and IT Electrical Silver Gold -40˚C to 85˚C -55˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C FUNCTION: momentary action compatible with permanent actuation CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: J bend & Gullwing type for SMT Compatible with permanent actuation OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: Mechanical SOLDERING: - Infrared Reflow according to free soldering process with IEC 61760-1. Operating force FA Newtons Operating life (operations) KSC4D1J50SH 1,0 - 3,0 500,000 KSC4D2J50SH 1,0 - 3,0 2,000,000 KSC4D350SH 1,0 - 3,0 500,000 Type Process Packaging Travel (mm) Reels of 1,000 pieces. Dimensions of reels according to EIA RS481 or IEC 60286-3. External diameter 330 mm ± 2 mm. 0,6 ± 0,25 Electrical Silver MAXIMUM POWER: 1 VA MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 32 VDC MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 20 mV MAXIMUM CURRENT: 50 mA MINIMUM CURRENT: 1 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min.): ≥ 250 V CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 mΩ INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V): ≥ 109 Ω BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms Gold 0.2 VA 32 VDC 20 mV 10 mA 0.1 mA NOTE: Part numbers listed above do not represent all possible configurations. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. This data sheet does not provide enough information for applications which require a certain level of quality or safety such as automotive, medical systems, safety equipment. Please contact your sales representative to get contractual specification package. How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. Detect E K S C 4 D S H Actuator 4 Soft, H=5,2 mm Operating Force D Detect 2.0N (200 grams) LFS RoHS compliant and compatible. Silver plated. Termination J J bend G Gull wing Contact Material 1 Silver 2 Silver long life 3 Gold LFG RoHS compliant and compatible. Gold plated. Rubber Hardness Indication 50 Shore Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–42 www.ck-components.com KSC4D Series Sealed Detect Switch for SMT KSC4D1J KSC4D1G SOFT, 5,2 mm high SOFT, 5,2 mm high ø 2,7 0,7±0,05 +0,3 0 4±0,1 +0,3 6,2 0 6,2 +0,2 0,1 0 2,9 max 5,2 10±0,3 +0,3 6,2 0 PAD LAYOUT Ø2,7±0,1 3 maxi PAD LAYOUT 4 1 8,6 mini +0,2 2,5±0,15 0,1 0 +0,3 6,2 0 4 5,2±0,2 1 5,8 MAXI (5 0’) (15 0’) +0,3 7,5 0 12 MINI TAPE AND REEL 330 16 mm E Detect Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–43 www.ck-components.com KSJ Detect Series Spherical Actuator Detect Switches Features/Benefits • Straight or vertical detect • Top or side actuation • Spherical actuator allows actuation Typical Applications • Automotive • Industrial electronics • Computer infrastructure and IT +/- 30˚ • High travel • Adapted for cam actuation • Sealing IP60 Specification FUNCTION: momentary action CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 make contact = SPST, N.O. TERMINALS: PC pins Compatible with permanent actuation OPERATING TEMPERATURE: STORAGE TEMPERATURE: Mechanical Process Operating force Operating FA Newtons life (grams) (operations) Type Electrical Gold -40˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 85˚C -40˚C to 125˚C -55˚C to 125˚C Wave soldering, compatible with lead free soldering. Travel KSJ0VD1860SHLFT 6,0 (600) 100,000 0,50 ± 0,25 KSJ0MD1860SHLFT 6,0 (600) 100,000 0,50 ± 0,25 Electrical Silver MAXIMUM POWER: 1 VA MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 20 mV MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 32 VDC MINIMUM CURRENT: 1 mA MAXIMUM CURRENT: 50 mA DIELECTRIC STRENGTH (50 Hz, 1 min.): ≥ 250 V CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 100 m ohms INSULATION RESISTANCE (100 V): ≥ 109 ohms BOUNCE TIME: ≤ 1 ms Silver Packaging In boxes of 250 pieces Gold 0.2 VA 20 mV 32 VDC 1 mA 10 mA How To Order Our easy build-a-switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. To order, select desired option from each category and place it in the appropriate box. However, please note that all the combinations of these options are not feasible. For any part number different from those listed above, please consult your local representative. Detect E K S J D Ground Terminal 0 Without 1 With* Insertion M Manual (bulk packaging) V Vertical (tube packaging) 8 6 0 S H L F T Rubber Hardness 60SH 60 Shore Actuator RoHS compliant and compatible. Tin plated. Contact Material 1 Silver contacts 3 Gold contacts *Note: “1” ground terminal option not available with “V” version. The bracket for the “V” version plays this role. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–44 www.ck-components.com KSJ Detect Series Spherical Actuator Detect Switches Application area limits of operating force 60˚ 60˚ KSJ Recommended direction for a radial actuation 5,2 30˚ MAX 4,2 4,7 6,65 1,2 R 2,2 0,5 x 0,3 7,62 5,08 7,4 9,0 7,4 INSERTION V MANUAL VERTICAL 7,62 0,5 x 0,3 5,250,2 E 0,8 x 0,3 5,08 9,0 3,250,1 4,2 4,850,1 0,40,1 8,0 M 0,5 x 0,3 5,080,2 2,540,3 7,80,3 Ground terminal (option) 6,0 9,50,2 7,850,2 ø1,2+0,1/-0,0 5,31 2,54 5,08 ø 0,9 7,62 7,62 5,08 ø0,9+0,1/-0,0 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–45 www.ck-components.com Detect 0,40,05 RB Series Rolling Ball Sensor Switch Features/Benefits • Different angle options to trigger • Ultra miniature design • Patent awarded Typical Applications • Household goods • Electronic toys • Consumer electronics including irons, portable heaters, games, toys • Safety and security controls Specifications PART NUMBER PACKAGING RB-231X2 CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST SENSOR ANGLE: 0˚ to -10˚ scope inside, terminal to disconnection electric current 1,000 pieces MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 1 VDC 10mA (resistive load) MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 5 VDC 1mA (resistive load) OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles 4.2 ø5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1000 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC 12.4 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) 9.7 ø4 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC Materials 0.27 FRAME: Copper alloy, nickel plated 0.7 0.5 COVER: PA 46 (UL94V-0). 2.5 4.8 CLOSE MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, nickel plated BRASS BALL: Brass, gold plated 10° 4.8 OPEN 3 10° ø1 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, gold plated 0.4 PCB LAYOUT PART NUMBER Specifications PACKAGING CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST RB-220-07 R SENSOR ANGLE: 15˚ to 90˚ scope inside, terminal to disconnection electric current 500 pieces MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 1 VDC 10mA (resistive load) MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 5 VDC 1mA (resistive load) E Detect OFF 100,000 cycles with load 145˚ 175˚ INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100 V AC (50-60Hz) C CLOCKWISE ANTICLOCKWISE OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –10ºC to +50ºC 1P-1T 10.00 A OPERATING LIFE: 20,000 cycles (without load); C OFF ANTI 353˚ 348˚ 358˚ CLOCKWISE ON 160˚ COMAX 12.00 6.50 0˚ 3 P OFF 360˚ CLOCKWISE ROTATE ANGLE ON 200˚ 185˚ 215˚ OFF 0˚ 2˚ 7˚ 15˚ 3 Materials A 0˚ HOUSING: PA TYP.2 0.60 COVER: PA 1 2 3 4 5 0.9 0 BALL: Gold plated C C 4.00 3.40 1.75 1.75 1.60 2-ø 1.60 6.50 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–46 www.ck-components.com RB Series Rolling Ball Sensor Switch Specifications PART NUMBER PACKAGING CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 1 VDC 10mA (resistive load) RB-435B 500 pieces MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 5 VDC 1mA (resistive load) OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles INITAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 5 Ω max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1000 M Ω min. @ 500 VDC 17 11.1 1 5 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) 6.2 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC ON 4 7.2 2.54 10° 7° OFF Materials 4.5 HOUSING: PA (UL94V-0) 7° 2 3 COVER: PA (UL94V-0) 2.54 MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, nickel plated 2.54 TERMINALS: Gold plated 1P-2T BALL: Steel, gold plated 2.54 Ø1 TYP.4 2 2.54 2 R1 TYP.4 Cu FOIL PIERCING PLAN Specifications PART NUMBER PACKAGING RB-435X2-20 500 pieces CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT SENSOR ANGLE: -20˚ to -30˚ scope inside, terminal to disconnection electric current MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 1 VDC 10mA (resistive load) MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 5 VDC 1mA (resistive load) OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles 15.7 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1000 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) 5 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC 11 Materials 6.2 HOUSING: PBT (UL94V-0) 2.4 ON 6.5 COVER: PBT (UL94V-0) 10.1 E BALL: Steel, gold plated Detect 3.2 OFF 110 ° 20° TERMINALS: Gold plated 0.5 0.7 2.54 2.54 2.54 ø1 TYP.4 2 2.54 2 R1 TYP.4 Cu FOIL PCB LAYOUT Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–47 www.ck-components.com RB Series Rolling Ball Sensor Switch Specifications PART NUMBER PACKAGING CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 24 VDC 25mA (resistive load) RB-441-45 500 pieces OPERATING LIFE: 100,000 cycles INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1000 M Ω min. @ 100 VDC DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +70ºC 6.5 6.5 5 5 Materials COVER: PBT (UL94V-0) 1.2±0.03 8.9 HOUSING: PBT (UL94V-0) TERMINALS: Gold plated a a 2.9 BALL: Gold plated a 0.7 2.54 0.5 2.54 ON 4 5˚ ± 15 ˚ OF 3.2 F 2 2.54 TYP.4 2.54 ø1 Cu Foil PCB LAYOUT Detect E Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–48 www.ck-components.com NEW Features/Benefits • Normally closed function •  Vertical detect • Reliable long time compression • IP54 • Tape & reel • RoHS compliant and compatible ATS Series Anti-Tampering Switches Typical Applications • Smart meters • Alarm systems • Anti-tamper devices Specifications Electrical GOLD FUNCTION: Momentary action. MAXIMUM POWER: 0.2 VA 1 VA CONTACT TYPE: SPST Normally Closed. MAXIMUM VOLTAGE: 32 VDC 32 VDC TERMINALS: Gullwing type for SMT. MINIMUM VOLTAGE: 20 mVDC 20 mVDC Mechanical MAXIMUM CURRENT: 10 mA 50 mA SWITCHING FORCE: ≤ 2 N MINIMUM CURRENT: 1 µA 1 mA TRAVEL TO BREAK: 0,7 mm CONTACT RESISTANCE: ≤ 350 mΩ TOTAL TRAVEL: 1,1 mm INSULATION RESISTANCE: >1G Ω DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: ≥ 250 Vrms Environmental Packaging Switches are delivered on continuous tape, in reels of 2,000 pieces GOLD SILVER SILVER OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to +125ºC –40ºC to +85ºC STORAGE TEMPERATURE: –55ºC to + 125ºC –40ºC to +85ºC Process SOLDERING: Compatible with lead free reflow process NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on the next page. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. A T S 2 D G N C L F Actuator 2 Soft actuator - height 3.20 mm LFS Lead free compatible. Silver Plated LFG Lead free compatible. Gold Plated Contact Material 1 Silver 3 Gold Termination G Gull wing Switch Function NC Normally closed Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 23 mar 17 E–49 www.ckswitches.com E Detect Operating Force D 2 N detect NEW ATS Series Anti-Tampering Switches 0,15 1,65 0,15 1,9 0,2 MARKING D-1 D-3 0,1 PART NUMBER ATS 2D1G NC LFS ATS 2D3G NC LFG 3,2 0,25 7,3 0,15 A A 3,8 1 0,1 6 0,65 0,3 SECTION A-A 1,4 Recommended PCB layout 6 8 SECTION B-B 16 24 2 C 8 0,1 2 0,05 +0,1 1,5 0 2 0,05 + 0,3 12 - 0,1 5,5 7,65 6,25 3 0,05 1,75 SECTION C-C 4 0,1 B B Detect E 0,3 0,02 -1-2-3-4- 2,1 4 3,5 4 3 C 1,5 0,25 10 sprocket hole pitch cumulative tolerance 0.2mm Carrier camber not to exceed 1 mm in 1000 mm Dimension 6.25 and 4 measured on a plane 0.3 mm above the bottom of the pocket Dimension 3.5 measured from a plan on the inside bottom of the pocket to the top surface of the carrier. - 5 - Angle is not marked : 3° Scrolling direction in assy machine SCALE 2 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 23 mar 17 E–50 www.ckswitches.com ASD Series Miniature Sealed Detect Switch Features/Benefits • Automotive grade •  Long 2.5 mm travel •  Quiet operation • 300,000 electrical cycles • IP67 Typical Applications • Automotive - electronic door latch • Automotive - electronic door handles ary n i m i 16 Prel ne 8 Ju Specifications Materials FUNCTION: SPST NO, or SPST NC FIXED CONTACTS / TERMINALS: Phosphor bronze / Silver plated MOVABLE CONTACTS: Phosphor bronze; silver plate Mechanical BASE: PBT OPERATING FORCE: 1.5 N max. COVER: PBT FREE POSITION: 8.75 mm * ACTUATOR: Acetal OPERATING POSITION: 7.25 mm * FULL TRAVEL POSITION: 6.25 mm * Environmental MECHANICAL LIFE:  300,000 cycles min. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: – 40ºC to +85ºC MAX. OVERLOAD FORCE: 20 N down STORAGE TEMPERATURE: – 50ºC to +95ºC * from post center Process Electrical SOLDERING: Hand solder 300ºC, 3s max. MINIMUM RATING: tacts) 1mA 5 VDC (silver plated con- Packaging MAXIMUM RATING: 250mA 14 VDC (silver contacts) ELECTRICAL LIFE: 300,000 cycles min. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 500 mΩinitial / 1 m Ω max. Switches are delivered in tray. NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V min. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on the next page. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. A S D P Designation ASD SP, Mom. Circuitry Y SPST N.O. W SPST N.C. E Actuator P Plunger only Electrical Rating Q Silver 1mA @ 5 VDC min 250mA @ 14 VDC Mounting Styles S Standard (no support post) R Right Support post Termination F Compliant fork J Straight wires K Right wires S Solder lug P PC Thru hole R PC Thru hole, right angle Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–51 www.ckswitches.com Detect Post Length S Short (2 mm) inary m i l Pre e 16 ASD Series Miniature Sealed Detect Switch n 8 Ju NORMALLY OPEN 1 2 SCHEMATIC SPST NORMALLY CLOSED 1 2 SCHEMATIC SPST 5 3.8 2X 0.45 2X 3.9 2X 4.3 6.57 90° 3X 0.4 0.4 TYP 4.9 5.3 2.6 7.5 8.3 ACTUATOR P 2.05 PLUNGER ONLY 2X 3.8 DIM 'A' DIM 'A' FREE POSITION 8.75 BREAK 7.25 FULL TRAVEL 6.25 TERMINATIONS F J COMPLIANT FORK STRAIGHT WIRES E Detect 5 2X 3.8 6.57 0.4 TYP 3.35 2X 2.7 13.9 90° 5.3 2X 250 5 2X 2.5 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HOLES 4.5 2X 0.32 2X 5 2X 2.35 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–52 www.ckswitches.com ary n i m reli e 16 P ASD Series Miniature Sealed Detect Switch n 8 Ju TERMINATIONS K S RIGHT WIRES SOLDER LUG 5 5 2X 2.5 2X 3.8 2X 1.8 13.9 2X 3.5 RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HOLES 2X 2 2X 1.2 2X 250 P 4.5 2X 5 R PC THRU-HOLE PC THRU-HOLE - RIGHT ANGLE 5 4.9 2X R0.6 6.57 90° 2X 6.57 4.7 2X 1.7 MOUNTING HOLES 2.5 2X 1.2 0.4 TYP 2X 1.2 2X 0.8 2X 0.8 4.9 2X 2X 2.6 4.9 5.3 MOUNTING HOLES 4.9 MOUNTING STYLE S STANDARD (NO SUPPORT POST) R E RIGHT SUPPORT POST 2X Detect 5 2X 2 2.2 2X 2.6 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change E–53 www.ckswitches.com Toggles Product Selection Guide Toggles Series Switch Type Poles/Throws Maximum Current Silver/Gold 7000 Military E Miniature Miniature Miniature SPDT, DPDT, 3PDT, 4PDT SPDT, DPDT, 5 Amps 5 Amps Process Sealed ET Subminiature SPDT, DPDT, SPST, SPDT, 3PDT DPDT 7.5 Amps/ 5 Amps 3 Amps/ 2 Amps • • GT T 9000 Subminiature Ultraminiature Power SPST, SPDT, DPST, DPDT DPDT SPST, SPDT, DPDT 3 Amps/ 2 Amps 0.4 VA 10 Amps • PCB Mount Options Vertical • • • • • • Right Angle • • • • • • Vertical Right Angle • • • • • • • • Surface Mount Options Vertical • Right Angle • • Panel Mount Options Rear Mount • • • • PCB Thru-hole • • • • • Wire Wrap • • • • Solder Lug • Quick Connect • • Termination Options • • • • • • • • Other Available Options Support Brackets • Snap-in Retention ESD Protection • • • • • • • • • Tape & Reel • • • • • • Bushing Options 10-48 Toggle F • 1/4-40 • 15/32 • M6P 0.75 (Metric) • Page No. F–3 • • • • • F–17 F–22 F–30 F–37 F–43 F–48 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–2 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches Features/Benefits • Multi-pole and multi-position • Wide variety of actuator and termination options Typical Applications • Telecommunications • Instrumentation • Medical equipment • Epoxy terminal-seal compatible with bottom wash cleaning • RoHS complaint models available Specifications CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Q contact material: 5 AMPS @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. See page F-15 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 7X01 and UX1 models: 100,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. All other models: 40,000 cycles. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). For materials see page F-4. NOTE: Any models supplied with P, S R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant and compatible. NOTE: Specifications listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages F–4 thru F–16. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult our Customer Service Center. Switch Function 7101 SP On-None-On 7103 SP On-Off-On 7105 SP Mom.-Off-Mom. 7107 SP On-Off-Mom. 7108 SP On-None-Mom. 7109 SP None-On-Mom. 7201 DP On-None-On 7203 DP On-Off-On 7205 DP Mom.-Off-Mom. 7207 DP On-Off-Mom. 7208 DP On-None-Mom. 7211 DP On-On-On 7213 DP On-On-Mom. 7215 DP Mom.-On-Mom. 7301 3P On-None-On 7303 3P On-Off-On 7305 3P Mom.-Off-Mom. 7308 3P On-None-Mom. 7401 4P On-None-On 7403 4P On-Off-On 7405 4P Mom.-Off-Mom. 7408 4P On-None-Mom. 7411 4P On-On-On 7413 4P On-On-Mom. 7415 4P Mom.-On-Mom. Note: UL models available, see pages F-4 & F-5. Actuator M .200" high P3 Flatted, anti-rotation, .450" high S .420" high T .687" high, 15/32 bushing K2 Locking lever, .704" high K9 Locking lever, .704" high K12 Locking lever, .732" high K19 Locking lever, .732" high L .840" high L1 .640" high L1P Anti-rotation, .640" high L2 .550" high L2P Anti-rotation, .550" high L3 Plastic .940” inch L40 Lever handle without cap L41 .531" high lever handle with cap L42 .838" high lever handle with cap MP Anti-rotation, .200" high P1 Flatted, anti-rotation, .840" high P4 Flatted, anti-rotation, .250" high SP Anti-rotation, .420" high T1 .487" high, 15/32 bushing T1P Anti-rotation, .487" high, 15/32 bushing T2P Flatted, anti-rotation, .610” high, 15/32 bushing, TP Anti-rotation, .687" high, 15/32 bushing Bushing D .280 high, keyway H .296 high, flat Y .350 high, keyway NONE No bushing choice required CW Splashproof D8 .280" high, flat D9 .280" high, keyway H3 .315" high, keyway H4 8mm high, keyway Y1 .378" high, keyway Y3 8.9mm high, keyway Y4 .378" high, flat Y9 .350" high, keyway Contact Material B Gold Seal P Gold, matte-tin E Epoxy Q Silver I Epoxy potted S Silver, matte-tin base G Gold over silver R Gold over silver, matte-tin KXX Actuator Color/Finish NONE Natural aluminum 2 Black anodized aluminum 3 Red anodized aluminum 7 Blue anodized aluminum Bushing Finish NONE Nickel on all bushings (except D8, satin chrome) 2 Black .750" long, wire wrap .964" long, wire wrap .425" long, wire wrap 1.062" long, wire wrap 1.305" long, wire wrap Quick connect Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–3 www.ck-components.com F Toggle Terminations Right angle, PC thru-hole A AV2 Vert. right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole V3 .460 high, V-bracket Z Solder lug A2 Right angle, PC thru-hole A3 Right angle, PC thru-hole A4 Right angle, PC thru-hole AW1 Right angle, extended, PC thru-hole AW4 Right angle, extended, PC thru-hole V2 .555" high, V-bracket V4 .630" high, V-bracket V6 .460" high, V-bracket V7 .630" high, V-bracket V8 .953" high, V-bracket W V9 1.150" high, V-bracket V21 .555" high, snap-in V-bracket W1 V31 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket W3 V41 .630" high, snap-in V-bracket W4 W5 V71 .630" high, snap-in V-bracket Z3 V81 .953" high, snap-in V-bracket Actuator Color/Finish NONE Bright chrome 2 Black 3 Red S Satin chrome 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches Materials CASE: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized, or diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR: Brass, chrome plated. BUSHING: Brass or zinc, nickel plated. HOUSING: Stainless steel. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, tin plated. END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page F-15 for additional contact materials. CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See above for additional contact materials. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. HARDWARE: Nut & Locking Ring: Brass, nickel plated. Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated. NOTE: Materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION NO. POLES SP MODEL NO. CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 ON NONE ON 2-3 N/A 2-1 2-3 OPEN 2-1 UL** MODEL NO. SCHEMATIC 7101 U11 7103 U13 ON OFF ON 7105 U15 MOM. OFF MOM. 7107 U17 ON OFF MOM. 7108 U18 ON NONE MOM. 2-3 N/A 2-1 7109 U19 NONE ON MOM. N/A 2-3 2-1 SPDT SPDT 1/4-40 UNS-2A KEYWAY Terminal Numbers For Reference Only Part number shown: 7101SYZBE DP 7201 U21 ON NONE ON 7203 U23 ON OFF ON 7205 U25 MOM. OFF MOM. 7207 U27 ON OFF MOM. 7208 U28 ON NONE MOM. 7211 * U211* ON ON ON 7213* U213* ON ON MOM. 7215* U215* MOM. ON MOM. 2-3,5-6 N/A 2-1,5-4 2-3,5-6 OPEN 2-1,5-4 2-3,5-6 N/A 2-1,5-4 2-3,5-6 2-3,5-4 2-1,5-4 DPDT DPDT 1/4-40 UNS-2A KEYWAY Toggle F Terminal Numbers For Reference Only Part number shown: 7201SYZQE MOM. = Momentary ** U11–U415 model nos. with all options when ordered with G, R, Q or S contact material. * Wiring for 3-way switch, see Section N. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–4 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 NO. POLES 3P MODEL NO. UL** MODEL NO. 7301 U31 7303 7305 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 2-3,5-6,8-9 N/A 2-1,5-4,8-7 2-3,5-6,8-9 OPEN 2-1,5-4,8-7 2-3,5-6,8-9 N/A 2-1,5-4,8-7 SCHEMATIC ON NONE ON U33 ON OFF ON U35 MOM. OFF MOM. 7307 U37 ON OFF MOM. 7308 U38 ON NONE MOM. 3PDT 3PDT 1/4-40 UNS-2A KEYWAY Terminal Numbers For Reference Only Part number shown: 7301SYZQE 7401 U41 7403 7405 ON NONE ON 2-3,5-6,8-9,11-12 N/A 2-1,5-4,8-7,11-10 U43 ON OFF ON U45 MOM. OFF MOM. 2-3,5-6,8-9,11-12 OPEN 2-1,5-4,8-7,11-10 7408 U48 ON 7411* U411* ON NONE MOM. 2-3,5-6,8-9,11-12 N/A 2-1,5-4,8-7,11-10 ON ON 7413* U413* ON ON MOM. 7415* U415* MOM. ON MOM. 2-3,5-6,8-9,11-12 2-3,5-4,8-9,11-10 2-1,5-4,8-7,11-10 4P 4PDT 4PDT 1/4-40 UNS-2A KEYWAY Terminal Numbers For Reference Only Part number shown: 7401SYZQE MOM. = Momentary * Wiring for 3-way switch, see Section N. ** U11–U415 model nos. with all options when ordered with G, Q, R or S contact material. F Toggle Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–5 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches ACTUATOR FINISH ACTUATOR ACTUATOR S SP M MP .420" HIGH 1 ANTIROTATION, .420" HIGH 2,3 L, L1, L2 L1P, L2P .200" HIGH 1 ANTIROTATION, .200" HIGH 2,3 .840", .640", .550" HIGH 1 ANTIROTATION, .840", .640", .550" HIGH 2,3 * OPTION CODE *DIM. ‘A’ * S actuator standard when ordered with C, W-W5, Z & Z3 terminations. Caps are available separately, see page F-16. M actuator standard when ordered with all terminations except C, W-W5, Z & Z3. Caps are available separately, see page F-16. *P1 *P3 FLATTED WITH ANTIROTATION, .840" HIGH 2,3 DIM ‘A’ L .840 (21,34) L1, L1P .640 (16,26) L2, L2P .550 (13,97) Caps are available separately, see page F-16. *P4 FLATTED WITH ANTIROTATION, .450" HIGH 2,3 FLATTED WITH ANTIROTATION, .250" HIGH 2,3 * * * *Dress nut part number 709901201 supplied standard with threaded bushing. (Part number 709903201 with metric threaded bushings.) T TP T1 T1P .687 (17,45) HIGH 1,2 ANTIROTATION, .687 (17,45) HIGH, 15/32 BUSHING 1,2,3 .687 (17,45) FLATTED, ANTIROTATION, .610" HIGH, 15/32 BUSHING 1,2,3 ANTIROTATION, .487 (12,37) HIGH, 15/32 BUSHING 1,2,3 15/32-32 UNS-2A .487 (12,37) 15/32-32 UNS-2A T2P .487 (12,37) HIGH 1,2 15/32-32 UNS-2A .448 (11,38) Bushing option code not required unless CW splashproof bushing ordered. TP & T1P actuators not available with CW splashproof bushing. All TXX actuators not available on single pole models with A-A4, AW1-AW4 terminations. Toggle F 1 L, L1, L2, M, S & TXX actuators not available with Y1 bushing. OPTION CODE 2 L1P, L2P, MP, P1, P3, P4, SP & TXX actuators not available with D8 & H4 bushing. NONE 3 Antirotation: Provides anti-‘push-in’ feature on actuator. * Add .070 (1,78) for D, D8 & D9 bushings, subtract .020 (0,51) for H3 bushing. Bushing option code not required. T2P actuator not available with CW splashproof bushing or single pole models with A-A4, AW1-AW4 terminations. ACTUATOR FINISH NOTE: Black hardware is supplied when either black actuators or bushings are specified. For additional hardware, see Section N. BRIGHT CHROME-With Nickel Plated Bushing 2 BLACK S SATIN CHROME Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–6 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches ACTUATOR FINISH/COLOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR K2 K9 K12 LOCKING LEVER, .704" HIGH (threaded) LOCKING LEVER, .732" HIGH (threaded) K19 LOCKING LEVER, .704" HIGH (unthreaded) LOCKING LEVER, .732" HIGH (unthreaded) OPTION CODE ACTUATOR CAP FINISH NONE * * NATURAL ALUMINUM–With Nickle Plated Bushing 2 BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM 3 RED ANODIZED ALUMINUM 7 BLUE ANODIZED ALUMINUM * All KXX models including KXXCW have a keyway Replaces K, K8 Replaces K1, K18 Locking Positions NOTE: To prevent accidental actuation, toggle must be lifted before being actuated. When released, toggle will lock in place. Overtightening mounting nut may cause actuator to bind. Locking levers supplied with bushing shown. –01 Models 2 Position lock L40 –03 & –11 Models 3 Position lock –05, –09 & –15 Models 1 Position lock LEVER HANDLE WITHOUT CAP –07 & –13 Models 2 Position lock L41 L42 PLASTIC LEVER HANDLE WITH ANTIROTATION AND CAP, P/N 4810 No color choice required. L3 Bushing option code not required unless CW splashproof bushing ordered. –08 Models 1 Position lock PLASTIC LEVER HANDLE WITH ANTIROTATION AND CAP, P/N 4811 Finish: Matte (L41 & L42). PLASTIC .940” HIGH Gloss Plastic * Chrome Finish OPTION CODE PLASTIC ACTUATOR COLORS NONE No Actuator Color (L40 option) 2 BLACK 3 RED F NOTE: Lever handle for L41 & L42 actuators supplied, but not installed. For interchangeability, order L40 actuator option and lever handles separately, see page F-16. L4X actuators not available with H4, Y1, Y4 bushings. Antirotation: Provides anti-‘push-in’ feature on actuator. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–7 www.ck-components.com Toggle * Add .070 (1,78) for D, D8 & D9 bushings, subtract .020 (0,51) for H3 bushing. 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches BUSHING FINISH BUSHING BUSHING Y Y9 NONE .350" HIGH, THREADED, KEYWAY NO BUSHING D D8 .350" HIGH, UNTHREADED, KEYWAY H .280" HIGH, THREADED, KEYWAY D9 .296" HIGH, FLAT THREADED, HIGH TORQUE 1,2 H3 .315" HIGH, KEYWAY THREADED, HIGH TORQUE 1,2 .280" HIGH, UNTHREADED, FLAT 3 .280" HIGH, UNTHREADED, KEYWAY No bushing choice required with KXX, TXX actuators. (exception: Specify CW if splashproof bushing desired). D8 1/4-40 UNS-2A D, D9 1/4-40 UNS-2A 1/4-40 UNS-2A 1/4-40 UNS-2A D9 bushing standard with all terminations except C, W-W5, Z or Z3. Add .070 (1,78) to all actuators lengths with D, D8 & D9 bushings. Y bushing standard with C, W-W5, Z or Z3 terminations. H4 8mm HIGH, KEYWAY, THREADED, METRIC HIGH TORQUE 1,2,3 Y1 .378" HIGH, KEYWAY, THREADED, HIGH TORQUE 1,2,4 Y3 Subtract .020 (0,51) from all actuator lengths for H3 bushing. Y4 8.9mm HIGH, KEYWAY, THREADED, METRIC 1/4-40 UNS-2A CW .378" HIGH, FLAT, THREADED, HIGH TORQUE 1,2,5 1/4-40 UNS-2A THREADED, SPLASHPROOF 1,2 For T & T1 actuators. For actuators other than T, T1 and KXX. OPTION CODE NONE 2 15/32-32 UNS-2A 1/4-40 UNS-2A BUSHING FINISH NICKEL on all bushings except ‘D8’ satin chrome. BLACK 1 Will withstand 12 in.-lbs. of torque with no distortion. 2 CW. H, H3, H4, Y1 & Y4 bushings not available on single pole models with A4 terminations. 3 D8 & H4 bushings available only with L, L1, L2, M & S actuators. 4 Y1 bushing available only with LXP, MP, PX & SP actuators. IP67 Degree of protection, totally protected against dust, full-scale voltage protection, temporary immersion. Internal actuator seal standard. External bushing seal available separately from APM Hexseal, part # MFS-60064. 5 Y4 bushing not available with L4X actuators. IP67 Degree of protection, totally protected against dust, full-scale voltage protection, temporary immersion. Internal actuator seal and external bushing seal washer standard. IP65 degree of protection for LXP, MP, PX or SP with CW option. NOTE: Two mounting nuts, locking ring and lockwasher supplied standard with threaded bushings. Black hardware is supplied when either black bushings or actuators are specified. Optional mounting nut and locking ring styles and finishes available, see Section N. PANEL MOUNTING 1/4 INCH BUSHING METRIC BUSHING 15/32 INCH BUSHING Toggle F Without locking ring. With standard locking ring. With small locking ring. Without locking ring.With locking ring. Without lockingring. With standard locking ring. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–8 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS Z C SOLDER LUG PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING .030 (0,76) Thk. SPDT thru 4PDT Z3 SPDT thru 4PDT Not available with P, R or S contact materials. W, W1, W3, W4, W5 QUICK CONNECT Dim 'A' .030 (0,76) Thk. WIRE WRAP OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ W .750 (19,05) W1 .964 (24,48) W3 .425 (10,80) W4 1.062 (26,97) W5 1.305 (33,15) .030 (0,76) Thk. SPDT thru 4PDT A Not available with P, R or S contact materials. Mating quick connector available, order part number 530100000, page F-16. SPDT thru 4PDT RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SECTION A-A 7101MD9ABE Horizontal Actuation Terminal Nos. For Reference Only SPDT Switch supportwith CW, H, H3, H4, Y1, Y4 bushings and KXX actuators. Part No. Shown: 7101MHABE A3 RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE AW1, AW4 RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED, PC THRU-HOLE Dim 'A' PC MOUNTING OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ AW1 .72 (18,3) AW4 .83 (21,1) F Toggle Not available with I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–9 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE 7201MD9ABE Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Horizontal Actuation Terminals & Support SECTION A-A DPDT A3 AW1, AW4 RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING DIM 'A' OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ AW1 .40 (10,2) AW4 .50 (12,7) .33 (8,4) Not available with I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE 7301MD9ABE Horizontal Actuation 3PDT AW4 Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Terminals & Support SECTION A-A RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING .18 (4,6) Toggle F .33 TYP. (8,4) Not available with I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–10 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS A2 RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .156" PITCH PC MOUNTING 7101MHA2BE Terminals & Support Horizontal Actuation Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SPDT Switch supportwith CW, H, H3, H4, Y1, Y4 bushings and KXX actuators. Not available with TXX actuators and I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. A4 Part No. Shown: 7101MHA2BE RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE .156" PITCH PC MOUNTING 7101MD9A4BE Horizontal Actuation SPDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with KXX & TXX actuators, CW, H, H3, H4, Y1 & Y4 bushings, and I seal. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV2 NOTE: The A4 option is available with any contact material and can be UL recognized and CSA certified. The PC pattern must clear switch support legs. VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING 7101MD9AV2BE Horizontal Actuation Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SPDT SECTION A-A Not available with I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV2 PC MOUNTING VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH 7201MD9AV2BE Vertical Actuation DPDT F Toggle SECTION A-A Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–11 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING 7301MD9AV2BE Vertical Actuation Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SECTION A-A 3PDT Not available with I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING 7401MD9AV2BE Vertical Actuation 4PDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SECTION A-A Not available with I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. V2, V6, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V21, V71, V81 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING Dim ‘A’ 7101MD9__BE Snap-In SPDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with I seal option. DIM ‘A’ V2, V21 .555 (14,10) V6 .460 (11,68) V7, V71 .630 (16,00) V8, V81 .953 (24,21) Toggle F OPTION CODE Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–12 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS V2, V6, V7, V8 PC MOUNTING VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V21, V61, V71, V81 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN Dim ‘A’ Snap-In Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ 7201MD9__BE V2, V21 .555 (14,10) DPDT V6, V61 .460 (11,68) V7, V71 .630 (16,00) V8, V81 .953 (24,21) Not available with I seal option. V2, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V21, V71, V81 PC MOUNTING VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN Dim ‘A’ 7301MD9__BE 3PDT Snap-In Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V2, V21 .555 (14,10) V7, V71 .630 (16,00) V8, V81 .953 (24,21) Not available with I seal option. V2, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V21, V71, V81 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING Dim ‘A’ Snap-In OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V2, V21 .555 (14,10) V7, V71 .630 (16,00) V8, V81 .953 (24,21) 7401MD9__BE 4PDT Not available with I seal option. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–13 www.ck-components.com Toggle Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 F 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS V3, V4, V9 V31, V41 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN Dim ‘A’ Snap-In 7101MD9__BE SPDT OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V3, V31 .460 (11,68) V4, V41 .630 (16,00) V9 1.150 (29,21) Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with I seal option. V3, V4, V9 V31, V41 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING Dim ‘A’ 7201MD9__BE DPDT Snap-In Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V3, V31 .460 (11,68) V4, V41 .630 (16,00) V9 1.150 (29,21) Not available with I seal option. V4, V9 V41 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING Dim ‘A’ 7301MD9__BE 3PDT F Toggle OPTION CODE Snap-In Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 DIM ‘A’ V4, V41 .630 (16,00) V9 1.150 (29,21) Not available with I seal option. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–14 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS V4, V9 V41 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN Dim 'A' 7401MD9__BE 4PDT Snap-In OPTION CODE Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with I seal option. DIM ‘A’ V4, V41 .630 (16,00) V9 1.150 (29,21) CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL B GOLD 1 Q SILVER 4,5 S R GOLD 1 MATTE-TIN 6 P G TERMINAL PLATING GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3 RATINGS LOW LEVEL/ 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. DRY CIRCUIT SILVER 5 MATTE-TIN 6 POWER 5 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. GOLD 3 LOW LEVEL/DRY MATTE-TIN 6 CIRCUIT OR POWER 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 5 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with P, S, R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. U11-U415 model numbers S, R, or Q contact material. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. Q contact material standard with C, Z & Z3 terminations. 5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. P, S & R contact materials not available with Z & Z3 terminations. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte tin alloy nickel plate. with all options when ordered with G, B contact material standard with all terminations except C, Z & Z3. F Toggle Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–15 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Toggle Switches SEAL E I EPOXY SEAL EPOXY POTTED BASE Dim. 'A' Compatible with “bottom-wash” PC board cleaning methods. NO. POLES DIM ‘A’ SP .410 (10,41) DP .440 (11,18) 3P .505 (12,83) 4P .505 (12,83) Available with C, W-W5, Z & Z3 terminations only. AVAILABLE HARDWARE Cap Cap Cap .383 (9,73) PART NO. 896801000 896802000 896803000 PART NO. PART NO. 763701000 763702000 763703000 WHITE BLACK RED 706201000 706202000 706203000 WHITE BLACK RED WHITE BLACK RED Material: Polyethylene Finish: Matte Material: Vinyl Finish: Matte Material: Vinyl Finish: Matte L41 Lever handle L42 Lever handle Fits Z3 Termination female connector .477 (12,12) PART NO. 481001000 481002263 481003000 .777 (19,74) 481101000 481102263 481103000 530100000 WHITE BLACK RED Available in loose pieces. Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Material: Nylon Finish: Matte 759D02000 Sealing Boot 703D02000 Sealing Boot 704D02000 Sealing Boot .657 (16,7) .524 (13,3) 1/4-40 uns-2A nut NOTE: For use with S actuator style when combined with D, H, H3, Y, and Y4 bushings Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. 16 [0.630] ø 2 [ 0.079] ø .331 (8,4) .464 (11,79) .945 (24,0) .658 (16,7) F NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see Section N. PART NO. PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED .204 (5,2) Toggle .312 (7,92) .687 (17,45) 15/32-32 NS-2A NOTE: For use with T and TP style actuators. Cannot be used for Switch Functions: 7103, 7203, 7303, 7403, 7107, 7207, 7307, 7407. 15/32-32, NS-2A NOTE: For use with T, TP and T2P style actuators. Cannot be used for Switch Functions: 7103, 7203, 7303, 7403, 7107, 7207, 7307, and 7407. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–16 www.ck-components.com Military/Aerospace/HI-REL MIL-S-83731 Toggle Switches Features/Benefits • Qualified to MIL-S-83731 • 50 µ inch selective gold contact plating • Epoxy sealed terminals for process compatibility Test Requirement • Rated for logic level to 5 amp resistive loads and 2 amp inductive loads • Flame retardant housing material • RoHS compliant and compatible MIL-S-83731/9, 10, 13, 14, 15, 16 1. Strength of Terminal 1 lb. – solder lug 2. Strength of Actuating Lever Pivot and Stop 10 lbs. & 8 lbs. throughout range 3. Strength of Mounting Means 15 lbs. in. torque on bushing 4. Dielectric (Sea Level) Indication 1000 VAC Group B, 750 VAC after electrical endurance. 500 µA max. leakage 5. Contact Voltage Drop 2.5 millivolt initial, 5.0 millivolt after mechanical endurance @ 2-6 VDC 0.1 amp 6. Temperature Rise 50 C rise max. @ rated resistive load after endurance test 7. Short Circuit 10 operations carry 100 amps resistive load @ lowest DC volts 8. Mechanical Life 20K operations at specified high and low temperatures ˚ 9. Electrical Endurance 10K operations at specified high and low temperatures 10. Overload 50 operations @ 150% of rated resistive load 11. Electrical Endurance at Sea Level 10K operations resistive load @ room temperature 10K operations inductive load @ room temperature 10K operations lamp load @ room temperature Performed on different test samples 12. Vibration Method 204 of MIL-STD-202, test condition A .06 D. A. or 10 G’s 10-500 Hz, 10 usec. max. chatter 13. Shock Fuse-method 213 or MIL-STD-202, 10 usec. max. chatter 14. Salt Spray Test Upon Completion 48 hours – method 101 of MIL-STD-202, test condition B 10 operations resistive load (toggle sealed switches only) 15. Moisture Resistance Test Upon Completion Method 106 of MIL-STD-202 100 VDC potential between current carrying parts and panel 16. Sand & Dust Method 110 of MIL-STD-202, test condition B 6 hours @ 23 C 2.5K operations mechanical life (toggle sealed switches only) 17. Explosion MIL-STD-202 method 109, maximum rated DC inductive load (toggle sealed switches only) 18. Sealing Toggle seal – 5 operations under 0.5 inches of H2O above top of bushing 19. A.) Toggle Seal B.) Bushing Seal (Toggle sealed switches only) (Panel sealed switches only) 20. Temperature Operation Mechanical life, –25 C to +71 C 21. Life Low Cur. Level No requirement 22. Fungus No requirement 23. Intermediate Current 20K operations, 35/40 milliamps @ 5 VDC resistive load @ +71 C 24. Thermal Shock Method 107 of MIL-STD-202 test condition A; 5 cycles @ –55 C/+85 C MATERIALS CURRENT RATINGS – HIGH LEVEL CASE: Diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94 V-0). BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated. HOUSING: Stainless steel. ACTUATOR: Brass, chrome plated. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, tin plated. TERMINALS: Gold over nickel over copper alloy. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. CONTACTS: Gold over nickel over silver over brass. PANEL SEAL: Silicone rubber. MOUNTING HARDWARE: Two hexagon nut, brass with nickel plating; one lockwasher, steel with nickel plating; one locking ring, brass with nickel plating. Current Capacity in Amperes – Per Pole 28V dc 1 5 2 115V ac, 400 Hz Lamp Load 1 Resistive Load 5 Inductive Load 2 125V ac, 60 Hz 1 5 2 CURRENT RATINGS – LOGIC LEVEL 0.5 Volt – Amp (VA) Max. @ 28 V Max. (AC or DC) HOW TO ORDER: Complete part numbers for MIL-S-83731 TOGGLE SWITCHES are shown on pages F–18 through F–21. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–17 www.ck-components.com F Toggle RATINGS Military/Aerospace/HI-REL MIL-S-83731 Toggle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES SP POS. 2 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 3 POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 SCHEMATIC MODEL NO. M83731/9-211 ON OFF ON M83731/9-231 ON NONE ON M83731/9-261 ON NONE MOM. M83731/9-271 MOM. OFF MOM. M83731/9-311 ON OFF MOM. M83731/9-341 NONE ON MOM. 2-3 23 OPEN 2-1 2 1 SPDT N/A 2-3 2-1 SPDT SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES DP POS. 2 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 3 POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 SCHEMATIC MODEL NO. M83731/10-211 ON OFF M83731/10-231 ON NONE ON M83731/10-261 ON NONE MOM. M83731/10-271 MOM. OFF MOM. M83731/10-311 ON OFF MOM. M83731/10-321 ON ON ON M83731/10-331 ON ON MOM. M83731/10-341 NONE ON M83731/10-351 MOM. ON ON 2 3,5 6 2-3,5-6 OPEN 2 1,5 4 2-1,5-4 2 356 2-3,5-6 2354 2-3,5-4 2 154 2-1,5-4 MOM. N/A 2-3,5-6 2-1,5-4 MOM. 2-3,5-6 2-3,5-4 2-1,5-4 DPDT DPDT PANEL MOUNTING Toggle F Without locking ring. With standard locking ring. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–18 www.ck-components.com Military/Aerospace/HI-REL MIL-S-83731 Toggle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES SP POS. 2 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 3 POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 SCHEMATIC MODEL NO. M83731/9-212 ON OFF ON M83731/9-232 ON NONE ON M83731/9-262 ON NONE MOM. M83731/9-272 MOM. OFF MOM. M83731/9-312 ON OFF MOM. M83731/9-342 NONE ON MOM. 2-3 23 OPEN 2-1 2 1 N/A 2-3 2-1 SPDT PC MOUNTING SPDT SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES DP POS. 2 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 3 POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 SCHEMATIC MODEL NO. M83731/10-212 ON OFF M83731/10-232 ON NONE ON M83731/10-262 ON NONE MOM. M83731/10-272 MOM. OFF MOM. MOM. ON 2 3,5 6 2-3,5-6 OPEN , 2-1,5-4 2-3,5-6 2356 2-3,5-4 2354 2-1,5-4 M83731/10-312 ON OFF M83731/10-322 ON ON ON M83731/10-332 ON ON MOM. M83731/10-342 NONE ON MOM. N/A 2-3,5-6 2-1,5-4 M83731/10-352 MOM. ON MOM. 2-3,5-6 2-3,5-4 2-1,5-4 DPDT PC MOUNTING F Toggle DPDT Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–19 www.ck-components.com Military/Aerospace/HI-REL MIL-S-83731 Toggle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES SP POS. 2 POS. 3 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 SCHEMATIC MODEL NO. M83731/13-211 ON OFF M83731/13-231 ON NONE ON M83731/13-261 ON NONE MOM. M83731/13-271 MOM. OFF MOM. M83731/13-311 ON OFF MOM. M83731/13-341 NONE ON MOM. ON 2-3 2 3 OPEN 2-1 2 1 SPDT N/A 2-3 2-1 PC MOUNTING SPDT SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES DP POS. 2 POS. 3 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 SCHEMATIC MODEL NO. M83731/14-211 ON OFF M83731/14-231 ON NONE ON M83731/14-261 ON NONE MOM. M83731/14-271 MOM. OFF MOM. M83731/14-311 ON OFF MOM. M83731/14-321 ON ON ON M83731/14-331 ON ON MOM. M83731/14-341 NONE ON MOM. N/A 2-3,5-6 2-1,5-4 M83731/14-351 MOM. ON MOM. 2-3,5-6 2-3,5-4 2-1,5-4 ON 2-3,5-6 2 3,5 6 OPEN 2-1,5-4 2 1,5 4 2356 2-3,5-6 2 354 2-3,5-4 2 154 2-1,5-4 DPDT PC MOUNTING Toggle F DPDT Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–20 www.ck-components.com Military/Aerospace/HI-REL MIL-S-83731 Toggle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES SP POS. 2 POS. 3 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 SCHEMATIC MODEL NO. M83731/15-211 ON OFF ON M83731/15-231 ON NONE ON M83731/15-261 ON NONE MOM. M83731/15-271 MOM. OFF MOM. M83731/15-311 ON OFF MOM. M83731/15-341 NONE ON MOM. 2-3 2 3 OPEN 2-1 2 1 SPDT N/A 2-3 2-1 PC MOUNTING SPDT SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES DP POS. 2 POS. 3 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 SCHEMATIC MODEL NO. M83731/16-211 ON OFF M83731/16-231 ON NONE ON M83731/16-261 ON NONE MOM. M83731/16-271 MOM. OFF MOM. M83731/16-311 ON OFF MOM. M83731/16-321 ON ON ON M83731/16-331 ON ON MOM. M83731/16-341 NONE ON MOM. M83731/16-351 MOM. ON MOM. ON 2-3,5-6 2 3,5 6 OPEN 2-1,5-4 , 2-3,5-6 2356 2 2-3,5-4 354 2-1,5-4 N/A 2-3,5-6 2-1,5-4 2-3,5-6 2-3,5-4 2-1,5-4 DPDT PC MOUNTING F Toggle DPDT Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–21 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches Features/Benefits • Sealed against solder and cleaning Typical Applications • Telecommunications • Instrumentation • Medical equipment process contaminants • • • • UL 94V-0 Nylon case and bushing Multi-positions ESD protection available RoHS compliant models available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Q contact material: E1XX & E2XX MODELS: 7.5 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. E3XX MODELS: 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. See page F-29 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: E1XX and E2XX models: 40,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. E3XX models: 30,000 cycles. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD) OPTION: F1 conductive bushing only. Dissipates up to 20,000 V DC from actuator to ground. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP57; Protection against harmful dust deposit, full-scale voltage protection, temporary immersion. CASE & BUSHING: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized (UL 94V-0). F1 conductive bushing option is impregnated with carbon fibers. ACTUATOR: Brass, chrome plated with internal o-ring seal standard. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated. SWITCH SUPPORT RETAINER: Stainless steel. CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page F-29 for additional contact materials. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. HARDWARE: Nut & Locking ring: Brass, nickel plated. Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated. NOTE: Any models supplied with P, S, R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant and compatible. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages F–23 thru F–29. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult our Customer Service Center. All models are process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods. Switch Function E101 SP, On-None-On E103 SP, On-Off-On E105 SP, Mom.-Off-Mom. E107 SP, On-Off-Mom. E108 SP, On-None-Mom. E201 DP, On-None-On E203 DP, On-Off-On E205 DP, Mom.-Off-Mom. E207 DP, On-Off-Mom. E208 DP, On-None-Mom. E211 DP, On-On-On E213 DP, On-On-Mom. E215 DP, Mom.-On-Mom. **E301 3P, On-None-On Toggle F * F1 available with SP and DP versions only, please see page F-19 Actuator M .300" high S .500" high L3 Plastic, .940" high Bushing D1 .250" high *F1 Conductive, .250" high D9 .280" high **Y Threaded, .350" high Terminations Right angle, PC thru-hole A AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole V3 .460" high, V-bracket Z Solder lug A3 Right angle, PC thru-hole AV3 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole V6 .460" high, V-bracket V9 1.150" high, V-bracket V31 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket V61 .460" high, snap-in V-bracket W .750" long, wire wrap Z3 Quick connect Contact Material B Gold P Gold, matte-tin Q Silver S Silver, matte-tin G Gold over silver R Gold over silver, matte-tin Seal E Epoxy ** Y threaded bushing available for 1 & 2 pole only Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–22 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 NO. POLES MODEL NO. E101 SP POS. 1 C&K marking on opposite side ON NONE ON E103 ON OFF ON E105 MOM. OFF MOM. E107 ON OFF MOM. E108 ON NONE MOM. CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 2 POS. 3 C&K marking on opposite side SCHEMATIC 2-3 N/A 2-1 2-3 OPEN 2-1 2-3 N/A 2-1 SPDT SPDT Terminal Numbers For Reference Only Part number shown: E101SD1CBE E201 ON NONE ON E203 ON OFF ON E205 MOM. OFF MOM. E207 ON OFF MOM. E208 ON NONE MOM. E211 ** ON ON ON E213** ON ON MOM. E215** MOM. ON MOM. 2-3,5-6 N/A 2-1,5-4 2-3,5-6 OPEN 2-1,5-4 2-3,5-6 N/A 2-1,5-4 2-3,5-6 2-3,5-4 2-1,5-4 DP DPDT DPDT Terminal Numbers For Reference Only Part number shown: E201SD1CBE MOM. = Momentary All models ** Wiring for 3-way switch, see Section N. with all options when ordered with G,R, Q or S contact material except with F1 conductive bushing. F Toggle Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–23 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 NO. POLES MODEL NO. C&K marking on opposite side E301 3P CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 2 POS. 1 ON NONE POS. 3 C&K marking on opposite side 2-3,5-6,8-9 ON N/A SCHEMATIC 2-1,5-4,8-7 3PDT 3PDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: E301SD1CBE MOM. = Momentary All models ** Wiring for 3-way switch, see Section N. with all options when ordered with G, R, Q or S contact material except with F1 conductive bushing. ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR M S .300" HIGH L3 .500" HIGH PLASTIC, .940" HIGH * * Gloss plastic OPTION CODE * 2 L3 ACTUATOR COLOR BLACK Chrome finish Standard when ordered with A, A3, AV2, AV3, V2-V61 terminations. Finish: Chrome. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. No color choice required for S & M actuators. Standard when ordered with C, Z, Z3, W & W4 terminations. Finish: Chrome * Actuators shown with standard D1 bushing. Subtract .030 (0,76) for D9 bushing. Subtract .100 (2,54) for Y bushing. BUSHING D1 F1 .250" HIGH, UNTHREADED D9 .280" HIGH, UNTHREADED Y THREADED, INSULATED, .350" HIGH WITH KEYWAY ESD CONDUCTIVE BUSHING, .250" HIGH, UNTHREADED F1 bushing is not UL approved 1/4-40 UNS-2A PANEL MOUNTING Toggle F ESD protection depends on proper grounding of switch support bracket. F1 conductive bushing option is impregnated with carbon fibers; dissipates electrostatic discharge (ESD) up to 20,000 V from actuator to ground. Available with M & S actuator options and A, A3, AV2, AV3, V3-V61 termination options. E3XX models not available with D9 bushing. NOTE: Internal o-ring actuator seal standard for all bushing options. Available only with C, Z, Z3, & W terminations. Available for 1&2 pole only. Hardware: One dress nut part number 299D01201, one hex nut part number 540400201 and lockwasher part number 700303202 supplied standard. Will withstand 4 in.-lbs. of torque with no distortion. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–24 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS Z C SOLDER LUG Not available with F1 conductive bushing or P, R or S contact material. SPDT thru 3PDT Z3 SPDT thru 3PDT PC MOUNTING Not available with F1 conductive bushing. QUICK CONNECT SPDT thru 3PDT A PC THRU-HOLE Not available with F1 conductive bushing or P, R or S contact material. Mating quick connector available; order part number 530100000, page F-16. RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SECTION A-A E101MD1ABE Terminal Nos. For Reference Only A3 RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING Horizontal Actuation SPDT Not available with Y bushing. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SECTION A-A A3 Terminal Nos. For Reference Only RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING E201MD1ABE Horizontal Actuation DPDT F Toggle Not available with Y bushing. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–25 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING E301MD1ABE Horizontal Actuation Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SECTION A-A 3PDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Not available with D9 & Y bushings. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH E101MD1AV2BE Vertical Actuation Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SECTION A-A SPDT AV3 PC MOUNTING VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH Not available with Y bushing. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH E201MD1AV2BE Vertical Actuation SECTION A-A Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 PC MOUNTING DPDT A3 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH Toggle F Not available with Y bushing. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–26 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH E301MD1AV2BE Vertical Actuation 3PDT SECTION A-A Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 AV3 PC MOUNTING VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE .150" PITCH Not available with D9 & Y bushings. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. V6 V61 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING E101MD1__BE SPDT SNAP-IN OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V6, V61 .460 (11,68) Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with Y bushing. V6 V61 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN E201MD1__BE DPDT SNAP-IN F DIM ‘A’ V6, V61 .460 (11,68) Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with Y bushing. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–27 www.ck-components.com Toggle OPTION CODE E Series Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS V3, V9 V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ SNAP-IN E101MD1__BE SPDT V3, V31 .460 (11,68) V9 1.150 (29,21) Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with Y bushing. V3, V9 V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN OPTION CODE SNAP-IN E201MD1__BE DPDT DIM ‘A’ V3, V31 .460 (11,68) V9 1.150 (29,21) Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with Y bushing. V9 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING E301MD1__BE Toggle F OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V9 1.150 (29,21) SNAP-IN 3PDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with D9 & Y bushings. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–28 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Toggle Switches CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE B CONTACT MATERIAL GOLD 1 P Q S R RATINGS GOLD 1 LOW LEVEL/ MATTE-TIN 6 DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. SILVER 5 SILVER 4,5 G TERMINAL PLATING E1XX & E2XX MODELS: 7.5 AMPS @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. E3XX MODELS: 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. POWER MATTE-TIN 6 GOLD OVER GOLD 3 LOW LEVEL/DRY SILVER 2,3 MATTE-TIN 6 CIRCUIT OR POWER E1XX AND E2XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 7.5 AMPS @125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. DC E3XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. NOTE: Any models supplied with P, S, R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. All models with all options when ordered with S, R, G, or Q contact material except with F1 conductive bushing. 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. B contact material standard with all terminations. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. P, S & R contact materials not available with Z & Z3 terminations. 5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold flash over silver plate. Or copper alloy, silver plated. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate. F Toggle Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–29 www.ck-components.com ET Series Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches Features/Benefits • Sealed against solder and cleaning process contaminants • ESD protection available • Thru-hole and surface mount models • Compact size and small footprint Typical Applications • Hand-held telecommunications • Instrumentation • Medical equipment save PCB space • RoHS compliant models available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. See page F-35 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: ETX1 models: 60,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. All other models: 30,000 cycles. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD) RESISTANT OPTION: M3 & S3 insulating actuator only: 9,000 V DC min. @ sea level, actuator to terminals. F1 conductive bushing only: Dissipates up to 20,000 V DC from actuator to ground. M3 & S3 actuator and F1 bushing options are not recommended for use together. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP57; Protection against harmful dust deposit, full-scale voltage protection, temporary immersion. PACKAGING: Surface mount switches are shipped in tape and reel packaging, see page F-36 for drawings and reel information. CASE & BUSHING: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized (UL 94V-0) or glass filled 4/6 nylon, flame retardant, heat stabilized (UL 94V-0). F1 conductive bushing option is impregnated with carbon fibers. ACTUATOR: M3 & S3 anti-static actuator: Nylon 4/6, black standard (UL 94V-0). All other actuators: Brass, chrome plated. Internal o-ring seal standard with all actuators. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, tin plated. CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See F-35 for additional contact materials. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, P or R contact material are RoHS compliant and compatible. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages F–31 thru F–36. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult our Customer Service Center. All models are process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods. Switch Function ET01 SP, On-None-On ET02 SPST, Off-None-On ET03 SP, On-Off-On ET05 SP, Mom.-Off-Mom. ET07 SP, On-Off-Mom. ET08 SP, On-None-Mom. ET21 DP, On-None-On ET23 DP, On-Off-On ET24 DP, On-On-On ET25 DP, Mom.-Off-Mom. ET27 DP, On-Off-Mom. ET28 DP, On-None-Mom. Toggle F Actuator M .240" high M3 Plastic, anti-static, .240" high S .400" high L .320" high S1 .540" high Bushing D1 .177" High, Unthreaded F1 .177" high, unthreaded, ESD conductive Terminations Right angle, PC thru-hole A AV Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole SA Right angle, surface mount SA1 Right angle, surface mount rear-facing V3 Vertical mount, V-bracket Contact Material AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole B Gold V31 Vertical mount, V-bracket, snap-in P Gold, matte tin W Wire wrap Q Silver S Silver/matte-tin G Gold over silver R Gold over silver, matte-tin Seal E Epoxy Plastic Actuator Color NONE No actuator color 2 Black 1 White Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–30 www.ck-components.com ET Series Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 NO. POLES MODEL NO. ET01 POS. 1 C&K marking on opposite side ON NONE ON CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 2 POS. 3 C&K marking on opposite side SCHEMATIC 2-3 N/A 2-1 2-3 OPEN 2-1 ET03 ON OFF ON ET05 MOM. OFF MOM. ET07 ON OFF MOM. ET08 ON NONE MOM. 2-3 N/A 2-1 SPDT ET02 OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1 SPST SP SPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: ET01MD1CBE ET21 ON ET02 Models: Omit terminal 2 NONE ON 2-3,5-6 N/A 2-1,5-4 2-3,5-6 OPEN 2-1,5-4 ET23 ON OFF ON ET25 MOM. OFF MOM. ET27 ON OFF MOM. ET28 ON NONE MOM. 2-3,5-6 N/A 2-1,5-4 ET24** ON ON ON 2-3,5-6 2-3,5-4 2-1,5-4 DP DPDT DPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: ET21MD1CBE MOM. = Momentary ** Wiring for 3-way switch, see Section N. with all options (except M3 actuator) when ordered with G, L, R or Q contact material except All models with F1 conductive bushing. F Toggle Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–31 www.ck-components.com ET Series Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR M M3 .240" HIGH Material: Nylon 4/6 (UL 94V-0), black standard. Static resistance: 9,000 V DC min. @ sea level, actuator to terminals. Not available with F1 conductive bushing option. Not UL approved. Standard with A, AV, V3 & V31 terminations. S1 S PLASTIC, ANTISTATIC, .240" HIGH L .400" HIGH .320" HIGH Standard with C or W terminations. .540" HIGH OPTION CODE PLASTIC ACTUATOR COLOR (NONE) BLACK (M3 & S3 only) 1 WHITE (M3 & S3 only) NOTE: All actuators have chrome finish (except M3 & S3 ). BUSHING D1 F1 .177" HIGH, UNTHREADED ESD, CONDUCTIVE BUSHING UNTHREADED, .177" HIGH F1 bushing is not UL approved NOTE: ESD protection depends on proper grounding of switch support bracket. F1 conductive bushing option is impregnated with carbon fibers; dissipates electrostatic discharge (ESD) up to 20,000 V from actuator to ground. Available with all metal actuator options and A, AV, AV3, V3 and V31 termination options only. Internal actuator o-ring seal standard. TERMINATIONS C W PC THRU-HOLE SP DP WIRE WRAP SP DP PC MOUNTING SP DP ET02 – omit center hole. Toggle F Not available with F1 conductive bushing. SP and DP Not available with F1 conductive bushing. SP and DP Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–32 www.ck-components.com ET Series Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING ET01MD1ABE Horizontal Actuation SPDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with ET02 model. A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING ET21MD1ABE Horizontal Actuation DPDT AV Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING ET01MD1AVBE Vertical Actuation Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SPDT ET02 - omit terminal 2. AV NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING F Toggle ET21MD1AVBE Vertical Actuation DPDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–33 www.ck-components.com ET Series Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS AV3 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING ET01SD1AV2BE Vertical Actuation Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SA SPDT RIGHT ANGLE, SURFACE MOUNT PC MOUNTING ET01M3D1SAPE Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Horizontal Actuation SPDT Only Not available with S and S1 actuators. Standard with tape & reel packaging, See page F-36. SA1 RIGHT ANGLE, SURFACE MOUNT .276 (7,0) .041 (1,04) .354 (9,00) ø.099 (2,51Ø) ø.181 (4,60) EPOXY SEAL .020 TYP (0,51) Not available in ET02 . Actuators M and M3, bushing D1, contact material B. Standard with tape and reel packaging-see page F-36. V3 V31 .272 (6,90) .059 (1,50) .403 (10,24) .171 (4,35) .403 (10,24) .032 TYP. (0,80) .051 (1,30) .121 (3,07) .217 (5,51) .234 (5,94) .200 (5,08) .071 TYP. (1,80) .059 (1,50) .100 (2,54) .079 TYP. (2,0) ET01M3D1SA1BE Horizontal Actuation SPDT Only VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING F ET02 Models: Omit center hole. Toggle V31 Snap-In ET01MD1V3BE SPDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 ET02 Models: Omit terminal 2 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–34 www.ck-components.com ET Series Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS V3 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING ET21MD1V3BE DPDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL B P GOLD 1 Q SILVER 4,5 TERMINAL PLATING GOLD 1 RATINGS LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT ETX1 MODELS: 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC SILVER 5 POWER MATTE-TIN 6 S G GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3 R 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. MATTE-TIN 6 GOLD 3 LOW LEVEL/DRY MATTE-TIN 6 CIRCUIT OR POWER ALL OTHER MODELS: 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC ETX1 MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC ALL OTHER MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. 5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte tin over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B , G, P or R contact material are RoHS compliant. All models with all options (except M3 actuator) when ordered with G, L, R or Q contact material except with F1 conductive bushing. SEAL E EPOXY SEAL AVAILABLE HARDWARE Cap .338 (8,59) PART NO. 706201000 706202000 706203000 WHITE BLACK RED F Material: Vinyl Finish: Matte Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–35 www.ck-components.com Toggle NOTE: Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. ET Series Sealed Subminiature Toggle Switches TAPE & REEL For part number ET01M3D1SAPE REEL INFORMATION OUTSIDE DIAMETER PILOT HOLE 13.00 (330,0) .512 (13,0) QUANTITY PER REEL 600 For part number ET01M3D1SA1BE 0.630 (16,00) 0.157 (4,0) 0.079 (2,0) ø 0.059 (1,50) 0.297 (7,55) 0.069 (1,75) 0.014 (0,35) REEL INFORMATION 0.795 (20,2) OUTSIDE DIAMETER 13.00 (330,0) PILOT HOLE .795 (20,20) QUANTITY PER REEL 1.732 (44,0) 500 0.996 (25,30) FEED DIRECTION Toggle F Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–36 www.ck-components.com T Series Subminiature Toggle Switches Features/Benefits • Compact size—small footprint • Single and double pole models • PC and panel mount Typical Applications • Hand-held telecommunications • Instrumentation • Medical equipment options available • RoHS compliant models available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Q contact material (TX01 models): 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC. All other models: 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC. See page F-42 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: TX01 models: 60,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. All other models: 30,000 cycles. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). CASE: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized or diallyl phthalate (DAP), (UL 94V-0) or glass filled nylon 4/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized. ACTUATOR: Brass, chrome plated. BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated. HOUSING: Stainless steel. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, matte-tin plated. END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See above for additional contact materials. CENTER CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page F-42 for additional contact materials. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. HARDWARE: Nut & Locking Ring: Brass, nickel plated. Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated. Additional hardware available separately, see Section N. NOTE: Any models supplied with P, R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant and compatible. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages F-38 thru F-42. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods. Switch Function T101 SPDT On-None-On T102 SPDT Off-None-On T103 SPDT On-Off-On T105 SPDT Mom.-Off-Mom. T107 SPDT On-Off-Mom. T108 SPDT On-None-Mom. T201 DPDT On-None-On T203 DPDT On-Off-On T205 DPDT Mom.-Off-Mom. T207 DPDT On-Off-Mom. T208 DPDT On-None-Mom. T211 DPDT On-On-On. Actuator P3 Flatted, anti-rotation, .490" high S .370" high K Locking lever, round tip L1 .640" high M1 .220" high S1 .410" high M .210" high L .290" high Bushing H .220" high, threaded, flat H9 .220" high, unthreaded, flat CF Splashproof, .310" high, threaded, flat D9 .260" high, unthreaded, keyway T .310" high, threaded, flat T9 .310" high, unthreaded, flat TD .260" high, threaded, keyway TK .310" high, threaded, keyway Y .220" high, threaded, keyway Y9 .220" high, unthreaded, keyway Terminations A Right angle, PC thru-hole AV Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole V3 Vertical mount V-bracket Z Solder lug W Wire wrap Seal E Epoxy Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–37 www.ck-components.com F Toggle Contact Material B Gold P Gold, matte tin Q Silver G Gold over silver R Gold over silver, matte-tin T Series Subminiature Toggle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES MODEL NO. POS. 2 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 3 POS. 1 C&K marking on opposite side T101 ON NONE ON T103 ON OFF ON T105 MOM. OFF MOM. T107 ON OFF MOM. T108 ON NONE T102 OFF NONE POS. 2 POS. 3 C&K marking on opposite side SCHEMATIC 2-3 N/A 2-1 2-3 OPEN 2-1 MOM. 2-3 NA 2-1 SPDT ON OPEN N/A 3-1 SPST SP SPDT .338 (8,57) Part number shown: T101SHZQE SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 NO. POLES DP MODEL NO. CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 ON NONE ON T203 ON OFF ON T205 MOM. OFF MOM. T208 ON NONE T211* ON ON POS. 3 SCHEMATIC C&K marking on opposite side C&K marking on opposite side T201 POS. 2 2-3,5-6 N/A 2-1,5-4 2-3,5-6 OPEN 2-1,5-4 MOM. 2-3,5-6 N/A 2-1,5-4 ON. 2-3,5-6 2-3,5-4 2-1,5-4 DPDT DPDT .338 (8,57) Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: T201SHZQE Toggle F MOM. = Momentary * Wiring for 3-way switch refer to page N-10 All models with all options when ordered with G, L, R or Q contact material. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–38 www.ck-components.com T Series Subminiature Toggle Switches ACTUATOR M S .210" HIGH M1 .370" HIGH S1 .220" HIGH (with “T” bushing) .410" HIGH (with “T” bushing) 2 1 1 2 .214 (5,44) Standard with A, AV or V3 terminations. L .290" HIGH L1 Standard with Z, C or W terminations. P3 .640" HIGH ANTI-ROTATION, FLATTED, .450" HIGH 2 1 Actuator shown with standard H bushing. Subtract .040 (1,02) for TD and D9 bushings, subtract .090 (2,29) for T, T9, TK, K9 & CF bushings. 1 2 Actuators shown with T, T9, TK & CF bushings, add .050 (1,27) for TD and D9 bushings, add .090 (2,29) for H, H9, Y & Y9 bushings. All actuators have chrome finish (except K). Available with T & T9 bushings only. Dress nut part number 709901201 supplied standard with threaded bushing. K LOCKING LEVER Locking Positions –01 & –02 Models 2 Position lock –03 & –11 Models 3 Position lock –08 Models 1 Position lock K actuators have natural aluminum finish. Not available with CF bushing option. Bushing option code not required. Not available with TX05 & TX07 models. Keyway on right side. To prevent accidental actuation, toggles must be lifted before being actuated. When released, toggles again lock in place. Overtightening mounting nut may cause actuator to bind. BUSHING H H9 .220" HIGH THREADED, FLAT .220" HIGH UNTHREADED, FLAT Y Y9 .220" HIGH THREADED, KEYWAY .220" HIGH UNTHREADED, KEYWAY T T9 .310" HIGH THREADED, FLAT .310" HIGH UNTHREADED, FLAT F Toggle H standard with C, W & Z terminations. H9 standard with A, AV & V3 terminations. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–39 www.ck-components.com T Series Subminiature Toggle Switches BUSHING TK .310" HIGH THREADED, KEYWAY TD .260" HIGH THREADED, KEYWAY CF D9 .260" HIGH UNTHREADED, KEYWAY SPLASHPROOF, .310" HIGH THREADED, FLAT IP67 Degree of protection. Internal o-ring actuator seal and external bushing seal washer standard. Not available with K locking lever option. 10-48 BUSHING With Standard Locking Ring Without Locking Ring 1/4 IN. BUSHING PANEL MOUNTING Without Locking Ring Without Locking Ring Without Locking Ring With Small Locking Ring With Standard Locking Ring TERMINATIONS Z C SOLDER LUG PC THRU-HOLE SP SP DP DP PC MOUNTING Not available with P or R contact materials. W T102 – omit center hole. WIRE WRAP SP DP Toggle F Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–40 www.ck-components.com T Series Subminiature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING .214 (5,44) .022 (0,56) .128 (3,25) T101MH9ABE Horizontal Actuation Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SPDT Not available with T102 model. A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE .214 (5,44) PC MOUNTING .022 (0,56) .128 (3,25) T201MH9ABE Horizontal Actuation DPDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 AV VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING .214 (5,44) .026 (0,66) .153 (3,89) T101MH9AVBE Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Vertical Actuation SPDT T102 Models: Omit terminal 2 NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING .214 (5,44) .022 (0,56) Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 .153 (3,89) T201MH9AVBE Vertical Actuation DPDT NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. V3 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 .214 (5,44) F T101MH9V3BE T102 Models: Omit center hole. SPDT T102 Models: Omit terminal 2 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–41 www.ck-components.com Toggle .358 (9,08) T Series Subminiature Toggle Switches TERMINATIONS V3 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET .214 (5,44) PC MOUNTING T201MH9V3BE DPDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE B CONTACT MATERIAL G R RATINGS GOLD 1 LOW LEVEL/ MATTE-TIN 6 DRY CIRCUIT SILVER 4,5 SILVER 5 POWER GOLD OVER GOLD 3 LOW LEVEL/DRY MATTE-TIN 6 CIRCUIT OR POWER GOLD 1 P Q TERMINAL PLATING SILVER 2,3 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. TX01 MODELS: 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. ALL OTHER MODELS: 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. TX01 MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. ALL OTHER MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. All models 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. B contact material standard with A, AV, V3 & W terminations. 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material standard with C & Z terminations. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. 5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate. with all options when ordered with R, G, or Q contact material. SEAL E EPOXY SEAL AVAILABLE HARDWARE .204 (5,2) SEALING BOOT .658 (16,7) 759D02000 Toggle F * Note: For use with S1 actuator style when combined with T, TK, and CF bushings. .524 (13,3) 1/4-40 uns-2A nut Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–42 www.ck-components.com GT Series Sealed Ultraminiature Toggle Switches Features/Benefits • Sealed against solder and cleaning process contaminants Typical Applications • Hand-held telecommunications • Small instrumentation • Ultraminiature size, smallest footprint available • Thru-hole and surface mount models • High temperature materials (UL 94V-0) • RoHS compliant and compatible Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 40,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). PACKAGING: Surface mount switches shipped in anti-static tape and reel packaging per EIA 481-3, see page F-47 for drawings and reel information. Tape and cover strip are conductive for use near statically sensitive components, consult Customer Service Center. HOUSING AND BASE: Glass filled nylon 4/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR: Glass filled nylon 4/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized (UL 94V-0), with standard internal o-ring seal. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, tin plated. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. TERMINALS: Gold. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. All terminals insert molded. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Complete part numbers for GT Series Sealed Ultraminiature Toggle Switches are shown on pages F–43 thru F–47. .100 (2,54) SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER GT11MCBE SPDT GT11MCBE GT13MCBE ON NONE ON ON OFF ON Conn. Terms. 2-3 OPEN 2-1 4 .170 DIA. GT12MCBE Conn. Terms. .063 (1,60) Note: Pins 4 and 6 not connected OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1 .228 (5,79) EPOXY SEAL 3 2 1 .276 (7,01) .177 (4,50) .130 TYP. (3,30) ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POS. 1 TERMINAL NOS. FOR Schematic PC MOUNTING SPST .020 TYP. (0,51) .066 DIA. Schematic SPDT C&K MARKING ON .015 TYP. (0,38) OPPOSITE SIDE .100 (2,54) 6 .150 (3,81) .160 (4,06) Note: Pins 4 and 6 not connected GT12-omit hole 2. REFERENCE ONLY 6 3 4 1 GT12 MODEL TERMINALS 1,3,4 & 6 ONLY F Toggle Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–43 www.ck-components.com GT Series Sealed Ultraminiature Toggle Switches .100 (2,54) C&K MARKING ON OPPOSITE SIDE .150 (3,81) .160 (4,06) .170 DIA. .020 TYP. (0,51) .066 DIA. .063 (1,60) EPOXY SEAL .015 TYP. (0,38) .100 (2,54) 6 5 4 SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 POS. 3 3 2 1 PART NUMBER .276 (7,01) .177 (4,50) GT21MCBE GT23MCBE Conn. Terms. ON NONE ON ON OFF ON 2-3, 5-6 OPEN 2-1, 5-4 GT21MCBE .228 (5,79) Schematic .130 TYP. (3,30) ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POS. 1 TERMINAL NOS. FOR REFERENCE ONLY PC MOUNTING 6 3 4 1 GT22 MODEL TERMINALS 1,3,4 & 6 ONLY DPDT DPDT GT22MCBE Conn. Terms. OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1 Schematic DPST GT22-omit holes 2 & 5. SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 GT11MABE GT13MABE ON NONE ON ON OFF ON GT11MABE Conn. Terms. 2-3 OPEN 2-1 Horizontal Actuation Schematic SPDT SPDT PC MOUNTING GT12MABE Conn. Terms. GT12 Models OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1 Schematic SPST GT12-omit hole 2. SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER GT21MABE GT23MABE Conn. Terms. ON ON NONE ON OFF ON 2-3, 5-6 OPEN 2-1, 5-4 Schematic Horizontal Actuation Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 DPDT GT22MABE PC MOUNTING Conn. Terms. DPDT OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1, 6-4 Schematic F Toggle GT21MABE DPST GT22 Models GT22-omit holes 2 & 5. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–44 www.ck-components.com GT Series Sealed Ultraminiature Toggle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER GT11MAVBE GT13MAVBE ON NONE ON ON OFF ON Conn. Terms. 2-3 OPEN 2-1 OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1 Schematic GT11MAVBE Vertical Actuation SPDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SPDT GT12MAVBE Conn. Terms. PC MOUNTING Schematic GT12 omit hole 2. SPST GT12 Models SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER GT21MAVBE GT23MAVBE Conn. Terms. GT21MAVBE ON NONE ON ON OFF ON 2-3, 5-6 OPEN 2-1, 5-4 Schematic Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Vertical Actuation DPDT DPDT GT22MAVBE Conn. Terms. OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1, 6-4 PC MOUNTING Schematic GT22 omit holes 2 & 5. DPST GT22 Models: 1, 3, 4 & 6 terminals only. SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER GT11MV3BE SPDT GT11MV3BE GT13MV3BE ON NONE ON OFF ON Conn. Terms. 2-3 OPEN 2-1 ON Schematic SPDT GT12MV3BE Conn. Terms. Note: Pins 4 and 6 not connected OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1 Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 GT12 Models Note: Pins 4 and 6 not connected Toggle Schematic SPST F PC MOUNTING GT12 omit hole 2. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–45 www.ck-components.com GT Series Sealed Ultraminiature Toggle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER GT21MV3BE GT23MV3BE Conn. Terms. GT21MV3BE GT22 Models: 1, 3, 4 & 6 terminals only. DPDT ON NONE ON ON OFF ON 2-3, 5-6 OPEN 2-1, 5-4 OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1, 6-4 Schematic DPDT GT22MV3BE Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Conn. Terms. PC MOUNTING Schematic DPST .150 (3,81) .273 (6,93) .066 DIA. PART NUMBER 1 2 3 GT11MSABE Horizontal .200 (5,08) .020 TYP. (0,51) .109 (2,77) .053 (1,35) .340 (8,64) Actuation SPDT SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 POS. 3 .276 (7,01) .215 (5,46) .015 X .020 TYP. (0,38) X (0,51) .100 TYP. (2,54) .050 TYP. (1,27) TERM NOS. FOR REFERENCE ONLY ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POS.1 GT11MSABETR GT13MSABETR ON NONE ON OFF ON Conn. Terms. 2-3 OPEN 2-1 OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1 ON Schematic SPDT PC MOUNTING GT12MSABETR 1 3 EPOXY SEAL GT12 MODEL TERMS. 1 & 3 ONLY Conn. Terms. Schematic SPST Standard with tape & reel packaging, see page F-47. GT12-omit pad 2. SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER ON NONE ON ON OFF ON Conn. Terms. 2-3 OPEN 2-1 Schematic Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 GT11MSCBE GT11MSCBETR GT13MSCBETR PC MOUNTING SPDT SPDT Note: Pins 4 and 6 not connected GT12MSCBETR Conn. Terms. Toggle F OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1 Schematic GT12 Models SPST Note: Pins 4 and 6 not connected GT12-omit pad 2. Standard with tape & reel packaging, see page F-47. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–46 www.ck-components.com GT Series Sealed Ultraminiature Toggle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER GT21MSCBETR GT23MSCBETR Conn. Terms. GT21MSCBE ON NONE ON OFF ON 2-3, 5-6 OPEN 2-1, 5-4 ON Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Schematic DPDT PC MOUNTING DPDT GT22MSCBETR Conn. Terms. OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1, 6-4 GT22 Models Schematic DPST GT22-omit pads 2 & 5. Standard with tape & reel packaging TAPE & REEL For part numbers GT11MSABE, GT12MSABE, GT13MSABE REEL INFORMATION OUTSIDE DIAMETER PILOT HOLE 13.00 (330,0) .512 (13,0) QUANTITY PER REEL 600 For part numbers GT11MSCBE, GT12MSCBE, GT13MSCBE, GT21MSCBE, GT22MSCBE, GT23MSCBE, REEL INFORMATION OUTSIDE DIAMETER PILOT HOLE QUANTITY PER REEL 13.00 (330,0) .512 (13,0) 200 F Toggle Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–47 www.ck-components.com 9000 Series Power Toggle Switches Features/Benefits • Power ratings up to 10 AMPS • Double pole models • Locking lever options available • Wide variety of actuator styles • RoHS compliant and compatible Typical Applications • Shut-off switch • Small equipment UL 61058-1 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 9201 Model GP (general purpose) 6 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles (10E3) 3 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 6 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles 9221 Model: GP (general purpose) 10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles 5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles ELECTRICAL LIFE: 25,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 2,500 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). CASE: Diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR: Brass, chrome plated. BUSHING: Brass or zinc, nickel plated. HOUSING: Stainless steel. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated. END CONTACTS: 9201 Model: Coin silver, silver plated. 9221 Model: Silver cadmium oxide. CENTER CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated ALL TERMINALS: 9201 Model: Copper alloy, silver plated. 9221 Model: Copper alloy, matte-tin plated. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. HARDWARE: Nut & Locking ring: Brass, nickel plated. Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant and compatible. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages F-49 thru F-52. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function 9201 DPDT, On-On, 6 Amps 9221 DPDT, On-On, 10 Amps Actuator Antirotation, .410" high S K Locking lever, .650" high K1 Locking lever, .680" high L43 Lever handle with cap P3 Flatted, anti-rotation, .450" high T .687" high, 15/32 bushing T1 .460" high, 15/32 bushing Bushing H3 .296" high, keyway CW Splashproof H .296" high, flat Terminations Solder lug Z Z4 Quick connect (9221 only) AV2 Vert. right angle, PC thru-hole (9201 only) C PC Thru-hole F Contact Material Q Silver Seal E Epoxy D No epoxy Toggle Actuator Color/Finish NONE Bright chrome 2 Black KXX Actuator Color/Finish NONE Natural aluminum 2 Black anodized aluminum F–48 Bushing Finish NONE Nickel 2 Black Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change www.ck-components.com 9000 Series Power Toggle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 NO. POLES DP MODEL NO. CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 RATING* SCHEMATIC 9201 6 AMPS ON ON 9221 10 AMPS ON ON 2-3,5-6 2-1,5-4 DPDT DPDT 1/4 40 UNS-2A Part number shown: 9201SH3ZQE Terminal Nos. Molded On Side Of Case * See CONTACT MATERIAL, page F-52, for complete ratings. All 9000 Series models meet international dimensional and electrical requirements. 9221 model must be ordered with Z4 terminations and D seal option. ACTUATOR FINISH ACTUATOR ACTUATOR S ANTIROTATION, .410" HIGH P3 FLATTED, ANTIROTATION, .450" HIGH OPTION CODE NONE 2 ACTUATOR FINISH NATURAL ALUMINUM—With Nickel Plated Bushing BLACK NOTE: Black hardware is supplied when either black actuators or bushings are specified. All hardware is available separately, see Section N. Antirotation is standard on all actuators, provides ‘anti-push-in’ feature on actuator. Dress nut part number: 709901201 supplied standard with P3 actuator. T .687" HIGH, 15/32 BUSHING T1 .460" HIGH, 15/32 BUSHING OPTION CODE NONE 2 15/32-32 UNS-2A 15/32-32 UNS-2A ACTUATOR FINISH BRIGHT CHROME—With Nickel Plated Bushing BLACK NOTE: Bushing option code not required for T & T1 actuators unless CW splashproof bushing ordered. Antirotation is standard on all actuators except T & T1, provides ‘anti-push-in’ feature on actuator. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–49 www.ck-components.com F Toggle Black hardware is supplied when either black actuators or bushings are specified. All hardware is available separately, see Section N. 9000 Series Power Toggle Switches ACTUATOR FINISH ACTUATOR ACTUATOR K K1 LOCKING LEVER, .650" HIGH, THREADED LOCKING LEVER, .680" HIGH, THREADED Locking Positions 1/4-40 UNS-2A 2 Position Lock 1/4-40 UNS-2A NOTE: To prevent accidental actuation, toggles must be lifted before being actuated. When released, toggles again lock in place. Bushing option code not required. Overtightening mounting nut may cause actuator to bind. . OPTION CODE NONE 2 L40 L43 LEVER HANDLE WITHOUT CAP ACTUATOR CAP FINISH NATURAL ALUMINUM–With Nickle Plated Bushing BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM PLASTIC LEVER HANDLE WITH ANTIROTATION AND CAP, P/N 4812 OPTION CODE 2 NONE ACTUATOR CAP COLOR BLACK No Actuator Color (L40 option) Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Finish: Matte No color choice required. NOTE: Lever handle actuator L43 supplied, but not installed. For interchangeability, order L40 actuator option and order lever handles separately, see page F-52. Antirotation is standard on all actuators, provides ‘anti-push-in’ feature. BUSHING FINISH BUSHING BUSHING H3 .296" HIGH, THREADED, KEYWAY 1/4-40 UNS-2A H .296" HIGH, THREADED, FLAT 1/4-40 UNS-2A CW SPLASHPROOF, 15/32 BUSHING 15/32-32 UNS-2A OPTION CODE BUSHING FINISH NONE NICKEL 2 BLACK Toggle F Will withstand 12 in./lbs. of torque with no distortion. For T & T1 actuators only. NOTE: Two mounting nuts, locking ring and lockwasher supplied standard with threaded bushings. Black hardware is supplied when either black bushings or actuators are specified. Optional mounting nut and locking ring styles and finishes available, see Section N. Internal actuator seal standard. External bushing seal available separately from APM Hexseal, part # MFS-60064. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–50 www.ck-components.com 9000 Series Power Toggle Switches BUSHING FINISH BUSHING BUSHING PANEL MOUNTING 1/4-40 UNS-2A 15/32-32 UNS-2A .472 DIA. (11,99) Without locking ring. With standard locking ring. With small locking ring. Without locking ring. .472 DIA. (11,99) With standard locking ring. TERMINATIONS Z C SOLDER LUG 9201 Only Z4 PC MOUNTING PC THRU-HOLE 9201 Only .187" QUICK CONNECT 9221 Only NOTE: Only termination available with 9221 model. Must be ordered with D seal option. Mates with standard .187 Nema female connector. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE 9201SH3AV2QE Vertical Actuation SECTION A-A DPDT Actuator Shown in Pos. 3 PC MOUNTING Terminal Nos. For Reference Only F Toggle 9201 Only NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Terminal spacing greater than 3mm at all points. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–51 www.ck-components.com 9000 Series Power Toggle Switches CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE Q TERMINAL PLATING CONTACT MATERIAL MODEL RATINGS 9201 SILVER 1,2 SILVER OR TIN 2,5 9221 SILVER CADMIUM OXIDE 3,4,6 TIN 5 GP (general purpose) 6 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles (10E3) 3 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 6 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles GP (general purpose) 10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles 5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. 2 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 3 END CONTACTS: Silver cadmium oxide. 4 CENTER CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 5 Z4 TERMINALS ONLY: Copper alloy, matte-tin plated. 6 Cadmium in electrical switch contacts is exempt from RoHS. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant. All 9000 Series models meet international dimensional and electrical requirements. 9221 model must be ordered with Z4 terminations and D seal option. SEAL E D EPOXY SEAL Not available with 9221 model or Z4 terminations. NO EPOXY SEAL Must be ordered with 9221 model and Z4 termination. AVAILABLE HARDWARE Cap Compatible with S actuator Cap Compatible with S actuator L43 Actuator .843 (21,41) .312 (7,92) .383 (9,73) PART NO. 896801000 896802000 896803000 706201000 706202000 706203000 759D02000 Sealing Boot 703D02000 Sealing Boot Material: Nylon Finish: Matte BLACK RED NOTE: Additional nuts, locking rings and lockwashers available separately, see Section N. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. 704D02000 Sealing Boot .657 (16,7) Material: Vinyl Finish: Matte .524 (13,3) 1/4-40 uns-2A nut 16 [0.630] ø .331 (8,4) ø 2 [ 0.079] .945 (24,0) .658 (16,7) F 481202000 481203000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Polyethylene Finish: Matte .204 (5,2) Toggle PART NO. PART NO. WHITE BLACK RED .464 (11,79) 15/32-32 NS-2A 15/32-32, NS-2A NOTE: For use with S actuator style when combined with H3 and H bushings NOTE: For use with T style actuator NOTE: For use with T style actuator Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change F–52 www.ck-components.com Rockers Product Selection Guide Rocker 7000 E ET T 9000 DA D Miniature Miniature Subminiature Subminiature Power Rocker & Lever Handle Miniature Power Miniature Power Poles/Throws SPDT, DPDT, 3PDT, 4PDT SPDT, DPDT, 3PDT SPST, SPDT, DPDT SPST, SPDT, DPDT DPDT SPST, SPDT SPST, SPDT DPST, DPDT Max. Current 5 Amps 7.5 Amps 3 Amps 3 Amps 10 Amps 16 Amps 10 Amps 4 Amps 10 Amps • • Series Switch Type Washable Illuminated Panel Mount Options Front Mount Rear Mount • • • • • Snap-in Snap-in • • • • • • • • • • • G–25 G–39 G–45 G–51 G–56 G–60 DM DM DF CR SW Miniature 2 Pole Power Miniature Illuminated Power Power Round Miniature Power Poles/Throws DPST, DPDT SPST, DPST SPST, SPDT, DPST SPST, SPDT SPST, SPDT, DPST Max. Current 3 Amps, 10 Amps 3 Amps, 10 Amps 16 Amps 10 Amps, 6 Amps 3 A, 6 A, 6.5 A, 10 A, 16 A • • Snap-in Snap-in G–77 G–81 PCB Mount Options Vertical Right Angle Surface Mount Page No. • • • • • • • • G–3 Rocker Series Switch Type Washable • Illuminated Panel Mount Options Rocker Front Mount Rear Mount Snap-in Snap-in • PCB Mount Options Vertical Right Angle Surface Mount Page No. Snap-in • G–65 G–69 G–73 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–2 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches Features/Benefits • Multi-pole and multi-position • Wide variety of actuator and termination options Typical Applications • Telecommunications • Instrumentation • Medical equipment • Epoxy terminal-seal compatible with bottom wash cleaning • RoHS compliant Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Q contact material: 5 AMPS @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. See page G-20 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 7X01 and UX1 models: 100,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. All other models: 40,000 cycles. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). CASE: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized, or diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR: Nylon, black. FRAME (FRONT MOUNT): Nylon, black. FRAME (REAR MOUNT): Spring steel, black. BUSHING: Brass or zinc, nickel plated. HOUSING: Stainless steel. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated. END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page G-20 for additional contact materials. CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page G-20 for additional contact materials. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. Refer to Soldering and Cleaning in Technical Data Section HARDWARE: Mounting nuts & screws: Brass. Lockwasher: Stainless steel. Standoff: Nylon standard. NOTE: Any models supplied with S, P, R, Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages G-4 through G-24 . For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods. Note: UL models available, see pages G-5 and G-6. Actuator J1 .531 long rocker J2 Lever J3 .906" long rocker J8 .699" long rocker J10 1.318" long rocker J11 Rocker with frame J15 Rocker, snap-in J16 Rocker with frame, snap-in J19 Rocker with frame J21 Lever with frame J25 Lever, snap-in J26 Lever with frame, snap-in J37 Rocker with frame J50 Rocker J51 Rocker with frame J52 Rocker with frame for LED, snap-in J60 Lever J61 Lever with frame, snap-in J62 Lever with frame for LED, snap-in J90 Lever J91 Lever with frame, snap-in Terminations A Right angle, PC thru-hole AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole Z Solder lug A3 Right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole AW3 Right angle, extended, PC thru-hole V2 .555" high, V-bracket V3 .460" high, V-bracket V4 .630" high, V-bracket V5 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole V6 .460" high, V-bracket V7 .630" high, V-bracket V8 .953" high, V-bracket V9 1.150" high, V-bracket V31 .460" high, V-bracket, snap-in V51 Vertical right angle, snap-in V61 .460" high, V-bracket, snap-in W .750" long, wire wrap W3 .425" long, wire wrap W5 1.305" long,wire wrap Z3 Quick connect Contact Material B Gold P Gold, matte tin Q Silver S Silver, matte-tin G Gold over silver R Gold over silver, matte-tin Seal E Epoxy I Epoxy potted base Actuator Color 2 Black 1 White 3 Red Frame Color 2 Black NONE No frame color required 1 White Metal Frame Color (J11, J19, J21 & J37 Actuators) 2 Black 1 White Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–3 www.ck-components.com Rocker Switch Function 7101 SP On-None-On 7103 SP On-Off-On 7105 SP Mom.-Off-Mom. 7107 SP On-Off-Mom. 7108 SP On-None-Mom. 7109 SP None-On-Mom. 7201 DP On-None-On 7203 DP On-Off-On 7205 DP Mom.-Off-Mom. 7207 DP On-Off-Mom. 7208 DP On-None-Mom. 7211 DP On-On-On 7213 DP On-On-Mom. 7215 DP Mom.-On-Mom. 7301 3P On-None-On 7303 3P On-Off-On 7401 4P On-None-On 7405 4P Mom.-Off-Mom. 7411 4P On-On-On G 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES SP MODEL NO. UL** MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 2 POS. 3 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 C&K marking on opposite side C&K marking on opposite side 7101 U11 ON NONE ON 7103 U13 ON OFF ON 7105 U15 MOM. OFF MOM. 7107 U17 ON OFF MOM. 7108 U18 ON NONE MOM. 7109 U19 NONE ON MOM. SCHEMATIC N/A 2-3 OPEN 2-1 N/A N/A 2-3 2-1 SPDT SPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: 7101J1ZQE2 DP 7201 U21 ON NONE ON 7203 U23 ON OFF ON 7205 U25 MOM. OFF MOM. 7207 U27 ON OFF MOM. 7208 U28 ON NONE MOM. 7211* U211* ON ON ON 7213* U213* ON ON MOM. 7215* U215* MOM. ON MOM. N/A OPEN 2-3,5-6 2-1,5-4 N/A 2-3,5-4 DPDT Rocker DPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: 7201J1ZQE2 MOM. = Momentary ** U11 through U413 model nos. * Wiring for 3-way switch, see Section N. with all options when ordered with G, Q, R or S contact material. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–4 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 NO. POLES 3P MODEL NO. 7301 UL** MODEL NO. U31 POS. 1 C&K marking on opposite side ON NONE CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 2 POS. 3 C&K marking on opposite side SCHEMATIC N/A ON 2-3,5-6,8-9 2-1,5-4,8-7 OPEN 7303 U33 ON OFF ON 3PDT 3PDT Part number shown: 7301J1ZQE2 4P Terminal Nos. For Reference Only 7401 U41 ON NONE ON 7405 U45 MOM. OFF MOM. 7411* U411* ON ON ON N/A 2-3,5-6,8-9,11-12 2-1,5-4,8-7,11-10 OPEN 2-3,5-4,8-9,11-10 4PDT 4PDT Part number shown: 7401J1ZQE2 Terminal Nos. For Reference Only ** U11 through U411 model nos. with all options when ordered with G, Q, R or S contact material. * Wiring for 3-way switch: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–5 www.ck-components.com Rocker MOM. = Momentary G 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR–PANEL REAR MOUNT ACTUATOR J1 ROCKER OPTION CODE ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. J2 NOTE: Hardware: two each—mounting screws, nuts, lockwashers and standoffs for 1/8 inch thick panel are supplied standard on all switches with panel mounting brackets. Actuators available separately, see page G-21 through G-22. Hardware is available see Technical Data section of this catalog. LEVER J1, J2, J3, J8 & J10 Actuators available with C, W-W5, Z or Z3 terminations. PANEL MOUNTING J1 & J2 Actuators J3 ROCKER DIMPLES MFG. OPTION J3 Actuator J8 ROCKER J8 Actuator ROCKER DIMPLES MFG. OPTION J10 Actuator Rocker J10 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–6 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR–SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT J15 OPTION CODE BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED 2 ROCKER, SNAP-IN No frame color choice required FRAME COLOR J16 ROCKER WITH FRAME, SNAP-IN J25 LEVER, SNAP-IN BLACK NONE 1 FRAME COLOR ACTUATOR COLOR 2 OPTION CODE ACTUATOR No Frame Color (J15 or J25options) WHITE Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. NOTE: Actuators & frames available separately, see pages G-21 through G-22. J15, J16, J25, J26, J50 & J51 Actuators available with 71XX, 72XX, U1XX & U2XX models and C, W-W5, Z and Z3 terminations. PANEL MOUNTING J15, J16, J25 & J26 Actuators No frame color choice required J26 LEVER WITH FRAME, SNAP-IN J50 ROCKER, SNAP-IN J50 Actuator * * For J50: Increase this dimension to .620/.625 (15,75/15,88) for .091/.125 (2,31/3,18) thk. panels. Rocker No frame color choice required Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–7 www.ck-components.com G 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR–SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT J51 ACTUATOR FRAME COLOR ROCKER WITH FRAME, SNAP-IN OPTION CODE J52 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED OPTION CODE ROCKER WITH FRAME FOR LED, SNAP-IN ACTUATOR COLOR 2 NONE 1 FRAME COLOR BLACK No Frame Color (J15 or J25 options) WHITE Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. NOTE: Actuators & frames available separately, see pages G-21 through G-22. J51, J52, J60 & J61 Actuators available with 71XX, 72XX, U1XX & U2XX models and C, W-W5, Z and Z3 terminations. LED not included. For LED information, see page G-24. J60 LEVER, SNAP-IN PANEL MOUNTING J51, J60 & J61 Actuators * No frame color choice required * LEVER WITH FRAME, SNAP-IN Rocker J61 J52 Actuator For J51, J52: Increase this dimension to .620/.625 (15,75/15,88) for .060/.125(1,52/3,18) thk. panels. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–8 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR–SNAP-IN FRONT MOUNT J62 OPTION CODE BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED 2 LEVER WITH FRAME FOR LED, SNAP-IN FRAME COLOR BLACK NONE 1 FRAME COLOR ACTUATOR COLOR 2 OPTION CODE ACTUATOR No Frame Color (J90 options) LED not included. For LED information, see page H-25. WHITE Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. J90 LEVER, SNAP-IN NOTE: Actuators & frames available separately, see pages G-21 through G-22. J62, J90 & J91 Actuators available with 71XX, 72XX, U1XX & U2XX models and C, W-W5, Z & Z3 terminations. PANEL MOUNTING J62 Actuator * No frame color choice required. J91 LEVER WITH FRAME, SNAP-IN J90, J91 & J93 Actuators * Rocker * For J90: Increase this dimension to .620/.625 (15,75/15,88) for .091/.125 (2,31/3,18) thk. panels. For J91: Increase this dimension to .620/.625 (15,75/15,88) for .060/.125 (1,52/3,18) thk. panels. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–9 www.ck-components.com G 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches ACTUATOR–REAR MOUNT J11 ACTUATOR FRAME COLOR ROCKER WITH FRAME OPTION CODE 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED OPTION CODE J19 ROCKER WITH FRAME ACTUATOR COLOR FRAME COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE Actuator finish: Matte. Frame finish: Gloss. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. NOTE: Actuators & frames available separately, see pages G-21 through G-22. J11, J19, J21 & J37 Actuators available with C, W-W5, Z & Z3 terminations. PANEL MOUNTING J21 J11 & J21 Actuators LEVER WITH FRAME J19 Actuator J37 ROCKER WITH FRAME .313 (7,95) Rocker J37 Actuator Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–10 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR–PC MOUNT ACTUATOR OPTION CODE J1 ROCKER J2 LEVER J3 ROCKER J8 ROCKER ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. NOTE: Some permissible actuator/termination combinations may lack clearance between actuator and PC board, and care must be exercised to accommodate this condition. Actuators available separately, see page G-21 through G-22. J1, J2 & J8 actuators available with A, A3, AV2, AV3, AW3 & V2 terminations. J3 actuators available with AV2, AV3 & V2-V61 terminations. J50 actuators available with A (DP, 3P models only), A3 (DP, 3P models only), AV2, AV3, AW3 (DP, 3P models only) & V2-V61 terminations. J50 ROCKER Rocker Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–11 www.ck-components.com G 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR–PC MOUNT ACTUATOR J60 LEVER OPTION CODE ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. NOTE: Some permissible actuator/termination combinations may lack clearance between actuator and PC board, and care must be exercised to accommodate this condition. J90 LEVER Actuators available separately, see page G-21 through G-22. J60 & J90 actuators available with A (DP, 3P models only), A3 (DP, 3P models only), AV2, AV3, AW3 (DP, 3P models only) & V2-V61 terminations. TERMINATIONS Z C SOLDER LUG PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING SPDT thru 4PDT Z3 Not available with P, R or S contact materials. Available actuators, see pages G-7 through G-13. SPDT thru 4PDT W, W3, W5 QUICK CONNECT NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-7 through G-13. WIRE WRAP Rocker Dim 'A' SPDT thru 4PDT Not available with P, R or S contact materials. Available actuators, see pages G-7 through G-13. Mating quick connector available; order part number 530100000, page G-22. OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ W .750 (19,05) W3 .425 (10,80) W5 1.305 (33,15) SPDT thru 4PDT NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-7 through G-13. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–12 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE SECTION A-A Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 A3 RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE AW3 RIGHT ANGLE, EXTENDED, PC THRU-HOLE 7101J1ABE2 Horizontal Actuation SPDT PC MOUNTING .14 (3,6) Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. A NOTE: PC pattern must clear switch support leg. RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE SECTION A-A Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 A3 7201J1ABE2 Horizontal Actuation DPDT RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING Rocker Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–13 www.ck-components.com G 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE 7301J1ABE2 Horizontal Actuation 3PDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SECTION A-A PC MOUNTING Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH 7101J1AV2BE2 Vertical Actuation SPDT AV3 Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SECTION A-A VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH Rocker PC MOUNTING Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–14 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH SECTION A-A Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 AV3 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH 7201J1AV2BE2 Vertical Actuation DPDT PC MOUNTING Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 AV3 SECTION A-A 7301J1AV2BE2 Vertical Actuation 3PDT PC MOUNTING VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH Rocker Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–15 www.ck-components.com G 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH 7401J1AV2BE2 Vertical Actuation 4PDT AV3 Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SECTION A-A VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. V5 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH 7101J1V5BE2 Vertical Actuation SPDT SECTION A-A VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING Rocker V51 Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–16 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS V5 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 V51 SECTION A-A VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH 7201J1V5BE2 Vertical Actuation DPDT PC MOUNTING Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. V2, V6, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V61 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING 7101J1__BE2 SPDT DIM ‘A’ V2, V21 .555 (14,10) V6, V61 .460 (11,68) V7 .630 (16,00) V8 .953 (24,21) Rocker Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 OPTION CODE Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–17 www.ck-components.com G 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS V2, V6, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V21, V61 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING SNAP-IN 7201J1__BE2 DPDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. V2, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V21 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN 7301J1__BE2 3PDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. V2, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V21 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN Rocker DIM ‘A’ V2, V21 .555 (14,10) V6, V61 .460 (11,68) V7 .630 (16,00) V8 .953 (24,21) PC MOUNTING SNAP-IN OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V2, V21 .555 (14,10) V7 .630 (16,00) V8 .953 (24,21) PC MOUNTING SNAP-IN 7401J1__BE2 4PDT OPTION CODE Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V2, V21 .555 (14,10) V7 .630 (16,00) V8 .953 (24,21) Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–18 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS V3, V4, V9 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING 7101J1__BE2 SPDT SNAP-IN Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V3, V31 .460 (11,68) V4 .630 (16,00) V9 1.150 (29,21) V3, V4, V9 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING 7201J1__BE2 DPDT SNAP-IN OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V3, V31 .460 (11,68) Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 V4 .630 (16,00) Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. V9 1.150 (29,21) V4, V9 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING OPTION CODE SNAP-IN Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. DIM ‘A’ V4 .630 (16,00) V9 1.150 (29,21) Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–19 www.ck-components.com Rocker 7301J1__BE2 3PDT G 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS V4, V9 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING SNAP-IN 7401J1__BE2 4PDT OPTION CODE Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with I seal option. Available actuators, see pages G-6 and G-12. DIM ‘A’ V4 .630 (16,00) V9 1.150 (29,21) CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE B P Q S G R CONTACT MATERIAL TERMINAL PLATING GOLD GOLD 1 MATTE-TIN 6 SILVER SILVER 4,5 GOLD DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. 5 MATTE-TIN 6 GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3 RATINGS LOW LEVEL/ 1 3 POWER LOW LEVEL/DRY MATTE-TIN 6 CIRCUIT OR POWER 5 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. 0 4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX OR 5 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. U11-U415 model numbers G, Q, S & R contact material. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. with all options when ordered with B contact material standard with all terminations except C, Z & Z3. 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. Q contact material standard with C, Z & Z3 terminations. P, S & R, contact materials not available with Z & Z3 terminations. 5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G S, P & R contact material are RoHS compliant. SEAL EPOXY SEAL I EPOXY POTTED BASE 'A' Rocker E NO. POLES DIM ‘A’ SP .410 (10,41) DP .440 (11,18) 3P .505 (12,83) 4P .505 (12,83) Available with C, W through W5, Z & Z3 terminations. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–20 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Panel mounting hardware for rocker and lever handle switches is available separately. Mounting hardware consists of two screws, two nuts, two standoffs and two lockwashers per switch, and is available for panel thicknesses of 1/16, 3/32 and 1/8 inch. See part numbers below. Qty 2 2 2 2 Part Number 761103000 764100000 764200000 764300000 Description Standoffs Mounting screws Lock washers Hex nuts TYPICAL ASSEMBLY SCREW PANEL THICKNESS STAND-OFF LENGTH STAND-OFF LOCKWASHER NUT J3 actuators J1 & J2 actuators PART NO. PANEL THK. STANDOFF LENGTH PART NO. PANEL THK. STANDOFF LENGTH 761103000 1/8 IN. (3,18) .233 (5,92) 770603000 1/8 IN. (3,18) .233 (5,92) PART NO. PANEL THK. STANDOFF LENGTH 770703000 1/8 IN. (3,18) .233 (5,92) J10 actuators MATERIAL Screws, nuts, lockwashers: Stainless steel. Standoffs: Nylon, standard. J3 & J37 Actuators J2, J21, J25 & J26 Actuators PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 776A01000 WHITE 776A02263 BLACK 776A03000 RED 426D01000 WHITE 426D02263 BLACK 426D03000 RED 431D01000 WHITE 431D02263 BLACK 431D03000 RED Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Material: Nylon Finish: Matte J50, J51 & J52 Actuators J60, J61 & J62 Actuators J8 Actuator PART NO. PART NO. 775A01000 WHITE 775A02263 BLACK 775A03000 RED 598101000 613802263 598103000 Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Rocker J1, J11, J15 & J16 Actuators PART NO. 488701000 488702263 488703000 WHITE BLACK RED WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–21 www.ck-components.com G 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE J90 & J91 Actuators Fits Z3 Termination female connector PART NO. PART NO. 598001000 WHITE 598002263 BLACK 598003000 RED 769501000 769502263 769503000 Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Frame for J11 & J21 Actuators Frame for J16 & J26 Actuators Frame for J51, J61 & J91 Actuators PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. Rocker J10 & J19 Actuators 764500746 764500747 BLACK ENAMEL WHITE ENAMEL 764601106 RETAINING SPRING 459101000 459102000 459103000 WHITE BLACK RED PART NO. 530100000 Available in loose pieces. WHITE BLACK RED 615601000 615602263 615603000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Spring Steel Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Frame for J19 Actuator Frame for J37 Actuator Frame for J52 & J62 Actuators PART NO. PART NO. 781000746 781000747 PART NO. BLACK ENAMEL WHITE ENAMEL Material: Spring Steel 445400746 445400747 BLACK ENAMEL WHITE ENAMEL Material: Spring Steel 613301000 613302263 613303000 WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–22 www.ck-components.com 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte. TYPICAL APPLICATION J1 & J2 Actuators .047” (1,19) PANEL THK. .062” (1,57) PANEL THK. .090” (2,29) PANEL THK. .125” (3,18) PANEL THK. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 452902263 452702263 452802263 452602263 BLACK .047” (1,19) PANEL THK. .062” (1,57) PANEL THK. .090” (2,29) PANEL THK. .125” (3,18) PANEL THK. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 432502263 432602263 432702263 432802263 BLACK J50, J60 & J90 Actuators PANEL MOUNTING For part numbers 4529xxxxx, 4527xxxxx, 4528xxxxx, 4526xxxxx .005 R. MAX. (0,13) TYP. .797 – .803 (20,24 – 20,40) For part numbers 4325xxxxx, 4326xxxxx .495 – .505 (12,57 – 12,83) .005 R. .495 – .505 (0,13) (12,57 – 12,83) MAX. TYP. .595 – .605 (15,11 – 15,37) For part numbers 4327xxxxx, 4328xxxxx .005 R. (0,13) MAX. TYP. .495 – .505 (12,57 – 12,83) .620 – .625 (15,75 – 15,88) Rocker Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–23 www.ck-components.com G 7000 Series Miniature Rocker & Lever Handle Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Panel Inserts Will fit Separate Snap-in frames for J50, J60 & J90 actuators Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole for LED) also available. LED not included. PANEL INSERT WITH HOLE FOR LED BLANK PANEL INSERT WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED PART NO. PART NO. 894902000 476602000 BLACK NOTE: Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center. LED INFORMATION Process Information: Soldering to LED leads must be completed within 5 seconds at 500º F (260ºC) maximum. LEDs are not supplied with J52, J62 options. LED snaps into switch frame surrounding actuator and is wired externally. Flat denotes cathode. .230 DIA. (5,84˘) .200 DIA. (5,08˘) .025 SQ. TYP. (0,63) .030 (0,76) .340 (8,64) .750 (19,05) Rocker Suggested LED for J52 & J62 options. Dimensions for reference only. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–24 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches Features/Benefits • Sealed against solder and cleaning process contaminants • ESD Resistance—all actuator options • Rocker, case & bushing UL 94V-0 • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Telecommunications • Instrumentation • Computers & peripherals Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Q contact material (E1XX & E2XX Models): 7.5 AMPS @125 V AC or 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. (E3XX Models): 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. See page G-36 for additional ratings. CASE & BUSHING: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR: Nylon, black standard, internal o-ring seal standard with all actuators. FRAME: Spring steel, black standard. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated. ACTUATOR PIVOT & MOUNTING BRACKET: Nylon. ACTUATOR PIVOT RETAINER: Stainless steel. CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page G-36 for additional contact materials. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. HARDWARE: Nut, Screw & Lockwasher: Stainless steel. Standoff: Nylon standard, aluminum available, consult Customer Service Center. ELECTRICAL LIFE: E1XX and E2XX models: 40,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. E3XX models: 30,000 cycles. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD) OPTION: All actuator options: 15,000 V DC max. @ sea level, actuator to terminals. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, S, P & R contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages G-26 through G-38. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models are process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods. Actuator J1 .531 long rocker J2 Lever J3 .906" long rocker J11 Rocker with frame J21 Lever with frame J50 .362" long rocker J60 Lever J90 Lever Terminations Right angle, PC thru-hole A AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole Z Solder lug A3 Right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole AV3 Vertical right angle, snap-in, PC thru-hole V3 .460" high, V-bracket V4 .630" high, V-bracket V5 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole V6 .460" high, V-bracket V7 .630" high, V-bracket V8 .953" high, V-bracket V21 .555" high, V-bracket, snap-in V31 .460" high, V-bracket, snap-in Contact Material B Gold P Gold, matte tin Q Silver S Silver, matte-tin G Gold over silver R Gold over silver, matte-tin Seal E Epoxy Actuator Color 2 Black 3 Red Frame Color 2 Black NONE No frame color required Rocker Switch Function E101 SP On-None-On E103 SP On-Off-On E105 SP Mom.-Off-Mom. E107 SP On-Off-Mom. E108 SP On-None-Mom. E201 DP On-None-On E203 DP On-Off-On E205 DP Mom.-Off-Mom. E207 DP On-Off-Mom. E208 DP On-None-Mom. E211 DP On-On-On E213 DP On-On-Mom. E215 DP Mom.-On-Mom. E301 3P On-None-On Metal Frame Color (J11, J21 Actuators) 2 Black Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–25 www.ck-components.com G E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES SP MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 2 POS. 3 C&K marking on opposite side E101 ON NONE ON E103 ON OFF ON E105 MOM. OFF MOM. E107 ON OFF MOM. E108 ON NONE MOM. CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 C&K marking on opposite side SCHEMATIC N/A 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT N/A SPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: E101J1ZBE2 E201 ON NONE ON E203 ON OFF ON E205 MOM. OFF MOM. E207 ON OFF MOM. E208 ON NONE MOM. E211** ON ON ON E213** ON ON MOM. E215** MOM. ON MOM. DP N/A OPEN 2-3,5-6 2-1,5-4 N/A 2-3,5-4 DPDT Rocker DPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: E201J1ZBE2 MOM. = Momentary All models ** Wiring for 3-way switch, Hardware available seperately, see Technical Data section of this catalog. with all options when ordered with G, Q, R or S contact material. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–26 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES MODEL NO. C&K marking on opposite side E301 3P SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 2 POS. 3 ON NONE ON CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 C&K marking on opposite side 2-3,5-6,8-9 N/A SCHEMATIC 2-1,5-4,8-7 3PDT 3PDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: E301J1ZBE2 MOM. = Momentary ** Wiring for 3-way switch, see Technical Data section of this catalog. All models with all options when ordered with G, Q, R and S contact material. ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR–PANEL REAR MOUNT OPTION CODE ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 3 RED J1 LEVER J2 LEVER ACTUATOR Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. NOTE: Hardware: two each—mounting screws, nuts, lockwashers and standoffs for 1/8 inch thick panel are supplied standard on switches with panel mounting bracket. Internal o-ring actuator seal standard. Actuators available separately, see page G-36. Hardware available seperately, see Technical Data section of this catalog. J1, J2 actuators available with C, Z or Z3 terminations. PANEL MOUNTING J1 & J2 Actuators Rocker Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–27 www.ck-components.com G E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR–REAR MOUNT J11 ACTUATOR FRAME COLOR ROCKER WITH FRAME OPTION CODE ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 3 RED OPTION CODE 2 FRAME COLOR BLACK NOTE: This option has reduced anti-static capability. J21 Actuator finish: Matte, frame finish: gloss. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. LEVER WITH FRAME NOTE: Internal o-ring actuator seal standard. Actuators & frames available separately, see page G-36. Hardware available seperately, see Technical Data section of this catalog. N. J11 & J21 actuators available with C, Z & Z3 terminations. PANEL MOUNTING NOTE: This option has reduced anti-static capability. ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR–PC MOUNT ACTUATOR J1 ROCKER OPTION CODE 2 BLACK 3 RED Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. LEVER NOTE: Hardware: two each—mounting screws, nuts, lockwashers and standoffs for 1/8 inch thick panel are supplied standard on switches with panel mounting bracket. Internal o-ring actuator seal standard. Actuators available separately, see page G-36. Hardware available seperately, see Technical Data section of this catalog. J1, J2 actuators available with A, A3, AV2, AV3, V2-V61 terminations. Rocker J2 ACTUATOR COLOR Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–28 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR–PC MOUNT ACTUATOR J3 OPTION CODE ROCKER ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 3 RED Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. NOTE: Hardware: two each—mounting screws, nuts, lockwashers and standoffs for 1/8 inch thick panel are supplied standard on switches with panel mounting bracket. Internal o-ring actuator seal standard. Actuators available separately, see page G-36. Hardware available seperately, see Technical Data section of this catalog. J50 ROCKER J60 LEVER J90 LEVER J3 actuators available with AV2, AV3 & V2-V61 terminations. Some permissible actuator/termination combinations may lack clearance between actuator and PC board, and care must be exercised to accommodate this condition. J50, J60 & J90 actuators available with A, AV2, AV3, V2 – V61 terminations. TERMINATIONS Z C SOLDER LUG PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING Rocker SPDT thru 3PDT Not available with P, S, & R contact materials. Available actuators, see page G-27-28. SPDT thru 3PDT Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–29 www.ck-components.com G E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS Z3 QUICK CONNECT SPDT thru 3PDT A Not available with P, S, & R contact materials. Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-28. Mating quick connector available; order part number 530100000, page G-37. RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE E101J1ABE2 Horizontal Actuation SPDT A3 Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SECTION A-A PC MOUNTING RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE NOTE: Not available with J3, J50, J60 and J90 actuators. Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. A NOTE: PC mounting pattern must clear switch support leg. RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE E201J1ABE2 Horizontal Actuation DPDT SECTION A-A PC MOUNTING RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE Rocker A3 Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 NOTE: Not available with J3 actuator. Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–30 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE E301J1ABE2 Horizontal Actuation 3PDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SECTION A-A PC MOUNTING NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 AV3 SECTION A-A E101J1AV2BE2 Vertical Actuation SPDT VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING Rocker NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–31 www.ck-components.com G E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH E201J1AV2BE2 Vertical Actuation DPDT AV3 SECTION A-A Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH E301J1AV2BE2 Vertical Actuation 3PDT VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, SNAP-IN, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING Rocker AV3 SECTION A-A Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–32 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS V5 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 E101J1V5BE2 Vertical Actuation SPDT SECTION A-A NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. V5 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING SECTION A-A Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 E201J1V5BE2 Vertical Actuation DPDT NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. Rocker Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–33 www.ck-components.com G E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS V6, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V21 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING E101J1__BE2 SPDT OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V21 .555 (14, 10) V6 .460 (11, 68) V7 .630 (16, 00) V8 .953 (24, 21) NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. V6, V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V21 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING E201J1__BE2 DPDT OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V21 .555 (14, 10) V6 .460 (11, 68) V7 .630 (16, 00) V8 .953 (24, 21) NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. Rocker V7, V8 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V21 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING E301J1__BE2 3PDT OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V21 .555 (14, 10) V7 .630 (16, 00) V8 .953 (24, 21) NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–34 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING E101J1__BE2 SPDT OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V3, V31 .460 (11,68) V4 .630 (16,00) NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. V3, V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET V31 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING E201J1__BE2 DPDT OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V3, V31 .460 (11,68) V4 .630 (16,00) NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. V4 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET, SNAP-IN PC MOUNTING OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V41 .630 (16,00) Rocker E301J1__BE2 3PDT NOTE: Available actuators, see pages G-27 thru G-29. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–35 www.ck-components.com G E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE B P Q S G R CONTACT MATERIAL GOLD 1 TERMINAL PLATING RATINGS GOLD 1 LOW LEVEL/ MATTE-TIN 7 DRY CIRCUIT SILVER 4,5 SILVER 5 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. E1XX & E2XX MODELS: 7.5 AMPS @125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @250 V AC. E3XX MODELS: 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. POWER MATTE-TIN 6 GOLD OVER GOLD 3 LOW LEVEL/DRY SILVER 2,3 MATTE-TIN 6 CIRCUIT OR POWER E1XX AND E2XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 7.5 AMPS @125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. DC E3XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC OR 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, S P & R contact material are RoHS compliant. 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. All models 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. B contact material standard with all terminations. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. with all options when ordered with G, Q, S & R contact material. P R & S contact materials not available with Z terminations. 5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold flash over silver plate. Or copper alloy, silver plated. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate. SEAL E EPOXY SEAL AVAILABLE HARDWARE J2, J21 Actuators J3 Actuator PART NO. PART NO. Rocker 760502263 760503000 BLACK RED 766602263 766603000 J1, J11 Actuators PART NO. 776A02263 BLACK 776A03000 RED BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Material: Nylon Finish: Matte J50 Actuator J60 Actuator J90 Actuator PART NO. PART NO. 775A02263 BLACK 775A03000 RED 613802263 598103000 Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Material: Nylon Finish: Matte PART NO. 598002263 598003000 BLACK RED BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Matte NOTE: Additional nuts, screws and lockwashers available separately, see Technical Data section of this catalog. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–36 www.ck-components.com E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Fits Z3 Termination female connector Frame for J11, J21 Actuators PART NO. PART NO. 764500746 764601106 530100000 Material: Spring Steel BLACK ENAMEL RETAINING SPRING J50, J60 & J90 Actuators MATTE GLOSS PART NO. PART NO. 486702000 486802000 BLACK Material: Nylon Finish: Matte or Gloss Available in loose pieces. NOTE: Additional nuts, screws and lockwashers available separately, see Technical Data section of this catalog. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Frames snap into panel opening and are independent from switch mounting. Accurate positioning of the PC mounted switch relative to the panel opening is necessary to provide proper clearance between actuator and frame. Available in two basic styles and four panel thicknesses .047-.125 in. Material: Nylon. Finish: Matte. TYPICAL APPLICATION J1 & J2 Actuators .047” (1,19) PANEL THK. .062” (1,57) PANEL THK. .090” (2,29) PANEL THK. .125” (3,18) PANEL THK. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 452902263 452903000 452702263 452703000 452802263 452803000 452602263 BLACK 452603000 RED .047” (1,19) PANEL THK. .062” (1,57) PANEL THK. .090” (2,29) PANEL THK. .125” (3,18) PANEL THK. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 432502263 432503000 432602263 432603000 432702263 432703000 432802263 BLACK 432803000 RED J50, J60 & J90 Actuators PANEL MOUNTING For part numbers 4529xxxxx, 4527xxxxx, 4528xxxxx, 4526xxxxx .797 – .803 (20,24 – 20,40) .495 – .505 (12,57 – 12,83) .005 R. .495 – .505 (0,13) (12,57 – 12,83) MAX. TYP. .595 – .605 (15,11 – 15,37) For part numbers 4327xxxxx, 4328xxxxx .005 R. (0,13) MAX. TYP. .495 – .505 (12,57 – 12,83) .620 – .625 (15,75 – 15,88) Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–37 Rocker .005 R. MAX. (0,13) TYP. For part numbers 4325xxxxx, 4326xxxxx www.ck-components.com G E Series Sealed Miniature Rocker and Lever Handle Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Panel Inserts Will fit separate snap-in frames for J50, J60, J90 actuators. Above frames (part nos. 432XXXXXX) are also available with insert which accepts LED for indicator light assembly. Order insert separately from frame. Blank insert panel (without hole for LED) also available. LED not included. PANEL INSERT WITH HOLE FOR LED BLANK PANEL INSERT WITHOUT HOLE FOR LED PART NO. PART NO. 894902000 894903000 476602000 BLACK 476603000 RED Rocker NOTE: Special colors, custom markings available, consult Customer Service Center. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–38 www.ck-components.com ET Series Sealed Subminiature Rocker Switches Features/Benefits • Sealed against solder and cleaning process contaminants • Rocker, bushing & case—UL 94V-0 • Small footprint—saves space • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Telecommunications • Instrumentation • Computers & peripherals Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page G-43 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: ETX1 models: 60,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. All other models: 30,000 cycles. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). PACKAGING: Surface mount switches standard in tape and reel packaging, see page G-45 for drawings and reel information. CASE & BUSHING: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized (UL 94V-0) or glass filled 4/6 nylon, flame retardant, heat stabilized (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR: Nylon, black standard. Internal o-ring seal standard with all actuators. SA surface mount: High temperature material, glass filled 46 nylon, flame retardant, heat stabilized (UL 94V-0). SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, matte-tin plated. CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page G-43 for additional contact materials. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, S, P & R contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages G-40 thru G-44. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models are process sealed to withstand machine soldering temperatures and pressure wash cleaning methods. Switch Function ET01 SP On-None-On ET02 SP Off-None-On ET03 SP On-Off-On ET05 SP Mom.-Off-Mom. ET07 SP On-Off-Mom. ET08 SP On-None-Mom. ET21 DP On-None-On ET27 DP On-Off-Mom. ET28 DP On-None-Mom. Actuator J1 Rocker J6 Rocker Terminations Right angle, PC thru-hole A AV Vertical Right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole V3 V-bracket AV2 Vertical Right angle, PC thru-hole SA Right Angle Surface mount Contact Material B Gold P Gold, matte tin Q Silver S Silver, matte-tin G Gold over silver R Gold over silver, matte-tin Actuator Color 2 Black 1 White 3 Red Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–39 www.ck-components.com Rocker Seal E Epoxy G ET Series Sealed Subminiature Rocker Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 2 POS. 3 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 MODEL NO. SCHEMATIC ET01 ON NONE ON ET03 ON OFF ON ET05 MOM. OFF MOM. ET07 ON OFF MOM. ET08 ON NONE MOM. ET02 OFF NONE ON N/A 2-3 SP OPEN 2-1 SPDT N/A OPEN N/A 3-1 SPST SPDT ET02 Models: Omit terminal 2 Part number shown: ET01J6CBE2 DP Terminal Nos. For Reference Only N/A ET21 ON NONE ON ET27 ON OFF MOM. ET28 ON NONE MOM. 2-3,5-6 OPEN N/A 2-1,5-4 DPDT DPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: ET21J6CBE2 with all options when ordered with G, S, R or Q contact material. All models Rocker MOM. = Momentary Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–40 www.ck-components.com ET Series Sealed Subminiature Rocker Switches ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR J1 ACTUATOR PANEL MOUNTING ROCKER OPTION CODE ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED Available with all models except ET0X with A & SA & SA1 terminations. J6 ROCKER PANEL MOUNTING Actuators available separately, see page G-45. Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. NOTE: Internal o-ring actuator seal standard. Standard with ET0X model with A & SA & SA1 terminations. TERMINATIONS C PC THRU-HOLE SP DP SP & DP A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING ET01J6ABE2 Horizontal Actuation SPDT Not available with ET02 model. J6 actuator std. only on ET0X models with A terminations. A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–41 www.ck-components.com Rocker ET21J1ABE2 Horizontal Actuation DPDT G ET Series Sealed Subminiature Rocker Switches TERMINATIONS AV VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING ET01J1AVBE2 Vertical Actuation SPDT NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING ET21J1AVBE2 Vertical Actuation DPDT NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING Rocker ET01J1AV2BE2 Vertical Actuation SPDT Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–42 www.ck-components.com ET Series Sealed Subminiature Rocker Switches TERMINATIONS SA RIGHT ANGLE, SURFACE MOUNT PANEL MOUNTING ET01J6SAPE2 Horizontal Actuation SPDT NOTE: Standard with tape & reel packaging, see page G-44. Available with P contact material only. V3 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING 1 2 3 ET01J1V3BE2 .200 (5,08) SPDT Actuator shown in Pos. 1 V3 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING ET21J1V3BE2 DPDT Actuator shown in Pos. 1 CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE B CONTACT MATERIAL GOLD 1 GOLD 1 P Q MATTE-TIN 6 SILVER 4,5 S G R TERMINAL PLATING SILVER 5 RATINGS LOW LEVEL/ DRY CIRCUIT POWER MATTE-TIN 6 GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3 GOLD 3 MATTE-TIN 6 LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. ETX1 MODELS: 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. ALL OTHER MODELS: 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. ETX1 MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 3 AMPS @120 V AC OR 28 V DC. ALL OTHER MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, S, P & R contact material are RoHS compliant. All models Rocker * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. with all options when ordered with G, Q, S & R contact material. 5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–43 www.ck-components.com G ET Series Sealed Subminiature Rocker Switches SEAL E EPOXY SEAL AVAILABLE HARDWARE J1 Actuator J6 Actuator PART NO. PART NO. 261A01000 WHITE 261A02263 BLACK 261A03000 RED 621C01000 WHITE 621C02263 BLACK 621C03000 RED Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Material: Nylon Finish: Matte For Hi Temp, Consult Factory NOT AVAILABLE WITH A, SA, SA1 NOTE: Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. TAPE & REEL SA TERMINATION ET01J6SABE (SHOWN) REEL INFORMATION OUTSIDE DIAMETER PILOT HOLE 13.00 (330,0) .512 (13,0) QUANTITY PER REEL 500 0.787 (20,0) ET01J6SA1BE (SHOWN) 0.157 (4,0) 0.079 (2,0) (1,50) 0.069 (1,75) 0.279 (7,10) 0.795 (20,2) Rocker REEL INFORMATION OUTSIDE DIAMETER 13.00 (330,0) PILOT HOLE .795 (20,20) QUANTITY PER REEL 1.732 (44,0) 450 FEED DIRECTION Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–44 www.ck-components.com T Series Subminiature Rocker Switches Features/Benefits • Compact size—small footprint • Single and double pole models • PC and panel mounting options available • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Telecommunications • Instrumentation • Medical Equipment Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (TX01 models): 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC. All other models: 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC. See page G-49 for additional ratings. CASE: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized or diallyl phthalate (DAP), (UL 94V-0) or glass filled nylon 4/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized. ELECTRICAL LIFE: TX01 models: 60,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. All other models: 30,000 cycles. ACTUATOR: Nylon, black standard. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 m Ω typ. initial @ 2–4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). NOTE: Any models supplied with B, G, P, Q or R contact material are RoHS compliant. BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated. HOUSING: Stainless steel. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, matte-tin plated. MOUNTING BRACKET: Stainless steel. END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page G-49 for additional contact materials. CENTER CONTACTS & TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page G-49 for additional contact materials. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. HARDWARE: Nut, Screws & Lockwasher: Stainless steel. Standoff: Nylon standard. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages G-46 through G-50. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods. Switch Function T101 SP On-None-On T102 SP Off-None-On T103 SP On-Off-On T105 SP Mom.-Off-Mom. T107 SP On-Off-Mom. T201 DP On-None-On T205 DP Mom.-Off-Mom. Seal E Epoxy Actuator Color 2 Black Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–45 www.ck-components.com Rocker Actuator J1 Rocker, .300" wide J6 Rocker, .230" wide Terminations A Right angle, PC thru-hole AV Vertical Right angle, PC thru-hole Z Solder lug Contact Material V3 V-bracket B Gold P Gold, matte-tin Q Silver G Gold over silver R Gold over silver, matte-tin G T Series Subminiature Rocker Switches ACTUATOR COLOR SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES MODEL NO. T101 POS. 2 CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 3 POS. 1 C&K marking on opposite side ON NONE T103 ON OFF ON T105 MOM. OFF MOM. T107 ON OFF MOM. T102 OFF NONE ON POS. 2 C&K marking on opposite side ON SCHEMATIC N/A 2-3 SP POS. 3 2-1 OPEN SPDT OPEN N/A 3-1 SPST SPDT PANEL MOUNTING Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: T101J6ZBE2 T201 ON NONE ON T205 MOM. OFF MOM. DP N/A 2-3,5-6 2-1,5-4 OPEN DPDT DPDT PANEL MOUNTING Part number shown: T201J1ZBE2 Terminal Nos. For Reference Only MOM. = Momentary with all options when ordered with G, Q or R contact material. Rocker All models Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–46 www.ck-components.com T Series Subminiature Rocker Switches ACTUATOR ACTUATOR J1 ROCKER, .300 WIDE PANEL MOUNTING OPTION CODE 2 BLACK Actuators available separately, see page G 50. Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. Standard with all models except T10X with A terminations. J6 ACTUATOR COLOR ROCKER, .230 WIDE PANEL MOUNTING Standard with T10X model with A terminations. TERMINATIONS Z SOLDER LUG SP SP and DP A DP Not available with P or R contact material. RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING Rocker T101J6ABE2 Horizontal Actuation SPDT Not available with T102 model. J6 actuator standard only on T10X models with A terminations. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–47 www.ck-components.com G T Series Subminiature Rocker Switches TERMINATIONS A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE T201J1ABE2 Horizontal Actuation DPDT AV VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE T101J1AVBE2 Vertical Actuation SPDT AV NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE T201J1AVBE2 Vertical Actuation DPDT VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET Rocker V3 NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. T101J1V3BE2 SPDT Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–48 www.ck-components.com T Series Subminiature Rocker Switches TERMINATIONS V3 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET T201J1V3BE2 DPDT CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL B TERMINAL PLATING RATINGS GOLD 1 LOW LEVEL/ P GOLD 3 MATTE-TIN 6 DRY CIRCUIT Q SILVER 4,5 SILVER 5 POWER LOW LEVEL/DRY GOLD OVER SILVER 2,3 R TX01 MODELS: 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. ALL OTHER MODELS: 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. GOLD 3 G 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. CIRCUIT OR POWER MATTE-TIN 6 TX01 MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. ALL OTHER MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 2 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. NOTE: Any models supplied with B, G, P, Q & R contact material are RoHS compliant. 5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate. P & R contact materials not available with Z terminations. All models with all options when ordered with G, Q, or R contact material. B contact material standard with A, AV, V3 terminations. Q contact material standard with C & Z terminations. SEAL E EPOXY SEAL Rocker Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–49 www.ck-components.com G T Series Subminiature Rocker Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Panel mounting hardware for rocker and lever handle switches is available separately. Mounting hardware consists of two screws, two nuts, two standoffs and two lockwashers per switch, and is available for panel thicknesses of 1/16, 3/32 and 1/8 inch. See part numbers below. TYPICAL ASSEMBLY SCREW PANEL THICKNESS STAND-OFF LENGTH STAND-OFF LOCKWASHER NUT PART NO. PANEL THK. STANDOFF LENGTH 761101000 1/16 IN. (1,59) .295 (7,49) 761102000 3/32 IN. (2,38) .264 (6,71) 761103000 1/8 IN. (3,18) .233 (5,92) NOTE: Additional nuts, screws and lockwashers available separately, see Technical Data section of this catalog. J1 Actuator J6 Actuator PART NO. PART NO. 468002263 BLACK 468102263 BLACK Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Rocker NOTE: Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–50 www.ck-components.com 9000 Series Power Rocker and Lever Handle Switches Features/Benefits • Thermoset UL 94V-0 housing • Rugged construction • Variety of actuator and Typical Applications • Small equipment • Shut-off switch termination options • RoHS compliant UL 61058-1 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: CASE: Diallyl phthalate (DAP) (UL 94V-0). 9201 Model: ACTUATOR: Nylon, black standard. GP (general purpose) 6 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles (10E3) 3 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 6 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles 9221 Model: GP (general purpose) 10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles 5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles ELECTRICAL LIFE: 25,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2–4 V DC, 100 mA. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 2,500 Vrms min. @ sea level. FRAME-REAR MOUNT OPTIONS: Spring steel, black. BUSHING: Brass, nickel plated. HOUSING: Stainless steel. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated. MOUNTING BRACKET: Stainless steel. END CONTACTS: 9201 Model: Coin silver, silver plated. 9221 Model: Silver cadmium oxide. CENTER CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated ALL TERMINALS: 9201 Model: Copper alloy, silver plated. 9221 Model: Copper alloy, matte-tin plated. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. HARDWARE: Nut, Screw & Lockwasher: Stainless steel. Standoff: Nylon standard, aluminum available, consult Customer Service Center. *Cadmium used in electrical contacts is acceptable for RoHS. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages G-52 through G-55. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function 9201 DP On-On, 6 Amps 9221 DP On-On, 10 Amps Actuator J1 Rocker J2 Lever J3 Rocker J37 Rocker with metal frame Terminations Z Solder lug (9201 only) AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole (9201 only) C PC Thru-hole (9201 only) Z4 Quick connect Rocker Contact Material Q Silver Seal E Epoxy D No Seal Actuator Color 2 Black 1 White 3 Red Frame Color 2 Black NONE No frame color required Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–51 www.ck-components.com G 9000 Series Power Rocker and Lever Handle Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES MODEL NO. CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 2 POS. 1 POS. 2 RATING* SCHEMATIC 9201 6 AMPS ON ON 9221 10 AMPS ON ON DP 2-3,5-6 2-1,5-4 DPDT DPDT .140 DIA.(3,56ø) w/ J10 actuator 1.875 (47,62) w/ J10 actuator 1.625 (41,28) w/ J10 actuator Terminal Nos. Molded On Side Of Case Part number shown: 9201J1ZQE2 All 9000 Series models meet international dimensional and electrical requirements. * See CONTACT MATERIAL, page G-54, for complete ratings. 9221 model must be ordered with Z4 terminations and D seal option. ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR–PANEL MOUNT ACTUATOR OPTION CODE ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED J1 ROCKER J2 LEVER Finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. NOTE: Hardware: two each—mounting screws, nuts, lockwashers and standoffs for 1/8 inch thick panel are supplied standard on all switches with panel mounting brackets. Actuators available separately, see page G-55. Hardware available separately, see Technical Data section of this catalog. Rocker PANEL MOUNTING Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–52 www.ck-components.com 9000 Series Power Rocker and Lever Handle Switches ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR–PANEL MOUNT J3 ACTUATOR ROCKER OPTION CODE ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED Actuator finish: Matte. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. PANEL MOUNTING NOTE: Actuators available separately, see page G–55. Hardware: two each—mounting screws, nuts, lockwashers and standoffs for 1/8 inch thick panel are supplied standard on all switches with panel mounting brackets. Hardware available separately, see Technical Data section of this catalog. ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR–REAR MOUNT J37 FRAME COLOR ACTUATOR ROCKER WITH METAL FRAME OPTION CODE .313 (7,95) ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED OPTION CODE 2 FRAME COLOR BLACK Actuator finish: Matte. Frame finish: Gloss. Other colors, custom actuator markings and legends available, consult Customer Service Center. NOTE: Actuators & frames available separately, see page G-55. Hardware: two each—mounting screws, nuts, lockwashers and standoffs for 1/8 inch thick panel are supplied standard on all switches with panel mounting brackets. Hardware available separately, see Technical Data section of this catalog. PANEL MOUNTING Not available with AV2 termination. TERMINATIONS Z SOLDER LUG C Z4 PC THRU-HOLE QUICK CONNECT PC MOUNTING Rocker 9201 and 9221 NOTE: Only termination available with 9221 model. Must be ordered with D seal option. Mating terminal standard Nema .187" quick connect. 9201 Only 9201 Only Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–53 www.ck-components.com G 9000 Series Power Rocker and Lever Handle Switches TERMINATIONS AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE 9201J1AV2QE2 Vertical Actuation DPDT Terminal Nos. Molded On Side of Case 9201 Only NOTE: Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Terminal spacing greater than 3mm at all points. CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE Q MODEL CONTACT MATERIAL TERMINAL PLATING 9201 SILVER 1,2 SILVER OR TIN 2,5 9221 SILVER CADMIUM OXIDE 3,4,6 TIN 5 RATINGS GP (general purpose) 6 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles (10E3) 3 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 6 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles GP (general purpose) 10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles 5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. 2 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 3 END CONTACTS: Silver cadmium oxide. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material is RoHS compliant. 9221 model must be ordered with Z4 terminations and D seal option. All 9000 Series models meet international dimensional and electrical requirements. 4 CENTER CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 5 Z4 TERMINALS ONLY: Copper alloy, tin plated. 6 Cadmium used for electrical contacts is acceptable for RoHS. SEAL D EPOXY SEAL NO EPOXY SEAL Rocker E Not available with 9221 model or Z4 terminations. Must be ordered with 9221 model and Z4 termination. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–54 www.ck-components.com 9000 Series Power Rocker and Lever Handle Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Panel mounting hardware for rocker and lever handle switches is available separately. Mounting hardware consists of two screws, two nuts, two standoffs and two lockwashers per switch, and is available for panel thicknesses of 1/16, 3/32 and 1/8 inch. See part numbers below. SCREW TYPICAL ASSEMBLY PANEL THICKNESS STAND-OFF LENGTH STAND-OFF LOCKWASHER NUT J1 & J2 actuators PART NO. PANEL THK. STANDOFF LENGTH 761101000 1/16 IN. (1,59) .295 (7,49) 761102000 3/32 IN. (2,38) .264 (6,71) 761103000 1/8 IN. (3,18) .233 (5,92) J1 Actuator J2 Actuator PART NO. PART NO. 776A01000 WHITE 776A02263 BLACK 776A03000 RED 760501000 760502263 760503000 Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Material: Nylon Finish: Matte J3, J37 Actuators PART NO. 766601000 766602263 766603000 WHITE BLACK RED WHITE BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Frame for J37 Actuators NOTE: Additional nuts, screws and lockwashers available separately, see Technical Data section of this catalog. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. PART NO. 445400746 445400747 BLACK ENAMEL WHITE ENAMEL Material: Spring Steel Rocker Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–55 www.ck-components.com G DA Series Miniature Single Pole Rocker Switches Features/Benefits • Nice actuator styling with multiple options • Guards to prevent accidental Typical Applications • Small appliances • Computers and peripherals • Medical instrumentation actuation • Momentary and maintained functions • IP65 splash proof rubber boot option • RoHS compliant UL 61058-1 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 16 AMPS @ 125 VAC, 1/3 HP; 10 AMPS @ 250 VAC, 1/2 HP. 10 AMPS @ 125 VAC, 6 AMPS @ 250 VAC. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make and break cycles at full load. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 108 Ω min. HOUSING AND ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black, matte finish. ILLUMINATED ACTUATOR: Polycarbonate, matte finish. CENTER CONTACTS: Silver plated, copper alloy. END CONTACTS: Silver plated. ALL TERMINALS: Silver plated, copper alloy. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 VRMS @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to +85ºC NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages G-57 through G-59. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch DA101 DA102 DA103 Function SPDT On-None-On SPST On-None-Off SPDT On-Off-On Actuator J1 Rocker J2 Two-tone rocker *J3Illuminated rocker J4 Circle, illuminated rocker J5 Oval, illuminated rocker Rocker Actuator Color 1-5 See Chart on Page G-59 *R Red, illuminated *A Amber, illuminated *G Green, illuminated Mounting Style/Color S2 Snap-in, black S1 Snap-in, white B2 Recessed snap-in bracket, black G2 Guard, black Termination 15 .187” quick connect 17 Solder lug 02 Thru-hole A Right angle Actuator Marking (NONE) No marking D ON-OFF H ”O l” - international ON-OFF N Large dot P ”O -” international ON-OFF * “J3” illuminated switches are not available with actuator markings Contact Rating QF Silver Lamp Rating (NONE) No lamp 6 LED 7 125 VAC neon 8 250 VAC neon Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–56 www.ck-components.com DA Series Miniature Single Pole Rocker Switches SWITCH FUNCTION CONNECTED TERMINALS SWITCH FUNCTION NO. POLES SP C&K marking on opposite side C&K marking on opposite side MODEL NO. DA101 ON NONE ON DA102 ON NONE OFF 2-3 SCHEMATIC OR OR 2-1 N/A For 7 & 8 For Illuminated Illuminated Versions Version Only + DA103 ON OFF – For 6 Illuminated Versions Only ON Shown in Pos. 1 ACTUATOR J1 ROCKER *J3 ILLUMINATED ROCKER J2 TWO-TONE ROCKER Bottom .142 (3,6) * J3 actuator not available with markings .389 (9,88) NOTE: 1. Available with DA102 switch function only. 2. Available with None or P actuator marking options only. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–57 www.ck-components.com Rocker NOTE: J3 actuator available with DA102 switch functions, 7&8 lamp ratings and not available with O2 and A termination options. Top G DA Series Miniature Single Pole Rocker Switches ACTUATOR J4 J5 CIRCLE, ILLUMINATED ROCKER OVAL, ILLUMINATED ROCKER .389 (9,88) .142 (3,6) .389 (9,88) .142 (3,6) NOTE: Available with DA102 switch function and 7 & 8 lamp ratings combinations only. Not available with O2 and A termination options. NOTE: Available with DA102 switch function and 6 lamp rating combinations only. Not available with O2 and A termination options. ACTUATOR COLOR OPTION CODE J1only J3, J4, J5 only 2 1 3 R A G ACTUATOR COLOR OPTION CODE BLACK WHITE 1 2 3 4 5 J2 only RED RED, ILLUMINATED AMBER, ILLUMINATED GREEN, ILLUMINATED ACTUATOR COLOR TOP BOTTOM WHITE RED WHITE BLACK RED WHITE BLACK WHTE BLACK RED Bottom Top .142 (3,6) .389 (9,88) MOUNTING STYLE/COLOR S2 S1 G2 SNAP-IN, BLACK GUARD, BLACK SNAP-IN, WHITE S2, S1 & G2 PANEL MOUNTING .350 (8,89) .940 (23,88) .700 (17,78) 1.064 (27,03) PANEL THICKNESS 0.030-0.049 (0,75-1,25) 0.049-0.079 (1,25-2,0) 0.079-0.118 (2,0-3,0) “X” 0.756-.004 (19,2-0,1) 0.764-.004 (19,4-0,1) 0.779-.004 (19,8-0,1) “Y” 0.512+.004 (13,0+0,1) 0.512+.004 (13,0+0,1) 0.512+.004 (13,0+0,1) NOTE: Available with DA10X switch functions only. Actuator shown in Pos. 1 B2 .080 (2,03) Rocker B2 PANEL MOUNTING RECESSED SNAP-IN BRACKET, BLACK 1.200 (30,48) .820 (20,83) 1.244 (31,60) PANEL THICKNESS 0.030-0.049 (0,75-0,25) 0.049-0.079 (1,25-2,0) 0.079-0.118 (2,0-3,0) “Y” 1.068 (27,13) 1.076 (27,33) 1.092 (27,74) NOTE: Available with DA10X switch functions only. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–58 www.ck-components.com DA Series Miniature Single Pole Rocker Switches TERMINATION 15 17 .187” QUICK CONNECT SOLDER LUG 0.870±.020 (22,10±0,5) 0.079 (2,0) 0.071 (1,8) 0.039 (1,00) 0.161 (4,1) For switches with LED option 02* A* THRU-HOLE RIGHT ANGLE * NOTE - O2 and A termination options not offered with J3, J4 or J5 actuator options. ACTUATOR MARKING NONE NO MARKING D ON-OFF H N Ol LARGE DOT P O- All models shown in Pos. 1 NOTE: Orientation of actuator marking and terminals. Markings not available with J3 actuator CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL QF SILVER RATINGS 16 AMPS @ 125 VAC; 1/3 HP; 10 AMPS @ 250 VAC; 1/2 POWER 10 AMPS @ 125 VAC, 6 AMPS @ 250 VAC * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. ACCESSORIES LAMP RATING 216C00000 .748 (19,0) IP65 SPLASH PROOF RUBBER BOOT .551 (14,0) .787 (20,0) .957 (24,3) .142 (3,6) .295 (7,5) Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–59 Rocker (NONE) NO LAMP 6 LED RATING @ 10 mA Vf=1.85V 7 125 VAC 33kΩ NEON 8 250 VAC 150kΩ NEON www.ck-components.com G D Series Miniature Snap-in Power Rocker Switches Features/Benefits • Momentary and maintained models • PC and quick connect terminals • Recessed bracket available — prevents Typical Applications • Small appliances • Computers and peripherals • Medical instrumentation accidental actuation • RoHS compliant • Gold plated options available UL 61058-1 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: D101, D102, D103, D105, D108, D201, D202, D203 ACTUATOR & HOUSING: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2), color black, finish: matte. GP (general purpose) 4 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles MOVABLE CONTACTS: D10X and D20X Models: Copper, silver plated. D50X and D60X Models: Coin silver, silver plated. 2 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 4 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles D501, D502, D503, D508, D601, D602, D608 GP (general purpose) 10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles 5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles 0.4VA @ 20V AC/DC (gold plating) available upon request ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. STATIONARY CONTACTS AND TERMINALS: Copper or brass, silver plated. Gold plating available. CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +65ºC NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for standard switches. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. Build-A-Switch Rocker To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages G–61 through G–64. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function D101 SPDT, On-None-On D102 SPST, On-None-Off D103 SPDT, On-Off-On D105 SPDT, Mom.-Off-Mom. D108 SPDT, Mom.-None-On D201 DPDT, On-None-On D202 DPST, On-None-Off D203 DPDT, On-Off-On D501 SPDT, On-None-On D502 SPST, On-None-Off D503 SPDT, On-Off-On D508 SPDT, Mom.-None-On D601 DPDT, On-None-On D602 DPST, On-None-Off D608 DPDT, Mom.-None-On Actuator J1 Rocker J5 Lever Actuator Color 2 Black 1 White Mounting Style/Color 3 Red S2 Snap-in, black B2 Recessed snap-in actuator guard, black G2 Actuator guard, black S1 Snap-in, white Terminations 15 Quick connect A Right angle, PC thru-hole 02 PC Thru-hole 05 Twisted quick connect 06 Extended PC thru-hole 17 Wirable quick connect Actuator Markings NONE No marking D ON-OFF H O| N Large dot P O– R Red rectangle on end U Large dot on end G G–60 Contact Material QA Silver Gold plating options available contact Customer Service Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change www.ck-components.com D Series Miniature Snap-in Power Rocker Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES MODEL NO. CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 AMP RATING* D102 D502 D101 D501 SP SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 2 POS. 3 4 10 SCHEMATIC ON NONE OPEN OFF SPST 1 1A N/A 4 10 D103 D503 10 D105 4 D108 D508 10 NONE ON 4 4 1 ON 1-1A OFF OPEN MOM. OFF MOM. MOM. NONE ON 1-1B 1A SPDT 1B N/A SPDT Part number shown: D101J12S215QA 1 D202 4 D602 10 ON NONE OFF OPEN DPST N/A DP D201 4 D601 10 D203 4 10 OFF MOM. 2A 2 NONE ON D608 1A 1 1-1A, 2-2A ON 2 1-1B, 2-2B OPEN NONE N/A 1A 1B 2A 2B DPDT DPDT ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POSITION 1 Part number shown: D201J12S215QA MOM. = Momentary *AMP RATING: see G-60 See CONTACT MATERIALS, page G-64. Rocker Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–61 www.ck-components.com G D Series Miniature Snap-in Power Rocker Switches ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR J1 ACTUATOR J5 ROCKER LEVER SP OPTION CODE ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED DP NOTE: Actuator finish: matte. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. ‘J5’ actuator available only with DP models D201, D202, D601 and D602. MOUNTING STYLE/COLOR S B2 SNAP-IN OPTION CODE RECESSED SNAP-IN ACTUATOR GUARD, BLACK HOUSING COLOR 2 (STD.) BLACK 1 WHITE NOTE: Frame finish on housing: matte. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. NOTE: Vertical mount, SP models only. G2 ACTUATOR GUARD, BLACK NOTE: Vertical mount, SP models only. Rocker PANEL MOUNTING SP MODELS 'S' & 'G2' mounting styles DP MODELS 'S' mounting style SP MODELS 'B2' mounting style PANEL THICKNESS DIM ‘A’ SP & DP MODELS ‘S’ MOUNTING STYLE DIM ‘A’ WITH ‘G2” OPTION SP MODELS ONLY DIM ‘A’ SP MODELS ‘B’ MOUNTING STYLE .030–.049 (0,76) (1,24) .756 (19,20) .764 (19,41) 1.068 (27,13) .049–.079 (1,24) (2,01) .764 (19,41) .780 (19,81) 1.076 (27,33) .079–.118 (2,01) (3,00) .780 (19,81) n/a 1.092 (27,74) NOTE: Blank insert available for SP models only, see page G-64. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–62 www.ck-components.com D Series Miniature Snap-in Power Rocker Switches TERMINATIONS A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING Available with D101, D102, D501, D502 SP models only. TERMINATIONS 02 06 PC THRU-HOLE SP EXTENDED PC THRU-HOLE SP DP Available with DX01 and DX02 models only. Available with DX01 and DX02 models only. 15 05 QUICK CONNECT SP PC MOUNTING (02 and 06) DP 17 TWISTED QUICK CONNECT WIRABLE QUICK CONNECT SP DP NOTE: Terminals are twisted. Available with DX01 and DX02 models only. DP Available with DX01 and DX02 models only. ACTUATORS NONE NO MARKING D ON-OFF H O| I OFF O LARGE DOT P O– R RED RECTANGLE ON END U LARGE DOT ON END I O Rocker ON N ‘D, H, P & U’ marking options: marking color white, standard for all actuator colors except white. Black marking color, standard for white actuators. ‘R & N’ marking option: red marking color, standard. Consult Customer Service Center for other available marking colors. NOTE: Orientation of actuator markings and terminals. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–63 www.ck-components.com G D Series Miniature Snap-in Power Rocker Switches CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL RATINGS D101, D102, D103, D105, D108, D201, D202, D203 QA SILVER 1 GP (general purpose) 4 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles 2 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 4 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles D501, D502, D503, D508, D601, D602, D608 GP (general purpose) 10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles 5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles 1MOVABLE CONTACT: D10X and D20X MODELS: Copper, silver plated. D50X and D60X MODELS: Coin silver, silver plated. 0.4VA @ 20V AC/DC Gold plated options avilable contact Customer Service. STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper or brass, silver plated. AVAILABLE HARDWARE Insert SP Only Recessed Actuator Guard, SP Only PART NO. 057190200 599D02000 BLACK BLACK Material: Nylon 6/6 Finish: Matte Material: 6/6 Nylon Finish: Matte Actuator Guard PART NO. 216C00000 IP65 SPLASH PROOF RUBBER BOOT .748 (19,0) .551 (14,0) Rocker .787 (20,0) .957 (24,3) PART NO. 104C22000 .142 (3,6) .295 (7,5) Material: PBT thermoplastic Finish: Matte Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–64 www.ck-components.com DM Series Miniature 2 Pole Power Rocker Switches Features/Benefits • 3 AMPS to 10 AMPS • Quick connect terminals • Double pole in miniature size • Recessed bracket available—prevents Typical Applications • Computers • Appliances • Electric tools accidental actuation • RoHS compliant UL 61058-1 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: HOUSING & ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black. DM21, DM22: MOVABLE CONTACTS: DM2X Models: Copper, silver plated. DM6X Models: Coin silver, silver plated. GP (general purpose) 3 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles 2 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 3 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles DM61, DM62: GP (general purpose) 10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper or brass, silver plated. CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for standard switches. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. 5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to +65ºC Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages G–66 and G–68. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function DM21 DPDT, On-On DM22 DPST, On-Off DM61 (STD.) DPDT, On-On DM62 (STD.) DPST, On-Off Actuator J1 Rocker Actuator Color 2 Black 1 White Housing Style/Color S2 Snap-in, black B2 Recessed snap-in actuator guard, black G2 Actuator guard, black Rocker Terminations 05 Quick connect Actuator Markings NONE No marking D ON-OFF H O| Contact Material P O– Q Silver Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 2 aug 16 G–65 www.ck-components.com G DM Series Miniature 2 Pole Power Rocker Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES MODEL NO. CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 2 POS. 1 POS. 2 AMP RATING* SCHEMATIC 1 DM22 3 DM62 10 ON OFF 1-1A, 2-2A 2 OPEN DPST 2A 1A DP 1 3 DM61 10 ON 1-1A, 2-2A .793 [20,14] .500 [12,7] .350 [8,89] 2B .028 TYP [0,71] 1A 1B 2A 2B .220 TYP [5,59] 1 2 .731 [18,57] .820 [20,83] 1A 2A .138 [3,51] 2 1-1B, 2-2B DPDT .080 [2,03] DPDT ON 1B DM21 .590 [15] .301 TYP [7,65] PART NUMBER SHOWN: DM21J1XS205Q NOTES 1. ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POSITION 1-'ON' POSITION RATINGS: See page G-65 for complete ratings. UL 61058-1 tested to 30C temperature rise @ 6,000 cycles. ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR J1 ACTUATOR ROCKER OPTION CODE .390 [9,91] .581 [14,76] ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE NOTE: Actuator finish: matte. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. .138 [3,51] HOUSING STYLE/COLOR S2 .590 [15] Rocker B2 SNAP-IN, BLACK RECESSED SNAP-IN ACTUATOR GUARD, BLACK .820 [20,83] .793 [20,14] .080 [2,03] .820 [20,83] 1.308 [33,22] .080 [2,03] 1.200 [30,48] NOTE: Housing finish: matte. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. G Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 2 aug 16 G–66 www.ck-components.com DM Series Miniature 2 Pole Power Rocker Switches HOUSING STYLE/COLOR G2 ACTUATOR GUARD, BLACK PANEL MOUNTING .700 [17,78] .050 [1,27] 'S2' & 'G2' housing styles .940 [23,88] .840 [21,34] NOTE: Blank insert available for SP models only, see page H–76. .350 [8,89] .600 [15,24] 'B2' housing style DIM ‘A’ DIM ‘A’ ‘G2’ OPTION ‘B2’ SP MODELS ONLY HOUSING STYLES PANEL THICKNESS DIM ‘A’ ‘S2’ & ‘G2’ HOUSING STYLES .030–.049 (0,76) (1,24) .756 (19,20) 0.764 (19,41) 1.068 (27,13) .049–.079 (1,24) (2,01) .764 (19,41) 0.780 (19,81) 1.076 (27,33) .079–.118 (2,01) (3,00) .780 (19,81) n/a 1.092 (27,74) TERMINATIONS 05 QUICK CONNECT .032 THICK [0,81] .048 [1,22] .110 [2,79] ACTUATOR MARKINGS NONE NO MARKING D H ON-OFF P OI ON I OFF O O– NOTE: Orientation of actuator markings and terminals. ‘D & P’ marking options: marking color white, standard for all actuator colors except white actuators. Black marking color standard for white actuators. Consult Customer Service Center for other available marking colors. CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE Q CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL SILVER 1,2 RATINGS DM21, DM22: GP (general purpose) 3 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles 2 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles DM61, DM62: GP (general purpose) 3 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles 10 AMPS 125 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles 5 AMPS 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85 10,000 cycles R (resistive) 10 AMPS 30 VDC T85 10,000 cycles * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 MOVABLE CONTACT: DM2X Models: Copper, silver plated. DM6X Models: Coin silver, silver plated. 2 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper or brass, silver plated. Rocker R (resistive) NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 2 aug 16 G–67 www.ck-components.com G DM Series Miniature 2 Pole Power Rocker Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Insert Recessed Actuator Guard PART NO. PART NO. 057190200 599D02000 Material: Nylon 6/6 Finish: Matte Material: 6/6 Nylon Finish: Matte Actuator Guard PART NO. 216C00000 IP65 SPLASH PROOF RUBBER BOOT .748 (19,0) .551 (14,0) .787 (20,0) .957 (24,3) PART NO. .142 (3,6) .295 (7,5) 104C22000 Rocker Material: PBT thermoplastic Finish: Matte G Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 2 aug 16 G–68 www.ck-components.com DM Series Miniature Illuminated Power Rocker Switches Features/Benefits • 3 AMPS to 10 AMPS • Illuminated LED • Positive detent • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Instrumentation • Industrial • Office machines UL 61058-1 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: DM14 and DM24 Models: 3 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. DM54 and DM64 Models: 10 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 5 AMPS @ 250 V AC (UL). HOUSING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant. ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black. MOVABLE CONTACTS: DM14 and DM24 Models: Copper, silver plated. DM54 and DM64 Models: Coin silver, silver plated. STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper or brass, silver plated. LED TERMINALS: Brass, unplated. CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel. NOTE: Specification and materials listed above are for standard switches. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to +65ºC Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages G–70 and G–72. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function DM14 SPST, 3 AMP DM24 DPST, 3 AMP DM54 SPST, 10 AMP DM64 DPST, 10 AMP Actuator J7 Rocker with colorless LED window Actuator Color 2 Black 1 White Housing Style/Color S2 Snap-in, black G2 Actuator guard, black Terminations 05 Quick connect Contact Material Q Silver Rocker LED Color 3 Red 4 Amber 6 Green Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 2 aug 16 G–69 www.ck-components.com G DM Series Miniature Illuminated Power Rocker Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION AMP RATING* DM14 SCHEMATIC 3 3 SP ON DM54 1-1A OPEN 10 1 SPST 1A 1 10 ON OFF 1-1A, 2-2A .080 [2,03] .138 [3,51] .793 [20,14] .350 [8,89] .500 [12,7] .028 [0,71] 3 OPEN DPST DPDT 4 2 2A 1A 4 .220 [5,59] 1B DM64 1 3 1A DM24 2B DP OFF 2 MODEL NO. POS. 2 POS. 1 2A NO. POLES CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 2 POS. 1 .730 .820 [18,54] [20,83] .301 [7,65] Actuator shown in pos. 1 – 'ON' position. SPST MODELS (DM14 & DM54) OMIT TERMINALS 2 & 2A. Part number shown: DM24J72S205Q3 * RATINGS: see page G-69. ACTUATOR J7 ROCKER WITH COLORLESS LED WINDOW .390 [9,906] OPTION CODE .581 [14,76] ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE NOTE: Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. .138 [3,51] HOUSING STYLE/COLOR S2 SNAP-IN, BLACK .793 [20,14] Rocker .590 [14,99] .080 [2,03] .820 [20,83] NOTE: Housing finish: matte. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. G Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 2 aug 16 G–70 www.ck-components.com DM Series Miniature Illuminated Power Rocker Switches HOUSING STYLE/COLOR G2 ACTUATOR GUARD, BLACK PANEL MOUNTING .700 [17,78] .050 [1,27] 'S2' & 'G2' housing style .840 [21,34] .940 [23,88] NOTE: Blank insert available for SP models only, see page H-80. PANEL THICKNESS DIM ‘A’ ‘S2’ & ‘G2’ HOUSING STYLES DIM ‘A’ with ‘G2’ option SP MODELS ONLY .030–.049 (0,76) (1,24) 0.756 (19,20) 0.764 (19,41) .049–.079 (1,24) (2,01) 0.764 (19,41) 0.780 (19,81) .079–.118 (2,01) (3,00) .780 (19,81) n/a .350 [8,89] .600 [15,24] TERMINATIONS 05 QUICK CONNECT .048 [1,22] .032 THICK [0,81] .110 [2,79] CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL Q SILVER 1,2 RATINGS POWER DM14 and DM24 Models: 3 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC. DM54 and DM64 Models: 10 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 5 AMPS @ 250 V AC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant. 1 MOVABLE CONTACTS: DM14 and DM24 models: Copper, silver plated. DM54 and DM64 models: Coin silver, silver plated. 2 STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper or brass, silver plated. LED COLOR RECOMMENDED RESISTOR @ VOLTAGE LED COLOR FORWARD VFD CURRENT LLED REVERSE VR INTENSITY MCD 5V 12V 24V 1K 2.2K 3 Red 2.1 10 4V 1.6 typ. 270 4 Amber 2.2 20 4V 2.5 typ. 150 510 1.2K 6 Green 2.1 20 4V 2.0 typ. 150 510 1.2K Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 2 aug 16 G–71 www.ck-components.com Rocker OPTION CODE G DM Series Miniature Illuminated Power Rocker Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Blank Insert Recessed Bracket PART NO. PART NO. 057190200 599D02000 Material: Zinc nylon 6/6 Finish: Matte Material: 6/6 Nylon Finish: Matte Actuator Guard PART NO. 104C22000 Rocker Material: PBT thermoplastic Finish: Matte G Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 2 aug 16 G–72 www.ck-components.com DF Series Power Rocker Switches Features/Benefits • Power switching up to 16 AMPS • Sub-panel and Front-panel mounting • PC and quick connect terminals • Multi-position and multi-pole function • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Computers • Power supplies • Appliances • Fitness equipment • Off-road vehicles Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 16 AMPS @ 125, 250 V AC; 1/4 HP @ 125 V AC; 1/2 HP @ 250 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 48 V DC, 2 AMPS @ 60 V DC, 11 AMPS @ 30 V DC HOUSING & ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2), black, finish: matte. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to +85ºC CONTACTS: Fine silver, silver plated. TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated. CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for standard switches. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages G–74 thru G–76. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function DF52 SPST, Off-On DF62 DPST, Off-On DF72 SPDT, Off-On-On Actuator J1 Rocker Actuator Color 2 Black 1 White Housing Style/Color S2 Sub-panel, black G2 Actuator guard, black P2 Panel, black S1 Sub-panel, white Terminations 15 Quick connect A Right angle, PC thru-hole Actuator Markings NONE No marking D ON-OFF H O| Contact Material P 0– QA Silver Rocker Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–73 www.ck-components.com G DF Series Power Rocker Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 NO. POLES CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 2 MODEL NO. SCHEMATIC 1 DF52 SP OFF ON OPEN 1-1A 1A SPST 1 DF62 DP OFF ON OPEN 1A DPST POS. 1 NO. POLES POS. 2 POS. 3 2 1-1A, 2-2A POS. 1 POS. 2 2A POS. 3 MODEL NO. SCHEMATIC POS. 1 POS. 2 1a DF72 SP OFF ON ON OPEN 1 / 2-2A 2a POS. 3 1a 2a 1a 2a 1 / 2-1A 1 / 2-2A 1 2 1 2 1 2 DPST 1.176 (29,87) Part number shown: DF62J12S215QA All models ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR J1 ACTUATOR ROCKER Rocker OPTION CODE ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE NOTE: Actuator finish: matte. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–74 www.ck-components.com DF Series Power Rocker Switches HOUSING STYLE/COLOR S G2 SUB-PANEL ACTUATOR GUARD 1.176 (29,87) NOTE: Not available with ‘A’ termination. Available in black only. NOTE: DF52 & DF62 models only. P OPTION CODE PANEL HOUSING COLOR 2 (STD.) BLACK 1 WHITE NOTE: Housing finish: matte. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. PANEL MOUNTING 1.176 (29,87) NOTE: Not available with ‘A’ termination. Available in black only. PANEL THICKNESS DIM ‘A’ .029–.048 (0,74) (1,22) 1.021 (25,93) .048–.078 (1,22) (1,98) 1.029 (26,14) .078–.117 (1,98) (2,97) 1.045 (26,54) .075–.140 (1,91) (3,56) 1.075 (27,31) DF52 & DF62 Models with ‘S’ housing style DF52, DF62 & DF72 Models with ‘P2’ & ‘G2’ housing style TERMINATIONS 15 QUICK CONNECT .480 (12,19) DF72 Models Only A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING Rocker NOTE: DF52 and DF62 Models Only Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–75 www.ck-components.com G DF Series Power Rocker Switches ACTUATOR MARKINGS NONE D NO MARKING ON-OFF ON P O| O– O O I OFF H I O I II 1A 1 NOTE: Orientation of actuator markings and terminals. ‘D, H, & P’ marking options: marking color white, standard for all actuator colors except white. Marking color black, standard for white actuators. Consult Customer Service Center for other available marking colors. CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE QA CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL SILVER 1,2 RATINGS POWER 16 AMPS @ 125, 250 V AC; 1/4 HP @ 125 V AC; 1/2 HP @ 250 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 48 V DC (UL), 2 AMPS @ 60 V DC, 11 AMPS @ 30 V DC 16 AMPS @ 125, 250 V AC; 1/4 HP @ 125 V AC; 1/2 HP @ 250 V AC (UL) * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS: Fine silver, silver plated. 2 TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated. All models AVAILABLE HARDWARE Actuator Guard PART NO. 285B02000 Rocker Material: Nylon 6/6 Finish: Matte Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–76 www.ck-components.com CR Series Round Single Pole Specialty Rocker Switches Features/Benefits • Round actuator and body • Nice styling • Multiple illuminated versions available • IP65 splash proof rubber boot option Typical Applications • Appliances, small and large • Office equipment • Computers and peripherals • Audio/Video equipment • RoHS compliant UL 61058-1 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 16 AMPS @ 125 VAC, 10 AMPS @ 250 VAC. 16 AMPS @ 125 VAC, 10 AMPS @ 250 VAC. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make and break cycles at full load. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 108 Ω min. HOUSING AND ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), matte finish. ILLUMINATED ACTUATOR: Polycarbonate, matte finish. CENTER CONTACTS: Silver plated, copper alloy. END CONTACTS: Silver plated AgSn02ln03. ALL TERMINALS: Silver plated, copper alloy. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 VRMS @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to + 85ºC NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages G–78 through G–80. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function CR101 SPDT On-None-On CR102 SPST On-None-Off Actuator J1 Rocker J2* Two-tone rocker J3 Illuminated rocker J4** Circle, illuminated rocker J5 Oval, illuminated rocker JN Paddle, rocker JP Paddle, illuminated rocker Actuator Color 2 Black 1 White 3 Red R Red, illuminated A Amber, illuminated G Green, illuminated Mounting Style/Color S2 Snap-in, black S1 Snap-in, white Termination 15 .187” quick connect Contact Rating QF Silver Refer to table on page G-79 for actuator options. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–77 www.ck-components.com Rocker * Lamp Rating (NONE) No lamp 6 LED 7 125 VAC neon 8 250 VAC neon G CR Series Round Single Pole Specialty Rocker Switches SWITCH FUNCTION CONNECTED TERMINALS SWITCH FUNCTION Pos. 1 NO. POLES Pos. 3 Pos. 1 ON NONE Pos. 2 Pos. 3 C&K marking on opposite side C&K marking on opposite side MODEL NO. CR101 Pos. 2 ON SCHEMATIC 2-1 2-3 N/A CR102 ON NONE OR OR For Illuminated 7&8 For Versions Illuminated Version OFF SP + – For 6 Illuminated Versions ACTUATOR J1 J3 J2 ROCKER TWO-TONE ROCKER ILLUMINATED ROCKER Top Bottom Rocker .138 (3,5) NOTE: J3 actuator available with the combination of 7 & 8 lamp ratings and CR102 switch function only. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–78 www.ck-components.com CR Series Round Single Pole Specialty Rocker Switches ACTUATOR J4 J5 CIRCLE, ILLUMINATED ROCKER OVAL, ILLUMINATED ROCKER .138 (3,5) .138 (3,5) NOTE: Available with the combination of CR102 switch function and 6 lamp rating only. NOTE: Available with the combination of CR102 switch function and 7 & 8 lamp ratings only. JN PADDLE, ROCKER JP PADDLE, ILLUMINATED ROCKER .610 (15,5) NOTE: JP actuator available with the combination of CR102 switch function and 7 & 8 lamp ratings only. ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR J1 J3, J4 J5, JP OPTION CODE 2 1 3 R A G ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR OPTION CODE ACTUATOR COLOR BOTTOM TOP BLACK WHITE J2 RED RED, ILLUMINATED AMBER, ILLUMINATED GREEN, ILLUMINATED 1 2 3 4 5 WHITE RED WHITE BLACK RED WHITE BLACK WHTE BLACK RED Top Bottom J2 actuator only MOUNTING STYLE/COLOR S2 S1 PANEL MOUNTING SNAP-IN, BLACK SNAP-IN, WHITE Panel thickness: 0.7 - 3.0 mm Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–79 www.ck-components.com Rocker Panel thickness: 2.0 - 3.0 mm G CR Series Round Single Pole Specialty Rocker Switches TERMINATION 15 .187” QUICK CONNECT For switches with LED option CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL QF SILVER RATINGS POWER 16 AMPS @ 125 VAC; 10 AMPS @ 250 VAC * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. LAMP RATING (NONE) NO LAMP 6 LED RATING @ 10 mA Vf=1.85V 7 125 VAC 33kΩ NEON 8 250 VAC 150kΩ NEON ACCESSORIES 377C00000 IP65 SPLASH PROOF RUBBER BOOT .960 DIA. (24,4) .307 (7,8) .756 DIA. (19,2) Rocker .129 (3,28) Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change G G–80 www.ck-components.com SW Series Rocker Switches Features/Benefits • Various designs up to 16 amps • Heavy duty and extended life cycles • SPST, SPDT and DPST options • Different symbols available Typical Applications • Household appliances • Industrial equipment • Audio & visual equipment • Telecommunication • Office equipment Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 6.5 Amps @ 125 VAC HOUSING: PA (UL 94V-2). ELECTRICAL LIFE: 6,000 cycles at full load. KNOB: PA (UL 94V-2). INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100m Ω min. CONTACTS: Silver plated. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100M Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 VAC (50-60 Hz) NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. OPERATING FORCE: ON_OFF: 250 ± 100 gf OFF_ON: 700 ± 250 gf PACKAGING: 300 pieces per bag (5 trays) 2,400 pieces per box Environmental OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 0ºC to 65ºC White A 6.3*0.8 1.2 0.6 30.4 A 6 SW-13A65N-A01 HOUSING COLOR 16.4 14.7 PART NUMBER R7.8 14.1 3.8 Black 9.5 COMAX 6.5A 125VAC C US 8 SECTION A-A 27.9 26.9 14.2 28.3 14.4 14.7 R7. 1 C ircuit R1 SPDT ON-OFF-ON 13.9 3 SW-13A65N-A01 BK Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change G–81 www.ck-components.com Rocker Recommended hole size 0.8/1.0mm panel assembly. PIERCING PLAN G DIP Product Selection Guide DIP H DIP Series TDP TDA SDA SD BD BPA TDD SPA RTE CD CRD Switch Type Half-pitch Half-pitch Single In-line Package Rotary & Coded 8 mm Coded Rotary 10 mm Coded Rotary No. of Positions 2-10 (even only) 4 10,16 8, 10 & 16 10 & 16 SPST Coded Coded Coded .244 (6,2) Vertical .169 (4,3) Rt. Angle .167 (4,25) Thru-hole .335 (8,5) Rt. angle .168 (4,27) .272 (6,9) Thru-hole Vertical .340 (8,6) .414 (10.5) Rt. angle Rt. angle NA washable washable (tape not (tape not required) required) Low Low Standard Side Jumper .050” .050” Profile Profile Profile Actuated Switch Side actuated 2-10 1 & 2-10 1-12 2-12 1-12 1-12 1 (even only) (even only) (except 11) (except 11) (except 11) (except 11) Contact Style SPST Profile off PCB .173 (4,4) .087 (2,2) .189 (4,80) .168 (4,27) .297 (7,55) .287 (7.3) .090 (2,3) Thru-hole Thru-hole Vertical Thru-hole .177 (4,5) .160 (4,06) .380 (9,65) .277 (7,04) SMT SMT Rt. Angle SMT Process Sealed washable washable washable with tape (tape not seal required) with tape seal Extended Actuator • Flush Actuator • SPST • Thru-hole Vertical • SPST SPST SPST SPST SPDT washable washable washable washable washable with tape (tape not (tape not with tape (tape not seal required) required) seal required) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Right Angle • Surface Mount • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 100mA 100mA 100mA 100mA 100mA 100mA 10mA 100mA 0.4VA 0.4VA • • Tape & Reel (SMT only) Maximum Current • 100mA • Retention Feature Page No. • C option H–3 H–6 H–9 H–13 H–16 H–18 H-21 H–23 H–25 H-31 H-35 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–2 www.ck-components.com TDP Series Ultra-miniature Surface Mount Half-pitch Side-Actuated DIP Switches Features/Benefits • World’s first ultra-miniature SMT half-pitch • • • side-actuated DIP Side actuation allows visual indication of on/off position in horizontal applications Process sealed for surface mount soldering and washable processing RoHS compliant Lead free H electronic devices • Instrumentation and controls DIP • Typical Applications • Hand-held electronic devices • Portable computer and Specifications Materials SWITCH FUNCTION: SPST — 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 positions. CASE & COVER: glass filled PPS (UL94V-0). CONTACT RATING: ACTUATOR: PA6T (UL94V-0). 24 V DC, 25 mA (switching). CONTACTS: Copper alloy with gold plate over nickel plate. 50 V DC, 100 mA (steady state). TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold over nickel plate. All terminals are insert molded. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 1,000 cycles. TAPE SEAL: Polyimide. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 MΩ @ 100 V DC min. Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 300 V AC min. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: –40°C to 85°C. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40°C to 85°C. OPERATING FORCE: 4,9N max. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in full tube quantities only, this may affect order quantity. Tape and reel packaging also available. How To Order The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. All switches supplied in “OFF” position. T D P S B Designation TDP Number of Positions 02 Actuator 04 H0 Flush Actuator 06 H1 Extended Actuator 08 Terminations 10 S Gull wing 1 Packaging (None) Tubes R Tape and Reel Terminal Seal 1 Terminals are sealed Contact Material B Gold Tape Seal (None) with tape D No tape Note: Tape seal is not available with H1 Extended Actuators. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–3 www.ck-components.com TDP Series Ultra-miniature Surface Mount Half-pitch Side-Actuated DIP Switches Flush Actuator-No Top Tape, Surface Mount Terminals 0.030 (0,76) DIM 'A' H 0.023 (0,6) 0.050 TYP. (1,27) DIP 0.047 (1,2) 2X 0.039 (1,0) CHAMFER C&K 0.012/0.004 (0,3/0,1) O N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TDP08 5A 0.300 (7,62) 8 1 2 4 3 5 6 7 0.050 (1,27) 0.250 (6,35) 8 0.350 (8,89) DATE CODE 0.161 (4,1) NO. POS. DIM ‘A’ DIM “B” QUANTITY PER TUBE TDP02H0SBD1 2 0.144 (3,67) 0.050 (1,27) 125 TDP04H0SBD1 4 0.244 (6,21) 0.150 (3,81) 70 TDP06H0SBD1 6 0.344 (8,74) 0.250 (6,35) 50 TDP08H0SBD1 8 0.444 (11,29) 0.350 (8,89) 40 TDP10H0SBD1 10 0.544 (13,82) 0.450 (11,43) 30 PART NUMBER 0.236 (6,0) 0.006 (0,15) 10 0 0.228 (5,8) 0.022 (0,57) DIM 'B' 0.018 (0,45) Schematic 0.042 (1,06) 0.320 (8,12) SPST Flush Actuator-with Top Tape, Surface Mount Terminals DIM 'A' 0.023 (0,6) TAPE SEAL 0.030 (0,76) 0.050 TYP. (1,27) 0.047 (1,2) 2X 0.039 (1,0) CHAMFER C&K 0.012/0.004 (0,3/0,1) O N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TDP08 5A 0.300 (7,62) 8 1 2 3 5 4 6 7 8 0.018 (0,45) 0.239 (6,06) 0.236 (6,0) 0.006 (0,15) 10 0 0.042 (1,06) 0.350 (8,89) DIM 'B' NO. POS. DIM ‘A’ DIM “B” QUANTITY PER TUBE TDP02H0SB1 2 0.144 (3,67) 0.050 (1,27) 125 TDP04H0SB1 4 0.244 (6,21) 0.150 (3,81) 70 TDP06H0SB1 6 0.344 (8,74) 0.250 (6,35) 50 TDP08H0SB1 8 0.444 (11,29) 0.350 (8,89) 40 TDP10H0SB1 10 0.544 (13,82) 0.450 (11,43) 30 PART NUMBER 0.022 (0,57) 0.250 (6,35) DATE CODE 0.164 MAX. (4,16) 0.161 (4,1) TAPE SEAL 0.050 (1,27) 0.228 (5,8) Schematic 0.320 (8,12) SPST Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–4 www.ck-components.com TDP Series Ultra-miniature Surface Mount Half-pitch Side-Actuated DIP Switches Extended Actuator-No Top Tape, Surface Mount Terminals 0.030 (0,76) DIM 'A' 0.023 (0,6) O N 1 2X 0.039 (1,0) CHAMFER C&K 2 3 5 4 6 7 H TDP08 5A 8 1 2 4 3 5 6 7 0.300 (7,62) DATE CODE 0.050 (1,27) 0.250 (6,35) DIP 0.012/0.004 (0,3/0,1) 0.050 TYP. (1,27) 0.047 (1,2) 0.350 (8,89) 8 0.161 (4,1) DIM 'B' 0.018 (0,45) NO. POS. DIM ‘A’ DIM “B” QUANTITY PER TUBE 0.236 (6,0) TDP02H1SBD1 2 0.144 (3,67) 0.050 (1,27) 125 0.030 (0,75) TDP04H1SBD1 4 0.244 (6,21) 0.150 (3,81) 70 TDP06H1SBD1 6 0.344 (8,74) 0.250 (6,35) 50 TDP08H1SBD1 8 0.444 (11,29) 0.350 (8,89) 40 TDP10H1SBD1 10 0.544 (13,82) 0.450 (11,43) 30 PART NUMBER 0.006 (0,15) 100 0.228 (5,8) 0.022 (0,57) Schematic 0.042 (1,06) 0.320 (8,12) SPST Tube Packaging 0.055 (1,4) 0.130 (3,3) 19.690±.039 (500,0±1,0) R 0.020 (R 0,5) 0.130 (3,3) 0.039 (1,0) 0.248 (6,3) 0.201 (5,1) QTY IN TUBE MODEL NUMBER 0.020 (0,5) 0.134 (3,4) 0.440 (11,2) R 0.043 (R 1,1) Note: Switch shown has H1 extended actuator. TDP02 125 TDP04 70 TDP06 50 TDP08 40 TDP10 30 Tape and Reel Packaging MARKING LABEL 0.157 (4,00) EMBOSSED CARRIER 0.472 (12,00) PIN #1 DIM “P” TDP02 0.630 (16,0) 0.175 (4,45) 1,000 TDP04 0.630 (16,0) 0.276 (7,0) 1,000 B PER REEL TDP06 0.630 (16,0) 0.376 (9,55) 1,000 TDP08 0.945 (24,0) 0.476 (12,1) 1,000 TDP10 0.945 (24,0) 0.576 (14,65) 1,000 0.350 (8,9) A C&K TDP08 5A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DIRECTION OF FEED DIM. ‘W’ 0.069 (1,75) A Ø0.059 (1,50Ø) DIM PART NUMBER 0.191 (4,86) REF 0.012 (0,30) 0.079 (2,00) 0.453 (11,5) DIM. 'W' SEE CHART DIM. “P” SEE CHART B 0.350 (8,9) SECTION B-B NOTE: PART NUMBER SHOWN:TDP08H1SBD1R FEED DIRECTION SECTION A-A Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–5 www.ck-components.com TDA Series Ultra-miniature Surface Mount Half-pitch DIP Switches Features/Benefits • Bifurcated contact for increased electrical reliability • Process sealed for surface H DIP mount soldering and washable processing • RoHS compliant Specifications Typical Applications • Hand-held electronic devices • Portable computer and electronic devices • Instrumentation and controls PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in full tube quantities only, this may affect order quantity. Numbers of switches per tube varies with model. Tape and reel packaging quantity varies with model. SWITCH FUNCTION: SPST – 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 & 10 positions. CONTACT RATING: 24 V DC, 25 mA (switching). Materials 50 V DC, 100 mA (steady state). CASE & COVER: PPS (UL94V-0) MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 1,000 cycles. ACTUATOR: LCP (UL94V-0). CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max. CONTACTS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 MΩ @ 100 V DC min. TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold flash over nickel plate. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 300 V AC min. All terminals are insert molded. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C. TAPE SEAL: Polyimide. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C. Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. OPERATING FORCE: 4,9N max. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). Note: All switches supplied in “OFF” position. How To Order The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. All switches supplied in “OFF” position. T D A Number of Positions NEW TDA01* TDA02 TDA04 TDA06 TDA08 TDA10 H 0 B 1 Flush Actuator H0 Terminations S Gull wing J* J bend Contact material B Gold Sealed 1 Packaging NONE Tubes R T/R * TDA01H0JB1R is not available, TDA01 only offered in tape & reel Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–6 www.ck-components.com TDA Series Ultra-miniature Surface Mount Half-pitch DIP Switches DIM 'A' 1,27 1,2 0,76 1,27 0,8 CHAMFER ON C&K TDA08 6,35 8,89 7,62 H 0,45 TDA08H0SB1 0,4 TYP. 1,27 6,2 2,2 TAPE SEAL DIP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2,3 0,57 0,15 6,0 1,06 DIM ’A’ SEE CHART 8,12 DATE CODE 0,76 TYP 1,27 TYP PART NUMBER 1,2 5,37 3,77 6,97 2X 0,8 CHAMFER 0,1 DIM 'B' SEE CHART TAPE SEAL 0 ~5 6,2 0,15 TYP 2,2 2,35 TDA10H0JB1 1,27 TYP 0,45 TYP 1 TYP SEE DETAIL 6,35 TYP Tube Package ROHS PART NUMBER MARKING LABEL ON END OF TUBE REF 2,10 REF 4,40 500,0 TDA01H0SB1 TDA02H0_B1 TDA04H0_B1 TDA06H0_B1 TDA08H0_B1 TDA10H0_B1 REF 11,20 REF 3,40 NO. POS. DIM. ‘A’ DIM. ‘B QUANTITY PER TUBE 1 2,40 NA NA 2 3,67 1,27 125 4 6,21 3,81 70 6 8,75 6,35 50 8 11,29 8,89 40 10 13,83 11,43 30 Schematic REF 2,0 MARKING LABEL SPST ON C&K TDA06 1 2 3 4 5 6 REEL DIAMETER 330mm EMBOSSED CARRIER Tape & Reel Package DIM 'W' SEE CHART ROHS PART NUMBER TDA01H0SB1R* TDA02H0_B1R TDA04H0_B1R TDA06H0_B1R TDA08H0_B1R TDA10H0_B1R 12,0 DIRECTION OF FEED DIRECTION OF FEED 3,0 NO. POS. DIM. ‘W’ QUANTITY PER REEL 1 16,0 2500 2 16,0 2000 4 16,0 2000 6 16,0 2000 8 24,0 2000 10 24,0 2000 * see next page for TDA01 tape & reel drawing Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–7 www.ck-components.com TDA Series Ultra-miniature Surface Mount Half-pitch DIP Switches 1.75 0.10 4.00 0.10 DIP H 8.00 0.10 1.5 +0.10 -0.00 TDA01H0SB1R 0.40 0.05 7.50 0.10 16.0 0.30 6.55 8.60 +0.2 0.4 O SEE DTEAIL A 1 0.1 R0.3 MAX 2.0 0.2 TYP 2.65 2.90 14.0 6.55 0.1 8.60 0.1 SEE DETAIL "B' 2 0.5 2.9 0.1 21 0.8 13 0.5 330 DETAIL "B" Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–8 www.ck-components.com SDA Series Low Profile DIP Switches Typical Applications • Address switch for industrial controls • Logic switching for computers and peripherals • Function controlling for numerous applications H DIP Features/Benefits • Low profile design saves space • Thru-hole and surface mount models • Tape and reel packaging available • RoHS compliant Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 25 mA @ 24 V DC or 100 mA @ 5 V DC. HOUSING: PPS, color black (UL94V-0). MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 1,000 cycles at rated loads. COVER: PPS, color black (UL94V-0). CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 mΩ max. initial. ACTUATOR: PA6T (UL94-0) INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 MΩ between terminals. CONTACTS: Gold plated Beryllium copper. DIELECTRIC WITHSTANDING VOLTAGE: 300 V DC min. for 1 minute. TERMINALS: Gold plate over nickel plated brass. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C. TAPE SEAL: Polyimide. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C. OPERATING FORCE: 800 grams max. Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. For Tin Lead options consult customer service center. SOLDERABILITY: Dip and look solderability testing per C&K spec. #448. Unplated edges of terminals permitted. PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in fulltube quantities only, this may affect order quantity. Numbers of switches per tube varies with model. Tape and reel packaging also available for surface mount options. How To Order The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. All switches supplied in “OFF” position.. S D A Number of Positions SDA01 SDA02 SDA03 SDA04 SDA05 SDA06 SDA07 SDA08 SDA09 SDA10 SDA12 B H Actuator H0 Flush H1 Extended Terminations Blank Thru-hole S Gull wing Contact material B Gold Sealed D None Blank Top tape seal Packaging NONE Tubes R T/R Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–9 www.ck-components.com SDA Series Low Profile DIP Switches Flush Actuator – No Tape, Thru-hole Terminals DIP H ROHS PART NUMBER DIM 'A' SDA08H0BD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TRAVEL .051 (1,30) 8 .100 (2,54) TYP. .238 (3,5) .106 (2,70) .183 (4,65) .063 (1,60) .295 (7,49) .100 (2,54) .024 (0,61) .300 TYP. (7,6) Ø.031 (0,8) TYP. .010 (0,25) .316 (8,03) NO. POS. DIM. ‘A’ QUANTITY PER TUBE 1 .178 (4,52) 100 2 .278 (7,06) 60 3 .378 (9,60) 45 4 .476 (12,10) 35 5 .578 (14,68) 30 6 .676 (17,18) 25 7 .778 (19,76) 20 8 .876 (22,26) 20 9 .978 (24,84) 15 10 1.076 (27,34) 15 12 1.279 (32,50) 14 ROHS PART NUMBER NO. POS. DIM. ‘A’ QUANTITY PER TUBE SDA01H0B SDA02H0B SDA03H0B SDA04H0B SDA05H0B SDA06H0B SDA07H0B SDA08H0B SDA09H0B SDA10H0B SDA12H0B 1 .178 (4,52) 100 2 .278 (7,06) 60 3 .378 (9,60) 45 4 .476 (12,10) 35 5 .578 (14,68) 30 6 .676 (17,18) 25 7 .778 (19,76) 20 8 .876 (22,26) 20 9 .978 (24,84) 15 10 1.076 (27,34) 15 12 1.279 (32,50) 14 SDA01H0BD SDA02H0BD SDA03H0BD SDA04H0BD SDA05H0BD SDA06H0BD SDA07H0BD SDA08H0BD SDA09H0BD SDA10H0BD SDA12H0BD Schematic NOTE: SDA 01 options are 4,25mm thick SPST Flush Actuator – With Top Tape, Thru-hole Terminals SDA08H0B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 .300 TYP. (7,6) Ø.031 TYP. (0,8) TRAVEL .051 (1,30) DIM 'A' 8 .100 TYP. (2,54) PEELABLE TAPE SEAL .138 (3,5) .183 (4,65) .063 (1,60) .106 (2,70) .024 (0,61) .100 (2,54) .295 (7,49) .316 (8,03) .010 (0,25) Schematic NOTE: SDA 01 options are 4,25mm thick SPST Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–10 www.ck-components.com SDA Series Low Profile DIP Switches Flush Actuator – With Top Tape, Surface Mount Terminals ROHS PART NUMBER DIM. ‘A’ QUANTITY PER TUBE 1 .178 (4,52) 100 2 .278 (7,06) 60 3 .378 (9,60) 45 4 .476 (12,10) 35 5 .578 (14,68) 30 6 .676 (17,18) 25 7 .778 (19,76) 20 8 .876 (22,26) 20 9 .978 (24,84) 15 10 1.076 (27,34) 15 12 1.279 (32,50) 14 DIM 'A' H .240 TYP. (6,10) .409 MIN. (10,4) TRAVEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 .051 (1,30) .059 MIN. (1,50) PEELABLE TAPE SEAL .175 (4,45) .295 (7,49) .100 (2,54) .024 (0,61) Schematic SPST SDA08H0SB .100 (2,54) TYP. .031 (0,79) .366 (9,30) NOTE: SDA 01 options are 4,25mm thick Flush Actuator – No Tape, Surface Mount Terminals ROHS PART NUMBER SDA01H0SBD SDA02H0SBD SDA03H0SBD SDA04H0SBD SDA05H0SBD SDA06H0SBD SDA07H0SBD SDA08H0SBD SDA09H0SBD SDA10H0SBD SDA12H0SBD NO. POS. DIM. ‘A’ QUANTITY PER TUBE 1 .178 (4,52) 100 2 .278 (7,06) 60 3 .378 (9,60) 45 4 .476 (12,10) 35 5 .578 (14,68) 30 6 .676 (17,18) 25 7 .778 (19,76) 20 8 .876 (22,26) 20 9 .978 (24,84) 15 10 1.076 (27,34) 15 12 1.279 (32,50) 14 DIM 'A' .240 TYP. (6,10) .409 MIN. (10,4) TRAVEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 .051 (1,30) .059 MIN. (1,50) .175 (4,45) .138 (3,5) Schematic .100 (2,54) .024 (0,61) SDA08H0SBD .100 (2,54) TYP. .295 (7,49) .031 (0,79) .366 (9,30) NOTE: SDA 01 options are 4,25mm thick SPST Extended Actuator – No Top Tape, Thru-hole Terminals ROHS PART NUMBER TRAVEL .051 (1,30) DIM 'A' .300 (7,6) TYP. Ø.031TYP. (0,8) SDA08H1BD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 .100 TYP. (2,54) .039 (1,0) .047 (1,2) .138 (3,5) .183 (4,65) .039 (1,0) .295 (7,49) SDA01H1BD SDA02H1BD SDA03H1BD SDA04H1BD SDA05H1BD SDA06H1BD SDA07H1BD SDA08H1BD SDA09H1BD SDA10H1BD SDA12H1BD NO. POS. DIM. ‘A’ QUANTITY PER TUBE 1 .178 (4,52) 100 2 .278 (7,06) 60 3 .378 (9,60) 45 4 .476 (12,10) 35 5 .578 (14,68) 30 6 .676 (17,18) 25 7 .778 (19,76) 20 8 .876 (22,26) 20 9 .978 (24,84) 15 10 1.076 (27,34) 15 12 1.279 (32,50) 14 Schematic .063 (1,60) .024 (0,61) .100 (2,54) .316 (8,03) .010 (0,25) SPST NOTE: SDA 01 options are 4,25mm thick Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–11 www.ck-components.com DIP SDA01H0SB SDA02H0SB SDA03H0SB SDA04H0SB SDA05H0SB SDA06H0SB SDA07H0SB SDA08H0SB SDA09H0SB SDA10H0SB SDA12H0SB NO. POS. SDA Series Low Profile DIP Switches Extended Actuator – No Top Tape, Surface Mount Terminals ROHS PART NUMBER DIM 'A' .240 TYP. (6,10) TRAVEL H DIP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SDA08H1SBD .100 TYP. (2,54) .059 MIN. (1,50) .175 (4,45) .024 TYP. (0,61) .051 (1,30) .138 (3,5) .100 (2,54) .039 (1,0) .295 (7,49) .031 (0,79) .366 (9,30) DIM. ‘A’ QUANTITY PER TUBE 1 .178 (4,52) 100 2 .278 (7,06) 60 3 .378 (9,60) 45 4 .476 (12,10) 35 5 .578 (14,68) 30 6 .676 (17,18) 25 7 .778 (19,76) 20 8 .876 (22,26) 20 9 .978 (24,84) 15 10 1.076 (27,34) 15 12 1.279 (32,50) 14 SDA01H1SBD SDA02H1SBD SDA03H1SBD SDA04H1SBD SDA05H1SBD SDA06H1SBD SDA07H1SBD SDA08H1SBD SDA09H1SBD SDA10H1SBD SDA12H1SBD .409 MIN. (10,4) .051 (1,30) NO. POS. Schematic NOTE: SDA 01 options are 4,25mm thick SPST Tape & Reel Packaging – Surface Mount Options only SDA01H1SBDR OPTION SHOWN MODEL NO. 'S' OPTION H0 SDA01 H1 H0 SDA02 H1 H0 SDA03 H1 H0 SDA04 H1 H0 SDA05 H1 H0 SDA06 H1 H0 SDA07 H1 H0 SDA08 H1 H0 SDA09 H1 H0 SDA10 H1 H0 SDA12 H1 DIM. 'H' DIM. 'W1' DIM. 'W2' DIM. 'B' DIM. 'C' DIM. 'D' QUANTITY (REF.) (REF.) (REF.) (REF.) (REF.) (REF.) PER REEL 5.2 1500 24.0 24.4 8.5 11.5 N/A 5.8 1450 4.8 750 24.0 24.4 7.9 11.5 N/A 5.8 700 4.8 750 24.0 24.4 10.4 11.5 N/A 5.8 700 4.8 750 24.0 24.4 12.9 11.5 N/A 5.8 700 4.8 750 24.0 24.4 15.4 11.5 N/A 5.8 700 4.8 750 32.0 32.4 18.0 14.2 28.4 5.8 700 4.8 32.0 32.4 20.5 14.2 28.4 750 NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE IN TAPE AND REEL 4.8 750 44.0 44.4 22.7 20.2 40.4 5.8 700 4.8 750 44.0 44.4 25.5 20.2 40.4 5.8 700 4.8 750 44.0 44.0 28.1 20.2 40.4 5.8 700 4.8 44.0 44.4 33.2 20.2 40.4 750 NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE IN TAPE AND REEL A 1.5 +0.1 0 TYP 2 4 1.75 0.4±0.05 3° MAX "C" "W1" B "B" 11 B 1.5 +0.1 0 TYP 8 TYP A SECTION A-A DIRECTION OF FEED 3° MAX "H" 5.3 2.5 SECTION B-B 2-5 OPTION SDA04 SHOWN 'W2' 2 3 TYP 1.5 TYP 4 TYP 2 TYP 0.4 13 'C' 21 'W1' 3°MAX A 1.5 TYP SECTION B-B DIRECTION OF FEED 6-12 OPTION SDA08 SHOWN 100 'B' A DETAIL A SCALE 1:1:1 330 1.75 0.4 3°MAX 'C' SEE DETAIL A 'B' 'W1' 'D' REEL LAYOUT SCALE 1:4:1 A A 10 SECTION A-A 3°MAX 16 'H' SECTION B-B DIRECTION OF FEED Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–12 www.ck-components.com SD Series Low Profile DIP Switches Typical Applications • Address switch for industrial controls H • Logic switching for computers and peripherals • Function controlling for numerous applications DIP Features/Benefits • Low profile design saves space • Thru-hole and surface mount models • Tape and reel packaging available • Sealed with top tape • RoHS compliant PACKAGING: Thru-hole switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in full-tube quantities only: this may effect order quantity. Surface mount switches available in tape and reel packaging by added ‘R’ to end of part number; 1,000 pieces per reel. Switch position 1 denotes pin number 1. All switch actuators in ‘OFF’ position, Specifications SWITCH FUNCTION: SPST - 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 & 12 positions CONTACT RATING: standard. Carry: 100 mA @ 50 V DC max. Materials Switch: 0.1 mA @ 5 V DC min to 100 mA @ 25 V DC max. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 2,000 make-and-break cycles at full load, each circuit. CASE & COVER: (PPA), flame retardant (UL 94V-0) CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 milliohms typ. initial CONTACTS: BeCu with gold plate. ACTUATOR: Nylon, flame retardant (UL 94V-0) @ 2-4 V DC, 100mA. TERMINALS: Bright tin-plated brass. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 ohms min. TERMINAL SEAL: All terminals insert molded. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V RMS min. @ sea level between adjacent terminals. TAPE SEAL: Polyimide. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C. Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. OPERATING FORCE: 100-700g inital. How To Order The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. S D Number of Positions SD02 SD07 SD03 SD08 SD04 SD09 SD05 SD10 SD06 SD12 Packaging (None) Tubes R Tape and Reel Actuator H0 Flush Actuator “OFF” position H1 Extended Actuator “OFF” position H2 Flush Actuator “ON” position H3 Extended Actuator “ON” position Terminations S Gull wing (None) PC ThruHole Process Seal (None) Tape seal D No tape seal Contact Material B Gold 10µ IN B1 Gold 30µ IN * * Consult factory for availability Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–13 www.ck-components.com SD Series Low Profile DIP Switches Sealed Flush Actuator – With Top Tape, Thru-hole Terminals Process sealed - withstands soldering and cleaning processes ROHS PART NUMBER DIP H DIM. 'A' SEE CHART .027 (0,70) ACTUATOR TRAVEL ON .263 (6,68) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 .142 (3,62) .100 (2,54) TYP. ORIENTATION MARK PEELABLE TAPE SEAL SD02H0B SD03H0B SD04H0B SD05H0B SD06H0B SD07H0B SD08H0B SD09H0B SD10H0B SD12H0B .300 TYP. (7,6) Ø.038 (0,97) TYP. .168 TYP. (4,27) .315 TYP. (8,00) NO. POS. DIM. ‘A’ QUANTITY PER TUBE 2 .258 (6,55) 85 3 .358 (9,09) 60 4 .458 (11,63) 45 5 .558 (14,17) 40 6 .658 (16,71) 30 7 .758 (19,25) 25 8 .858 (21,79) 25 9 .958 (24,33) 20 10 1.058 (26,87) 20 12 1.258 (31,95) 15 Schematic .023 TYP. (0,60) STANDOFF .059 TYP. (1,50) .126 TYP. (3,20) .100 TYP. (2,54) .022 TYP. (0,55) .010 TYP. (0,25) SPST .325 TYP. (8,25) Table applicable to “H0” and “H2” actuator options. Sealed Flush Actuator – With Top Tape, Surface Mount Terminals .027 (0,70) ACTUATOR TRAVEL DIM. 'A' SEE CHART .243 TYP. (6,17) .435 MIN. (11,05) ON .263 (6,68) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 .142 (3,62) ORIENTATION MARK .160 (4,06) WITH TAPE PEELABLE TAPE SEAL .100 (2,54) TYP. .044 MIN. (1,12) .315 TYP. (8,00) RoHS PART NUMBER NO. POS. DIM. ‘A’ QUANTITY PER TUBE SD02H0SB SD03H0SB SD04H0SB SD05H0SB SD06H0SB SD07H0SB SD08H0SB SD09H0SB SD10H0SB SD12H0SB 2 .258 (6,55) 85 3 .358 (9,09) 60 4 .458 (11,63) 45 5 .558 (14,17) 40 6 .658 (16,71) 30 7 .758 (19,25) 25 8 .858 (21,79) 25 9 .958 (24,33) 20 10 1.058 (26,87) 20 12 1.258 (31,95) 15 Schematic .010 TYP. (0,25) STANDOFF .100 TYP. (2,54) .022 TYP. (0,55) .010 TYP. (0,25) .300 (7,62) SPST .390 (9,91) Table applicable to “H0” and “H2” actuator options. Sealed Extended Actuator – With Top Tape, Thru-hole Terminals .027 (0,70) ACTUATOR TRAVEL DIM. 'A' SEE CHART ON .263 (6,68) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 .142 (3,62) ORIENTATION MARK .010 TYP. (0,25) PEELABLE TAPE SEAL .300 TYP. (7,6) Ø.038 (0,97) TYP. .100 (2,54) TYP. .315 TYP. (8,00) SD02H1B SD03H1B SD04H1B SD05H1B SD06H1B SD07H1B SD08H1B SD09H1B SD10H1B SD12H1B NO. POS. DIM. ‘A’ QUANTITY PER TUBE 2 .258 (6,55) 85 3 .358 (9,09) 60 4 .458 (11,63) 45 5 .558 (14,17) 40 6 .658 (16,71) 30 7 .758 (19,25) 25 8 .858 (21,79) 25 9 .958 (24,33) 20 10 1.058 (26,87) 20 12 1.258 (31,95) 15 Schematic .023 TYP. (0,60) STANDOFF .059 TYP. (1,50) .168 TYP. (4,30) RoHS PART NUMBER .022 TYP. (0,55) .126 TYP. (3,20) .100 TYP. (2,54) .010 TYP. (0,25) .325 TYP. (8,25) SPST Table applicable to “H1” and “H3” actuator options. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–14 www.ck-components.com SD Series Low Profile DIP Switches Sealed Extended Actuator – With Top Tape, Surface Mount Terminals NO. POS. DIM. ‘A’ QUANTITY PER TUBE SD02H1SB SD03H1SB SD04H1SB SD05H1SB SD06H1SB SD07H1SB SD08H1SB SD09H1SB SD10H1SB SD12H1SB 2 .258 (6,55) 85 3 .358 (9,09) 60 4 .458 (11,63) 45 5 .558 (14,17) 40 6 .658 (16,71) 30 7 .758 (19,25 25 8 .858 (21,79) 25 9 .958 (24,33) 20 10 1.058 (26,87) 20 12 1.258 (31,95) 15 .027 (0,70) ACTUATOR .243 TYP. TRAVEL (6,17) DIM. 'A' SEE CHART .435 MIN. (11,05) ON .263 (6,68) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 .142 (3,62) ORIENTATION MARK .010 TYP. (0,25) .170 (4,31) WITH TAPE PEELABLE TAPE SEAL Schematic .010 TYP. (0,25) STANDOFF .022 TYP. (0,55) .100 (2,54) TYP. .044 MIN. (1,12) .315 TYP. (8,00) .010 TYP. (0,25) .300 (7,62) .100 TYP. (2,54) .390 (9,91) SPST Table applicable to “H1” and “H3” actuator options. TAPE & REEL PACKAGING – SURFACE MOUNT OPTIONS ONLY RoHS PART NUMBER SD02H0SBR SD03H0SBR SD04H0SBR SD05H0SBR SD06H0SBR SD07H0SBR SD08H0SBR SD09H0SBR SD10H0SBR SD12H0SBR NO. POS. DIM. ‘A’ QUANTITY PER REEL .079 (2,00) 2 .258 (6,55) 1000 .057 (4,00) 3 .358 (9,09) 1000 4 .458 (11,63) 1000 5 .558 (14,17) 1000 6 .658 (16,71) 1000 7 .758 (19,25 1000 8 .858 (21,79) 1000 9 .958 (24,33) 1000 10 1.058 (26,87) 1000 12 1.258 (31,95) 1000 DIM ‘P’ SEE CHART DIM ‘D’ SEE CHART .069 (1,75) .061 DIA (1,55) DIM ‘C’ SEE CHART DIM ‘B’ SEE CHART DIM ‘G’ SEE CHART Schematic DIM ‘A’ SEE CHART SPST ELONGATED HOLES ON SD07-SD12 ONLY Table applicable to “H0” and “H2” actuator options. FEED DIRECTION SWITCH NO. SD02 SD03 SD04 SD05 SD06 SD07 SD08 SD09 SD10 SD12 DIM ’A’ POCKET LENGTH @ BOTTOM .413(10,5) .406(10,3) .429(10,9) .406(10,3) .406(10,3) .406(10,3) .406(10,3) .406(10,3) .406(10,3) .406(10,3) DIM ’B’ POCKET LENGTH @ BOTTOM DIM ’C’ TAPE WIDTH DIM ’D’ POCKET DEPTH DIM ’G’ SPROCKET HOLE SPACING DIM ’P’ PITCH BETWEEN POCKETS .315(8,0) .406(10,3) .476(12,1) .602(15,3) .701(17,8) .803(20,4) .854(21,7) 1.028(26,1) 1.055(26,8) 1.303(33,1) .630(16,0) .630(16,0) .954(24,0) .954(24,0) .954(24,0) 1.260(32,0) 1.732(44,0) 1.732(44,0) 1.732(44,0) 1.732(44,0) .177(4,5) .177(4,5) .177(4,5) .177(4,5) .177(4,5) .177(4,5) .177(4,5) .177(4,5) .177(4,5) .177(4,5) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1.118(28,4) 1.591(40,4) 1.591(40,4) 1.591(40,4) 1.591(40,4) .472(12,0) .472(12,0) .472(12,0) .472(12,0) .472(12,0) .472(12,0) .472(12,0) .472(12,0) .472(12,0) .472(12,0) Reel Information Outside diameter Pilot hole 13.00 (333,0) .512 (13,0) Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–15 H DIP RoHS PART NUMBER www.ck-components.com BD Series Standard Profile DIP Switches Features/Benefits • Traditional full profile DIP switch • Extended actuator for easy actuation • Open bottom construction allows for H DIP solder washing without the need for tape seal • RoHS compliant Specifications Typical Applications • Address switch for industrial controls • Logic switching for computers and peripherals • Function controlling for numerous applications VIBRATION: No contact opening greater than 10 microseconds and no contact closure when exposed to vibration .06 in DA or 5g, whichever is less, from 10 to 55 Hz, and 10g from 55 to 500 Hz. SWITCH FUNCTION: SPST - 1 thru 12 position available (except 11 position). SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). CONTACT RATING: PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in full-tube quantities only: this may effect order quantity. Number of switches per tube varies with model. Switch position 1 denotes pin number 1. All switch actuators in ‘OFF’ position, standard. Carry: 100 mA max. @ 50 V DC. Switch: 100 mA max. @ 5 V DC or 25 mA max. @ 25 V DC. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load, each circuit. Materials CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 milliohms typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC 100mA. CASE & COVER: Glass filled polyester (PBT), INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 ohms min. flame retardant (UL 94V-0). DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V RMS min. @ sea level between adjacent terminals. ACTUATOR: Glass filled nylon 6/6, flame retardant, CAPACITANCE: 5pF max. between adjacent terminals. CONTACTS: Gold over nickel over phosphor bronze. STORAGE & OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C. TERMINALS: Matte-tin over nickel over phosphor bronze. heat stabilized (UL 94V-0) SHOCK: Withstands 20g 11 ms sawtooth waveform with no contact opening greater than 10 microseconds. Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Vertical Full Profile DIP PART NUMBER Ø.038 TYP. (0,97) .100 TYP. (2,54) .062 (1,58) MAX ACTUATOR TRAVEL DIM 'A' ON .380 (9,65) BD08 .297 (7,55) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 .160 TYP. (4,06) DIM 'B' .059 TYP. (1,5) .080 TYP. (2,03) .265 (6,73) .030 (0,77) .089 (2,26) .100 TYP. (2,54) .020 TYP. (0,51) .032 (0,82) TYP. .006 (0,16) BD01 BD02 BD03 BD04 BD05 BD06 BD07 BD08 BD09 BD10 BD12 NO.POS. DIM. ‘A’ DIM. ‘B’ QUANTITY PER TUBE 1 .180 (4,57) NA 115 2 .280 (7,11) .100 (2,54) 74 3 .380 (9,65) .200 (5,08) 54 4 .480 (12,19) .300 (7,62) 43 5 .580 (14,73) .400 (10,16) 35 6 .680 (17,27) .500 (12,75) 30 7 .780 (19,81) .600 (15,24) 26 8 .880 (22,35) .700 (17,78) 23 9 .980 (24,89) .800 (20,32) 21 10 1.080 (27,43) .900 (22,.86) 19 12 1.280 (32,51) 1.100 (27,94) 16 Schematic SPST .297 (7,55) .141 TYP. (3,58) Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–16 www.ck-components.com BD Series Standard Profile DIP Switches Open Base and AV Right Angle Terminal Style 0.050 (1,27) PART NUMBER QUANTITY PER TUBE 2 .280 (7,11) 72 3 .380 (9,65) 52 4 .480 (12,19) 42 5 .580 (14,73) 35 6 .680 (17,27) 29 7 .780 (19,81) 26 8 .880 (22,35) 23 9 .980 (24,89) 20 10 1.080 (27,43) 18 12 1.280 (32,51) 15 Schematic 0.030 (0,77) H 0.297 (7,55) BD08AV 0.061 TYP. (1,55) .032 (0,82) TYP. DIM.A ON .080 (2,03) .380 (9,65) 1 .020 TYP. (0,51) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 .125 (3,18) .100 TYP. (2,54) .006 (0,16) .100 (2,54) SPST .100 TYP. (2,54) .320 (8,12) .010 (0,25) .100 (2,54) .046 DIA TYP. (1,17ø) Installation, Soldering and Cleaning All BD Series Standard Profile DIP Switches can be hand soldered or machine soldered without the use of boot, caps, tapes or special attention. Open base washable models have unique design, allowing solvent cleaners and water/detergent solutions to flush and clean the electrical contacts of the contaminants and fluxes. For best results, follow these directions: 1) Wave soldering recommended at 500° F (260ºC) solder temperature. 2) Hand solder using 30 watt small tip iron controlled at 500° F (260ºC), 10 seconds max./terminal. 3) Open base washable models: Clean flux using forced rinse, high agitation or triple bath cleaning method. DO NOT mask or cover switch in any way during cleaning. Switch is designed for easy solvent flush out. 4) All switch actuators must be in ‘OFF’ position during soldering and cleaning processes. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–17 www.ck-components.com DIP BD02AV BD03AV BD04AV BD05AV BD06AV BD07AV BD08AV BD09AV BD10AV BD12AV DIM. ‘A’ NO.POS. .089 (2,26) BPA Series Side Actuated DIP Switches Features/Benefits • Side actuated contacts • Available in thru-hole or Typical Applications • Address switch for industrial controls • Logic switching for computers and SMT models H peripherals • High pressure contact system does • Function controlling for numerous DIP not require tape seal for washing applications • RoHS compliant & compatible Specifications PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in fulltube quantities only, this may affect order quantity. Numbers of switches per tube varies with model. Tape and reel packaging available for SMT options. SWITCH FUNCTION: 1 thru 10 and 12 position available. CONTACT RATING: 100 mA max. @ 5 V DC or 25 mA max. @ 24 V DC. Materials MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 1,000 cycles min. @ 5 V DC 10mA. HOUSING: PPS, color black (UL94V-0). COVER: PPS, color black (UL94V-0). ACTUATOR: PA-6T UL94V-0). CONTACTS: Beryllium Copper with Gold over Nickel plate. TERMINALS: Brass, Gold over Nickel plate. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 milliohms initial max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 V DC 100 megohms min. DIELECTRIC WITHSTAND VOLTAGE: 300 V AC for 1 minute. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20°C to 85°C. Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. OPERATING FORCE: 800 grams max. SOLDERABILITY: Flow solderable and washable (soldering: 260°C for 10 sec. max.) How To Order The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. All switches supplied in “OFF” position. B P A Model BPA01 BPA02 BPA03 BPA04 BPA05 BPA06 BPA07 BPA08 BPA09 BPA10 BPA12 1 position 2 positions 3 positions 4 positions 5 positions 6 positions 7 positions 8 positions 9 positions 10 positions 12 positions B On Position NONE Down R Up Terminations NONE PC S Gull wing Contact material B BeCu, Gold over nickel plate Packaging NONE Tube R Tape and Reel (Surface Mount only) Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–18 www.ck-components.com BPA Series Side Actuated DIP Switches Side Actuator – Thru-hole Terminals ROHS PART NUMBER DIM. ‘B’ QUANTITY PER TUBE DIM. ‘A’ 1 2 .176 (4,48) N/A 100 .276 (7,0) .100 (2,54) 3 60 .376 (9,6) .200 (5,08) 45 4 .476 (12,1) .300 (7,62) 35 5 .575 (14,6) .400 (10,16) 30 6 .677 (17,2) .500 (12,70)) 25 7 .776 (19,7) .600 (15,24) 20 8 .878 (22,3) .700 (17,78) 20 9 .976 (24,8) .800 (20,32) 15 10 1.075 (27,3) .900 (22,86) 15 12 1.280 (32,5) 1.100 (27,94) 14 H DIP BPA01B BPA02B BPA03B BPA04B BPA05B BPA06B BPA07B BPA08B BPA09B BPA10B BPA12B NO. POS. BPA08B C&K 5B BPA08 “B” 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.300 (7,6) 0.055 (1,4) “A” Schematic +.008 ø0.032 -.000 (0,8+0,2/-0) 0.100 (2,54) “B” 0.100 (2,54) PITCH 0.083 (2,1) 0.321 (8,15) SPST 0.029 (0,75) 0.173 (4,4) NOTE: Reverse throw available, contact C&K for P/N and quote. 0.236 0.051 (6,0) (1,3) ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 250 0.157 (4,0) +.000 0.063 -.008 (1,6+0/-0,2) 0.106 (2,7) 0.299/0.343 (7,6/8,7) +.000 0.024 -.004 (0,6+0/-0,2) 0.039 (1,0) 0.010 (0,25) Side Actuator – Surface Mount Terminals ROHS PART NUMBER BPA01SB BPA02SB BPA03SB BPA04SB BPA05SB BPA06SB BPA07SB BPA08SB BPA09SB BPA10SB BPA12SB NO. POS. DIM. ‘A’ DIM. ‘B’ QUANTITY PER TUBE 1 2 .176 (4,48) N/A 100 .276 (7,0) .100 (2,54) 60 3 .376 (9,6) .200 (5,08) 45 4 .476 (12,1) .300 (7,62) 35 5 .575 (14,6) .400 (10,16) 30 6 .677 (17,2) .500 (12,70)) 25 7 .776 (19,7) .600 (15,24) 20 8 .878 (22,3) .700 (17,78) 20 15 9 .976 (24,8) .800 (20,32) 10 1.075 (27,3) .900 (22,86) 15 12 1.280 (32,5) 1.100 (27,94) 14 BPA08SB "B" SEE CHART C&K 5B BPA08 6.11 10.41 Schematic 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SPST NOTE: Tape and reel packaging available by adding “R” to end of project number. 2.54 TYP 1.52 MIN TYP 0.055 (1,4) P.C. MOUNTING “A” “B” 0.236 (6,0) 0.033/0.041 (0,85/1,04) ON 1 2 3 4 0.100 (2,54) PITCH 5 0.063 (1,6+0/-0,2) 0.024 (0,6+0/-0,1) 6 7 0.321 (8,15) 0.173 (4,4) 0.083 (2,1) 0.029 (0,75) 8 250 0.010 (0,25) 0.031 (0,8) 0.366 (9,3) 0.039 (1,0) 0.031 (0,8) Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–19 www.ck-components.com BPA Series Side Actuated DIP Switches Tape & Reel Packaging – Surface Mount Options Only QTY/ REEL DIP H FEED DIRECTION POLES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 .453 .453 .453 .453 .453 .559 .559 .795 .795 .795 .795 (11,5) (11,5) (11,5) (11,5) (11,5) (14,2) (14,2) (20,2) (20,2) (20,2) (20,2) DIM. ‘B’ DIM. ‘C’ DIM. ‘D’ DIM. ‘E’ –– –– –– –– –– 1.118 (28,4) 1.118 (28,4) 1.590 (40,4) 1.590 (40,4) 1.590 (40,4) 1.590 (40,4) .945 (24,0) .945 (24,0) .945 (24,0) .945 (24,0) .945 (24,0) 1.260 (32,0) 1.260 (32,0) 1.732 (44,0) 1.732 (44,0) 1.732 (44,0) 1.732 (44,0) .530 (13,45) .311 (7,9) .409 (10,4) .508 (12,9) .606 (15,4) .709 (18,0) .807 (20,5) .894 (22,7) 1.004 (25,5) 1.106 (28,1) 1.311 (33,3) .960 (24,4) .960 (24,4) .960 (24,4) .960 (24,4) .960 (24,4) 1.275 (32,4) 1.275 (32,4) 1.748 (44,4) 1.748 (44,4) 1.748 (44,4) 1.748 (44,4) 1 Position 0.079 (2,00) 0.157 (4,0) 30 MAX DIM 'A' DIM 'C' DIM 'D' 0.630 (16) Note: For tape and reel packaging, add ‘R’ to end of part number. 0.360 0.209 (5,3) 0.098 (2,5) 30 MAX DIM. 'E' 400 .079 (2,00) 2 x .079 (2P-7P) (2 x 2.0) 2 x .118 (8P-10P) (2 x 3.0) 3x 1200 Ø 0.059 (Ø 1,50) 0.069 (1,75) BPA01 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 DIM. ‘A’ 0.315 (8,0) ø.827 ø(21,0) 2, 3, 4 & 5 Positions 13.0 (330) 3.937 (100,0) FEED DIRECTION .079 (2,00) .157 (4,00) Ø.059 (1,50) .630 (16,0) 30 MAX. DIM. 'A' 1234 ø7.48 ø(190,0) ø.512 ø(13,0) .069 (1,75) DIM 'D' DIM. 'C' .450 (11,5) Ø.012 (0,30) MAX. 0.020 (0,5) 30 MAX. Tube Packaging 0.276 ± .008 (7,0 ± 0,2) 0.512 (13,0) MARKING LABEL ON END OF TUBE 19.68 ± 0.04 (500,0 ± 1,0) 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 & 12 Positions 0.177 0.256 (4,5) (6,5) 0.020 (0,5) FEED DIRECTION 0.512 (13,0) 0.197 (5,0) 0.433 (11,0) .079 (2,00) .157 (4,00) Ø.059 (1,50) 0.020 MAX. (0,5) TYP 0.079 REF. (2,0) .069 (1,75) 1234 5 6 78 0.079 (2,0) 0.071 (1,8) .315 (8,00) Ø.012 (0,30) MAX. SEE DETAIL A .630 (16,0) .450 (11,5) 30 MAX. DIM. 'A' Ø.012 (0,30) MAX. DIM. 'C' DIM 'D' DIM. 'B' 30 MAX. 0.020 (0,5) .315 (8,00) Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–20 www.ck-components.com TDD Series Jumper Switch Features/Benefits • Bifurcated contact for increased Typical Applications • Hand-held electronic devices • Portable computer and electrical reliability • Process sealed for surface mount soldering and washable processing • RoHS compliant H DIP electronic devices • Instrumentation and controls • Inverters Specifications CONTACT RATING: 25 mA @ 24 V DC (switching) or 100 mA @ 50 V DC (steady state). Materials MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 200 cycles at rated loads. ACTUATOR: LCP (UL94-0) CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max. initial. @ 2 V DC /10 mA CONTACTS: Copper alloy with gold plate over nickel plate INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 MΩ @ 100 V DC min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 300 V AC /minute TERMINALS (INSERT MOLDED): Copper alloy gold flash over nickel plate STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C. TAPE SEAL: Polyamide CASE AND COVER: PPS, color black (UL94V-0). OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30°C to 85°C. OPERATING FORCE: 4.9 N max. Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. For Tin Lead options consult customer service center. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). PACKAGING: 1,000 pieces tape & reel How To Order The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. All switches supplied in “OFF” position.. T D D 0 1 Series H 0 S B 1 R Actuator H0 Flush Terminations S Gull wing Contact material B Gold Sealed 1 Top tape seal Packaging R T/R Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–21 www.ck-components.com TDD Series Jumper Switch 5,2 2,6 2,4 (1) 3X 0,6 H (C) 3,5 6±0,5 3,5 3X 1 DIP (C) (2) 3X 1,3 PCB LAYOUT (2) (1) 5,8±0,5 0,55 STROKE 0,55 STROKE 2X 0,4 SCHEMATIC SPDT 1±0,1 3X 0,15 (2,3) 2,2±0,1 3X 0,4 0,30 0,05 4,2±0,5 6±0,3 SECTION A-A DIRECTION OF FEED 1,75 2 4 A 1,5 0,35 THK R0,3 7,5 16 B B 3° DRAFT 8 TYP A SECTION SEE DETAIL A-A A 3° DRAFT 2 R0,3 MAX 6,5 SECTION 2,65 B-B 13 2.1 6,5 DETAIL "B" 2 4,1 3,2 REF 5 4,1 1,5 DETAIL A SCALE 6:1 16.4 2X 0.2 DETAIL B 120° 80 330 190 REEL NOT TO SCALE Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–22 www.ck-components.com SPA Series Single In-line Package Switches Features/Benefits • Thin Single In-line Packaging saves • • • controls • Logic switching for computers and peripherals • Function controlling for numerous applications Specifications CONTACT RATING: Carry: 10 mA @ 5VDC Switching: 0.1 mA @ 0.1m VDC min. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: 1,000 cycles min. H DIP • PCB space Retention feature holds part to PCB prior to soldering Available in vertical or right angle models High pressure contact system does not require tape sealing RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Address switch for industrial PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid dispensing tubes in fulltube quantities only, this may affect order quantity. Numbers of switches per tube varies with model. Materials BASE: PPS (UL94V-0). COVER: PBT (UL94V-0). ACTUATOR: 4/6 Nylon (UL 94V-0). MOVABLE CONTACT: Beryllium copper alloy, gold over nickel plate. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 mΩ max. @ 20 V DC 10mA. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 MΩ min. @ 100 V DC. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1 minute @ 300 V AC. CAPACITANCE: 5pF max. between adjacent terminals. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30°C to 60°C. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30°C to 80°C. OPERATING FORCE: 5.9N max. SOLDERABILITY: Dip & look solderability testing per C&K spec. #448. Unplated edges of terminals permitted. FIXED CONTACT: Copper alloy, gold over nickel plate. CLIP: Phosphor bronze wire. Phosphor bronze, Tin over nickel plate. Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. All switches supplied in “OFF” position. B S P A Number of Positions SPA02 2 positions SPA04 4 positions SPA06 6 positions SPA08 8 positions SPA10 10 positions Terminations NONE Vertical A Right Angle Contact material B Gold Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–23 www.ck-components.com SPA Series Single In-line Package Switches Vertical DIM 'A' .100 (2,54) H .244 (6,2) SPA08B DIP ROHS PART NUMBER SPA02B SPA04B SPA06B SPA08B SPA10B .141 (3,6) .126 (3,2) .100 (2,54) .028 (0,71) .070 (1,79) .012 (0,30) .020 (0,50) NO. POS. DIM. ‘A’ DIM. ‘B’ QUANITY PER TUBE 50 2 .342 (8,68) .200 (5,08) 4 .542 (13,76) .400 (10,16) 30 6 .742 (18,84) .600 (15,24) 25 8 .942 (23,92) .800 (20,32) 20 10 1.142 (29,00) 1.000 (25,40) 15 Schematic DIM 'B' DIM 'B' .039 (0,99) .028 (0,71) SPST .009 (0,25) DIM 'C' .086 (2,2) .035 (0,9) .268 (6,81) .083 (2,1) SPA08AB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C Ø.032 TYP. (0,81) .100 (2,54) 1 2 3 4 .098 (2,5) 5 6 7 8 DIM 'B' DIM 'A' .020 (0,5) .125 (3,2) .063 (1,6) .100 (2,54) Ø.016 (0.4) .200 (5,08) .236/.252 (6,0/6,4) .244 (6,2) .020 RAD. (0,5) .065 (1,65) .181 (4,6) .100 (2,54) .030 (0,75) .020 DIM 'B' DIM 'B' .200 (5,08) .100 (2,54) Ø.032 TYP. (0,8) ROHS PART # NO. POS. SPA02AB SPA04AB SPA06AB SPA08AB SPA10AB 2 .342 (8,68) .200 (5,08) .339 (8,6) 50 4 .542 (13,76) .400 (10,16) .540 (13,7) 30 6 .742 (18,84) .600 (15,24) .736 (18,7) 25 8 .942 (23,92) .800 (20,32) .937 (23,8) 20 10 1.142 (29,00) 1.000 (25,40) 1.138 (28,9) 15 DIM. ‘A’ DIM. ‘B’ DIM. ‘C’ QTY PER TUBE Schematic SPST 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–24 www.ck-components.com RTE Series Low Profile Rotary DIP Switches Features/Benefits • Thru-hole and surface mount Typical Applications • Timers, automation components • Computer and peripherals • Alarms, access control, models • Miniature size with robust H smoke detectors • Instrumentation DIP • • • • metal cover in black or silver nickel finish 4, 10, & 16 positions Large choice of codings Vertical or reverse versions RoHS compliant Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Gold: 100 mA max. 10µ A min. 30 V DC max. 20 mVDC min. MECHANICAL LIFE: 20,000 actuations COVER: Brass, nickel plated (black or silver) BASE: PPS ACTUATOR: LCP MOVABLE CONTACTS: Bronze, gold plated. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Brass, gold plated. TERMINALS: See page I-28 to I-29 O-RING: Silicone CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max. initial; 150 mΩ after life INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1010 Ω min. initial DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 300 Vrms 1 mn OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -25°C to 85°C. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C. PACKAGING: N or R terminations in tube. V termination in box. G termination in reel, 750 pieces per reel. G termination with flush actuator, 1250 pieces per reel. Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Solderability: Wave soldering 260º/10 s. SMT are reflow compatible according to C&K lead free specification for SMT components PS-LF-001. How To Order The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. NOTE: Some of the configurations may not be available or could require some development. R T E Number of Positions RTE04 2 RTE10 3 RTE16 3 ESD Protection and top plate 0 Without ESD - standard plate 1 With ESD - standard plate 4 Actuator B Without ESD - black plate 0 Flush, screwdriver slot 1 Extended shaft 2, 5 2 Shaft for button 2, 5, 6 Contact/Terminal Material 4 Gold/ lead free tin Terminations N Thru-hole V Right angle G Surface mount M Manual 8 R Reverse, thru-hole 2 - RTE04 version only available with screwdriver slot acuator "0" 3 - Single pole function not available for RTE10/RTE16 4 - ESD protection available with “N” thru-hole termination only 5 - Not available in surface mount 6 - Buttons ordered separately 8 - Manual - available for RTE10/RTE16 with actuator option “2” only 9 - BCD complement code for RTE10, not available with terminations “G” & “M” 10 - Grey Code - for RTE10 only 11 - Hexidecimal code for RTE16 only 12 - Grey code for RTE16 only Switch Function 0 Single pole 3 1 BCD code 2 BCD complement code 9 3 Grey Code 10 4 Hexadecimal code 11 7 Grey Code 12 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–25 www.ck-components.com RTE Series Low Profile Rotary DIP Switches SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS PC Mount-Terminal Option N H DIP PART NUMBER WITHOUT ESD PIN WITH ESD PIN RTE0400N04 RTE1000N14 RTE1600N44 NO. POS. FUNCTION QTY PER TUBE RTE0410N04 RTE1010N14 RTE1610N44 4 SP4T 65 10 BCD 65 16 HEXADECIMAL 65 Right Angle Mount-Terminal Option V PART NUMBER NO. POS. FUNCTION QUANTITY 4 SP4T 150 per box 10 BCD 150 per box 16 HEXADECIMAL 150 per box NO. POS. FUNCTION QUANTITY PER REEL 04 SP4T 1250 10 BCD 1250 16 HEXADECIMAL 1250 RTE0400V04 RTE1000V14 RTE1600V44 Surface Mount-Terminal Option G PART NUMBER RTE0400G04 RTE1000G14 RTE1600G44 NUMBER OF POSITIONS RTE04 RTE10 4 POSITION 3 C RTE16 10 POSITION 1 16 POSITION C 4 C 1 4 1 36˚0' 22˚30' 2 4 2 8 2 8 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–26 www.ck-components.com RTE Series Low Profile Rotary DIP Switches ESD PROTECTION 0 1 WITHOUT WITH H .167 (4,25) .295 (7,5) DIP .144 (3,65) .291 (7,4) 0.378 (9,60) .10 (2,54) C 1 4 C 2 m .10 (2,54) 1 .30 (7,62) 4 .035 TYP. (ø0,9) .035 TYP. (ø0,9) 8 2 8 .10 (2,54) .10 (2,54) ACTUATOR 0 FLUSH, SCREWDRIVER SLOT 1 2 EXTENDED SHAFT SHAFT FOR BUTTON (not available in surface mount) 1,2 ± 0,05 0 2,4 -0,1 0 Ø 3 -0,02 90° ,1 0 0,5-0,04 1,6 ±0,05 2 ± 0,03 1,55 ± 0,05 Ø4 ±0,05 CAGE 4,5 7,5 0 Ø3,95 -0,05 0 3,9 -0,1 Ø4,12 ± 0,03 (3x) 120° +0,1 0,5 0 +0,1 1,05 0 1,5 1,1 ± 0,05 ,1 R0 90° 3,2 ±0,05 +0,1 1,95 0 0,5+0,1 0 R0 3,2 ± 0,05 1,2+0,05 0 +0,1 1,05 0 ,09 R0 R0,1 5 +0,03 Ø4,6 0 Ø4,8 +0,05 0 0 6,1 -0,05 0 -0,05 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–27 www.ck-components.com RTE Series Low Profile Rotary DIP Switches TERMINATIONS N THRU-HOLE H .315 (8) .167 (4,25) .295 (7,5) .144 (3,65) DIP 0.1 (2,54) 0.1 (2,54) 4 C 2 0.1 (2,54) 4 1 8 0.3 (7,62) 0.1 (2,54) C 1 2 0.3 (7,62) 8 m Ø.041 (1,05) .10 .10 (2,54) (2,54) .378 (9,60) Without ground terminal With ground terminal .291 (7,4) .283 (7,2) 0.035 (0,9) 0.035 (0,9) REVERSE, THRU-HOLE .291 (7,4) .041 (1,05) .451±.008 (11,45±0,2) .309 (7.85) .020 (0,5) .163 ± .008 (4,15 ± 0,2) .144 (3,65) .185±.006 .126±.008 (4,7±0.15) (3,2±0.2) .020 (0.5) 0.1 (2,54) C 2 .283 (7,2) 0.1 (2,54) 0.1 (2,54) C 4 1 0.4 (10,16) 8 2 RIGHT ANGLE, THRU-HOLE 8 G 0.035 (0,9) SURFACE MOUNT .148 (3,75) .393 (1) .217 (5,5) .177 (4,5) .033 (0,85) .100 (2,54) .063 5x (1,6) .020 (0,5) .114 (2,9) .024 (0,6) .100 (2,54) .110 (2,8) .10 .10 (2,54) (2,54) .110 (2,8) ø0,9 (ø035) .20 (5,08) .315 (8,0) .283 (7,2) .157 (4) .144 (3,65) .20 (5,08) .25 (6,34) 0.4 (10,16) 0.035 (0,9) .335 (8,5) 45º0' 1 m Ø 0.167 (4,25) .366 (9,3) V Without ground terminal With ground terminal 0.1 (2,54) 4 .100 (2,54) .10 .10 (2,54) (2,54) .197 (5,0) .197 (5,0) .004 (0,10) R .106 5x (2,7) .100 (2,54) PCB layout seen component side Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–28 www.ck-components.com RTE Series Low Profile Rotary DIP Switches TERMINATIONS M OPTION H .291 (7,4) 0.10 0.10 (2,54) (2,54) .167 (4,25) C 1 .3 (7,62) 4 .154 (3,9) HOLES .035 (0,9) .071 (1,8) .144 (3,65) .291 (7,4) DIP .315 (8,0) .28 (7,2) 2 .300 (7,62±0,2) 8 .041 (1,05) .358 (9,1) SWITCH FUNCTION 0 SINGLE POLE 1 2 BCD CODE POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 POS. 1 2 3 4 BCD COMPLEMENT CODE C C C 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 4 4 8 8 Other codes available by request. 3 4 GREY CODE ( for RTE10 only ) 7 HEXADECIMAL CODE GREY CODE (for RTE04 only) POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 POS. 1 2 3 4 C C C 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 4 4 8 8 8 (for RTE16 only) POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F C 1 2 4 8 CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE RoHS COMPLIANT RoHS COMPATIBLE 4 YES YES CONTACT MATERIAL GOLD TERMINAL PLATING LEAD FREE TIN Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–29 www.ck-components.com RTE Series Low Profile Rotary DIP Switches BUTTONS AVAILABLE 3˚ Color BTN RTE 40 BTN RTE 50 BTN RTE 90 Green .06 (1,6) Part Number .23 (6) .15 (4) .028 (0,7) H .118 (3,0) Red .118 (3,0) Black .059 (1,5) ø.283 (7,2) .11 (3) TAPE AND REEL Tape and reel for RTExx02Gxx 750 pieces per reel. .155 (4,0) .472 (12) .155 (4,0) E .079 (2,0) .409 (10,4) .945 (24,0) .453 (11,50) .012 (0,3) .069 (1,75) .472 (12) .079 (2,0) .303 (7,7) .307 (7,8) E .059 (1,6) FEED DIRECTION Tape and reel for RTExx00Gxx 1,250 pieces per reel. .157 (4,0) .472 (12,0) .472 (12,0) .079 (2,0) .079 (2,0) .069 (1,75) .012 (0,3 ) .157 (4,0) D .629 (16,0) .295 (7,5) DIP .185 (4,7) Buttons are ordered separately, shipped in bulk. .179 (4,5) D .303 (7,7) .059 (1,5) FEED DIRECTION Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–30 www.ck-components.com CD Series 8mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches Features/Benefits • Process sealed – withstands • • • H DIP • soldering and cleaning Thru-hole and surface mount models Compact size saves space – 36% smaller than traditional 10mm DIP Crisp, positive detent ensures actuation RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Address switching applications • Data storage devices • Computer and peripherals • Instrumentation Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or V DC max. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LIFE: CD10 & CD16: 20,000 actuations. CD08: 12,000 actuations. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 milliohms max. initial. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 megohms min. @ 250 V AC min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 V RMS min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -25°C to 85°C. COVER: PPS (UL94V-0), Color; Black. BASE: PPS (UL94V-0), Color; Black ACTUATOR: LCP (UL 94V-0), Color White (CDXXR) Color Black (CDXXC) Note: internal o-ring seal standard with all actuators. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D or EIA RS186E, method 9 (1 hour steam aging). PACKAGING: Switches supplied in rigid tubes in full-tube quantities only: this may affect order quantity. Tube quantity is 60 pieces per tube. Surface mount switches available in tape & reel packaging per EIA 481A, 800 per reel, surface mount with “M0” actuator only. TERMINALS: Copper alloy with gold plate over nickel plate. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Copper alloy with gold plate over nickel plate. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Copper alloy with gold plate over nickel plate. Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. C D Switch Function CD08R 8 position, BCD Actuator CD10R 10 position, BCD M0 Flush, screwdriver slot CD10C 10 position, BCD complement CD16R 16 position, Hexadecimal CD16C 16 position, Hexadecimal complement Terminations A Right Angle, PC Thru-hole C PC Thru-hole S Gull wing Contact/Terminal Material B Gold/Gold Packaging NONE Tube R Tape & Reel (SMT, M0 actuator only) Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–31 www.ck-components.com CD Series 8mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS PC Mount H PART NUMBER .100 (2,54) CD AB E 4 78 9 .100 (2,54) CD16RM0CB 4 56 C 8 F01 23 DIP 1 C 2 .200 .315 (5,08) (8,0) 8 C C .100 TYP. (2,54) 4 2 .300 (7,62) .025 (0,6) .315 (8,0) 1 .032 TYP. (0.81) CD08RM0CB CD10RM0CB CD10CM0CB CD16RM0CB CD16CM0CB NO. POS. QUANTITY PER TUBE 8 60 10 60 10 60 16 60 16 60 NO. POS. QUANTITY PER TUBE .168 (4,27) .305 (7,75) .025 TYP (0,6) .125 TYP (3,18) .300 (7,62) .010 TYP (0,25) .020 TYP (0,51) Right Angle Mount .050. (1,27) .100 TYP. (2,54) 1 8 PART NUMBER C C Ø.032 (0,81) TYP. CD08RM0AB CD10RM0AB CD10CM0AB CD16RM0AB CD16CM0AB 4 2 .200 (5,08) .330 (8,36) .315 (8,0) .099 (2,52) 8 1 .010 (0,25) .025 (0,6) .138 (3,51) .200 (5,08) 901 .183 (4,64) TYP. 1 456 23 .025 TYP. (0,64) STAND-OFF 78 CD10RM0AB C .100 (2,54) 4 78 23 456 4 .100 (2,54) .100 TYP. (2,54) 8 901 C 2 .200 .315 (5,08) (8,00) .050 (1,27) TYP. .315 (8,00) 60 16 60 16 60 NO. POS. QUANTITY PER TUBE .020 TYP. (0,51) .200 (5,08) .080 (2,03) C 60 10 .025 (0,6) PART NUMBER CD10RM0SB 60 .315 (8,00) Surface Mount 1 8 10 1 8 C C 4 2 .430 (10,92) CD08RM0SB CD10RM0SB CD10CM0SB CD16RM0SB CD16CM0SB 8 60 10 60 10 60 16 60 16 60 .200 (5,08) Note: For tape and reel packaging, add ‘R’ to end of part number. .010 THK. (0,25) .040 TYP. (1,02) .390 (9,90) .168 .006 (4,27) (0,15) .020 TYP. (0,51) Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–32 www.ck-components.com CD Series 8mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches SWITCH FUNCTION CD08R 8 POSITION, BCD ACTUATOR COLOR: WHITE H C&K C 0 5 XX 4 8 CD 4 2 3 2 1 6 7 1 DIP PIN 1 INDICATOR POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Switches ship and to be solder processed in position “0” 8 POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F Switches ship and to be solder processed in position “7” CD16C POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 2 2 4 4 F01 CD 1 4 56 1 PIN 1 INDICATOR 23 C C&K C 8 16 POSITION, HEXADECIMAL COMPLEMENT ACTUATOR COLOR: BLACK CD AB E 16 POSITION, HEXADECIMAL ACTUATOR COLOR: WHITE 78 4 8 XX 2 4 CD 2 901 23 1 C&K C 1 CD16R PIN 1 INDICATOR POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 C Switches ship and to be solder processed in position “0” 10 POSITION, BCD COMPLEMENT ACTUATOR COLOR: BLACK XX POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CD10C 78 9 10 POSITION, BCD ACTUATOR COLOR: WHITE 456 CD10R 8 Switches ship and to be solder processed in position “0” Switches ship and to be solder processed in position “F” ACTUATOR M0 (STD.) FLUSH WITH SCREWDRIVER SLOT .100 (2,54) 2 3 78 9 01 456 .025 TYP. (0,64) FLUSH ACTUATOR NOTE: Designed for #0 Phillips screwdriver. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–33 www.ck-components.com CD Series 8mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches TERMINATIONS .100 (2,54) H 1 CD AB E 78 9 DIP 4 56 4 23 .100 (2,54) 8 F01 C C 2 .200 .315 (5,08) (8,0) 8 C 4 2 .100 TYP. (2,54) 1 8 Ø.032 (0,81) TYP. .032 TYP. (0.81) .300 (7,62) .025 (0,6) .315 (8,0) 1 C RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE C C 4 2 .200 (5,08) .330 (8,36) .025 TYP (0,6) S .010 TYP (0,25) .020 TYP (0,51) 8 .010 (0,25) SURFACE MOUNT 78 901 456 4 .100 (2,54) C 2 .200 .315 (5,08) (8,00) .050 (1,27) TYP. .315 (8,00) .025 (0,6) .138 (3,51) 1 .100 (2,54) C 4 .200 (5,08) .315 (8,00) .025 (0,6) .020 TYP. (0,51) .100 TYP. (2,54) 8 23 C .080 (2,03) .183 (4,64) TYP. 1 .200 (5,08) 1 23 .025 TYP. (0,64) STAND-OFF .125 TYP (3,18) .300 (7,62) .315 (8,0) .099 (2,52) 456 .168 (4,27) .305 (7,75) .050. (1,27) .100 TYP. (2,54) 901 A PC, THRU-HOLE 78 C 1 8 C C 4 2 .200 (5,08) .430 (10,92) .010 THK. (0,25) .040 TYP. (1,02) .168 .006 (4,27) (0,15) .390 (9,90) .020 TYP. (0,51) CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * B YES YES CONTACT MATERIAL GOLD TERMINAL PLATING RATING GOLD LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VC MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. TAPE & REEL For part number CDxxM0SB .157 (4,0) FEED DIRECTION .630 (16,0) .079 (2,0) .059 DIA (1,5Ø) .069 (1,8) .194 (4,9) Reel Information .945 (24,0) .335 (8,5) Outside diameter Pilot hole 13.00 (333,0) .512 (13,0) .403 (10,2) Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–34 www.ck-components.com CRD Series 10mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches Features/Benefits • Process sealed – withstands • • soldering and cleaning Thru-hole and surface mount models Crisp, positive detent ensures actuation Computer and peripherals RoHS compliant H DIP • • Typical Applications • Address switching applications • Data storage devices • Computer and peripherals • Instrumentation Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 0.4 V AC, DC 20 V max. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 20,000 steps min. @ 5 V DC 10 mA. MECHANICAL LIFE: 30,000 steps min. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 milliohms max. initial @ 2 V DC 10 mA. COVER: PPS (black) HOUSING: PPS (black) ACTUATOR: PA 6T M0 actuator option; PBT L1 and W1 actuator option. CONTACTS: Beryllium Copper with Gold over Nickel plate TERMINALS: Brass with Gold Nickel plate. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1000 megohms min. @ 100 V DC DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 300 V AC for 1 minute. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20°C to 85°C. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40°C to 85°C. OPERATING FORCE: 1000 grams max. PACKAGING: Switches supplied in anti-static tubes in full quatities only. This may affect order quantity. Surface mount models with MO actuators available in tape and reel, 500 pieces per reel. Note: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order The Build-A Switch concept allows you to mix and match options to create the switch you need. Below is a complete listing of options shown in catalog. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. C R D Switch Function CRD10R 10 position, BCD CRD10C 10 position, BCD complement CRD16R 16 position, Hexadecimal CRD16C 16 position, Hexadecimal complement Actuator M0 Flush, screwdriver slot L1* Extended, screwdriver slot W1* Wheel Terminations A Right angle, PC thru-hole C PC Thru-hole S Gull wing Packaging (None) Tube R Tape & Reel (M0 actuator only) Contact /Terminal Material B Gold/Gold * Note - L1 and W1 actuators are not available in termination “S” Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–35 www.ck-components.com CRD Series 10mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches SWITCHES WITH STANDARD OPTIONS PC Mount H 9 0 1 C .394 (10,0) 2 4 5 6 DIP C 8 2 3 78 1 4 1 8 C C 4 2 .100 (2,54) CRD10RM0CB CRD16RM0CB .032 TYP. (0,81) .300 (7,62) .394 (10,0) PART NUMBER NO. POS. QUANTITY PER TUBE 10 45 16 45 NO. POS. QUANTITY PER TUBE 10 45 16 45 NO. POS. QUANTITY PER TUBE 10 45 16 45 .236 (6,0) .020 (0,51) .300 (7,62) Ø.040 (1,0) .146 (3,7) .100 (2,54) .100 (2,54) .330 (8,4) .024 TYP. (0,6) Right Angle Mount .472 (12,0) PART NUMBER .197 (5,00) 8 1 .010 (0,25) 1 8 C C 4 2 CRD10RM0AB CRD16RM0AB 7 8 .138 (3,5) .200 (5,08) 2 3 4 5 6 9 0 1 .197 (5,0) .217 (5,5) .100 (2,54) .330 (8,4) .100 (2,54) .024 TYP. (0,6) .100 (2,54) .032 TYP. (0,81) .200 (5,08) Surface Mount 9 0 1 4 5 6 4 8 2 3 C 78 1 C 2 .394 (10,0) .430 (10,9) 8 1 .100 (2,54) TYP. C 4 2 PART NUMBER CRD10RM0SB CRD16RM0SB .240 (6,10) .394 (10,0) .236 (6,0) .020 (0,51) TYP. .031 (0,8) TYP. C .050 (1,27) .366 (9,3) .035 (0,9) .010 (0,25) Ø.040 (1,0) .100 (2,54) .024 TYP. (0,6) .330 (8,4) .100 (2,54) Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–36 www.ck-components.com CRD Series 10mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches SWITCH FUNCTION CRD10C CRD10R H 10 POSITION, BCD COMPLEMENT ACTUATOR COLOR: ORANGE DIP 10 POSITION, BCD ACTUATOR COLOR: RED PIN 1 INDICATOR POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 4 XX 8 9 0 1 78 2 8 CRD10R 1 2 2 3 C 1 C&K C 4 5 6 POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Switches ship and to be solder processed in position “7” Switches ship and to be solder processed in position “0” CRD16C CRD16R 16 POSITION, HEXADECIMAL ACTUATOR COLOR: BLACK 16 POSITION, HEXADECIMAL COMPLEMENT ACTUATOR COLOR: WHITE A 4 XX 8 789 4 F01 8 CRD16R 2 3 4 5 1 2 2 C 1 C&K C PIN 1 INDICATOR B CDE POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 6 POS. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F Switches ship and to be solder processed in position “F” Switches ship and to be solder processed in position “0” ACTUATOR L1* 0 4 5 6 1 2 3 2 3 78 10F CB ED A 9 7 8 9 01 65 .039 (1,0) WHEEL 43 2 EXTENDED WITH SCREWDRIVER SLOT 98 7 (STD.) FLUSH WITH SCREWDRIVER SLOT W1* 4 5 6 .157 (4,0) Ø.157 (4,00) FLUSH ACTUATOR 0.276 (7,0) 0.039 (1,0) .039 (1,0) 0.118 (3,0) NOTE: Designed for #0 Phillips screwdriver. * L1 and W1 actuators are not available in termination “S” Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–37 www.ck-components.com CRD Series 10mm DIP Coded Rotary Switches TERMINATIONS A PC, THRU-HOLE 78 C C 4 2 .472 (12,0) .032 TYP. (0,81) .138 (3,5) .236 (6,0) .020 (0,51) 8 .217 .010 (5,5) (0,25) 1 .200 (5,08) .300 (7,62) Ø.040 (1,0) .146 (3,7) .100 (2,54) .024 TYP. (0,6) .100 (2,54) .330 (8,4) 9 0 1 78 4 5 6 4 8 2 3 C .394 (10,0) C 2 .430 (10,9) 1 8 .100 (2,54) TYP. 8 C C 4 2 C C 4 2 2 3 .100 (2,54) .330 (8,4) .100 (2,54) .024 TYP. (0,6) .100 (2,54) .032 TYP. (0,81) .050 (1,27) .240 (6,10) .394 (10,0) .236 (6,0) .020 (0,51) TYP. .031 (0,8) TYP. 1 .200 (5,08) SURFACE MOUNT 1 .197 (5,00) .197 (5,0) .300 (7,62) .394 (10,0) S .100 (2,54) 8 4 5 6 DIP 4 1 C .394 (10,0) 2 4 5 6 C 8 9 0 1 9 0 1 1 2 3 H RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE 7 8 C .366 (9,3) .035 (0,9) .010 (0,25) Ø.040 (1,0) .100 (2,54) .024 TYP. (0,6) .330 (8,4) .100 (2,54) M0 CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * B YES YES CONTACT MATERIAL GOLD TERMINAL PLATING RATING GOLD LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VC MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. TAPE & REEL .158 (4,0) .630 (16,0) .079 (2,0) .059 DIA (1,5) .069 (1,8) .315 (8,0) .945 (24,0) FEED DIRECTION Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change H–38 www.ck-components.com Slides Product Selection Guide Slide Slide I GS L LP S V Miniature Ultraminiature Miniature Miniature Power Power & Line Voltage 1&2 1 1&2 1&2 1&2 1&2 Series ES TS 1000 Switch Type Tiny Tiny Poles 1&2 1 Process Sealed • Splashproof • • • • Momentary • • • Screwdriver Slot Housing Marking Tape & Reel • Max. Current 0.4 VA • • • • 11 A 15 A 10.1 A • • • 3A 6 A 0.4 VA 4A Terminations Wire Wrap • • • • Quick Connect Wire Lead • Solder Lug • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Vertical • • • • • Right Angle • • • • Surface Mount • PC • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • I–28 I–33 PCB Mount Options Thru-hole • Panel Mount Options • Snap-in Right Angle Page No. • • Mounting Ears • • • • I–4 I–8 I–11 I–17 I–19 I–25 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–2 www.ck-components.com Slides Product Selection Guide Slide Series Switch Type Poles OS PCM AYZ JS JSM JSX SK SS Miniature Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile Miniature Miniature 1&2 1&2 1&2 1&2 1 1 1, 2 & 4 1, 2 & 4 • • • • • 0.3A 0.3A Momentary I Process Sealed Slide Splashproof Screwdriver Slot Housing Marking • Tape & Reel Max. Current 200mA 0.3A 100mA 0.3A • • 0.3A 0.3A • • • • • • • Vertical • • Right Angle • • Terminations Wire Wrap Quick Connect Wire Lead Solder Lug • PC • PCB Mount Options Thru-hole • Surface Mount • • • • • • • • Panel Mount Options Snap-in Mounting Ears • • Right Angle Page No. I–37 I–44 I–46 I–49 I–55 I–60 I–61 I–91 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–3 www.ck-components.com ES Series Sealed Tiny Slide Switches Features/Benefits • Process compatible—internal o-ring and epoxy base seal • Thru-hole & surface mount models • Reliable contact design ensures Typical Applications • Computer peripherals & network products • Test & measurement equipment • Telephone & cable modems long electrical life • Robust actuator for easy actuation • RoHS compliant Patent No. 6,008,458 Slide I Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 40,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 m Ω max. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms min. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9. DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP57; Protection against harmful dust deposit, full-scale voltage protection, temporary immersion. ESD ENDURANCE: 8kv min. (EIA 545). PACKAGING: Thru-hole switches supplied in anti-static trays. Surface mount switches available in tape and reel packaging. HOUSING & BASE: Nylon (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR: LCP (UL 94V-0) black, standard. SURFACE PLATE: Stainless steel with tin plate. MOVABLE CONTACT: Bronze with gold plate over nickel plate. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold over nickel plate. All terminals insert molded. BASE & TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: All models RoHS compliant and compatible with all options. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Complete part numbers for ES Series Sealed Tiny Slide Switches are shown on pages I-5 through I-7. These unique tiny slide switches are process compatible. An internal o-ring and epoxy base seal protects the switch from wave and reflow soldering, as well as cleaning processes. PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER ES01MCBE ON NONE ON ES03MCBE ON OFF ON CONN. TERMINALS 2-3 OPEN 2-1 OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1 ES01MCBE ES02 Models: omit hole 2. SPDT SCHEMATIC SPDT ES02MCBE CONN. TERMINALS ES02 Models: omit terminal 2. SCHEMATIC SPST Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–4 www.ck-components.com ES Series Sealed Tiny Slide Switches PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER ES02 Models: omit holes 2 & 5. ES21MCBE ON NONE ON ES23MCBE ON OFF ON 2-3, 5-6 OPEN 2-1, 5-4 OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1, 6-4 CONN. TERMINALS SCHEMATIC ES21MCBE DPDT I DPDT ES22MCBE SCHEMATIC DPST PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER ES21MABE ON NONE ON ES23MABE ON OFF ON 2-3, 5-6 OPEN 2-1, 5-4 OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1 CONN. TERMINALS SCHEMATIC ES21MABE DPDT ES02 Models: omit holes 2 & 5. DPDT ES22MABE CONN. TERMINALS SCHEMATIC DPST ES22 Models: omit terminals 2 & 5. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–5 www.ck-components.com Slide CONN. TERMINALS ES02 Models: omit terminals 2 & 5. ES Series Sealed Tiny Slide Switches PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER ON NONE ON ES03MAVBE ON OFF ON CONN. TERMINALS 2-3 OPEN 2-1 ES02 Models: omit hole 2. SCHEMATIC ES01MAVBE SPDT Slide I ES01MAVBE ES02 Models: omit terminal 2. PC MOUNTING SMT SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 PART NUMBER ES01MSABE ON NONE ON ES03MSABE ON OFF ON CONN. TERMINALS 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SCHEMATIC ES02 Models: omit pad 2. SPDT SPDT ES02MSABE CONN. TERMINALS ES01MSABE Horizontal Actuation OFF NONE ON OPEN N/A 3-1 SCHEMATIC SPST ES02 Models: omit terminal 2. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–6 www.ck-components.com ES Series Sealed Tiny Slide Switches TAPE & REEL For part numbers ESXXMSABE REEL INFORMATION OUTSIDE DIAMETER PILOT HOLE .512 (13,0) Slide QUANTITY PER REEL I 13.00 (330,0) 300 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–7 www.ck-components.com TS Series Tiny Slide Switches Features/Benefits • Reliable contact design ensures long electrical life • Ratings up to 3 AMPS • Epoxy terminal-seal compatible Typical Applications • Test & measurement equipment • Computers & peripherals • Telecommunications & networking equipment with bottom wash cleaning • RoHS compliant Models Available Slide I Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Q contact material (TS01 Model): 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC; (TS02, TS03 Models): 1 AMP @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC. See page I-10 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: TS01 MODELS: 60,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. TS02, TS03 MODELS: 30,000 cycles. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). CASE: Glass filled nylon 4/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized. ACTUATOR: Nylon, black standard. HOUSING: Stainless steel or stainless steel, nickel plated. END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page I-10 for additional contact materials. CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page I-10 for additional contact materials. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. Refer to Soldering and Cleaning in Technical Data chapter. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, P, S or R contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages I–9 and I–10. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods. Switch Function TS01 SPDT On-None-On TS02 SPST Off-None-On TS03 SPDT On-Off-On Terminations A Right angle, PC thru-hole (TS01 & TS03 models only) C PC Thru-hole W Wire wrap Contact Material B Gold Q Silver G Gold over silver P Gold, matte-tin S Silver, matte-tin R Gold over silver, matte-tin Seal E Epoxy F Epoxy seal and splashproof RTV latex rubber seal Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–8 www.ck-components.com TS Series Tiny Slide Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 NO. POLES POS. 1 C&K marking on opposite side MODEL NO. TS01 ON NONE ON TS03 ON OFF ON TS02 OFF NONE ON CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 2 C&K marking on opposite side 1-2 SP POS. 3 OPEN SCHEMATIC 2-3 SPDT OPEN N/A 3-1 SPST I SPDT Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: TS01CBE All models with all options when ordered with G, Q, R or S contact material. TS02 model not available with A terminations. TERMINATIONS C W PC THRU-HOLE WIRE WRAP PC MOUNTING TS02 models: Omit center hole SPDT and SPST A SPDT and SPST RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING TS01ABE Horizontal Actuation SPDT Actuator shown in pos. 1 Not available with TS02 model. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–9 www.ck-components.com Slide TS02 models: Omit center terminal TS Series Tiny Slide Switches CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL B GOLD 3 LOW LEVEL/DRY MATTE-TIN 6 CIRCUIT GOLD 1 P Q SILVER 4,5 S G Slide I R SILVER 5 SILVER 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. TS01 MODELS: 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. TS02, TS03 MODELS: 1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. POWER MATTE-TIN 6 GOLD 3 LOW LEVEL/DRY MATTE-TIN 6 CIRCUIT OR POWER GOLD OVER 2,3 RATINGS TERMINAL PLATING TS01 MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 3 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. TS02, TS03 MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 1 AMP @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. All models with all options when ordered with G, S or R contact material. 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. B contact material standard with A and W terminations. 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material standard with C terminations. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, P, S or R contact material are RoHS compliant. 5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate SEAL E F EPOXY SEAL EPOXY SEAL AND SPLASHPROOF RTV LATEX RUBBER SEAL NOTE: RTV latex rubber seal peels off easily after installation. Epoxy terminal seal standard. Not available with A termination. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–10 www.ck-components.com 1000 Series Miniature Slide Switches Features/Benefits • Variety of actuators and terminations • Panel mount tabs available • Epoxy terminal seal—compatible with Typical Applications • Test & measurement equipment • Telecommunications • Computer & peripherals bottom-wash cleaning • RoHS compliant Models Available Materials CONTACT RATING: B contact material: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Q contact material: 6 AMPS @ 120 V AC or 28 V DC, 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. See page I-16 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 make-and-break cycles at full load on models with B, K or P contact material; 40,000 cycles on models with G, Q, L, M, S or R contact material. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 65ºC SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). CASE: diallyl phthalate (DAP), (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR: Nylon, black, standard. HOUSING: Stainless steel. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass or steel, matte-tin plated. END CONTACTS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page I-16 for additional contact materials. CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: B contact material: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page I-16 for additional contact materials. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. Refer to Soldering and Cleaning in Technical Data chapter NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, P, S or R contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages I–12 through I–16. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. All models have epoxy terminal seal and are compatible with all “bottom-wash” PCB cleaning methods. Switch Function 1101 SP On-None-On 1103 SP On-Off-On 1108 SP Mom-None-On 1201 DP On-None-On 1203 DP On-Off-On Mounting Style M2 PC mount without tabs M1 Panel mount with tabs Actuator S3 .200" high S1 .040" high S2 .140" high S4 .285" high S5 .370" high S6 .485" high T3 .200" high Terminations Right angle, PC thru-hole A C PC Thru-hole AV2 Vertical right angle, PC thru-hole Z Solder lug V3 V-bracket V4 V-bracket W .750" long, wire wrap Z3 Quick connect Contact Material B Gold Q Silver G Gold over silver P Gold, matte-tin S Silver, matte-tin R Gold over silver, matte-tin Seal E Epoxy D No epoxy seal I Epoxy potted base Actuator Color 2 Black 1 White 3 Red Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–11 www.ck-components.com I Slide Specifications 1000 Series Miniature Slide Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 NO. POLES CONNECTED TERMINALS POS. 2 POS. 3 MODEL NO. 1101 SP POS. 1 SCHEMATIC ON NONE N/A ON 1103 ON OFF ON 1108 MOM. NONE ON 1-2 OPEN 2-3 SPDT N/A SPDT .095 (2,41) Slide I Actuator shown in position 1 Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: 1101M2S3CQE2 1201 ON NONE ON 1203 ON OFF ON DP 2-1,5-4 OPEN 2-3,5-6 DPDT DPDT Actuator shown in position 1 Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: 1201M2S3CQE2 MOM. = Momentary All models with all options when ordered with G, Q, S or R contact material. MOUNTING STYLE M2 M1 PC MOUNTING WITHOUT TABS PANEL MOUNTING WITH TABS NOTE: Available with C, W, Z, Z3 terminations only. No mounting hardware supplied. NOTE: Available with A, AV2, C, V3, V4, W terminations only. PANEL MOUNTING .275 (6,99) All actuators except T3. Single pole For T3 actuator only. Double pole Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–12 www.ck-components.com 1000 Series Miniature Slide Switches ACTUATOR COLOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR S3 S2 .200" HIGH S1 .140" HIGH S4 .040" HIGH .285" HIGH * * * * 110X models only. S5 S6 .370" HIGH 120X models only. T3 .485" HIGH I .200" HIGH * * * 120X models only. ACTUATOR COLOR 2 BLACK 1 WHITE 3 RED 7 BLUE 9 GRAY Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. * Subtract .014 (0,36) from actuator height, all models with A, AV2 - 2 pole, V3, V4 terminations. TERMINATIONS Z C SOLDER LUG PC THRU-HOLE .075 EPOXY SEAL [1,91] .155 [3,92] .080 [2,03] .048 [1,22] DIM "B' .075 [1,91] EPOXY SEAL DIM "A" .188 [4,78] .188 [4,78] OPTION DIM "A" C .050 [0,76] SPDT & DPDT Z3 PC MOUNTING Not available with P, S or R contact materials. DIM "B" .250 [ 6,35] SPDT & DPDT W QUICK CONNECT WIRE WRAP .750 (19,05) SPDT & DPDT Not available with P, S or R contact materials. Mating quick connector available; order part number 530100000, page I-16. SPDT & DPDT Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–13 www.ck-components.com Slide OPTION CODE 1000 Series Miniature Slide Switches TERMINATIONS A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING 1101M2S3ABE2 Horizontal Actuation SPDT SECTION A-A Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Slide I Not available with M1 mounting style, I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. A RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING 1201M2S3ABE2 Horizontal Actuation DPDT SECTION A-A Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with M1 mounting style, I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING .200 (5,08) 1101M2S3AV2BE2 Vertical Actuation Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SECTION A-A SPDT Not available with M1 mounting style, I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–14 www.ck-components.com 1000 Series Miniature Slide Switches TERMINATIONS AV2 VERTICAL RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE, .150" PITCH PC MOUNTING 1201M2S3AV2BE2 Vertical Actuation SECTION A-A Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 DPDT V3, V4 Slide Not available with M1 mounting style, I seal option. Terminal bend radii and lead-in manufacturing option. VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V3 .350 (8,89) V4 .525 (13,34) 1101M2S3__BE2 SPDT Not available with M1 mounting style and I seal. V3, V4 Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 VERTICAL MOUNT, V-BRACKET PC MOUNTING OPTION CODE DIM ‘A’ V3 .400 (10,16) V4 .575 (14,61) I 1201M2S3__BE2 DPDT Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Not available with M1 mounting style and I seal. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–15 www.ck-components.com 1000 Series Miniature Slide Switches CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL TERMINAL PLATING RATINGS B GOLD 3 LOW LEVEL/ MATTE-TIN 6 DRY CIRCUIT GOLD 1 P Q SILVER 4,5 S G Slide I 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. GOLD 3 POWER MATTE-TIN 6 6 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. GOLD OVER GOLD 3 LOW LEVEL/DRY SILVER 2,3 MATTE-TIN 6 CIRCUIT OR POWER 0 4 VA MAX @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX OR 6 AMPS @ 120 V AC OR 0.4 MAX. 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC. R * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 All models contact material. CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. with all options when ordered with G, Q, S or R 2 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate. 3 CENTER CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. Q contact material standard with C, Z, Z3 terminations. 4 END CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. P, S or R contact materials not available with Z, Z3 terminations. 5 CENTER CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 6 TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with matte-tin over nickel plate. B contact material standard with all terminations except C, Z, Z3.. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B, G, P, S or R contact material are RoHS compliant. SEAL E EPOXY SEAL D I NO EPOXY SEAL EPOXY POTTED BASE NOTE: Available with C, W, W3, Z, Z3 terminations only. AVAILABLE HARDWARE Fits Z3 Termination female connector PART NO. 530100000 Available in loose pieces. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–16 www.ck-components.com GS Series Sealed Ultraminiature Slide Switches Features/Benefits • Ultraminiature design saves PCB space • Sealed construction, process compatible with most PCB wash processes • Available in thru-hole and surface mount • Long life contact design • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Computer peripherals & network products • Test & measurement equipment • Telephone & cable modems Materials CONTACT RATING: 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 40,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 50 m Ω typ. initial @ 2–4 V DC, 100 mA. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms min. @ sea level. STORAGE & OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to 85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). PACKAGING: Switches available in embossed anti-static tape and reels per EIA 481A. Some models available on embossed anti-static tape and reels per EIA 481-3, consult Customer Service Center. HOUSING & BASE: Glass filled 4/6, flame retardant, heat stabilized (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR: Polyetherimide PEI (UL 94V-0), with standard internal seal. SWITCH SUPPORT: Brass, matte-tin plated. MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper with gold plate over nickel plate. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. All terminals insert molded. NOTE: All models are RoHS compliant and compatible with all options. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Complete part numbers for GS Series Sealed Ultraminiature Slide Switches are shown below and on page I–18. C & K MARKING ON THIS SIDE SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 POS. 2 PART NUMBER SCHEMATIC GS01MCBE ON ON Conn. Terms. 2-1 2-3 GS02MCBE OFF ON OPEN 3-1 GS04MCBE ON OFF Conn. Terms. 1-3 OPEN Conn. Terms. TOTAL TRAVEL Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SPDT PC MOUNTING Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 SPST SPST GS02-omit center hole. GS02 Model GS01MCBE SPDT Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–17 www.ck-components.com I Slide Specifications GS Series Sealed Ultraminiature Slide Switches SWITCH FUNCTION TOTAL TRAVEL POS.1 POS. 2 PART NUMBER Actuator Shown in Pos. 1 PC MOUNTING GS01MABE ON ON Conn. Terms. 2-1 2-3 GS02MABE OFF ON OPEN 3-1 GS04MABE ON OFF Conn. Terms. 1-3 OPEN Conn. Terms. Slide I GS01MABE Horizontal Actuation GS02 Model SPDT SCHEMATIC SPDT SPST SPST GS02-omit hole 2. SWITCH FUNCTION POS.1 TOTAL TRAVEL POS. 2 PART NUMBER SCHEMATIC GS01MSABE ON ON Conn. Terms. 2-1 2-3 GS02MSABE OFF ON OPEN 3-1 GS04MSABE ON OFF Conn. Terms. 1-3 OPEN GS02 Model Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 PC MOUNTING SMT Conn. Terms. GS01MSABE Horizontal Actuation GS02-omit pad 2. SPDT SPST SPST SPDT TAPE & REEL FOR PART NUMBERS GS01MSABE, GS02MSABE, GS04MSABE REEL INFORMATION OUTSIDE DIAMETER PILOT HOLE QUANTITY PER REEL 13.00 (330,0) .512 (13,0) 600 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–18 www.ck-components.com L Series Miniature Slide Switches Features/Benefits • Positive detent • Enclosed housing • Maintained and momentary functions • PC and panel mounting • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Communications equipment • Lighting devices Models Available Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (LX0X, LX1X Models): 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC (UL). See page I-23 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +65ºC STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +85ºC HOUSING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black. ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black. ‘13’ actuator, natural (standard). CONTACTS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page I-23 for additional contact materials. TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page I-23 for additional contact materials. CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages I-20 through I-24. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function L202 DPDT L203 DP3T L101 SPST L102 SPDT L103 SP3T L104 SP4T L112 SPDT, mom. L113 SP3T, mom. to one end L123 SP3T, mom. to both ends L201 DPST L204 DP4T L212 DPDT, mom. Actuator 01 .200" high 02 .335" high 03 .375" high 05 .312" high 11 .100" high 12 Screwdriver slot 13 Plunger without cap 14 Plunger with .200" dia. cap 15 Plunger with .310" dia. cap 17 Plunger with .458" dia. cap 19 Plunger with .590" dia. cap Detent 1 With detent 2 Without detent Mounting Style MS PC Thru-hole MA Right angle, PC thru-hole ML Right angle, PC thru-hole MV Right angle, PC thru-hole SS Panel with mounting ears TS Panel with integral mounting ears Terminations 02 PC Thru-hole 01 Solder lug with notch 03 Solder lug with hole 04 PC Thru-hole 10 PC Thru-hole 06 Wire wrap 12 PC Thru-hole Contact Material Q Silver B Gold G Gold over silver Seal NONE No seal E Epoxy seal Cap Color 2 Black NONE No cap Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–19 www.ck-components.com I Slide Specifications L Series Miniature Slide Switches SWITCH AND LOCK FUNCTION NO. POLES MODEL NO. L101 SP SWITCH FUNCTION AVAILABLE MOUNTING STYLES SCHEMATIC SPST NO. POLES ML, MS, SS L102 SPDT L112 SPDT-MOM. L103 SP3T SWITCH FUNCTION AVAILABLE MOUNTING STYLES SCHEMATIC L201 DPST MA, MS, SS L202 DPDT MA, MS, SS L212 DPDT-MOM. L203 DP3T MS, TS L204 DP4T MS ML, MS, SS 1 2 3 ML, MS,MV, SS MA, MS, TS I L113 SP3T-MOM. to one end MA, MS, TS Slide DP L123 SP3T-MOM. to both ends MA, MS, TS L104 SP4T NOTE: MODEL NO. MV MS and MOM. in table indicates momentary action. All models with all options when ordered with ‘G’ or ‘Q’ contact material. Contacts make on side actuator thrown. CAP COLOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR OPTIONS FOR ‘MS, MA, ML, SS, & TS’ MOUNTING STYLES 01 02 .200" HIGH 03 .335" HIGH .375" HIGH 05 .312" HIGH 15 PLUNGER WITH CAP 11 12 .100" HIGH SCREWDRIVER SLOT .200 5,08 NOTE: No actuator color option code is required. Standard actuator color is black, other colors and heights available, consult Customer Service Center. See pages I-20 and I-22 for available mounting styles. ACTUATOR OPTIONS FOR ‘MV’ MOUNTING STYLE 13 PLUNGER WITHOUT CAP 14 PLUNGER WITH CAP Cap part number 7089 17 19 PLUNGER WITH CAP Cap part number 8018 OPTION CODE PLUNGER WITH CAP 2 NONE ACTUATOR CAP COLORS BLACK 01-13 ACTUATORS Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Cap part number 7982 Cap part number 8940 ACTUATOR CAPS SPLASH CAPS Caps supplied are not installed standard. To order actuator options ‘14 thru 19,’ select desired cap color from chart and place option code in last box of ordering format. Leave box empty for all other actuator options. Caps may also be ordered separately and user installed, see pages I-23 and I-24. Specify the four digit part number and desired cap color. For switches without caps, order ‘13’ or ‘23’ actuator option. Cap finish: gloss (excluding square cap part number 7982, finish: matte). New protective splash caps for PC mounted slide switches are available separately and reusable. They provide splash protection during soldering and cleaning processes. To order specify correct part number, see page I-24. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–20 www.ck-components.com L Series Miniature Slide Switches DETENT 1 WITH DETENT Standard with all maintained models: L101, L102, L103, L104, L113, L201, L202, L203 and L204. 2 WITHOUT DETENT Standard with all momentary models: L112, L123, and L212. MOUNTING STYLE MS PC THRU-HOLE, 2 POSITION MODELS .425 (10,79) .288 (7,32) .200 (5,08) .225 TYP (5,71) .752 (19,10) .200 (5,08) .070 TYP .125 TYP (1,78) (3,18) .221 TYP (5,61) AVAILABLE WITH: .225 TYP (5,70) 3 2 1.181 TYP (4,60) .065 DIA (1,65) TYP TERMINAL NOS. FOR REFERENCE ONLY PC MOUNTING For mounting information, see TERMINATIONS section, page I-23. Splash caps are available separately and reusable, see page I-24. PC THRU-HOLE, 3 POSITION MODELS I Models: L101, L102, L112, L103, L113 L123, L201, L202, L203, L104 and L204 Terminations: 02, 06, 10 and 12 Actuators: 01, 02, 03, 05, 11 and 12 Slide .050 X .020 TYP (1,27) X (0,51) 6 5 4 .181 TYP (4,60) .150 TRAVEL (3,81) L203011MS02Q DP3T PC THRU HOLE, 4 POSITION MODELS .288 (7,32) .200 (5,08) .170 TRAVEL (4,32) TYP .425 (10,79) .050 X .020 TYP (1,27) X (0,51) 1.122 (28,50) .181 TYP (4,60) .070 TYP (1,78) 10 9 8 7 6 .225 TYP (5,70) 5 4 3 2 1 .181 TYP (4,60) .050 TYP (1,27) TERMINAL NOS. FOR REFERENCE ONLY .232 TYP (5,89) MA .225 TYP (5,71) .065 DIA (1,65) TYP RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE AVAILABLE WITH: Models: L103, L201, L202, L113 and L123 Terminations: 04 Actuators: 02 and 12 PC MOUNTING For mounting information, see TERMINATIONS section, page I-23. Splash caps are available separately and reusable, see page I-24. DPDT RIGHT ANGLE, PC, SP-3 POSITION MODELS .400 (10,16) 0.941 (23,90) .335 (8,51) .412 (10,46) .140 (4,06) TRAVEL .200 (5,08) 0.125 (3,18) L202021MA04Q Horizontal Actuation .100 TYP (2,54) 4 3 2 1 .181 TYP (4,60) TERM. NOS. FOR REFERENCE ONLY 4 3 2 1 .100 TYP (2,54) .256 (6,50) .215 (5,46) Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–21 www.ck-components.com L Series Miniature Slide Switches MOUNTING STYLE ML RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE AVAILABLE WITH: Models: L101, L102, L112 Terminations: 04 Actuators: 01, 02, 05, 11 and 12 PC MOUNTING For mounting information, see TERMINATIONS section, page I-23. L102021ML04Q Horizontal Actuation Splash caps are available separately and reusable, see page I-24. SPDT MV RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE Slide AVAILABLE WITH: Models: L112 and L212 Terminations: 02, 06, 10 and 12 Actuators: 13 thru 19 PC MOUNTING SS For mounting information, see TERMINATIONS section, page I-23. L212132MV02Q Splash caps are available separately and reusable, see page I-24. DPDT PANEL WITH MOUNTING EARS PANEL MOUNTING .425 (10,60) .358 (9,09) ø .100 (2,54) .181 TYP (4,60) L202011SS03Q 1.200 (30,48) 1.000 (25,40) .150 (3,81) TRAVEL .125 (3,18) DPDT .760 (19,30) 4 .200 (5,08) 6 3 5 2 4 1 .360 (9,14) .110 DIA (2,79ø) TYP .070 TYP (1,78) .240 .050 (6,10) (1,27) .200 (5,08) 1.000 (25,40) AVAILABLE WITH: Models: L101, L102, L112, L201 and L202 Terminations: 01, 02, 03, 06, 10, 12 Actuators: 01, 02, 03, 05, 11 and 12 PANEL WITH INTEGRAL MOUNTING EARS ø .425 (10,80) .070 TYP (1,78) .240 (6,10) ø 0.100 TYP (2,54) 0.100 (2,54) L203011TS03Q 1.000 (25,40) .941 (23,90) DP3T 7 6 .160 TYP (4,06) TRAVEL .181 (4,60) TYP .125 (3,18) .200 (5,08) FULL R TYP. 5 .200 (5,08) .358 (9,09) PANEL MOUNTING 0.250 (6,35) 2X 0.218 (5,53) 1.000 (25,40) 2X 0.050 (1,27) TS 6 5 .135 (3,43) .225 (5,72) CAVITY I.D. 0.0625 HIGH X 0.010 RAISED I .135 (3,43) 1.000 (25,40) 2X 0.050 (1,27) 0.080 (2,03) AVAILABLE WITH: .530 (13,46) .110 DIA (2,79ø) Models: L103, L113, L123 and L203 Terminations: 01, 02, 03, 06, 10, 12 Actuators: 01, 02, 03, 05, 11 and 12 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–22 www.ck-components.com L Series Miniature Slide Switches TERMINATIONS ‘MS, MV, SS & TS’ Mounting Styles Only 02 01 PC THRU-HOLE .226 (5,74) .060 (1,52) .050 (1,27) .085 (2,16) .028 (0,71) PC THRU-HOLE .226 (5,74) .240 (6,10) .272 (6,91) .050 (1,27) .020 THK. (0,51) .080 (2,03) .080 (2,03) .046 (1,17) .020 THK. (0,51) .080 (2,03) .020 THK. (0,51) .020 THK. (0,51) 10 SOLDER LUG WITH HOLE .240 (6,10) .062 (1,57) .080 (2,03) 03 SOLDER LUG WITH NOTCH ‘MA & ML’ Mounting Styles Only 12 06 PC THRU-HOLE WIRE WRAP .419 (10,64) .050 (1,27) PC THRU-HOLE .445 (11,30) .050 (1,27) .020 THK. (0,51) .020 THK. (0,51) .050 (1,27) .020 THK. (0,51) .181 TYP. (4,60) .181 TYP. (4,60) .187 TYP. (4,75) .065 DIA (1,65ø TYP. All models with ‘04’ terminations and ‘ML’ mounting style. .181 TYP. (4,60) .272 (6,91) .065 DIA (1,65ø) TYP. .225 (5,72) .065 DIA (1,65ø) TYP. All 2 position models, except ‘04’ and ‘10’ terminations. .181 TYP. (4,60) .272 (6,91) .181 TYP. (4,60) .225 (5,72) .065 DIA (1,65ø) TYP. All 2 position models with ‘04’ and ‘10’ terminations. .065 DIA (1,65ø) TYP. .181 TYP. (4,60) .225 (5,72) .065 DIA (1,65ø) TYP. All 3 position models, with ‘10’ termination. All 3 position models except ‘04’ and ‘10’ terminations. I .256 (6,50) .085 (2,16) .080 (2,03) Slide .080 (2,03) .065 (1,65) .080 (2,03) 04 .272 (6,91) .065 DIA (1,65ø) TYP. All 4 position models, except ‘04’ and ‘10’ terminations. All 4 position models, with ‘10’ terminations. CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL Q SILVER 2 B GOLD 1 G RATINGS LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT POWER GOLD OVER LOW LEVEL/DRY SILVER 3 CIRCUIT OR POWER LX0X, LX1X MODELS: 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC (UL). LX6X MODELS: 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC (UL). 0.4 VA MAX. @20 V AC OR DC max. LX0X, LX1X MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX. or 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC (UL). LX6X MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX. or 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC (UL). * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. 2 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all termination options). All models 3 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate. NOTE: ‘G’ contact material is equivalent to both ‘B’ and ‘Q’ contact materials. with all options when ordered with ‘G’ or ‘Q’ contact material. SEAL NONE NO SEAL E EPOXY SEAL EPOXY .075 MAX. (1,91) Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–23 www.ck-components.com L Series Miniature Slide Switches AVAILABLE HARDWARE Cap Compatible with 13-19 actuators Cap Compatible with 13-19 actuators PART NO. Slide I .138 (3,51) .250 (6,35) .250 (6,35) .120 (3,05) .155 (3,94) 708902000 708903000 .310 DIA. (7,87 ) .375 DIA. (9,53 ) .200 DIA. (5,08 ) .120 (3,05) Cap Compatible with 13-19 actuators PART NO. BLACK RED PART NO. 752702000 752703000 801802000 801803000 BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Cap Compatible with 13-19 actuators Cap Compatible with 13-19 actuators BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Cap Compatible with 13-19 actuators .450 SQ. (11,43) .195 (4,95) PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 452D02000 BLACK 452D03000 RED 894102000 894103000 Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Cap Compatible with 01-05 actuators 484602000 484603000 BLACK RED PART NO. BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Gloss Splash Cap .240 (6,10) 798202263 798203000 BLACK RED Material: Nylon Finish: Matte Splash Cap Fits ‘MV’ mounting style, LX1X models only. Fits ‘MS’ mounting style, LXX1 & LXX2 models only. PART NO. 120100602 BLACK PART NO. Material: Nylon Finish: Matte 120100200 PART NO. 120100300 Material: Nylon Material: Nylon Splash Cap NOTE: Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. PART NO. Fits ‘MA’ mounting style, LXX3 models only. 120100400 Material: Nylon Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–24 www.ck-components.com LP Series Miniature Snap-in Slide Switches Features/Benefits • 6 to 11 AMPS available • Easy assembly—Snap-in mounting • Contamination resistant—extended actuator • Positive detent • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Small appliances • Outdoor appliances • Portable tools Models Available Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (LP0X, LP2X Models: 6 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC (UL/CSA). (LP7X, LP8X Models): 11 AMPS @ 125/250 V AC (UL/CSA). See page I-27 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +65ºC STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +85ºC HOUSING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black. ACTUATOR: Glass filled acetal, UV and petroleum resistant, black. CONTACTS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page I-27 for additional contact materials. TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page I-27 for additional contact materials. CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages I–26 and I–27. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function LP22 DPDT, 6 AMP LP02 SPDT, 6 AMP LP81 DPST, 11 AMP LP82 DPDT, 11 AMP Actuator C2 Black cap C1 Whitecap C3 Red cap Detent 1 With detent Mounting Style T2 Snap-in panel with tabs (D, L, N markings only) Terminations 03 Solder lug with hole Housing Markings NONE No markings D ON-OFF Contact Material Q Silver B Gold Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–25 www.ck-components.com I Slide Specifications LP Series Miniature Snap-in Slide Switches SWITCH FUNCTION NO. POLES MODEL NO. LP02 SP AMP RATING* SWITCH FUNCTION 6 SPDT NO. POLES SCHEMATIC MODEL NO. AMP RATING* SWITCH FUNCTION LP22 6 DPDT LP81 11 DPST LP82 11 DPDT SCHEMATIC DP All models with all options when ordered with ‘Q’ contact material. Contacts make on side actuator thrown. * For complete contact ratings, see CONTACT MATERIALS Section, page I-27. Slide I .200 (5,08) Terminal Nos. For Reference Only Part number shown: LP22C21S203Q ACTUATOR C1; C2; C3 OPTION CODE2 ACTUATOR CAP COLOR C2 BLACK C1 WHITE C3 RED NOTE: Actuator finish: gloss. Other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. DETENT 1 WITH DETENT MOUNTING STYLE T2 SNAP-IN PANEL WITH TABS PANEL THICKNESS DIM ‘A’ .030–.045 (0,76) (1,14) .578 (14,68) .046–.059 (1,17) (1,50) .585 (14,86) .060–.089 (1,52) (2,26) .598 (15,19) .090–.120 (2,29) (3,05) .610 (15,49) Mounting style T2 suitable for markings. See HOUSING MARKINGS options. PANEL MOUNTING DIM. ‘A’ Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–26 www.ck-components.com LP Series Miniature Snap-in Slide Switches TERMINATIONS 03 SOLDER LUG WITH HOLE .200 (5,08) HOUSING MARKINGS NONE D NO MARKINGS I ON-OFF Slide Orientation of actuator and terminals. NOTE: Housing markings are available with ‘T2’ mounting style only. The marking color on all housings with marking options ‘D’ is white, standard. Other marking colors are available, consult Customer Service Center. CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL Q SILVER 2 B GOLD 1 RATINGS LP0X, LP2X MODELS: 6 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 3 AMPS @ 250 V AC (UL/CSA). LP7X, LP8X MODELS: 11 AMPS @ 125/250 V AC (UL/CSA). POWER LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VA MAX. @20 V AC OR DC MAX. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant. 2 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all termination options). All models 3 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate. with all when ordered with ‘Q’ contact material. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–27 www.ck-components.com S Series Slide Switches Features/Benefits • 6 to 15 AMPS • Enclosed housing • PC and Snap-in panel mounting • Reversing option • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Portable tools • Small appliances • Floor care products Models Available Slide I Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material (S1XX, S2XX Models): 6 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 AMP @ 125 V DC . (S5XX, S6XX Models): 12 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 AMP @ 125 V DC . (S7XX, S8XX Models): 15 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6AMPS @ 250 V AC . See page I-32 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +65ºC STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to +85ºC HOUSING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black. TOP PLATE: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black. ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black (standard). CONTACTS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page I-32 for additional contact materials. TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page I-32 for additional contact materials. CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages I–29 through I–32. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function S101 SPST, 6 AMPS S202 (DPDT, 6 AMPS S802 DPDT, 15 AMPS S102 SPDT, 6AMPS S112 SPDT, mom., 6 AMPS S201 DPST, 6 AMPS S602 DPDT, 12 AMPS S701 SPST, 15 AMPS S702 SPDT, 15 AMPS Actuator 03 .335" high 04 .500" high 09 .250" high 12 Screwdriver slot (with marking) 13 Screwdriver slot (without marking) C2 Black cap C3 Red cap C5 Yellow cap Detent 1 With detent 2 Without detent Mounting Style SS Panel with mounting ears MS PC thru-hole S2 Snap-in panel with blacktop plate TS Panel with mounting ears Terminations 03 Solder lug with hole 02 PC Thru-hole 04 PC Thru-hole 07 Quick connect 08 PC Thru-hole WC Wire lead Housing Markings NONE No markings D ON-OFF L ON M ON-OFF N Red rectangle on one end Contact Material Q Silver B Gold G Gold over silver Seal NONE No seal E Epoxy seal Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–28 www.ck-components.com S Series Slide Switches SWITCH FUNCTION NO. POLES MODEL NO. AMP RATING SWITCH FUNCTION AVAILABLE MOUNTING STYLES SCHEMATIC S101 6 SPST S102 6 SPDT MS,SS S112 6 SPDT-MOM. MS,SS S701 15 SPST S1,S2,S3,ST S702 15 SPDT S1,S2,S3,ST NO. POLES SS SP MODEL NO. AMP RATING SWITCH FUNCTION SCHEMATIC AVAILABLE MOUNTING STYLES S201 6 DPST MS,SS,TS S202 6 DPDT MS,SS, TS S602 12 DPDT MS,SS, TS DP I SPST DPDT 15 S1,S2,S3,ST DPDT Part number shown: S202031SS03Q Part number shown: S101031SS03Q NOTE: and MOM. in table indicates momentary action. All models with all options when ordered with ‘G’ or ‘Q’ contact material. Contacts make on side actuator thrown. ACTUATOR 03 .335" HIGH 04 .500" HIGH 09 12 .250" HIGH 13 SCREWDRIVER SLOT (WITH MARKING) SCREWDRIVER SLOT (WITHOUT MARKING) .062 (1,57) .062 (1,57) NOTE: Standard actuator color is black, other colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Alternate heights are available with ‘03, 04 and 09’ actuators, consult Customer Service Center. Models with S2 mounting style, subtract .090 (2, 29). Actuators ‘12’ and ‘13’ are available with DPST and DPDT models only. C2; C3; C5 White 115-230 markings (std.). Without markings. SNAP-ON CAP OPTION CODE2 C1-CT CAP COLOR C2 BLACK C3 RED C5 YELLOW NOTE: Actuator finish: matte. If no color is specified, black will be supplied. Colored actuator caps may also be ordered separately and user installed, see page I-32. Available with S2 mounting style only. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–29 www.ck-components.com Slide S802 S Series Slide Switches DETENT 1 WITH DETENT Standard with all maintained models: S101, S102, S201, S202, S602, S701, S702, and S802. 2 WITHOUT DETENT Standard with all momentary models: S112. MOUNTING STYLE SS PANEL WITH MOUNTING EARS I PANEL MOUNTING Slide AVAILABLE WITH: Models: S101, S102, S112, S201, S202 and S602 Terminations: All except 08 Actuators: 03, 04, 09, 12* and 13*. *12 and 13 actuators not available with S1XX models. S202031SS03Q DPDT MS PC THRU-HOLE AVAILABLE WITH: Models: S101, S102, S112, S201, S202, S602 Terminations: 02, 04 and 08 Actuators: 03, 04, 09, 12* and 13* *12 and 13 actuators available with S201, S202 and S602 models only. PC MOUNTING For mounting information, see TERMINATIONS section, page I-31. S202031MS02Q DPDT S2 SNAP-IN PANEL PANEL MOUNTING .330 (8,38) S802C21S207Q PANEL THICKNESS: .020(0,57)–.200(5,08) DPDT AVAILABLE WITH: Models: S701, S702, and S802 Terminations: 04, 07, 57 and WC Actuators: C2, C3, C5 and 03 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–30 www.ck-components.com S Series Slide Switches MOUNTING STYLE TS PANEL WITH MOUNTING EARS PANEL MOUNTING S202031TS03Q DPDT AVAILABLE WITH: Models: S201, S202, and S602 Terminations: All Actuators: 03, 04 and 12. I Slide TERMINATIONS 03 02 SOLDER LUG WITH HOLE 04 PC THRU-HOLE PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING 02 & 04 terminations Recommended with double pole models only. Recommended with ‘MS’ mounting style only. 07 QUICK CONNECT 08 WC PC THRU-HOLE WIRE LEAD .113 ± .015 (2,87 ± 0,38) .051 (1,30) .118 ± .015 (3,00 ± 0,38) .503 ± .015 (12,78 ± 0,38) .140 (3,56) 08 terminations with MS mounting style. .368 ± .015 (9,35 ± 0,38) 18 AWG wire for S1XX and S2XX models. 16 AWG wire for all other models. Black wire standard, other colors and lengths available, consult Customer Service Center. UL style 1015. MS mounting style only. NOTE: All terminals on S1XX, S2XX and S6XX models are .020 (0,51) thick; all terminals on S7XX and S8XX models are .031 (0,79) thick. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–31 www.ck-components.com S Series Slide Switches TOP PLATE MARKINGS NONE D L ON-OFF M ON N ON-OFF RED RECTANGLE ON ONE END NOTE: Top plate markings are available with ‘S2’ mounting style only. The marking color on all top plates with marking options ‘D, L and M’ is white, standard. (except white top plates: marking color is black, standard). The marking color on all top plates with ‘N’ marking option is red, standard. Other marking colors are available, consult Customer Service Center. Slide I NO MARKINGS Note: Orientation of actuator markings and terminals. CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL RATINGS Q SILVER 2 B GOLD 1 LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT G GOLD OVER LOW LEVEL/DRY SILVER 3 CIRCUIT OR POWER POWER S1XX, S2XX MODELS: 6 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 AMP @ 125 V DC S6XX MODELS: 12 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 AMP @ 125 V DC S7XX, S8XX MODELS: 15 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC 0.4 VA MAX. @20 V AC OR DC max. S1XX, S2XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 6 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 AMP @ 125 V DC S6XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 12 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 AMP @ 125 V DC S7XX, S8XX MODELS: 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC OR DC MAX. OR 15 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. 2 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all termination options). NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. All models with all options when ordered with ‘G’ or ‘Q’ contact material. 3 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate. NOTE: ‘G’ contact material is equivalent to both ‘B’ and ‘Q’ contact materials. SEAL NONE E NO SEAL EPOXY SEAL EPOXY .075 MAX. (1,91) AVAILABLE HARDWARE Cap, C2; C3 actuators Cap, 03 actuator PART NO. PART NO. 121160100 121160200 121160300 121000101 121000102 121000103 WHITE BLACK RED Material: 6/6 Nylon Finish: Matte WHITE BLACK RED Material: 6/6 Nylon Finish: Gloss NOTE: Other cap colors available, consult Customer Service Center. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–32 www.ck-components.com V Series Power & Line Voltage Select Slide Switches Features/Benefits • Ratings up to 10 AMPS • Snap-in panel and PC mounting • Actuators with screwdriver slot • Quick connect terminals available • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Appliances Materials CONTACT RATING: 10 GPA @ 125 V AC 50/60 Hz T85; 5 GPA @ 250 V AC 50/60 Hz T85; 2 (0.5)A @ 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85; 4RA @ 30 VDC T85 ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to +85ºC. HOUSING: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black. TOP PLATE: 6/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black. ACTUATOR: Glass filled polyester (UL94V-0), ‘01 and 02’ styles, black (standard); ‘12, 13 and 14’ styles, red (standard). CONTACTS: Copper, silver plated. TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated. CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages I–34 through I–36. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Switch Function V802 DPDT V701 SPST Actuator V702 SPDT 12 Screwdriver slot V801 DPST 01 .290" high 02 .290" high with markings 13 Screwdriver slot 14 Screwdriver slot with markings Mounting Style SS Panel with mounting ears MA Right angle, PC thru-hole MS PC Thru-hole S2 Snap-in panel SL Right angle, panel with mounting ears Terminations 05 Quick connect 02 PC thru-hole 08 Right angle PC thru-hole Contact Material Q Silver Seal NONE No seal E Epoxy seal Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–33 www.ck-components.com I Slide Specifications V Series Power & Line Voltage Select Slide Switches SWITCH FUNCTION NO. POLES MODEL NO. V701 SWITCH FUNCTION SCHEMATIC SPST AVAILABLE MOUNTING STYLES NO. POLES MODEL NO. ALL SP V702 All models SPDT ALL SWITCH FUNCTION SCHEMATIC AVAILABLE MOUNTING STYLES V801 DPST ALL V802 DPDT ALL DP with all options. Contacts make on side actuator thrown. ACTUATOR Slide I 12 SCREWDRIVER SLOT WITH MARKING 01 Actuator color is red with white 115V-230V markings (std.). .290" HIGH Actuator color is black. 02 .290" HIGH WITH MARKINGS markings are reversed on V702 and V802 models. Actuator color is black with white markings (std.). 13 SCREWDRIVER SLOT NO MARKING Actuator color is red. 14 SCREWDRIVER SLOT WITH MARKINGS Markings are reversed on V702 and V802 models. Note: Orientation of Actuator color is red with actuator markings and terminals. white markings (std.). MOUNTING STYLE SS PANEL WITH MOUNTING EARS PANEL MOUNTING V80212SS05Q AVAILABLE WITH: DPDT Models: All. Terminations: 02 and 05 MA RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE AVAILABLE WITH: Models: All Terminations: 08 PC MOUNTING PC mount, side actuated. For mounting information, see TERMINATIONS section, page I-36. V80212MA08Q Horizontal Actuation DPDT Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–34 www.ck-components.com V Series Power & Line Voltage Select Slide Switches MOUNTING STYLE MS PC THRU-HOLE AVAILABLE WITH: All models with 02 terminations PC MOUNTING PC mount, top actuated. For mounting information, see TERMINATIONS section, page I-36. .175 (4,45) V80212MS02Q DPDT I Slide SL RIGHT ANGLE PANEL WITH MOUNTING EARS PANEL MOUNTING AVAILABLE WITH: All models with 08 terminations V80213SL08Q Horizontal Actuation DPDT S2 SNAP-IN PANEL MOUNT PANEL MOUNTING .540 (13,72) .750 (19,05) .315 (8,00) .650 (16,50) .200 TYP. (5,08) .050 DIA. TYP. (1,30 ) .346 TYP. (8,80) 1.300 (33,02) ? ? .045 x .045 DEEP (1,14) x (1,14) V80212S205Q ACTUATOR TOP FLUSH .245 (6,22) Panel thickness: .080 (2,03) .110 x .032 TYP. (2,79) x (0,80) .315 (8,00) DPDT AVAILABLE WITH: All models with 02 & 05 terminations Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–35 www.ck-components.com V Series Power & Line Voltage Select Slide Switches TERMINATIONS 05 02 QUICK CONNECT 08 PC THRU-HOLE PC THRU-HOLE .175 (4,45) Fits .110 in. quick connector. Not available with ‘MS, SS or S2’ mounting styles. Slide I PC MOUNTING PC MOUNTING MS, SS Mounting Styles. MA, SL Mounting Styles. CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL Q SILVER 1 RATINGS POWER 10 GPA @ 125 V AC 50/60 Hz T85; 5 GPA @ 250 V AC 50/60 Hz T85; 2 (0.5)A @ 250 VAC 50/60 Hz T85; 4RA @ 30 VDC T85 * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. All models 1 with all options. CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all termination options). NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant. SEAL NONE E NO SEAL EPOXY SEAL EPOXY .075 MAX. (1,91) Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–36 www.ck-components.com OS Series Miniature Slide Switches Features/Benefits • Variety of actuators & terminations • PC and panel mounting • Shorting or non-shorting contacts • RoHS compliant • Halogen free material Typical Applications • Test & measurement equipment • Computer peripherals & network products • Consumer products Materials Specifications BASE: Phenolic resin. ACTUATOR: Standard: POM, Black. High Temperature Option: PA46, Black. HOUSING PLATE: Non-compatible; SPCC Sn plated. Compatible; SPCC Ni plated. MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, silver plated. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Brass, silver plated. TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated. TERMINAL SEALED. * For RoHS compatible switches contact customer service. I Slide CONTACT RATING: See individual parts. MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 cycles. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 20 m Ω or less. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. at 500 VDC. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 VAC for 1 minute. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to +70ºC. PACKAGING: Bulk NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Complete part numbers for OS Series Slide Switches are shown on pages I–37 through I–43. PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.1 RoHS Compliant PART NUMBER OS102011MS2QN1 (non-shorting) OS102011MS2QN1C* (non-shorting) OS102011MS2QS1 (shorting) OS102011MS2QS1C* (shorting) RoHS Compatible 1 2 3 YES NO ON ON YES YES ON ON YES NO ON ON OS102011MS2QN1 YES YES ON ON SPDT 1-2 2-3 CONN. TERMINALS 1 2 3 3 SCHEMATIC SPDT CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 2 * “C” option at the end of part number designates high temperature actuators PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.3 POS.1 PART NUMBER ROHS ROHS Compliant Compatible 1 OS103011MS8QP1 (Non-specified) YES NO ON ON ON OS103011MS8QP1C* (Non-specified) YES YES ON ON ON 2-3 2-4 1-2 CONN. TERMINALS 2 3 4 OS103011MS8QP1 SP3T SCHEMATIC 1 2 3 4 4 SP3T CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC * “C” option at the end of part number designates high temperature actuators Actuator shown in pos. 3 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 8 aug 17 I–37 www.ck-components.com OS Series Miniature Slide Switches PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 RoHS Compatible RoHS Compliant PART NUMBER OS202011MS2QS1 (Shorting) OS202011MS2QN1 (Non-shorting) YES NO ON ON YES NO ON ON 2-3, 5-6 1-2, 4-5 CONN. TERMINALS OS202011MS2QS1 SCHEMATIC DPDT 6 4 5 6 3 I Slide DPDT CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 2 12.2 2 TYP 1 2 3 4 12.6 6.1 6.8 SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.3 POS.1 2.5 TYP 2X 1.5 2 TRAVEL 2 2 TRAVEL 8 5 67 4 0.8 TYP ROHS ROHS Compliant Compatible PART NUMBER OS203011MS1QP1 (Non-specified) PC MOUNTING YES NO CONN. TERMINALS ON ON ON 1-3, 5-7 2-3, 6-7 3-4, 7-8 4 4 OS203011MS1QP1 DP3T 5 6 7 0.5 TYP 8 8 SCHEMATIC 4.7 8.3 0.4 4 2 TYP 12.2 4 2X 2.8 0.3 TYP 2.5 TYP 1.2 DP3T ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POS. 3 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 PART NUMBER OS202013MT5QN1 (Non-shorting) RoHS Compliant RoHS Compatible YES NO ON 1-2, 4-5 CONN. TERMINALS ON 2-3, 5-6 SCHEMATIC OS202013MT5QN1 DPDT 4 6 5 6 3 DPDT CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 1 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 8 aug 17 I–38 www.ck-components.com OS Series Miniature Slide Switches PIN LAYOUT SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.3 POS.1 PART NUMBER ROHS ROHS Compliant Compatible OS203013MT7QN1 (Non-shorting) YES NO ON OFF ON 2-3, 5-6 1-2, 4-5 CONN. TERMINALS OS203013MT7QN1 DP3T SCHEMATIC 5 4 DP3T I 3 6 6 Slide CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 3 PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.1 PART NUMBER RoHS Compliant RoHS Compatible YES NO OS202013MT8QN1 (Non-shorting) ON 2 3 4 5 6 ON 1-2, 4-5 CONN. TERMINALS 1 OS202013MT8QN1 2-3, 5-6 DPDT SCHEMATIC 4 3 6 6 5 DPDT CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 1 PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.3 POS.1 PART NUMBER OS203013MT8QN1 (Non-shorting) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ROHS ROHS Compliant Compatible YES NO CONN. TERMINALS ON ON ON 1-2, 5-6 2-3, 6-7 3-4, 7-8 OS203013MT8QN1 DP3T SCHEMATIC 8 5 DP3T 6 7 4 8 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 1 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 8 aug 17 I–39 www.ck-components.com OS Series Miniature Slide Switches PC MOUNTING 1 2 3 SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.3 POS.1 4 5 6 78 ROHS ROHS Compliant Compatible PART NUMBER OS203013MT6QN1 (Non-shorting) OS203013MT6QN1 YES NO CONN. TERMINALS DP3T ON ON ON 1-2, 5-6 2-3, 6-7 3-4, 7-8 SCHEMATIC 5 I 6 7 4 8 8 Slide DP3T CONTACT RATING: 0.2A @ 30 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 3 PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.3 POS.1 2 3 4 1 ROHS ROHS Compliant Compatible PART NUMBER OS103012MU1QP1 (Non-shorting) OS103012MU1QP1 SP3T YES NO CONN. TERMINALS ON ON ON 1-2 2-3 2-4 SCHEMATIC 4 1 2 3 4 SP3T CONTACT RATING: 0.2A @ 30 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 1 PC MOUNTING 2 3 4 1 SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.3 POS.1 ROHS ROHS Compliant Compatible PART NUMBER OS103012MU2QP1 OS103012MU2QP1 (Non-shorting) SP3T YES NO CONN. TERMINALS ON ON ON 1-2 2-3 2-4 SCHEMATIC 1 4 2 3 4 SP3T .197 (5.00) CONTACT RATING: 0.2A @ 30 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 1 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 8 aug 17 I–40 www.ck-components.com OS Series Miniature Slide Switches SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.3 POS.1 PART NUMBER CONN. TERMINALS ON ON ON 1-2, 5-6 2-3, 6-7 2-4, 6-8 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1.4 0.9 TYP 2.5 TRAVEL NO YES 2.5 1 5.6 6 ROHS ROHS Compliant Compatible OS203012MU5QP1 (Non-specified) 16.2 5 4.1 17 2.5 TRAVEL PC MOUNTING 5 OS203012MU5QP1 3 DP3T 4 SCHEMATIC 4.5 0.7 3 6 7 8 5 5.2 4 8 0.6 2.5 DP3T 5 4.1 I 0.4 2.5 0.4 5.6 Slide 2.5 16.2 CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC ACTUATOR SHOWN IN POS. 1 PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.1 1 2 3 RoHS Compliant RoHS Compatible OS202011MV4QN1 (Non-shorting) YES NO ON ON OS202011MV4QN1 OS202011MV4QS1 (Shorting) YES NO ON ON DPDT 1-2, 4-5 2-3, 5-6 PART NUMBER CONN. TERMINALS 4 5 6 SCHEMATIC 4 5 6 6 3 DPDT CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 1 PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.3 POS.1 PART NUMBER ROHS ROHS Compliant Compatible 1 2 3 4 5 OS203011MV9QS1 (Shorting) YES NO ON ON ON OS203011MV9QN1 (Non-Shorting) YES NO ON ON ON OS203011MV9QS1 1-2-5 6-7-10 1-3-5 6-8-10 1-4-5 6-9-10 DP3T CONN. TERMINALS 6 7 8 9 10 SCHEMATIC 6 7 8 9 10 10 5 DP3T CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 30 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 2(A) Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 8 aug 17 I–41 www.ck-components.com OS Series Miniature Slide Switches PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.1 1 2 3 RoHS Compliant PART NUMBER OS102011MA1QN1 (Non-shorting) OS102011MA1QN1C* (Non-shorting) OS102011MA1QS1 (Shorting) OS102011MA1QS1C* (Shorting) OS102011MA1QN1 SPDT RoHS Compatible YES NO ON ON YES YES ON ON YES NO ON ON YES YES ON ON 1-2 2-3 1 2 3 3 CONN. TERMINALS SCHEMATIC Slide I SPDT CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 2 * “C” option at the end of part number designates high temperature actuators SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.3 POS.1 12.6 12.2 4 4.3 1 OS103011MA7QP1 2 3 4 1.5 0.8 4 2 ROHS ROHS Compliant Compatible PART NUMBER 2 PC MOUNTING SP3T OS103011MA7QP1 (Non-specified) YES NO ON ON ON OS103011MA7QP1C* (Non-specified) YES YES ON ON ON 1-2 2-3 2-4 CONN. TERMINALS 2 TRAVEL 2 TRAVEL 2 SCHEMATIC 4 4.7 8.5 2.6 1 2 3 4 0.5 TYP 2.1 4 2X 2 0.4 2.8 1 1.2 0.3 12.2 SP3T CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC * “C” option at the end of part number designates high temperature actuators PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.3 POS.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OS203011MA2QP1 ROHS ROHS Compliant Compatible PART NUMBER OS203011MA2QP1 (Non-specified) YES CONN. TERMINALS NO ON ON ON 1-2, 5-6 2-3, 6-7 2-4, 6-8 DP3T SCHEMATIC 8 5 4 6 7 8 DP3T CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 3 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 8 aug 17 I–42 www.ck-components.com OS Series Miniature Slide Switches PC MOUNTING SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.1 RoHS Compliant RoHS Compatible OS202011MA0QN1 (Non-shorting) YES NO ON ON OS202011MA0QS1 (Shorting) YES NO ON ON 1-2, 4-5 2-3, 5-6 PART NUMBER CONN. TERMINALS 1 2 3 4 5 6 OS202011MA0QN1 DPDT SCHEMATIC 4 5 6 6 3 I Slide DPDT CONTACT RATING: 0.1A @ 12 VDC Actuator shown in pos. 1 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 8 aug 17 I–43 www.ck-components.com PCM Series Ultraminiature Surface Mount Slide Switches Features/Benefits • Ultraminiature surface mount • Low profile • SPDT & SP3T models • RoHS compliant Slide I Typical Applications • Computer peripherals & network products • Telecommunication products • Test & measurement equipment Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 6 VDC. MECHANICAL LIFE: 10,000 cycles. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 70 m Ω max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 500V. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 VAC min. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to +85ºC. SOLDERABILITY: 255C max. solder temperature. PACKAGING: Tape & reel. CASE: PA6T COVER: Stainless steel. SLIDER: Nylon 4/6 BRUSH: Copper alloy silver clad. TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. NOTE: All models RoHS compliant and compatible with all options. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Complete part numbers for PCM Series Ultraminiature Surface Mount Slide Switches are shown below and on page I–45. PC MOUNTING .026 (0,66) SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 .045 (1.13) PART NUMBER PCM12SMTR ON ON CONN. TERMINALS 1-2 2-3 SCHEMATIC PCM12SMTR SPDT SPDT Actuator shown in pos. 2 TAPE & REEL For part number PCM12SMTR 2±0,1 4±0,1 8±0,1 1,5 +0,1 0 1,75±0,1 0,3 ±0,05 Quanity per reel 3500 7,5 ±0,1 3,85±0,1 16±0,3 8,5 ±0,1 2,2 ±0,1 5,2 2,5 ±0,1 1,7 ±0,1 SECTION A-A Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–44 www.ck-components.com PCM Series Ultraminiature Surface Mount Slide Switches PC MOUNTING PCM13SMTR SWITCH FUNCTION POS. 1 POS. 2 POS. 3 .045 (1.13) .026 (0,66) PART NUMBER PCM13SMTR ON ON ON CONN. TERMINALS 1-3 2-3 3-4 1 2 3 4 SP3T SCHEMATIC I SP3T Slide Actuator shown in pos. 2 TAPE & REEL For part number PCM13SMTR Quanity per reel 3500 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–45 www.ck-components.com AYZ Series Miniature Slide Switches Typical Applications • Computer peripherals & Features/Benefits • Low profile • Single & double pole models • Double & triple throw models • RoHS compatible Slide I network products • Telecommunication products • Test & measurement equipment Specifications Materials MAX. SWITCHING POWER: 1.2 VA MAX. SWITCHING VOLTAGE: 12 VDC MAX. SWITCHING CURRENT: 100 mA MECHANICAL LIFE: 10,000 operations. CONTACT RESISTANCE: 10 8Ω DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 0.1 kV at 50 Hz/1 min. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –10ºC to +60ºC PACKAGING: Tape & reel, see page I-47. HOUSING: Glass filled nylon 4/6 (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR: Glass filled nylon 6/6 (UL 94V-0), except options ending in C which are glass filled nylon 4/6 (UL94V-0). COVER: Nickel silver. MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, silver plated. FIXED CONTACT: Brass, silver plated. CONTACT SPRING: Contact bronze. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. How To Order Complete part numbers for AYZ Series Miniature Slide Switches are shown on pages I-46 through I-48. PC MOUNTING .098 (2,5) .098 (2,5) .020 TYP (0,5) .118 (3,0) .098 (2,5) 1 3 2 .098 (2,5) .126 (3,2) .039 (1,0) .079 (2,0) 1 2 3 SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.1 ø.034 (0,85) .059 (1,5) .118 (3,0) PART NUMBER AYZ0102AGRLC RoHS Compliant RoHS Compatible YES YES CONN. TERMINALS .283 (7,2) .059 (1,5) .020 TYP (0.5) .008 x 45º (0,2) CHAMFER .032 (0,8) .051 (1,3) ø.032 TYP (0,8) .118 (3,0) .039 (1,0) ON ON 1-2 2-3 SCHEMATIC .008 TYP (0,2) .079 (2,0) .110 (2,8) 1 C 2 3 SPDT SWITCH SHOWN IN POSITION 1 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–46 www.ck-components.com AYZ Series Miniature Slide Switches PC MOUNTING .098 (2,5) .020 TYP (0,5) .138 (3,5) .197 (5,0) .098 (2,5) 2 1 2 1 .039 (1,0) .039 (1,0) 3 3 .177 (4,5) 5 4 6 5 4 .268 (6,8) Ø.034 (0,85) 6 AYZ0202AGRLC .039 (1,0) .049 (1,2) .059 (1,5) .020 TYP (0,5) PART NUMBER .118 (3,0) .283 (7,2) .059 (1,5) RoHS Compliant RoHS Compatible YES YES CONN. TERMINALS ON ON 1-2,4-5 2-3,5-6 SCHEMATIC C 2 1 3 .008 TYP (0,2) Ø.032 TYP (0,8) .178 (4,5) .236 (6,0) .118 (3,0) 6 5 C 4 DPDT SWITCH SHOWN IN POSITION 1 PC MOUNTING .315 (8,0) .079 (2,0) .079 (2,0) .020 TYP (0,5) .118 (3,0) .315 (8,0) .079 (2,0) .039 (1,0) .126 (3,2) 2 1 2 1 .079 (2,0) SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.3 POS.1 PART NUMBER .108 (2,75) (ø.034) (0,85) .059 (1,5) .386 (9,8) .020 TYP (0.5) ROHS ROHS Compliant Compatible YES YES CONN. TERMINALS .039 (1,0) .008 TYP (0,2) ON ON ON 1-3 2-C 3-4 SCHEMATIC C 3 2 1 .051 (1,3) (ø.032 TYP) (0,8) .217 (5,5) AYZ0103AGRLC .217 (5,5) .032 (0,8) .059 (1,5) (.008 x 45º) (0,2) CHAMFER 4 3 4 3 4 .088 (2,25) .118 (3,0) SP3T SWITCH SHOWN IN POSITION 1 PC MOUNTING .079 (2,0) .020 TYP (0,5) .138 (3,5) .079 (2,0) PART NUMBER 1 1 4 2 5 3 C 6 C 2 C 3 .177 (4,5) 4 (ø.034) (0,85) 5 .108 (2,75) .059 (1,5) .020 TYP (0.5) (ø.032 TYP) (0,8) YES YES ON ON ON CONN. TERMINALS 2-C,5-C 3-C,6-C SCHEMATIC 1 2 C 3 DP3T 4 5 C 6 6 C .217 (5,5) .049 (1,2) .059 (1,5) ROHS ROHS Compliant Compatible 1-C,4-C AYZ0203AGRLC .268 (6,8) .386 (9,8) (.008 x 45º) (0,2) CHAMFER SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.3 POS.1 .315 (8,0) .079 (2,0) .039 (1,0) .315 (8,0) .039 (1,0) .008 TYP (0,2) .039 (1,0) .217 (5,5) SWITCH SHOWN IN POSITION 1 .178 (4,5) .236 (6,0) Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–47 www.ck-components.com I Slide .039 (1,0) .008 X 45º (0,2) CHAMFER SWITCH FUNCTION POS.2 POS.1 AYZ Series Miniature Slide Switches TAPE & REEL For part number AYZ0102AGRLC .079 (2,00) Quantity per reel 4000 .315 (8,00) .157 (4,00) .059 DIA. (1,50) .112 (2,85) .069 (1,75) .295 (7,50) .630 (16,00) Slide I FEED DIRECTION For part number AYZ0103AGRLC .079 (2,00) Quantity per reel 4000 .315 (8,00) .157 (4,00) .059 DIA. (1,50) .112 (2,85) .069 (1,75) .295 (7,50) .630 (16,00) FEED DIRECTION For part number AYZ0202AGRLC .079 (2,00) Quantity per reel 3000 .315 (8,00) .157 (4,00) .059 DIA. (1,50) .152 (3,85) .069 (1,75) .295 (7,50) .630 (16,00) FEED DIRECTION For part number AYZ0203AGRLC Quantity per reel 3000 .079 (2,00) .315 (8,00) .157 (4,00) .059 DIA. (1,50) .152 (3,85) .069 (1,75) .295 (7,50) .630 (16,00) FEED DIRECTION Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–48 www.ck-components.com JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches Typical Applications • Telecommunication products • Computer peripherals • Thermostat select switch • Instrumentations Features/Benefits • Positive detent • Low profile • IR reflow to 260º solder profile • Surface and thru hole mounting • SPDT, DPDT, DP3T models • RoHS compliant I Materials CONTACT RATING: 6 VDC @ 0.3A ELECTRICAL LIFE: 5,000 make-and-break cycles CONTACT RESISTANCE: 70 m Ω max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 500V. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 VAC min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to +85ºC STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to +85ºC HOUSING: 4/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black. ACTUATOR: 4/6 nylon (UL94V-2), black (some options white). CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated. TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE 0.098 (2,5) TYP 0.354 (9,0) 0.130 (3,3) C&K 0.079 (2,0) PCB MOUNT - HOLE LAYOUT 0.059±.002 (1,5±0,05) b Shown in position b 4 0.138 (3,5) 0.098 (2,5) TYP 0.040 (1,0) TYP 0.335 (8,5) DPDT 0.059±.002 (1,5±0,05) 0.079 a (2,0) TRAVEL 0.024 (0,6) TYP TERMINAL No. 1 Part Number JS202011AQN 6X 0.035 (6X 0,9) 0.256 (6,5) C 5 6 0.098 (2,5) 0.012 (0,30) 0.014 (0,35) 0.130±.016 (3,3±0,4) TYP 1 2 3 C CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN Shown in position b Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 29 jun 16 I–49 www.ck-components.com Slide Specifications JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches RIGHT ANGLE, PC THRU-HOLE 0.512 (13,0) 0.079 (2,0) 0.157 (4,0) 0.079 (2,0) 0.130 (3,3) C&K 0.079 (2,0) 8X 0.035 (8X 0,9) Part Number JS203011AQN PCB MOUNT - HOLE LAYOUT DP3T 0.059±.002 (1,5±0,05) I c b a 0.079 (2,0) TRAVEL Slide 0.079 (2,0) Shown in position b 0.059±.002 (1,5±0,05) 5 6 C 7 8 3 4 0.138 (3,5) 0.024 (0,6) TYP 0.118 (3,0) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN TERMINAL No. 1 0.157 (4,0) 0.079 (2,0) 2 C 1 0.098 (2,5) 0.012 (0,30) 0.079 (2,0) 0.130±.016 (3,3±0,4) TYP Shown in position c 0.457 (11,6) PC THRU-HOLE 0.079 (2,0) 0.512 (13,0) +.012 0.142 -.000 (3,6+0,3/-0,0) C&K 0.079 (2,0) c b a 0.079 (2,0) TRAVEL 0.157 (4,0) 0.079 (2,0) 0.130 (3,3) Part Number JS203011CQN 8X 0.035 (8X 0,9) 0.059±.002 (1,5±0,05) PCB MOUNT - HOLE LAYOUT DP3T Shown in position b 0.059±.002 (1,5±0,05) 0.079 (2,0) 0.138 (3,5) 0.024 (0,6) TYP 5 6 C 7 8 2 C 3 4 0.118 (3,0) 1 TERMINAL No. 1 0.079 (2,0) 0.157 (4,0) 0.079 (2,0) 0.012 (0,30) 0.488 (12,4) 0.130±.016 (3,3±0,4) TYP CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN Shown in position c Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 29 jun 16 I–50 www.ck-components.com JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches PC THRU-HOLE 0.098 (2,5) TYP 0.354 (9,0) 0.130 (3,3) Part Number JS202011CQN 6X 0.035 (6X 0,9) C&K PCB MOUNT - HOLE LAYOUT DPDT b a 2 TRAVEL 0.059±.002 (1,5±0,05) 0.059±.002 (1,5±0,05) I Shown in position a 0.138 (3,5) 0.024 (0,6) TYP 0.040 (1,0) TYP 0.012 (0,30) 0.014 (0,35) 0.335 (8,5) C 5 6 1 2 3 0.256 (6,5) TERMINAL No. 1 0.098 (2,5) TYP 4 Slide 0.079 (2,0) C CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN 0.130±.016 (3,3±0,4) TYP Shown in position b SURFACE MOUNT Part number JS202011SCQN Part number JS203011SCQN DPDT DP3T Shown in position b. Quantity per reel 1000 Quantity per reel 900 Available in tape & reel only, see page I-58 Available in tape & reel only, see page I-60 0.354 (9,0) 0.098 (2,5) TYP .079 [2] 0.047 (1,2) TYP 0.098 TYP (2,5) 0.079 a (2,0) TRAVEL .118 [3] TERMINAL NO. 1 0.059±.002 (1,5±0,05) .079 [2] 0.012 (0,3) TYP 0.138 (3,5) C 5 c b .079 TRAVEL a [2 ] .059 ±.002 [ 1,5 ± 0,05 ] 0.079 (2,0) 4 .079 [2] .315 [8] PCB MOUNT - TOLERANCE ±.002(0,05) 0.059±.002 (1,5±0,05) 0.118 (3,0) 0.295 (7,5) 0.335 (8,5) .157 [4] .142 [3,6 ] TERMINAL No. 1 b .079 [2] .079 [2] 0.118 0.315 (3,0) (8,0) C&K 0.024 (0,6) TYP .512 [13] .157 [4] .047 TYP [1,2] PC MOUNT - TOLERANCE ±.002 [0,05] .059 ±.002 [ 1,5 ± 0,05 ] .079 [2] .012 [0,3 ] .138 [3,5] 6 5 6 2 3 C CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN 1 2 1 Shown in position b C 7 8 C 3 4 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN Shown in position a 29 jun 16 I–51 .118 [3 ] .295 [7,5] Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change www.ck-components.com JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches RIGHT ANGLE SURFACE MOUNT 0.098 (2,5) TYP 0.024 (0,6) TYP 0.098 (2,5) TYP 0.047 (1,2) TYP TERMINAL No. 1 0.099 (2,50) C&K 0.142 (3,6) 0.157 (4,0) Part Number JS102011SAQN SPDT 0.079 (2,0) 0.012 MAX (0,30) 0.354 (9,0) Slide I 2X 0.035 (2X 0,9) 0.267 (6,8) 0.059±.002 (1,5±0,05) Shown in position a Available in tape & reel only, see page I-59 PCB MOUNT - HOLE LAYOUT a b 0.079 (2,0) TRAVEL 0.138 (3,5) 0.138 (3,5) 0.031 (0,8) (0,8+0/-0,1) 2 3 C CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN 0.012 (0,3) TYP +.000 -.004 0.031 0.267 (6,8) 1 0.148 (3,75) Shown in position b 0.335 (8,5) PC THRU-HOLE (2) 8,5 [.335] 3X ø 0,8 [.031] 3,2 [.126] (2) (1) 3,5 [.138] C&K (1) 2 [.079] 1,5 ± 0,1 [ .059 ± .004] 2,5 [.098] (3) b a (3) 2,5 [.098] PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED Part Number JS102011CQN SPDT TRAVEL 1,5 ± 0,1 [ .059 ± .004 ] 2 [.079] 45˚ X 0,2[.008] CHAMFER Shown in position a 3,5 [.138] NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN (X,XX) PARENTHESIS ARE MILLIMETERS. 3 [.118] 1 C 2 3 TERMINAL NO. 1 3X 0,5 [.020] 2,5 [.098] 3,2 [.126] 2,5 [.098] 3X 0,3 [.012] SCHEMATIC Shown in position b Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 29 jun 16 I–52 www.ck-components.com JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches SURFACE MOUNT 1 [.039] 8,5 [.335] (2) 3 [.118] 3,5 [.138] C&K Part Number JS102011SCQN 8,00 [.315] SPDT (3) (1) Shown in position a Terminal No. 1 0,5 [.020] 2,5 [.098] 2,5 [.098] 2,5 [.098] b a PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED TRAVEL 2 [.079] SQ 1,5 ± 0,1 [ .059 ± .004 ] 45˚ X 0,2[.008] 2X CHAMFER C 2 1 3,5 [.138] I Slide 2 [.079] Available in tape & reel only, see page I-59 2,5 [.098] 3 0,30 [.012] 3 [.118] SCHEMATIC Shown in position b 7,5 [.295] SURFACE MOUNT NEW 13 2 4 10 2 2 4 2 C 5 6 7 8 Part Number JS207011SCQNR 5.5 8 3.6 2X 0.9 +0.1 0 DP3T 3 4 SHOWN IN POS.b 1.2 TYP TERMINAL NO.1 PC MOUNT - TOLERANCE .05 1 2 C CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN BOTTOM VIEW Shown in position b SWITCH FUNCTION 2 0.2 TRAVEL 2±0.2 POS.c C&K 1.5 0.05 2 POS.a C&K Available in tape & reel only, see page I-58 (MOM) ON ON CONNECTED TERMINALS 1-3,5-7 2-3,6-7 3-4,7-8 5.5±0.25 3.5±0.2 2X POS.b C&K 2X 0.8 0 0.8 -0.1 0.3 TYP 3 5±0.2 10 7.5 0.125 CHAMFER Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 29 jun 16 I–53 www.ck-components.com JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches PC THRU-HOLE 10 2 13 4 NEW 2 C 5 6 7 8 3.3 3.6 8X SHOWN IN POS.b 2X 0.9 3 4 C CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN BOTTOM VIEW 1 2 0.9 +0.1 0 PC MOUNT - TOLERANCE .05 Part Number JS207011CQNR SWITCH FUNCTION Slide I 2 0.2 TRAVEL 2 0.2 TRAVEL POS.c C&K 1.5±0.05 2 POS.b C&K (MOM) ON ON CONNECTED TERMINALS 1-3,5-7 2-3,6-7 3-4,7-8 5.5 DP3T POS.a C&K Shown in position b 3.5 2X 0.8 3 0.125 CHAMFER 2 4 2X 0 0.8 -0.1 0.3 TYP 2 3.3 TERMINAL NO.1 5±0.2 10 RIGHT ANGLE SURFACE MOUNT NEW 2X 0.9 TYP 6.8 9 Part Number JS102011JAQN SPDT 2 1.6 TYP 3.5 6X 1 2.5 C 2.5 1 2 Shown in position 3 PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN BOTTOM VIEW 1.5±0.5 b a 1.5±0.5 2 TRAVEL 3.5 Available in tape & reel only, see page I-59 2.6 TERMINAL NO.1 3.5 0.6 6.8 1.35 2.5 2.5 2X 0.8 0.1 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 29 jun 16 I–54 www.ck-components.com JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches VERTICAL MOUNT SMT - J BEND NEW 1.0 TYP 0.8 8.5 4 1 3.6 2.5 C 2 3 Part Number JS102011JCQN 2.5 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN BOTTOM VIEW PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED SPDT Available in tape & reel only, see page I-59 2 TRAVEL 1.5 1.5±0.5 I Slide 1.2 3.6 0.6 TYP 2.5 2.5 0.8 TYP 7.9 RIGHT ANGLE SURFACE MOUNT NEW 2X 2.5 2X 2.5 9 0.8 TYP 1 4 TYP 3.5 2X 0.9 2 1.5 C 2 3 Part Number JS202011JAQN 1 TYP 6.8 6 7 C CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN 5 PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED 2 TRAVEL DPDT Shown in position BOTTOM VIEW Available in tape & reel only, see page I-61 1.5±0.5 3.5 3.6 2.6 2X 2X 0.8 0.8 3.6 3X 0.6 2.5 0.8 (GAP BETWEEN TERMINALS) 2.5 6.8 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 29 jun 16 I–55 www.ck-components.com JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches VERTICAL MOUNT SMT - J BEND 2.5 9 NEW 2.5 0.8 TYP 1 4 TYP C 2 3 3.6 1.0 TYP Part Number JS202011JCQN 6 7 C CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN BOTTOM VIEW 5 PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED DPDT Shown in position 2 I 2 Slide 1.5 0.5 3.5 Available in tape & reel only, see page I-61 3.6 0.6 TERMINAL NO.1 2.5 3.6 0.8 2.5 8.5 NEW RIGHT ANGLE MOUNT SMT - J BEND Part Number JS203011JAQN 13 DP3T C 5 6 3.6+0.3 0 7 8 Shown in position 2 1 2 1.5±0.05 C Available in tape & reel only, see page I-60 3 4 SCHEMATIC C: COMMON PIN 2 TRAVEL 2 TRAVEL 0.8 1.5±0.05 4 3.5 3.6 2.65 4 3 2 8X 0.6 TERMINAL No. 1 2 4 8 4 2 8X 0.8 2 4 2 1.0 TYP PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED 11.5 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 29 jun 16 I–56 www.ck-components.com JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches VERTICAL MOUNT SMT - J BEND NEW C 5 6 13 3.6 1 2 2 TRAVEL b Part Number JS203011JCQN 3 4 C SCHEMATIC C: COMMON PIN 2 TRAVEL c 7 8 DP3T a Available in tape & reel only, see page I-60 1.5 0.5 2 4 I 2 Slide 5.5 4 3.5 3.6 2 TERMINAL N0.1 1.0 0.6 TYP 4 0.8 3 2 PCB LAYOUT RECOMMENDED 0.8 TYP 12.4 SURFACE MOUNT - J BEND NEW 13 10 2 4 C 2 5 6 7 8 Part Number JS207011JCQNR 4 3.6 SP3T 3 4 C CIRCUIT DIAGRAM C: COMMON PIN BOTTOM VIEW 1 2 1.0 SHOWN IN POS.b 0.8 2X 0.9 +0.1 0 .05 PC MOUNT - TOLERANCE 2 0.2 TRAVEL 2 0.2 TRAVEL 1.5 0.05 SWITCH FUNCTION POS.c POS.b POS.a C&K C&K C&K (MOM) ON ON CONNECTED TERMINALS 1-3,5-7 2-3,6-7 3-4,7-8 5.5 2X 0.8 3.5±0.2 2X Available in tape & reel only, see page I-58 3.6 3 0.8 0 -0.1 0.6 TERMINAL NO.1 2 4 2 0.125 CHAMFER 4X 0.8 (SPACE BETWEEN TERMINALS) 5±0.2 10 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 29 jun 16 I–57 www.ck-components.com JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS207011SCQNR, JS207011JCQNR Quantity per reel 800 PACKING DETAIL 800 PCS 30.4 330 .5 13.5 2 .5 21 .8 DETAIL 'A' I Slide REEL 24.4 +.1 1.5 -0 2 +2 -0 DETAIL 'A' 8 1.75 4 C 4.1 (1.5) 11.5 24 9.4 13.4 .2 21.5 B B (9) C 4 .02 12 SHOWN IN POS.2 COVER TAPE POCKET CARRIER TAPE 6 .2 TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS202011SCQN Quantity per reel 1000 24.4 30.4 330 3X 2 0.5 13 21 R1 SEE DETAIL B REEL SCALE 1/4:1 B 2 TYP DETAIL B SCALE 1:1 1.5 TYP 4 TYP 1.75 21 11.5 24±0.2 8.7 A A COVER TAPE 11 SECTION B-B 12 B 5.7 8 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change SECTION A-A 29 jun 16 I–58 www.ck-components.com 12 JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS102011SCQN, JS102011JCQN Quantity per reel 1000 24.4 30.4 330 3X 2 0.5 13 21 3X R1 SEE DETAIL C REEL SCALE 1/4:1 1.5 +0.1 0 2 C DETAIL C SCALE 1:1 1.75 4 B I 0.4 21.5 8.9 A A COVER TAPE C 7.9 12 B SECTION C-C SECTION B-B CARRIER TAPE SCALE 2:1 5.9 9.14 4.4 1.2 SECTION A-A TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS102011SAQN, JS102011JAQN Quantity per reel 1000 330 18 2.2 21 100 13 SEE DETAIL E 120 REF 22 DETAIL E SCALE 1.5:1 2 TYP 1.5 TYP 0.4 4 TYP 1.75 C 4.9 7.5 16 13.5 9.1 A 8.6 TYP A C 1.7 12 TYP COVER TAPE SECTION C-C 4.3 SCALE 3:1 1.2 SECTION A-A Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 29 jun 16 I–59 www.ck-components.com Slide 11.5 24±0.2 JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS203011SCQN, JS203011JCQN Quantity per reel 900 24.4 30.4 330 3X 2 0.5 13 21 3X R1 SEE DETAIL D DETAIL D SCALE 1:1 REEL SCALE 1/4:1 I 2 TYP 2 TYP Slide 1.5 TYP 1.75 TYP 4 TYP B 11.5 24±0.2 13.4 A 21 A B COVER TAPE SECTION B-B 12 CARRIER TAPE SCALE 2:1 8 SECTION A-A TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS203011JAQN Quantity per reel 1000 A 2 4 1.5 +0.1 0 5 1.75 0.4 30.4 330 11.5 24 REEL SEE DETAIL A A 12 FEED DIRECTION SECTION A-A 24.4 2 3X 120° 21 13 21 COVER TAPE DETAIL A SCALE 2:1 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–60 www.ck-components.com JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS202011JCQN Quantity per reel 1300 330 20 2 21 100 13 120° SEE DETAIL F DETAIL F SCALE 1:1 REEL SCALE 1/4:1 16 I 4 1.75 1.5 13.5 16 8.8 A A 7.6 COVER TAPE B SECTION B-B CARRIER TAPE SCALE 2:1 5.9 4 SECTION A-A TAPE AND REEL FOR PART NUMBER JS202011JAQN Quantity per reel 1000 18 330 22 2.2 13 21 100 SEE DETAIL G 120° REEF DETAIL G SCALE 1.5:1 2 TYP 4 TYP 1.5 TYP 1.75 TYP 0.38 C 4.9 7.5 16 13.5 9.1 A A COVER TAPE C 8.8 TYP 12 SECTION C-C 4.3 SCALE 3:1 1.2 SECTION A-A Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–61 www.ck-components.com Slide 0.4 B JS Series Sub-Miniature Slide Switches Specifications RIGHT ANGLE SURFACE MOUNT LOW PROFILE .028±.004 (0.7±0.1) HIGH CONTACT RATING: 5 VDC @ 1MA ELECTRICAL LIFE: 15,000 cycles. CONTACT RESISTANCE: B) FREE G P 2.5 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. K DETAIL 2.5 : 1 P DETAIL 5 : 1 G= 220 ± 100 gf (2.16 ± 0.98N) (B->C / B->A) COMAX 11.2 8.5 TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.35 3 3 3 3 K 2.5 KNOB LENGTH: 6mm Materials 24 KNOB: POM 2P - 3T 24 1 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 1.5 R0.5 3 3 2.7 1.7 8.5 2 FRAME: SPCC 3 3 3 3 CONTACT: Silver clad 3 C C C 2-Ø1.55 SCHEMATIC 10-Ø0.8 2.5 TERMINAL: Silver plated C PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–111 I Slide 11.2 8.5 COMAX www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-24F28-G 2P4T NON-SHORTING 1.2 33.5 11.5 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 2.7 R0. 7 1.7 Specifications 7 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. R0.5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 1.5 TRAVEL 3 3 3 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. K DETAIL 2.5 : 1 P 2.5 FREE G OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 3 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 90° TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm 11.2 COMAX OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 0.3 0.5 3 3 P DETAIL 5 : 1 8.5 0.5 3 3 Materials 3 KNOB: POM 33 0.35 K FRAME: SPCC 2.5 CONTACT: Silver clad 2P - 4T 1 2 3 TERMINAL: Silver plated 33 4 3 TYP.5 C C C C 2-Ø1.55 2.5 12-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-42F28-G NS 4P2T NON-SHORTING 1.2 21.5 Specifications 0.6 0.6 0.6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 90° 7 R0.7 2.7 1.7 5.5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 1.5 3 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. R0.5 TRAVEL P DETAIL 5 : 1 K DETAIL 2.5 : 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load P 2.5 OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 3 TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C FREE G G= Materials 11.2 8.5 COMAX KNOB: POM 0.5 FRAME: SPCC K 0.5 0.35 3 3 3 3 3 CONTACT: Silver clad 2.5 TERMINAL: Silver plated 21 4P - 2T 1 21 2 3 2-Ø1.55 SCHEMATIC 3 3 3 3 2.5 0.3 Slide I OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 0.6 TYP.3 G= 12-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–112 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-43F28-G NS 4P3T NON-SHORTING Specifications 0.6 0.6 0.6 33.5 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 8.6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 7 90° INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 3 3 TRAVEL 3 G FREE R0.7 OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 1.5 R0.5 K DETAIL 2.5 : 1 0.5 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 8.5 11.2 COMAX TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 0.5 0.3 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 1.7 2.7 2.5 G= DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. P DETAIL 5 : 1 1.2 P 33 Materials 4P - 3T 2 3 1 Slide 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 KNOB: POM 33 3 C C C C C C C C 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 FRAME: SPCC 3 CONTACT: Silver clad TERMINAL: Silver plated 2-Ø1.55 2.5 20-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-44F28-G NS 4P4T NON-SHORTING Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 39.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 1.2 11.6 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. R0.7 1.5 R0.5 P DETAIL 5 : 1 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.7 2.7 7 90° 3 3 3 TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load K DETAIL 2.5 : 1 OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) P 2.5 3 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 3 ± 0.3 mm G FREE G= OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 11.2 8.5 COMAX 0.3 Materials 0.5 0.5 K 0.35 2.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 39 KNOB: POM FRAME: SPCC CONTACT: Silver clad 4P - 4T 1 TERMINAL: Silver plated 2 3 4 39 C C C C C C C C 3 3 3 3 2-Ø1.55 SCHEMATIC 3 3 3 3 3 3 24-Ø0.8 2.5 3 I K 0.35 2.5 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–113 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-12D04-VG NS 1P2T NON-SHORTING 8.6 4 Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 4.3 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. TRAVEL 2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 2 0.6 VG = TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm FREE 0.4 VG OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C COMAX Materials 4.7 I Slide KNOB: POM FRAME: SPTE 3.3 0.4 0.5 2 CONTACT: Silver clad 0.4 TERMINAL: Silver plated 2 2 2 1P - 2T 1 2 3-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN SS-12D07-G NS 1P2T NON-SHORTING 8.6 Specifications 1 4 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 1.6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2.8 4.3 2 R0.4 TRAVEL DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.2 R0.4 2 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. K DETAIL 1.5 : 1 2 0.6 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load VG = OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) FREE 0.4 VG TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C COMAX 4.7 Materials KNOB: POM 2.8 FRAME: SPCC CONTACT: Silver clad 2 2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.4 1.2 K 8.2 8.2 2 2 2-Ø1.25 1P - 2T 1 2 3-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–114 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-12D17-VG NS 1P2T NON-SHORTING 1 8.6 Specifications 4 1.6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2.8 R0.4 6.8 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. TRAVEL 2 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.2 R0.4 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load K DETAIL 2 : 1 OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 2 2 0.6 TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm VG = VG 0.4 FREE OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C I Materials 4.7 COMAX KNOB: POM Slide 2.8 FRAME: SPCC CONTACT: Silver clad K 0.4 0.5 2 1.2 2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 0.5 0.4 1.25 8.2 8.2 2 1P - 2T 2 2-Ø1.25 2 1.25 1 3-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-12H16-VG 1P2T NON-SHORTING 1 Specifications 12.6 6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 1.6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2.8 R0.4 6.8 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. R0.4 4 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.2 K DETAIL 2 : 1 TRAVEL 2 2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) VG = 0.6 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C FREE 0.4 VG TRAVEL: 4 ± 0.3 mm Materials 7 COMAX KNOB: POM 2.8 FRAME: SPCC K 2 1.2 4 2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 0.4 0.5 1.2 0.4 CONTACT: Silver clad 1.25 12.2 12.2 1P - 2T 2 1 2 2 4 2-Ø1.25 4-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–115 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-12H26-VG 1P2T NON-SHORTING 12.6 1 4.3 Specifications 1.6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC TRAVEL 4 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2.8 R0.4 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.2 R0.4 K DETAIL 2.5 : 1 2 0.4 0.6 2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 150 ± 100 gf (1.47 ± 0.98N) VG = VG OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 4.7 Materials 2.8 COMAX I KNOB: POM 0.5 4 K 4 FRAME: SPCC 0.5 0.4 0.4 CONTACT: Silver clad 12.2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 12.2 1P - 2T 4 1 2-Ø1.25 4 2 3-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-13D06-VG 1P3T 12.6 Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 4.3 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2 2 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. TRAVEL DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 2 0.6 2 0.4 OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) VG = FREE VG 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 4.7 COMAX 3.3 Slide FREE TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm 0.4 0.5 0.4 4 Materials KNOB: POM FRAME: SPCC 2 2 CONTACT: Silver clad 12.2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 1P - 3T 1 4 2 2 2 3 4-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–116 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-13D08-VG 1P3T Specifications 1 12.6 6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 1.6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2.8 6.8 R0.4 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2 2 TRAVEL DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.2 R0.4 K DETAIL 3 : 1 2 2 0.6 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load VG = 0.4 VG FREE OPERATING FORCE: 150 ± 50 gf (1.47 ± 0.49N) 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm 2 4 2 7 Materials KNOB: POM 1.2 K 0.4 0.5 FRAME: SPCC 1.25 1.2 12.2 CONTACT: Silver clad TERMINAL: Silver plated 12.2 2 1P - 3T 2 4 2-Ø1.25 1 3 2 SCHEMATIC 1.25 4-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN SS-13D16-VG 1P3T 1 Specifications 12.6 1.6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 4.3 2.8 R0.4 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2 2 TRAVEL DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.2 R0.4 K 2.7:1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 2 2 0.4 0.6 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) VG = OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 4.7 VG FREE TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm 2.8 Materials KNOB: POM 0.5 0.5 0.4 K 4 FRAME: SPCC 0.4 2 2 CONTACT: Silver clad 12.2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 12.2 4 2 2 2-Ø1.25 1P - 3T 1 2 3 4-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–117 I Slide 0.4 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 2.8 COMAX www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-14D01-VG 1P4T 14.6 1 Specifications 4.3 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 2 2 2 1.6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2.8 R0.4 TRAVEL DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.2 R0.4 2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load K DETAIL 3 : 1 OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 2 0.4 0.6 TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm VG = VG I FREE OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C COMAX KNOB: POM 2.8 Slide 4.7 Materials FRAME: SPCC 0.5 K 0.5 0.4 0.4 CONTACT: Silver clad 2 2 2 2 2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 14.2 14.2 2 1P - 4T 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2-Ø1.25 4 6-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN SS-14D07-VG 1P4T 1 14.6 4.3 Specifications 2 2 2 1.6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 2.8 R0.4 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. TRAVEL INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.2 R0.4 K DETAIL 2 : 1 2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 2 0.4 VG = VG OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm FREE 0.6 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 0.5 2 K 4 0.4 2.8 0.4 Materials 0.5 4.7 COMAX KNOB: POM FRAME: SPCC 2 2 CONTACT: Silver clad 14.2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 14.2 2 1P - 4T 1 2 3 4 2 2 2-Ø1.25 4 5-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–118 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-22D07-VG S DPDT SHORTING 8.6 1 Specifications 6.8 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 0.6 TYP.2 1.6 4 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2.8 R0.4 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 90° DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.2 R0.4 TRAVEL 2 P DETAIL 8 : 1 K DETAIL 8 : 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 2 OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 2 G= TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C G FREE P I COMAX 4.7 Materials 2.8 0.4 0.5 CONTACT: Silver clad 1.2 2 2 FRAME: SPCC K 0.5 0.4 Slide KNOB: POM TERMINAL: Silver plated 2.5 8.2 1 8.2 2 2 2 2-Ø1.25 2.5 2P - 2T 6-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-22H08-G DPDT NON-SHORTING 0.6 TYP.2 12.6 1 6 Specifications 2.8 1.6 90° 6.8 R0.4 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 1.2 R0.4 TRAVEL 4 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. P DETAIL 2 : 1 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. K DETAIL 2 : 1 2 P 2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load G= G FREE OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 4 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 4.7 COMAX 2.8 Materials KNOB: POM K 0.5 4 0.4 0.6 0.4 4 FRAME: SPCC b CONTACT: Silver clad 2.5 12.2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 12.2 1 2 4 4 2-Ø1.25 2.5 2P - 2T SCHEMATIC 6-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–119 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-22H16-G DPDT NON-SHORTING 1 12.6 0.6 TYP.2 6 Specifications 2.8 1.6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 6.8 R0.4 90° INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 4 P DETAIL 2 : 1 1.2 R0.4 TRAVEL 2 P DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. K DETAIL 2 : 1 2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load G= I TRAVEL: 4 ± 0.3 mm FREE G OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Materials 7 Slide COMAX KNOB: POM 2.8 FRAME: SPCC CONTACT: Silver clad 0.4 0.4 2 1.2 4 2 K TERMINAL: Silver plated 1.2 0.5 2.5 12.2 12.2 2 2 1 4 2 2-Ø1.25 2.5 2P - 2T 8-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC SS-23D04-VG PIERCING PLAN 2P3T NON-SHORTING 12.6 Specifications 6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 6.8 2.4 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2 2 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 2 2 0.6 OPERATING FORCE: 150 ± 50 gf (1.47 ± 0.49N) VG = VG FREE 0.4 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 4.7 COMAX Materials 3.3 0.4 0.5 2 2 KNOB: POM FRAME: SPCC 0.4 2.5 4 CONTACT: Silver clad TERMINAL: Silver plated 1 2 3 2 2 2.5 2P - 3T 4 8-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–120 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-23D07-G PA 2P3T NON-SHORTING 12.6 1 Specifications 6 1.6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2.8 R0.4 6.8 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 0.6 TYP.2 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 90° C B A 2 2 TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load P DETAIL 2 : 1 K DETAIL 2 : 1 2 P DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.2 R0.4 2 OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 150 gf (2.45 ± 1.47N) G= 300 ± 150 gf (2.94 ± 1.47N) G FREE TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 80˚C COMAX 4.7 I Materials 2.8 0.5 2 4 2 FRAME: SPCC K 0.4 0.5 0.4 Slide KNOB: PA CONTACT: Silver clad 2.5 TERMINAL: Silver plated 12.2 12.2 1 2 2 3 2 4 . 2-Ø1.25 2.5 2P - 3T 8-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN SS-23D08-G 2P3T 0.6 TYP.2 12.6 1 6 1.6 90° Specifications 2.8 6.8 R0.4 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC P DETAIL 2 : 1 R0.4 2 2 TRAVEL INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. K DETAIL 2 : 1 2 P INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 1.2 2 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. G= G FREE OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 150 ± 50 gf (1.47 ± 0.49N) 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) COMAX 7 TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm 2.8 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Materials 0.4 0.4 2 2 K 1.2 4 KNOB: POM 1.2 0.5 FRAME: SPCC 2.5 12.2 CONTACT: Silver clad TERMINAL: Silver plated 12.2 1 2 2 3 2 4 2-Ø1.25 2.5 2P - 3T SCHEMATIC 8-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–121 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-24D02-VG 2P4T 1 14.6 Specifications 1.6 6.8 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2.8 R0.4 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2 2 2 TRAVEL DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.2 R0.4 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load K DETAIL 3 : 1 2 OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 2 VG = TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm VG 4.7 0.4 Materials 2.8 Slide I OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C FREE 0.4 0.6 KNOB: POM 0.5 FRAME: SPCC 0.4 2 2 2 2 0.5 2 2.5 14.2 CONTACT: Silver clad K TERMINAL: Silver plated 14.2 1 2 3 4 2 2 2 2 2-Ø1.25 2.5 2P - 4T 2 12-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-24D04-VG PA 2P4T 1 14.6 6.8 Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 2.8 1.6 R0.4 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. A B C D 2 2 2 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. TRAVEL R0.4 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.2 K DETAIL 3 : 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load VG = OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 4.7 VG 0.4 2 FREE 2 0.6 Materials 2.8 0.4 0.4 0.5 2 2 2 2 2 KNOB: PA FRAME: SPCC 2.5 K CONTACT: Silver clad 14.2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 14.2 1 2 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 2-Ø1.25 2.5 2P - 4T SCHEMATIC 12-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–122 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-24D07-VG PA 2P4T 14.6 Specifications 1 1.6 2.8 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 6.8 R0.4 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 1.2 R0.4 2 2 2 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. TRAVEL K DETAIL 2 : 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 2 0.4 0.6 2 TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm VG = VG FREE OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C I 4.7 Materials 2.8 0.4 2 FRAME: SPCC 0.4 CONTACT: Silver clad 0.5 0.5 4 2.5 2 2 Slide KNOB: PA TERMINAL: Silver plated K 14.2 14.2 1 2 3 4 2 4 2 2 2-Ø1.25 2.5 2P - 4T 10-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN SS-42D07-VG NS 4P2T NON-SHORTING 0.8 Specifications 14.6 2.5 1.3 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 6.8 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. R0.4 2 TRAVEL A B 1.2 2 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 2 OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 0.4 0.6 FREE TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Materials 2.5 3.3 4.7 VG VG = DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. K DETAIL 3 : 1 0.4 0.4 K 0.5 KNOB: POM 2.5 2 2 2 2 2 FRAME: SPCC 6.4 13 CONTACT: Silver clad 13 2 2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 2 2 2.5 2 6.4 1 2 4P - 2T 2-Ø1.25 12-Ø0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–123 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-13E08-DG 1P3T 24 Specifications 0.9 TYP.3 20 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 15.6 2-Ø2.2 HOLES 10 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 90° INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 6 5 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. P DETAIL 2 : 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 2.5 2.5 TRAVEL OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 3.5 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 3 P DG = TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm I Materials KNOB: POM COMAX DG 5.5 Slide FREE OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C FRAME: SPCC 3.5 CONTACT: Silver clad 0.4 4-Ø0.7 3.75 HOLES 5 1.2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 0.4 2.5 2.5 1.25 2 1 3 SCHEMATIC SS-13E29-TG 1P3T Specifications 1 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC TYP.4 16.4 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 10 A B 2.5 2.5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 6.00 3.30 90° DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. C P DETAIL 2 : 1 TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 5 3 TG = TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C TG P Materials 5. 5 0 COMAX 2.50 3.75 0.6 2.5 5 KNOB: POM FRAME: SPCC 0.4 CONTACT: Silver clad TERMINAL: Silver plated 2.0 16.00 2 3 5 2.5 2.5 2.30 16 1 1P - 3T 0.90 3.75 4- Ø 0.8 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–124 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-22J08-G DPDT NON-SHORTING 16.3 Specifications 0.56 TYP.8 10 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 60° A INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. B 5 TRAVEL 5 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. P DETAIL 2 : 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load P 3 OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) G= OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C I COMAX 5.2 G FREE TRAVEL: 5 ± 0.3 mm 2.7 Materials 5 FRAME: SPCC 2.5 2.5 2.5 CONTACT: Silver clad 5 2 2.5 TERMINAL: Silver plated 2.5 2.5 1 KNOB: POM 0.4 0.4 Slide 0.6 3.75 2P - 2T 8-Ø0.9 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-23E05-G 4 2P3T 16.3 0.56 TYP.4 10 Specifications 60° INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 6 3.3 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2.5 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. P DETAIL 2 : 1 TRAVEL 2.5 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 4.85 OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) P 3 1.4 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N) 5 4 1.5 TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 5.2 COMAX Materials 0.4 0.6 3.75 2.5 KNOB: POM FRAME: SPCC 0.4 2.4 1.25 CONTACT: Silver clad 2.5 2.5 TERMINAL: Silver plated 7.5 1 2 3 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 8-Ø0.9 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–125 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-23E06-G 2P3T 16.3 Specifications 10 0.56 TYP.8 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 6 3.3 60° INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2.5 TRAVEL 2.5 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. P DETAIIL 1 : 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 5 3 G= P OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) Slide I OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Materials 5.2 COMAX FREE G 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm 2.7 0.4 FRAME: SPCC 0.6 1.25 3.75 2.5 KNOB: POM 0.4 CONTACT: Silver clad 2.5 2.5 TERMINAL: Silver plated 5.0 2 1 3 5 8-Ø0.9 2.5 2.5 2.5 2P - 3T PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-23E08-TG 2P3T 24 Specifications 1 TYP.4 20 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 15.6 2-Ø2.2 HOLES 10 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 90° 5 6 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. P DETAIL 2 : 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 2.5 2.5 TRAVEL 5 P TG = OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 3 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) COMAX M MAX 5.10 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 80˚C 5.5 TG FREE TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm Materials 3.5 KNOB: POM 0.4 8-Ø0.7 3.75 HOLES 5 1 1.2 0.4 2.5 2.5 2 FRAME: SPCC CONTACT: Silver clad 2.5 TERMINAL: Silver plated 3 2P - 3T SCHEMATIC TG=6,8,9mm Max 5.10mm Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–126 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-23E10-G 2P3T 60° 0.56 TYP.8 Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 6 3.3 16.3 10 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2.5 2.5 TRAVEL P DETAIIL 1 : 1 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 5 3 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load G= P OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) G FREE 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 3.8 KNOB: POM Ø0.7 3.75 FRAME: SPCC 0.4 1.2 1.25 Slide Materials 0.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 1 CONTACT: Silver clad TERMINAL: Silver plated 3 2P - 3T SCHEMATIC SS-23E11-G 2P3T 30 60° 0.56 24.5 Specifications TYP.8 17.2 4-R0.5 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 10 6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 2-Ø3.5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 2.5 2.5 TRAVEL P DETAIIL 2 : 1 5 3 P OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) G= 5.4 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C Materials 2.5 0.4 COMAX TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm FREE G 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 1.25 0.6 3.75 KNOB: POM 0.4 2.5 2.5 FRAME: SPCC 2.5 CONTACT: Silver clad 7.5 TERMINAL: Silver plated 1 2 3 8-Ø0.9 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2P - 3T SCHEMATIC I 5.2 COMAX PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–127 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-23E12-TG 2P3T 24 1 TYP.4 20 Specifications 15.6 2-Ø2.2 HOLES CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 10 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 5 6 90° DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. P DETAIL 2 : 1 2.5 2.5 TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 5 TG = OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 3 P 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C COMAX 5.5 Slide I FREE TG TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm Materials 2.4 KNOB: POM 0.4 0.6 3.75 FRAME: SPCC 0.4 2.5 2.5 5 CONTACT: Silver clad 2.5 TERMINAL: Silver plated 16.2 2 1 3 2.5 5 2.5 2.5 8-Ø0.9 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-23E14-TG NS 2P3T NON-SHORTING 24 1 TYP.4 20 15.6 2-Ø2.2 HOLES Specifications 10 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 5 6 90° INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. P DETAIL 2 : 1 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 2.5 2.5 TRAVEL 5 3 P TG = OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load FREE 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 5.5 COMAX Materials 3 0.4 0.6 3.75 KNOB: POM 0.4 5 2.5 2.5 FRAME: SPCC 2.5 16.2 CONTACT: Silver clad 1 2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 3 8-Ø0.9 5 2.5 2P - 3T 2.5 2.5 TG OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–128 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-24E06-TG 2P4T SHORTING 1 TYP.4 19.6 Specifications 12.5 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 90° 6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. P DETAIL 1.5 : 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 5 3 P TG = OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C FREE TG TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm I Materials 5.2 COMAX 8.8 Slide KNOB: POM FRAME: SPCC CONTACT: Silver clad 0.6 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 2 2.5 5 2.5 4 2.5 3 TERMINAL: Silver plated 2.5 2.5 2P - 4T 1 0.4 10-Ø0.9 2.6 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-24E08-CG 2P4T 28 Specifications 22 12.5 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 2- Ø2.2 c 6 5 COMAX INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 2.5 2.5 2.5 TRAVEL M 3 5 R0.8 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) R0.3 TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm CG OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C M c Materials 8.8 5.2 c 0.4 FRAME: SPCC 0.6 2.5 2.5 5 18.8 0.4 2.5 CONTACT: Silver clad 2.5 TERMINAL: Silver plated 19.5 2.5 2P - 4T 1 2 3 KNOB: POM 2.5 5 2.5 4 2.5 c 10-Ø0.9 SCHEMATIC 2.6 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–129 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-24E09-TG 2P4T 12.5 1 TYP.4 Specifications 6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. A C B 2.5 2.5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. D 2.5 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. TRAVEL P DETAIL 1.5 : 1 5 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 3 P TG = OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) TG FREE TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C I 5.2 Materials 8.8 Slide COMAX KNOB: POM FRAME: SPCC 0.6 2.5 2.5 5 18.2 2.5 5 2.5 4 2.5 3 TERMINAL: Silver plated 2.5 b 2.5 2 1 CONTACT: Silver clad 0.4 2.5 2P - 4T 2.6 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-24E10-TG 2P4T 19.6 1 TYP.4 12.5 Specifications 6 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 90° INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2.5 2.5 2.5 TRAVEL P DETAIL 1.5 : 1 5 3 P TG = DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load FREE TG OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm A C B D OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 5.2 COMAX 8.8 Materials KNOB: POM 0.8 1.4 2.5 2.5 5 0.4 0.4 0.6 2.5 2.5 5.6 FRAME: SPCC CONTACT: Silver clad TERMINAL: Silver plated 18 18 2P - 4T 3 2.5 4 4-Ø1.1 SCHEMATIC 2.5 5 2.5 2.5 2 5.6 1 2.6 10-Ø0.9 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–130 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-24E18-CG 2P4T 28 Specifications 2-Ø2.2 22 12.5 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 5 6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. A 2.5 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. C D 2.5 TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 3 5 R0.8 CG = B 2.5 R0.3 OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) CG TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 8.8 5.5 COMAX KNOB: POM 0.4 2.5 2.5 FRAME: SPCC 0.4 5 2.5 Slide 0.4 0.5 1.1 I Materials CONTACT: Silver clad 2.5 18.8 TERMINAL: Silver plated 19.5 2.5 2 3 2.5 5 2.5 4 2.5 1 2P - 4T 2.6 10-Ø1.40 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN SS-24E19-TG 2P4T 1 TYP.4 18 12.5 3.3 6.1 Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 90° INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. A C B 2.5 2.5 D 2.5 5 P DETAIL 6 : 1 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 3 P TG= INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. TRAVEL TG OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) TRAVEL: 2.5 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -10˚C to 60˚C 8.8 7.7 4.6 5.2 5.2 COMAX 1.5 Materials 0.6 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 0.4 0.4 2.5 KNOB: POM 2.5 FRAME: SPCC 5.7 10.5 CONTACT: Silver clad 4-Ø1.5 10.5 10-Ø0.9 TERMINAL: Silver plated 2P - 4T 3 4 2.5 2 5.7 1 2.5 SCHEMATIC 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–131 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-22H18-G DPDT NON-SHORTING 1 22 TYP.6 16.5 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 9.3 0.5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. R5.5 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 2-Ø2.1 NON TAPPING 4 TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load P DETAIL 2 : 1 7 P Specifications OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 3.8 G= TRAVEL: 4 ± 0.3 mm G FREE OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -10˚C to 60˚C 12 Materials I Slide COMAX KNOB: POM FRAME: SPCC 2.5 1 0.5 CONTACT: Silver clad 0.6 TERMINAL: Silver plated 0.4 1 2.1 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 8.7 21 21 2 4 2 2 2 4 2 2.1 2P - 2T 2 8.7 1 8-Ø0.8 4-Ø1.3 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-23D10-G 2P3T 1 TYP.6 22 16.5 Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 9.3 0.5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. R5.5 2-Ø2.1 NON TAPPING 2 2 TRAVEL TRAVEL P DETAIL 2 : 1 3.8 7 P G= DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) FREE G 300 ± 150 gf (2.94 ± 1.47N) TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm 12 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C COMAX Materials KNOB: POM 1 2.5 0.6 0.5 FRAME: SPCC 0.4 1 CONTACT: Silver clad 2.1 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 TERMINAL: Silver plated 8.7 21 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 2.1 2P - 3T 1 2 3 8-Ø0.8 4-Ø1.3 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–132 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-24D01-M 2P4T 1 TYP.4 22 Specifications 0.5 11.5 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 9.3 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. R5.5 2 2 2 TRAVEL P DETAIL 2 : 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 3.8 5.5 OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) P G= FREE G 300 ± 100 gf (2.94 ± 0.98N); 450 ± 150 gf (4.41 ± 1.47N) TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 12 COMAX I Materials 2 2 4 1 2.5 0.5 1 0.4 FRAME: SPCC 4.2 2 CONTACT: Silver clad 8.7 21 Slide KNOB: POM 0.6 TERMINAL: Silver plated 21 3 2 4 2 4 4.2 2P - 4T 2 8.7 2 1 4-Ø1.3 10-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-42D11-G 4P2T SHORTING 1 TYP.6 22 Specifications 16.5 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 9.3 0.5 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. R5.5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2-Ø2.1 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 2 TRAVEL P DETAIL 2 : 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 7 P 3.8 G= OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 12 G FREE TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm COMAX Materials KNOB: POM 1 2.5 0.6 0.5 FRAME: SPCC 0.4 1 CONTACT: Silver clad 4.2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 8.7 21 21 2 4 2 2 2 4 8.7 2 2 4.2 1 4P - 2T 16-Ø0.8 4-Ø1.3 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–133 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-42H06-G 4P2T NON-SHORTING 1 TYP.6 23.5 Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 9.3 0.5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. R5.5 4 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. TRAVEL P DETAIL 2 : 1 7 P OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load 3.8 OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) G= TRAVEL: 4 ± 0.3 mm G FREE OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C I Materials 12 Slide COMAX KNOB: POM FRAME: SPCC 1 6 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 CONTACT: Silver clad 2.5 0.4 0.6 0.5 6 TERMINAL: Silver plated 22.9 1 2 4-Ø1.3 8 4P - 2T PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC SS-43D01-G 4P3T Specifications 1 TYP.6 22 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 16.5 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. 9.3 0.5 INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. R5.5 2-Ø2.1 NON TAPPING 28° 2 2 TRAVEL TRAVEL OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load P DETAIL 2 : 1 7 P OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 3.8 G= DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. FREE OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 12 G 300 ± 150 gf (2.94 ± 1.47N) TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm COMAX Materials KNOB: POM 2.5 1 0.5 0.4 1 CONTACT: Silver clad 4.2 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 21 4P - 3T 2 4 2 2 2 4 3 8.7 4.2 2 2 4-Ø1.3 SCHEMATIC TERMINAL: Silver plated 8.7 21 1 FRAME: SPCC 0.6 16-Ø0.8 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–134 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-43D02-G 4P3T 1 TYP.6 22 Specifications 16.5 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 9.3 0.5 2-Ø2.1 NON TAPPING 2 TRAVEL R5.5 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2 TRAVEL DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. P DETAIL 2 : 1 7 P 3.8 G= OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load G FREE OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 300 ± 150 gf (2.94 ± 1.47N) TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 14 COMAX KNOB: POM 1 2.5 0.4 1 4.2 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 FRAME: SPCC 8.7 CONTACT: Silver clad 21 21 1.5 2 3 4P - 3T 4 2 2 2 2 TERMINAL: Silver plated 4 4.2 2 8.7 1 Slide 0.5 Materials 0.6 I 16-Ø0.8 4-Ø1.3 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN SS-43D03-G 4P3T 1 TYP.6 22 16.5 Specifications 9.3 0.5 R5.5 2-Ø2.1 NON TAPPING 2 TRAVEL CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 2 TRAVEL INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. P DETAIL 2 : 1 7 P DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 3.8 G= G FREE OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 12 300 ± 150 gf (2.94 ± 1.47N) COMAX TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 1 2.5 0.6 0.5 0.4 1 2 2 4 2 2 2 4.2 Materials 8.7 KNOB: POM 21 FRAME: SPCC CONTACT: Silver clad 21 2 2 4 TERMINAL: Silver plated 2 2 2 3 4.2 2 8.7 1 4P - 3T 14-Ø0.8 4-Ø1.3 SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–135 www.ck-components.com SS Series Miniature Slide Switches SS-43D06-G 4P3T 1 TYP.6 Specifications 23.7 CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. R5.5 9.4 12.4 0.5 2 2 TRAVEL INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. P DETAIL 4 : 1 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles with load OPERATING FORCE: 200 ± 100 gf (1.96 ± 0.98N) 7 P 350 ± 150 gf (3.43 ± 1.47N) 3.8 TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm G= G Slide OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C FREE I 12 11.8 Materials COMAX KNOB: POM 0.4 FRAME: SPCC 1 CONTACT: Silver clad 2.5 0.6 0.5 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 TERMINAL: Silver plated 23.1 2 3 4-Ø1.3 8 1 4P - 3T SCHEMATIC PIERCING PLAN SS-14D0839-VG 5 PA 1P4T Specifications CONTACT RATING: 0.3A @ 30 VDC 1 14.6 INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 m ohms max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohms min. 2 3 4 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC (50-60 Hz) between open terminals and between the frame and terminal. 1.6 4.3 1 2.8 R0.4 SCHEMATIC 2 2 2 1.2 R0.4 14.2 2 K DETAIL 2 : 1 4 OPERATING FORCE: 250 ± 100 gf (2.45 ± 0.98N) 2 2 2 4 FREE KNOB: PA 4.7 VG 2 K Materials FRAME: SPCC 2.8 PIERCING PLAN CONTACT: Silver clad 0.30 0.5 TRAVEL: 2 ± 0.3 mm VG = 5 - Ø 0.8 0.4 2-Ø 1.25 OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20˚C to 70˚C 2 0.4 0.6 OPERATING LIFE: 10,000 cycles without load; 5,000 cycles with load TRAVEL TERMINAL: Silver plated 0.3 2 2 14.2 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change I–136 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting Product Selection Guide Snap-acting TF TFS TF2 TM LC LCA LCS Miniature Sealed Miniature Sealed Miniature Miniature Subminiature Precision Subminiature Sealed Subminiature SPST, SPDT SPDT SPDT SPST, SPDT SPST, SPDT SPDT SPST 21 Amps 10 Amps 10 Amps 15 Amps 10.1 Amps 10 Amps 6 Amps • • • • • • • • • • • • Series Switch Type Poles/Throws Maximum Current Terminations Solder • Turret Quick Connect • • Screw Wire Leads Snap-acting J • • • PC • • Formed PC • • • • Extended Operations • • Sealed Page No. • • J–6 • • J-12 / J-16 J–32 J-26 J-20 J–36 J–40 MDS HB Snap-acting Series Switch Type Poles/Throws Maximum Current MM ZM ZMA ZMB ZMS ZMSM Sealed Sealed Subminiature Subminiature Subminiature Subminiature Subminiature Subminiature Subminiature Precision SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT 7 Amps 3 Amps 3 Amps 0.1 Amps 3 Amps 3 Amps • • • • • • Standard Precision SPDT SPST, SPDT 300 m Amps 20 Amps Terminations Solder • Quick Connect • Wire Leads Screw PCB Thru-hole • • • • • • • • Flat & Step Base • Bushing 15/32-32 • Sealed Page No. • J–44 J–47 J–50 J–54 J–57 • J-61 J–65 J-71 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–2 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting Product Selection Guide Snap-acting Series Switch Type Poles/Throws Maximum Current A TL DS General Purpose SPST, SPDT, DP Door Interlock Door Interlock SPDT DPDT 30.1 Amps 15 Amps SPDT 0.1, 10, 16A LCB Subminiature SPST SPDT 5A Terminations Solder Quick Connect • • • • • Wire Leads Screw • PCB Thru-hole • Flat & Step Base Bushing J–77 J-82 J-85 Snap-acting Page No. J 3/8-23 J-88 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–3 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting Technical Data HOW TO CHOOSE PRECISION SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES AND ACTUATORS This catalog describes electric switches that satisfy the following definition: “A precision snap-acting switch is a mechanically operated electric switch having predetermined and accurately controlled characteristics and having contacts other than blade-and-jaw, or mercury-type, where the maximum separation between any butting contacts is 1/8 inch.” In choosing a switch, the first thing to consider is its electrical rating. As a basic part of an electric control system, the switch must be able to carry the full load current in the system, to interrupt this current, and to handle any surge of current that may occur when the switch contacts close or any transients that occur when contacts open. The method of applying mechanical force to operate the switch influences the choice of actuator. Basic switches are provided with leaf spring, levers, or other linkages between the switch plunger and the actuating device, which are typically used to provide additional overtravel and reduce the operating force. The differential travel measured at the free end of the leaf or lever is considerably greater than that measured at the switch plunger and max. operating force is adequately smaller. Table 1 relates types of actuators to means of applying operating force. ACTUATOR MOTION OF APPLIED OPERATING FORCES Pin Overtravel Plunger Roller Plunger Leaf Roller Leaf Hinged Lever Hinged Roller Lever Reverse-Acting Hinged Lever Reverse-Acting Hinged Roller Lever Basic D, Q, J R L W T A Y F √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ CAM Rotary √ LEVER Angular 2 PLUNGER In-Line BI-METAL or BELLOWS Slow In-Line √ 2 √ SLIDE Wedge J √ √ 3 √ √ √ 1 √ √ √ √ √ √ Suitable for this actuating method. 1 Where large overtravel is required. 3 Use only where the actuating device contains provisions for absorbing excess over travel. 2 Do not use when there is side thrust. ELECTRICAL LIFE CHARACTERISTICS FOR SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES The primary limitation to electrical life of a switch is wear of the contacts. In general, contacts wear out more quickly as current or voltage is increased and as power-factor is decreased. This is indicated by the graph below, which shows electrical life of switches tested under ordinary atmospheric conditions, operated 60 times a minute, with AC power handled on both the normally open and the normally closed contacts. The high inrush current encountered in lamp loads and in motor or other inductive loads is responsible for decreased contact life under such loading. TYPICAL ELECTRICAL LIFE OF TYPE HB SWITCH 20 15 125 V AC, RESISTIVE 250 V AC, RESISTIVE 250 V AC, 0.5 P.F. 125 V AC, 0.5 P.F. 10 Amperes Snap-acting √ √ 1 5 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1 Millions of Operations 2 3 4 5 7 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–4 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting Technical Data MECHANICAL LIFE CHARACTERISTICS FOR SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES Fatigue of the internal spring blade is the limiting factor in the mechanical life of a switch. This fatigue can often be reduced and the life thereby extended, by reducing overtravel. One method is to use a leaf or lever actuator or a plunger containing an overtravel-absorbing spring. Tests on switches of the types covered in this catalog indicate that the mechanical life of a lever actuated switch is more than double that of a switch having the operating force applied directly on the pin. Mechanical life is also affected by the combination of total travel and operating force. Thus a high-sensitivity switch which has small travel and light force, has about twice the life expectancy of a high current type switch, in which the travel/ force combination is relatively high. Experience indicates that million of operations is a reasonable mechanical life expectancy for a basic snap switch. For the best mechanical life, the applied overtravel force should not exceed three times the operating force. AC RATINGS FOR SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES Switches used to control alternating current loads, up to the ratings shown in this catalog, will maintain repeatability of characteristics and provide long electrical life (refer to graph on page K-3). In special circumstances, higher currents or voltages may be controlled, but changes in performance must be anticipated. Switches used to control “dry circuits” can be furnished, but factory recommendations should be secured. DC RATINGS FOR SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES To use the table below, determine the contact separation of the switch and select the ratings from the appropriate line. The maximum current rating must be limited to the current value listed for that switch type in the body of the catalog. J ACTUATOR Lamp Load (tungsten) Motor, Relay, or Solenoid Load Sea Level 50,000 Feet CONTACT SEPARATION DIRECT CURRENT VOLTAGE Normally Open Contact Normally Closed Contact Normally Open Contact Normally Closed Contact Normally Open Contact Normally Closed Contact Normally Open Contact Normally Closed Contact Inches Volts Amperes Amperes Amperes Amperes Amperes Amperes Amperes Amperes .010 6-8 12-14 24-30 110-115 220-230 15.0 15.0 2.0 0.4 0.2 20.0 20.0 2.0 0.4 0.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.4 0.2 3.0 3.0 2.0 0.4 0.2 8.0 5.0 1.0 0.03 0.02 8.0 5.0 1.0 0.03 0.02 7.0 5.0 1.0 0.02 0.01 7.0 5.0 1.0 0.02 0.01 .020 6-8 12-14 24-30 110-115 220-230 15.0 15.0 6.0 0.4 0.2 20.0 20.0 6.0 0.4 0.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.4 0.2 3.0 3.0 2.0 0.4 0.2 15.0 10.0 5.0 0.05 0.03 20.0 10.0 5.0 0.05 0.03 15.0 8.0 2.0 0.03 0.02 15.0 8.0 2.0 0.03 0.02 .040 6-8 12-14 24-30 110-115 220-230 15.0 15.0 10.0 0.6 0.3 20.0 20.0 10.0 0.6 0.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.6 0.3 3.0 3.0 2.0 0.6 0.3 15.0 15.0 10.0 0.1 0.05 20.0 20.0 10.0 0.1 0.05 150 15.0 5.0 0.05 0.03 150 15.0 5.0 0.05 0.03 .070 6-8 12-14 24-30 110-115 220-230 15.0 15.0 15.0 0.75 0.3 20.0 20.0 20.0 0.75 0.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.75 0.3 3.0 3.0 2.0 0.75 0.3 15.0 15.0 10.0 0.4 0.2 20.0 20.0 10.0 0.4 0.2 15.0 15.0 7.5 0.2 0.1 15.0 15.0 7.5 0.2 0.1 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–5 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting Heater Load INDUCTIVE TF Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits • Broad range of operating forces • Ratings up to 21 AMPS • Wide variety of actuator styles • Quick connect terminations Snap-acting J Typical Applications • Motor controls • Thermostatics • Portable tools Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 21 AMPS @ 277 V AC. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 300,000 cycles at 10 AMPS @ 250 V AC, consult Customer Service Center for typical life of higher rated switches. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºF to 185ºF (–40ºC to 85ºC). OPERATING FORCE: From 15 to 400 grams at actuator button available. MOUNTING: Torque screws 2-5 in/lbs. SWITCH HOUSING: Thermoplastic (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR BUTTON: Thermoplastic (UL 94V-0). SPRING: Copper alloy. PIVOT: Brass alloy. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP or less. Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP up to 15 AMPS. Precious metal alloy for ratings greater than 15 AMPS. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP or less. Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP. TERMINALS: Brass alloy for ratings up to 10 AMPS. Copper alloy for ratings greater than 10 AMPS. * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Standard electrical life per UL 1054, rated for 6,000 operations. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-6 through J-11. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. T F Series TF SP, Mom. Operating Force CJ 5.29 oz./150 grams CC .53 oz./15 grams Electrical Rating CD .88 oz./25 grams J6 15 A, 277 V AC; 1/2 HP, 125, 250 V AC; CF 1.76 oz./50 grams 5 A, 125 V AC “L”, 0.5 A, 125 V DC; CG 2.65 oz./75 grams 0.25 A, 250 V DC EC 7.94 oz./225 grams F5 1 A,125 V AC; 1 A, 3O V DC EE 14.11 oz./400 grams H8 5 A, 277 V AC; 1/10 HP, 125, 250 V AC J3 21 A, 277 V AC; 1 HP, 125 V AC; 2 HP, 250 V AC; 5 A, 125 V AC “L” K6 11 A, 277 V AC; 1/3 HP, 125, 250 V AC; 0.5 A, 125 V DC; 0.25 A, 250 V DC L3 20 A, 250 V AC; 1 HP, 125 V AC; 2 HP 250 V AC Mounting Style S Standard V Metric Circuitry C SPDT W SPST N.C. Y SPST N.O. Actuator P00 Pin plunger A10 .81" lever roller, high force A15 1.34" lever roller, high force A20 1.05” lever roller, low force A25 1.56" lever roller, low force T10 .84" lever, high force T13 1.34" simulated roller, high force T14 1.29" simulated roller, high force T15 1.40" lever, high force T16 2.34" lever, high force T18 2.75" lever, high force T20 1.10" lever, low force T23 1.56" simulated roller, low force T24 1.50” simulated roller, low force T25 1.62" lever, low force T26 2.57" lever, low force T28 2.97” lever, low force WP0 Wide pin plunger Terminations 40 .187" quick connect 4A .250" quick connect 5A .250" offset quick connect 5B .187" offset quick connect Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–6 www.ck-components.com TF Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches SERIES TF 1.13 (28,8) MINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES – SP MOMENTARY 0.74 (18,7) OPERATING FORCE BASIC SWITCH OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) OPTION CODE CC .53 15 CD J .88 25 CF CG Snap-acting 1.76 50 2.65 75 CJ 5.29 150 EC 7.94 225 EE* 14.11 400 *Minimums may apply, consult Customer Service Center. Operating Force option ‘CC’ not available with ‘T18 & T26’ Actuator options. Operating force varies with actuator option, see ACTUATOR option section. ELECTRICAL RATING CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * MOVABLE CONTACT STATIONARY CONTACT F5 Yes Yes Gold alloy Gold alloy H8 Yes Yes J3 Yes Yes ELECTRICAL RATING From low level* to 1 AMP @ 125 V AC, 1 AMP @ 30 V DC. 5 AMPS @ 277 V AC; 1/10 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC. Fine Silver 21 AMPS @ 277 V AC; 1 HP @ 125 V AC; 2 HP @ 250 V AC; 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC “L”. Fine Silver J6 Yes Yes 15 AMPS @ 277 V AC; 1/2 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC; 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC “L”. 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC; 0.25 AMP @ 250 V DC. K6 Yes Yes 11 AMPS @ 277 V AC; 1/3 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC; 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC; 0.25 AMP @ 250 V DC. Silver alloy L3 Yes 20 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 HP @ 125 V AC; 2 HP @ 250 V AC Yes * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. All models Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–7 www.ck-components.com TF Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches ELECTRICAL RATING OPERATING FORCE ELECTRICAL RATING AMPS (REF.) CC (15) CD (25) CF (50) CG (75) CJ (150) EC (225) EE (400) F5 1 • • • • • • H8 5 • • • • • • • J3 21 X X X X • • • J6 15 X X X X • • • K6 11 X • • • • • • L3 20 X X X X • • • • AVAILABLE x NOT AVAILABLE ** Available with 4A & 5A terminations only, see page J-10. All models Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. J Snap-acting * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. MOUNTING STYLE S V STANDARD For 4-40 screw size Metric For 3 mm screw size Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–8 www.ck-components.com TF Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR OPTION CODE FIG. DIM. A DIM. B DIM. C DIM. D P00 1 .80 (20,3) — .578 ± .015 (14,68 ± 0,38) — A10 2 .81 (20,6) .32 (8,1) .810 ± .020 (20,57 ± 0,51) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) A15 2 1.34 (34,0) .32 (8,1) .810 ± .030 (20,57 ± 0,76) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) A20 2 1.05 (26,7) .54 (13,7) .810 ± .050 (20,57) ± 1,27 .19 dia. (4,8Ø) A25 2 1.56 (39,6) .54 (13,7) .810 ± .075 (20,57 ± 1,91) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) T10 3 .84 (21,3) .32 (8,1) .600 ± .020 (15,24 ± 0,51) — .600 ± .040 (15,24 ± 1,02) — 3 1.40 (35,6) T16 3 2.34 (59,4) .32 (8,1) .600 ± .065 (15,24 ± 1,65) — T18 3 2.75 (69,9) .32 (8,1) .600 ± .080 (15,24 ± 2,03) — T20 3 1.10 (27,9) .54 (13,7) .600 ± .050 (15,24 ± 1,27) — T25 3 1.62 (41,1) .54 (13,7) .600 ± .070 (15,24 ± 1,78) — T26 3 2.57 (65,3) .54 (13,7) .600 ± .150 (15,24 ± 3,81) — T28 3 2.97 (75,4) .54 (13,7) .600 ± .187 (15,24 ) ± 4,75 — T13 4 1.34 (34,0) .32 (8,1) .810 ± .030 (20,57 ± 0,76) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) T14 4 1.29 (32,8) .32 (8,1) .730 ± .030 (18,54 ± 0,76) .19 dia. (6,4Ø) T23 4 .19 dia. (4,8Ø) 4 .54 (13,7) .54 (13,7) .810 ± .065 (20,57 ± 1,65) T24 1.56 (39,6) 1.50 (38,1) .25 dia. (6,4Ø) WP0 5 .80 (20,3) — .730 ± .060 (18,54) ± 1,52 .635 ± .015 (16,13 ± 0,38) J Snap-acting T15 .32 (8,1) — NOTE: Switch characteristics chart on following page. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–9 www.ck-components.com TF Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) OPTION CODE Snap-acting J MINIMUM RELEASE FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) MAXIMUM DIFFERENTIAL TRAVEL MAXIMUM PRETRAVEL MINIMUM OVERTRAVEL ALL FORCES ALL FORCES ALL FORCES CC (15) CD (25) CF (50) CG (75) CJ EC EE (150) (225) (400) CC (15) CD (25) CF (50) CG (75) A10 .63 18 1.06 30 2.29 65 3.17 90 6.35 180 7.94 14.11 225 400 .21 6 .35 10 .35 10 .53 15 .71 20 1.98 56 3.88 110 .015 (0,38) .060 (1,52) .030 (0,76) A15 .28 8 .42 12 1.06 30 1.59 45 3 85 4.59 130 7.94 225 .07 2 .14 4 .14 4 .18 5 .35 10 .71 20 2.82 80 .030 (0,76) .100 (2,54) .065 (1,65) A20 0.53 15 0.71 1.41 20 40 2.12 60 4.23 120 6 170 9.7 275 0.07 2 0.11 0.11 3 3 0.18 5 0.42 12 0.71 20 1.41 40 0.025 (0,64) 0.12 (3,05) 0.055 (1,40) A25 .18 5 .28 8 56 16 85 24 1.69 48 2.65 75 4.41 125 .04 1 .07 2 .07 2 .07 2 .21 6 .35 10 .71 20 .050 (1,27) .250 (6,35) .120 (3,05) P00 .53 15 .88 25 1.76 50 2.65 75 5.29 150 7.94 14.11 225 400 .21 6 .35 10 .35 10 .53 15 1.23 35 1.98 56 3.88 110 .010 (0,25) .047 (1,19) .050 (1,27) T10 .63 18 1.06 30 2.29 65 3.17 90 6.35 180 7.94 14.11 225 400 .21 6 .35 10 .35 10 .53 15 .71 20 1.98 56 3.88 110 .015 (0,38) .060 (1,52) .030 (0,76) T13 .28 8 .42 12 1.06 30 1.59 45 3 85 4.59 130 7.94 225 .07 2 .14 4 .14 4 .18 5 .35 10 .71 20 2.82 80 .030 (0,76) .100 (2,54) .065 (1,65) T14 .28 8 .42 12 1.23 35 1.76 50 3.17 90 4.76 135 7.94 225 .07 2 .14 4 .14 4 .18 5 .35 10 .71 20 2.82 80 .030 (0,76) .100 (2,54) .060 (1,52) T15 .25 7 .42 12 1.06 30 1.41 40 2.82 80 4.41 125 7.94 225 .07 2 .14 4 .14 4 .18 5 .28 8 .63 18 2.82 80 .030 (0,76) .110 (2,79) .065 (1,65) T16 .18 5 .28 8 .53 15 .78 22 1.59 45 2.47 70 4.23 120 .04 1 .07 2 .07 2 .07 2 .28 8 .35 10 .71 20 .045 (1,14) .250 (6,35) .125 (3,18) T18 N/A .21 6 .42 12 .71 20 1.41 40 2.12 60 3.53 100 N/A .04 1 .04 1 .07 2 .18 5 .28 8 .56 16 .062 (1,57) .300 (7,62) .155 (3,94) T20 .53 15 .71 20 1.41 40 2.12 60 4.23 120 6 170 9.70 275 .21 6 .35 10 .35 10 .53 15 .71 20 1.98 56 3.88 110 .030 (0,76) .140 (3,56) .060 (1,52) T23 .18 5 .28 8 .56 16 .85 24 1.69 48 2.65 75 4.41 125 .04 1 .07 2 .07 2 .07 2 .21 6 .35 10 .71 20 .050 (1,27) .250 (6,35) .120 (3,05) T24 0.18 5 0.28 0.56 8 16 0.88 25 1.76 50 2.65 75 4.76 135 0.04 1 0.07 0.07 2 2 0.11 3 0.21 6 0.35 10 0.71 20 .005 (1,27) 0.23 (5,84) 0.11 (2.79) T25 .18 5 .28 8 .53 15 .88 25 1.59 45 2.47 70 4.23 120 .04 1 .07 2 .07 2 .07 2 .21 6 .35 10 .99 28 .055 (1,40) .250 (6,35) .125 (3,18) T26 N/A .14 4 .28 8 .04 1 N/A N/A N/A .12 3.5 0.11 3 .21 6 0.18 5 .39 11 0.32 9 .500 (12,70) N/A .05 1.5 0.04 1 .100 (2,54) N/A 2.26 64 1.94 55 .04 1 N/A .85 1.27 24 36 0.71 1.06 20 30 N/A T28 .42 12 0.42 12 0.12 (3,05) .0.560 (14.22) .235 (5,97) 0.285 (7,24) WP0 .53 15 .88 25 1.76 50 2.65 75 5.29 150 .21 6 .35 10 .35 10 .53 15 1.23 35 1.97 56 3.88 110 .010 (0.25) .047 (1,19) .030 (0,51) 7.94 14.11 225 400 CJ EC EE (150) (225) (400) NOTE: For basic switch operating forces, see page J-6. HIGH FORCE, LOW MOTION PIVOT POSITION LOW FORCE, HIGH MOTION PIVOT POSITION Available with actuators A10, A15, T10, T13, T14, T15, T16 and T18. Available with actuators A20, A25, T20, T23, T24, T25, T26, and T28. NOTE: Lever actuator options are available in either of two pivot positions. Levers located in the forward pivot position have lower forces and higher motions. Levers located in the rear pivot position have higher forces and lower motions. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–10 www.ck-components.com TF Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches TERMINATIONS 40 .187" QUICK CONNECT 5A OFFSET .250" QUICK CONNECT 4A 5B .250" QUICK CONNECT OFFSET .187" QUICK CONNECT J Snap-acting CIRCUITRY C W Y SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw) SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed) SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open) Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–11 www.ck-components.com TFS Series Splash Proof Miniature Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits • Reliable snap action mechanism • Low cost - high performance • RoHS compatible Typical Applications • Alarm devices / Home security • Air conditioner • Food processor • Water heaters • Industrial • Forklifts UL61058-1 Snap-acting J Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING / ELECTRICAL LIFE: 0.1A @ 125/250 V AC / 10,000 operations 3A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations 6A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations 10A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations ELECTRICAL OPERATING FREQUENCY: 10-30 operations per min. MECHANICAL LIFE: 1,000,000 operations MECHANICAL OPERATING FREQUENCY: 120 operations per min. INSULATION RESISTANCE: (at 500 VDC/minute) 100 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1500 VAC (50 -60 Hz) OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to 85ºC (with no icing) OPERATING FORCE: 200 grams. CASE: Nylon COVER: PBT ACTUATOR: PBT MOVABLE CONTACTS: Silver alloy TERMINALS: Brass LEVER: Stainless steel WIRE: PVC+CU NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-12 thru J-15. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. T F S S 4 0 Electrical Rating OPERATING FORCE ELECTRICAL RATING AMPS (GRAMS) S (200) D (50) 01 0.1 • • • • • 03 3 • • • • • 06 6 • • • • • 10 10 • X X X • • Available X Not available J L (100) (150) Circuit Arrangement C SPDT Y SPST N.O. W SPST N.C. H (300) Operating Force S 200 grams D 50 grams J 100 grams L 150 grams H 300 grams Terminal Type 40 .187” quick connect Actuator Lever Fixed P00 Button T10 Lever - high force T20 Lever - low force A05 Lever roller High force , short lever A10 Lever roller - high force A20 Lever roller - low force A25 Lever roller Low force, short lever J–12 Mounting Hole Size NONE 3.1 mm (3 mm screw clearance hole) S 2.9 mm (4-40 screw clearance hole) TFS Series Splash Proof Miniature Snap-acting Switches SERIES TFS SUB-MINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES 20.2 REF 3.1 3-#187 QUICK CONNECT TERMINAL 0.5 TYP 10.3 15.9 5.2 TYP 3.1 2.75 REF 22.2 10.3 9.9 27.8 33 7.8 ELECTRICAL RATING OPTION CODE RoHS RoHS COMPLIANT COMPATIBLE ELECTRICAL RATING J Yes 10A @ 125/250 V AC / 10,000 operations 06 Yes Yes 6A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations 03 Yes Yes 3A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations 01 Yes Yes 0.1A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations Snap-acting 10 Yes OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE BASIC SWITCH OPERATING FORCE S 200 GRAMS D 50 grams J 100 grams L 150 grams H 300 grams Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–13 www.ck-components.com TFS Series Splash Proof Miniature Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR P00 T10 BUTTON T20 LEVER, HIGH FORCE LEVER, LOW FORCE A A A 24.35 31.85 20.2 20.66 2.5 FP FP 14.7 200 grams Min. release force 30 grams Operating position OP Max. movement differential Snap-acting J 14.7 ± 0.4 mm 0.4 mm FP OP OP Measure at Point “A” Measure at Point “A” Measure at Point “A” Max. operating force 20.66 Max. operating force 160 grams Min. release force 25 grams Operating position OP Max. movement differential 15.1 ± 0.6 mm 0.6 mm Max. operating force 90 grams Min. release force 10 grams Operating position OP Max. movement differential 15 ± 1.1 mm 1.1 mm Min. over travel OT 1.0 mm Min. over travel OT 1.1 mm Min. over travel OT 1.2 mm Max. pre-travel PT 1.2 mm Max. pre-travel PT 2.6 mm Max. pre-travel PT 5.1 mm A05 LEVER ROLLER HIGH FORCE, SHORT LEVER A10 A A 29.92 16.46 Measure at Point “A” Max. operating force 200 grams Min. release force 30 grams 20.6 ± 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 37.45 26.16 26.16 FP 18.2 Operating position OP Max. movement differential LEVER ROLLER LOW FORCE A 20.19 19.37 A20 LEVER ROLLER HIGH FORCE FP OP Measure at Point “A” Max. operating force 130 grams Min. release force 20 grams Operating position OP Max. movement differential 20.4 ± 0.7 mm 0.7 mm OP Measure at Point “A” Max. operating force 70 grams Min. release force 10 grams Operating position OP Max. movement differential 20.2 ± 1.2 mm 1.4 mm Min. over travel OT 1.0 mm Min. over travel OT 1.3 mm Min. over travel OT 1.5 mm Max. pre-travel PT 2.1 mm Max. pre-travel PT 3.3 mm Max. pre-travel PT 6.5 mm Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–14 www.ck-components.com TFS Series Splash Proof Miniature Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR A25 Measure at Point “A” A LEVER ROLLER LOW FORCE, SHORT LEVER 27.81 16.46 20.3 Max. operating force 150 grams Min. release force 15 grams Operating position OP Max. movement differential 18.05 20.4 ± 0.9 mm 0.9 mm Min. over travel OT 1.2 mm Max. pre-travel PT 4.2 mm TERMINAL TYPE 40 .187” QUICK CONNECT 3-#187 QUICK CONNECT TERMINAL 20.2 REF 3.1 J 0.5 TYP Snap-acting 10.3 15.9 5.2 TYP 3.1 2.75 REF 22.2 10.3 9.9 27.8 33 7.8 CIRCUITRY C Y W SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw) SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open) SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed) MOUNTING HOLE SIZE NONE S 3.1 mm (3mm SCREW CLEARANCE HOLE) 2.9 mm (4-40 SCREW CLEARANCE HOLE) 3.1 2.9 2.9 3.1 3.2 3.2 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–15 www.ck-components.com TFS Series Sealed Miniature Snap-acting Switches (Water Proof) Features/Benefits • IP67 • Reliable snap action mechanism • Low cost - high performance • RoHS compatible Typical Applications • Alarm devices / Home security • Air conditioner • Food processor • Water heaters • Industrial • Forklifts UL61058-1 Snap-acting J Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING / ELECTRICAL LIFE: 0.1A @ 125/250 V AC / 10,000 operations 3A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations 6A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations 10A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations ELECTRICAL OPERATING FREQUENCY: 10-30 operations per min. MECHANICAL LIFE: 1,000,000 operations MECHANICAL OPERATING FREQUENCY: 120 operations per min. INSULATION RESISTANCE: (at 500 VDC/minute) 100 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1500 VAC (50 -60 Hz) OPERATING TEMPERATURE: see wire type OPERATING FORCE: 200 grams. CASE: Nylon COVER: PBT ACTUATOR:PBT MOVABLE CONTACTS: Silver alloy. TERMINALS: Brass. LEVER: Stainless steel WIRE: PVC+CU NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-17 thru J-19. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. T F S S W Electrical Rating see chart below C Operating Force S 200 grams D 50 grams J 100 grams Actuator Lever Fixed L 150 grams P00 Button H 300 grams T10 Lever - high force T20 Lever - low force A05 Lever roller High force , short lever WIRE TYPE A10 Lever roller - high force G 24AWG D E F A20 Lever roller - low force 18AWG 20AWG 22AWG H 26AWG A25 Lever roller Low force, short lever • • • • ELECTRICAL RATING AMPS 01 0.1 • 03 3 • • • X X 06 6 • • X X X 10 10 • X X X X 16AWG Circuit Arrangement C SPDT Y SPST N.O. W SPST N.C. Terminal Type W Wire Wire UL # B UL1015 (T55) Mounting Hole Size NONE 3.1 mm (3 mm screw clearance hole) S 2.9 mm (4-40 screw clearance hole) Wire Type C 16 AWG D 18 AWG E 20 AWG F 22 AWG G 24 AWG H 26 AWG OPERATING TEMPERATURE -40˚C to + 85˚C (with UL1015 wire) • Available X Not available Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–16 www.ck-components.com TFS Series Sealed Miniature Snap-acting Switches (Water Proof) SERIES TFS SUB-MINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES – WATERPROOF 20.2 REF 4 10.3 15.9 3.1 3.2 9.9 22.2 27.8 34.3 10.3 41 COM : BLACK / UL1015 16AWG OR EQUIVALENT NC : RED / UL1015 16AWG OR EQUIVALENT NO : BLUE / UL1015 16AWG OR EQUIVALENT ELECTRICAL RATING J OPTION CODE RoHS RoHS COMPLIANT COMPATIBLE ELECTRICAL RATING Yes Yes 10A @ 125/250 V AC / 10,000 operations 06 Yes Yes 6A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations 03 Yes Yes 3A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations 01 Yes Yes 0.1A @ 125/250 VAC / 10,000 operations Snap-acting 10 OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE BASIC SWITCH OPERATING FORCE S 200 GRAMS D 50 grams J 100 grams L 150 grams H 300 grams Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–17 www.ck-components.com TFS Series Sealed Miniature Snap-acting Switches (Water Proof) ACTUATOR P00 T10 BUTTON T20 LEVER, HIGH FORCE LEVER, LOW FORCE A A A 24.35 31.85 20.2 20.66 2.5 FP FP 14.7 200 grams Min. release force 30 grams Operating position OP Max. movement differential Snap-acting J 14.7 ± 0.4 mm 0.4 mm FP OP OP Measure at Point “A” Measure at Point “A” Measure at Point “A” Max. operating force 20.66 Max. operating force 160 grams Min. release force 25 grams Operating position OP Max. movement differential 15.1 ± 0.6 mm 0.6 mm Max. operating force 90 grams Min. release force 10 grams Operating position OP Max. movement differential 15 ± 1.1 mm 1.1 mm Min. over travel OT 1.0 mm Min. over travel OT 1.1 mm Min. over travel OT 1.2 mm Max. pre-travel PT 1.2 mm Max. pre-travel PT 2.6 mm Max. pre-travel PT 5.1 mm A05 LEVER ROLLER HIGH FORCE, SHORT LEVER A10 A20 LEVER ROLLER HIGH FORCE LEVER ROLLER LOW FORCE A A A 29.92 37.45 20.19 26.16 26.16 16.46 FP 19.37 FP OP OP 18.2 Measure at Point “A” Max. operating force 200 grams Min. release force 30 grams Operating position OP Max. movement differential 20.6 ± 0.5 mm 0.5 mm Measure at Point “A” Max. operating force 130 grams Min. release force 20 grams Operating position OP Max. movement differential 20.4 ± 0.7 mm 0.7 mm Measure at Point “A” Max. operating force 70 grams Min. release force 10 grams Operating position OP Max. movement differential 20.2 ± 1.2 mm 1.4 mm Min. over travel OT 1.0 mm Min. over travel OT 1.3 mm Min. over travel OT 1.5 mm Max. pre-travel PT 2.1 mm Max. pre-travel PT 3.3 mm Max. pre-travel PT 6.5 mm Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–18 www.ck-components.com TFS Series Sealed Miniature Snap-acting Switches (Water Proof) ACTUATOR A25 Measure at Point “A” A LEVER ROLLER LOW FORCE, SHORT LEVER 27.81 16.46 20.3 Max. operating force 150 grams Min. release force 15 grams Operating position OP Max. movement differential 18.05 20.4 ± 0.9 mm 0.9 mm Min. over travel OT 1.2 mm Max. pre-travel PT 4.2 mm TERMINAL TYPE W WIRE UL1015 J Snap-acting CIRCUITRY C Y W SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw) SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open) SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed) WIRE TYPE C D E F G H 16 AWG 18 AWG 20 AWG 22 AWG 24 AWG 26 AWG MOUNTING HOLE SIZE NONE S 3.1 mm (3mm SCREW CLEARANCE HOLE) 2.9 mm (4-40 SCREW CLEARANCE HOLE) 3.1 2.9 2.9 3.1 3.2 3.2 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–19 www.ck-components.com TF2 Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits • Broad range of operating forces • Ratings up to 10 AMPS • Wide variety of actuator styles • Quick connect terminations Snap-acting J Typical Applications • Motor controls • Thermostatics • Portable tools • Air Conditioner Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 10 AMPS @125/250 V AC. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 cycles MECHANICAL LIFE: 1,000,000 cycles at 0.1A and 6A 400,000 cycles at 10A INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to 125ºC (–40ºC to 85ºC). OPERATING FORCE: From 18 to 330 grams at actuator button available. MOUNTING: Torque screws 2-5 in/lbs. SWITCH HOUSING: Nylon 6/6 ACTUATOR BUTTON: Nylon 6/6 SPRING: Stainless Steel PIVOT: Brass Alloy MOVABLE CONTACTS: See electric rating page J-21 MOVABLE BLADE: BeCu STATIONARY CONTACTS: See electric rating page J-21 TERMINALS: Brass Alloy NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Standard electrical life per UL 1054, rated for 6,000 operations. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-21 through J-25. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. T Series TF2 F 2 SP, Mom. Operating Force CC 18 grams CF 45 grams Electrical Rating Chart CG 75 grams CH 110 grams OPTION CODE CJ 170 grams 61058-1 EC 230 grams 0.1A 125/250 V AC (T85) F5 EE 330 grams Min. 10,000 operations 0.1A 125/250 V AC µT125, 1E4 H8 6A 125/250 V AC (T85) Min. 10,000 operations 6A 125/250 V AC µT125, 1E4 K6 10A 125/250 V AC (T85) Min. 10,000 operations 10(4)A 125/250 V AC µT125, 1E4 Mounting Style S Standard V Metric * Note: No UL & ENEC 15 safety for Termination option “60” Actuator P00 Pin plunger A10 Lever roller 12.5 mm A15 Lever roller 25.9 mm A20 Lever roller 12.5 mm A25 Lever roller 25.9 mm T10 Lever 14 mm T14 Simulated roller 24.5 mm T15 Lever 27.5 mm T16 Lever 31.7 mm T17 Lever 35 mm T20 Lever 14 mm T24 Simulated lever 24.5 mm T25 Lever 27.5 mm T26 Lever 31.7 mm T27 Lever 35 mm Circuitry C SPDT W SPST N.C. Y SPST N.O. Terminations 40 .187" quick connect 4A .250" quick connect 5A .250" off set quick connect 5B .187" off set quick connect 60 Screw style * 10 Solder see chart on following pages for detailed information Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–20 www.ck-components.com TF2 Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches SERIES TF2 MINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES 1.094 [27,8] .406 [10,3] .165 [4,2] .110 [2,8] .795 [20,2] .626 [15,9] .110 [2,8] .406 [10,3] .579 OPERATING POSITION [14,7] .874 [22,2] OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE BASIC SWITCH OPERATING FORCE (grams) CC 18 CF 45 CG 75 CH 110 CJ 170 EC 230 EE* 330 J Snap-acting *Minimums may apply, consult Customer Service Center. ELECTRICAL RATING CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * F5 Yes Yes H8 Yes Yes K6 Yes Yes MOVABLE CONTACT STATIONARY CONTACT Silver alloy Silver alloy * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. All models Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–21 www.ck-components.com TF2 Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches ELECTRICAL RATING OPERATING FORCE INTERNATIONAL RATING SYMBOLS µ Microgap construction (less than 3 mm). ~ Alternating current. T_ _ J ELECTRICAL RATING AMPS (REF.) CC (18) CF (45) CG (75) CH (110) CJ (170) EC (230) EE (330) F5 0.1 • • • • • • X H8 6 X • • • • • • K6 10 X X X • • • • Maximum rated use temperature. 50E3 Cycles over 50,000 at rated current. 10E3 Cycles over 10,000 at rated current. 10(3) Current Rating: First number represents resistive rating; second number represents inductive (motor) rating. • AVAILABLE x NOT AVAILABLE All models Snap-acting Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. MOUNTING STYLE S V STANDARD For 4-40 screw size Metric For 3 mm screw size .122 [3,1] .114 [2,9] .122 [3,1] .114 [2,9] .134 [3,4] .126 [3,2] TF2 SWITCH WITH TYPE 40 (.187 QC) TERMINALS AND P00 ACTUATOR SHOWN TF2 SWITCH WITH TYPE 10 (SOLDER) TERMINALS AND P00 ACTUATOR SHOWN NOTE: TORQUE MOUNTING SCREWS 2-5 IN/LBS. NOTE: TORQUE MOUNTING SCREWS 2-5 IN/LBS. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–22 www.ck-components.com TF2 Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR OPTION FIG CODE DIM. A DIM. B - DIM. C DIM. D DIM. E .578 (14,70 .019 0,05) 0.068 (1.72) .33 (8,4) .816 (20,73 .050 1,27) .106 (2,70) ( .19 4,8) 1.35 (34,3) .33 (8,4) .816 (20,73 .059 1,5) .165 (4,20) ( .19 4,8) 1 1.05 (26,8) .56 (14,3) .816 (20,73 .050 1,27) .183 (4,65) ( .19 4,8) A25 1 1.58 (40,2) .56 (14,3) .816 (20,73 .086 2,2) .366 (9,30) ( .19 4,8) T10 3 .882 (22,39) .33 (8,4) .602 (15,3 .020 0,50) .110 (2,80) T14 4 1.295 (32,9) .33 (8,4) .737 (18,72 .059 1,5) .216 (5,50) T15 3 1.405 (35,69) .33 (8,4) .600 (15,24 .059 1,5) .232 (5,90) - T16 3 1.58 (40,01) .33 (8,4) .604 (15,35 .068 1,75) .196 (5,0) - T17 3 1.708 (43.39) .33 (8,4) .603 (15,33 .062 1.57) .216 (5,50) - T20 3 1.11 (28,3) .56 (14,3) .604 (15,34 .045 1,14) .204 (5,20) - T24 4 1.527 (38,8) .56 (14,3) .742 (18,84 .090 2,29) .342 (8,70) T25 3 1.631 (41,43) .56 (14,3) .609 (15,47 .090 2,3) .381 (9,70) - T26 3 1.811 (46,00) .56 (14,3) .616 (15,65 .125 3.18) .389 (9,90) - T27 3 1.94 (49,3) .56 (14,3) .598 (15,2 .150 3.8) .433 (11,0) - P00 2 .795 (20,2) A10 1 .822 (20,9) A15 1 A20 - ( J Snap-acting ( .275 7,0) .275 7,0) NOTE: Switch characteristics chart on following page. Pin Roller Lever Roller DIM.A DIM.B DIM.E DIM.D DIM.D DIM.A DIM.C DIM.C FIG. 2 PIN ROLLER TF2XXXXMP0010C FIG. 1 LEVER ROLLER TF2XXXXMA1510C Lever Simulated Roller DIM.A DIM.A DIM.B DIM.B DIM.E DIM.D DIM.D DIM.C DIM.C FIG. 4 SIMULATED ROLLER TF2XXXXST1410C FIG. 3 LEVER TF2XXXXST1510C SHOWN Dimensions are shown: inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–23 www.ck-components.com TF2 Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR Lever Type P00 T10 T20 T14 T24 A10 Snap-acting J A20 A15 A25 T17 T27 T16 T26 T15 T25 CC CF CG CH Grams CJ EC EE OF 18 45 75 110 170 230 330 RF 3 7 14 20 34 42 60 OF 18 45 75 110 170 230 330 RF - 6 11 17 25 35 50 OF 8 27 43 50 85 120 175 RF - 3 5 7 13 17 25 OF 10 28 43 65 110 140 205 RF - 3 5 8 14 17 31 OF 7 16 24 35 56 70 100 RF - - - 4 5 9 12 OF 20 55 80 110 170 230 330 RF - 5 11 16 28 31 45 OF 8 35 55 70 100 120 175 RF - 3 5 7 14 18 28 OF 8 30 45 65 100 125 180 RF - - 5 7 12 16 25 OF 7 20 30 40 51 65 90 RF - - - - 6 8 9 OF 16 25 35 50 80 100 140 RF - 2 4 6 11 14 20 OF 13 18 24 32 45 55 90 RF - - 2 3 5 7 10 OF 15 17 32 55 85 110 150 RF - - 4 6 12 15 22 OF 10 12 18 35 45 65 90 RF - - 2 4 6 8 11 OF 18 22 37 50 86 125 180 RF - 3 5 9 14 17 24 OF 5 16 25 30 51 65 RF - - 3 4 6 8 Max Pre-Travel Over Travel Differential max. mm Min. mm max. mm 1.72 0.4 0.8 2.8 0.5 0.6 5.2 0.9 1.55 5.5 1.1 1.4 8.7 1.7 3.2 2.7 0.45 0.6 4.65 0.8 1.4 4.2 1.25 1.6 9.3 1.8 2.8 5.5 1.2 0.55 11 2.3 3.6 5 1.05 1.8 9.9 2.05 3.6 5.9 1 1.6 90 11 9.7 2.2 3.1 LOW FORCE, HIGH MOTION PIVOT POSITION HIGH FORCE, LOW MOTION PIVOT POSITION .548 [13,93] .440 [11,17] Available with actuators A20, A25, T20, T23, T24, T25, T26, and T28. Available with actuators A10, A15, T10, T13, T14, T15, T16 and T18. NOTE: Lever actuator options are available in either of two pivot positions. Levers located in the forward pivot position have lower forces and higher motions. Levers located in the rear pivot position have higher forces and lower motions. J–24 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change www.ck-components.com TF2 Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches TERMINATIONS 40 .187" QUICK CONNECT 4A .055 [1,4] .126 [3,2] .551 [14] .250" QUICK CONNECT .248 [6,3] .185 [4,7] .508 [12,9] .236 [6] 26° .406 [10,31] .629 [15,98] REF .031TYP [0,8] .020 TYP [0,5] 5A .264 [6,7] .098 [2,5] .165 [4,2] 5B .250” OFF SET QUICK CONNECT .187” OFF SET QUICK CONNECT .452 [11,49] .413 [10,49] .071 TYP [1,8] .279 [7,09] .187 [4,75] .248 [6,3] .248 [6,3] J .578 [14,69] .578 [14,69] .350 [8,9] .031 TYP [0,8] 60 .350 [8,9] .629 [15,98] REF .031 TYP [0,8] .264 [6,7] .098 [2,5] 10 SCREW STYLE 4-40 X .125 (3,18) TYP. SCREWS & LOCKWASHERS .629 [15,98] REF .224 [5,7] .098 [2,5] SOLDER .098 [2,5] TYP .295 [7,5] .295 [7,5] .236 [6] .236 [6] .031 [0,8] .390 [9,9] .031 TYP [0,8] .390 [9,9] CIRCUITRY C W Y SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw) SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed) SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open) Dimensions are shown: inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–25 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting .055 TYP [1,4] TM Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits • Broad range of operating forces available • Wide variety of actuator and terminal styles • Cost-effective solution Snap-acting J Typical Applications • Pumps and motors • White goods • Consumer appliances Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 15 AMPS @ 250 V AC. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 150,000 cycles at 15 AMPS @ 250 V AC, models with 150 grams operating force. 350,000 cycles at 10 AMPS @ 250 V AC, models with 75 grams operating force. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M ohms min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –67ºF to 302ºF (–55ºC to 150ºC). OPERATING FORCE: 50, 75 and 150 grams at actuator available; refer to chart for lever style forces. MOUNTING: Torque screws 2-5 in/lbs. SWITCH HOUSING: Thermoplastic or general purpose phenolic (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR BUTTON: Thermoplastic (UL 94V-0). SPRING: Copper alloy. PIVOT: Brass alloy. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP @ 125 V AC or less. Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP @ 125 V AC. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP or less. Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP. TERMINALS: Brass alloy for ratings up to 10 AMPS @ 250 V AC. Copper alloy for 15 AMPS @ 250 V AC ratings. * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-26 through J-31. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Available extended electrical life per UL 1054, rated for 100,000 operations, consult factory. T M Series TM SP, Mom. Operating Force CG 2.65 oz./75 grams CJ 5.29 oz.,/150 grams CF 1.76 oz./50 grams Electrical Rating D6 1O A @ 125 & 250 V AC; 1/3 HP @ 125 & 25O V AC;1/2 A @ 125 V DC; 1/4 A @ 250 V DC G6 15 A @ 125 & 250 V AC; 1/4 A @ 250 V DC; 1/2 A @ 125 V DC; 1/2 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC; 3 A @ 125 V AC “L” F5 1 A @ 125 V AC; 1 A @ 30 V DC H3 5 A @ 250 V AC; 1/6 HP @ 125 & 25O V AC * All models Mounting Style S Standard V Metric Actuator P00 Pin plunger A10 .81" lever roller, high force A15 1.34" lever roller, high force A20 1.02" lever roller, low force A25 1.56" lever roller, low force T10 .84" lever, high force T13 1.34" simulated roller, high force T14 1.29" simulated roller, high force T15 1.40" lever, high force T16 2.34" lever, high force T17 2.00" lever, high force T18 2.75" lever, high force T20 1.06" lever, low force T23 1.56" simulated roller, low force T24 1.50" simulated roller, low force T25 1.62" lever, low force T26 2.56" lever, low force T27 2.22" lever, low force T28 2.97" lever, low force Terminations 40 .187" quick connect 10 Solder 4A .250" quick connect 60 Screw Circuitry C SPDT W SPST N.C. Y SPST N.O. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–26 www.ck-components.com TM Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches SERIES TM MINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES – SP MOMENTARY J OPERATING FORCE BASIC SWITCH OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) CG 2.65 75 CJ 5.29 150 CF 1.76 50 Snap-acting OPTION CODE Operating Force option ‘CF’ not available with ‘T18, T27 and T28’ actuator options. Operating force varies with actuator option, see ACTUATOR option section. ELECTRICAL RATING CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * MOVABLE CONTACT STATIONARY CONTACT D6 Yes Yes Fine Silver Fine Silver 10 AMPS @ 125 & 250 V AC; 1/3 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC; 1/2 AMP @ 125 V DC; 1/4 AMP @ 250 V DC. F5 Yes Yes Gold alloy Gold alloy From low level* to 1 AMP @ 125 V AC, 1 AMP @ 30 V DC. G6 Yes Yes Fine Silver Fine Silver H3 Yes Yes ELECTRICAL RATING 15 AMPS @ 125 & 250 V AC; 0.25 AMP @ 250 V DC; 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC; 1/2 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC; 3 AMPS @ 125 V AC “L”. 5 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1/6 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. * All models * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Contact Customer Service Center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–27 www.ck-components.com TM Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches ELECTRICAL RATING AVAILABLE COMBINATIONS MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) ELECTRICAL RATING 1.76/50 CF 2.65/75 CG 5.29/150 CJ D6 • • • F5 • • • G6 x x • H3 • • • • AVAILABLE x NOT AVAILABLE * All models * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Contact Customer Service Center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. MOUNTING STYLE Snap-acting J S V Standard Metric Recommended maximum screw size: 3 mm. Recommended maximum screw size: 4-40. NOTE: Torque mounting screws 2-5 in/lbs. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–28 www.ck-components.com TM Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR A OPTION CODE FIG. DIM. A DIM. B DIM. C DIM. D P00 2 .80 (20,3) — .578 ± .015 (14,68 ± 0,38) — A10 1 .81 (20,6) .36 (9,1) .810 ± .020 (20,57 ± 0,51) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) A15 1 1.34 (34,0) .36 (9,1) .810 ± .040 (20,57 ± 1,02) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) A20 1 1.03 (26,2) .58 (14,7) .810 ± .050 (20,57 ± 1,27) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) A25 1 1.56 (39,6) .58 (14,7) .810 ± .080 (20,57 ± 2,03) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) T10 3 .84 (21,3) .36 (9,1) .600 ± .020 (15,24 ± 0,51) — 4 1.34 (34,0) .36 (9,1) .810 ± .040 (20,57 ± 1,02) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) T14 4 1.28 (32,5) .36 (9,1) .743 ± .050 (18,9 ± 1,3) .236 dia. (6,0Ø) T15 3 1.40 (35,6) .36 (9,1) .600 ± .040 (15,24 ± 1,02) — T16 3 2.34 (59,4) .36 (9,1) .600 ± .062 (15,24 ± 1,57) — 3 2.00 (50,8) .36 (9,1) .600 ± .052 (15,24 ± 1,57) — T18 3 2.75 (69,9) .36 (9,1) .600 ± .093 (15,24 ± 2,36) — T20 3 1.06 (26,9) .58 (14,7) .600 ± .045 (15,24 ± 1,14) — T23 4 1.56 (39,6) .58 (14,7) .810 ± .065 (20,57 ± 1,65) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) T24 4 1.50 (38,1) .58 (14,7) .743 ± .090 (18,80 ± 2,29) .236 dia. (6,0Ø) T25 3 1.62 (41,1) .58 (14,7) .600 ± .080 (15,24 ± 2,03) — 3 2.56 (65,0) .56 (14,7) .600±.125 (15,24±3.18) — T27 3 2.22 (56,4) .58 (14,7) .600±.125 (15,24±3.18) — T28 3 2.97 (75,4) .58 (14,7) .600±.187 (15,24±4.75) — T17 T26 B A C C FIG. 2 FIG. 1 Lever Roller Pin Roller A B C FIG. 3 J Lever A D B C FIG. 4 Simulated Roller HIGH FORCE, LOW MOTION PIVOT POSITION LOW FORCE, HIGH MOTION PIVOT POSITION Available with actuators A10, A15, T10, T13, T14, T15, T16, T17 and T18. Available with actuators A20, A25, T20, T23, T24, T25, T26, T27 and T28. NOTE: Lever actuator options are available in either of two pivot positions. Levers located in the forward pivot position have lower forces and higher motions. Levers located in the rear pivot position have higher forces and lower motions. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–29 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting T13 D TM Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) OPTION CODE Snap-acting J MINIMUM RELEASE FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) MINIMUM RETURN FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) MAXIMUM DIFFERENTIAL TRAVEL MAXIMUM PRETRAVEL MINIMUM OVERTRAVEL CF (50) CG (75) CJ (150) CF (50) CG (75) CJ (150) CF (50) CG (75) CJ (150) ALL FORCES ALL FORCES ALL FORCES T10 2.12 60 3.17 90 6.35 180 .49 14 .99 28 1.69 48 .25 7 .53 15 1.06 30 .013 (0,33) .080 (2,03) .035 (0,89) T13 1.06 30 1.59 45 2.82 80 .21 6 .35 10 .71 20 .11 3 .14 4 .35 10 .030 (0,76) .160 (4,06) .065 (1,65) T13 1.06 30 1.76 50 3.17 90 .25 7 .35 10 .71 20 .11 3 .14 4 .35 10 .050 (1,27) .140 (3,56) .062 (1,57) T15 1.06 30 1.59 45 2.28 80 .21 6 .32 9 .71 20 .11 3 .14 4 .35 10 .032 (0,81) .160 (4,06) .075 (1,90) T16 .53 15 .71 20 1.41 40 .11 3 .18 5 .35 10 .05 1.5 .07 2 .18 5 .090 (2,29) .312 (7,92) .140 (3,56) T17 .71 20 .88 25 1.76 50 .14 4 .21 6 .42 12 .07 2 .07 2 .21 6 .062 (1,57) .220 (5,59) .110 (2,79) T18 N/A .71 20 1.23 35 N/A .14 4 .28 8 N/A .04 1 .14 4 .078 (1,98) .375 (9,52) .160 (4,06) T20 1.06 30 1.59 45 3.17 90 .21 6 .32 9 .71 20 .11 3 .18 5 .35 10 .030 (0,76) .160 (4,06) .065 (1,65) T23 .53 15 1.06 30 1.59 45 .11 3 .18 5 .35 10 .04 1 .07 2 .18 5 .070 (1,78) .312 (7,92) .125 (3,18) T24 .53 15 1.23 35 1.76 50 .11 3 .18 5 .35 10 .05 1.5 .07 2 .18 5 .080 (2,03) .312 (7,92) .110 (2,79) T25 .71 20 1.06 30 1.41 40 .07 2 .14 4 .32 9 .04 1 .07 2 .16 4.5 .070 (1,78) .330 (8,38) .100 (2,54) T26 N/A .35 10 .71 20 N/A .07 2 .18 5 .04 1 .07 2 .110 (2,79) .500 (12,7) .250 (6,35) N/A T27 N/A .60 17 .88 25 N/A .11 3 .21 6 N/A .04 1 .11 3 .125 (3,18) .500 (12,70) .200 (5,08) T28 N/A .42 12 .63 18 N/A .07 2 .14 4 N/A .04 1 .07 2 .187 (4,75) .750 (19,05) .280 (7,11) A10 2.12 60 3.17 90 6.35 180 .49 14 .99 28 1.69 48 .25 7 .53 15 1.06 30 .013 (0,33) .070 (1,78) .035 (0,89) A15 1.06 30 1.59 45 2.82 80 .21 6 .35 10 .71 20 .11 3 .14 4 .35 10 .030 (0,76) .160 (4,06) .065 (1,65) A20 1.06 30 1.76 50 3.17 90 .25 7 .35 10 .71 20 .11 3 .18 5 .35 10 .025 (0,64) .140 (3,56) .060 (1,52) A25 .53 15 1.06 30 1.59 45 .11 3 .18 5 .35 10 .04 1 .07 2 .18 5 .070 (1,78) .312 (7,92) .125 (3,18) 1.76 2.65 5.29 50 75 150 .71 20 .99 28 2.12 60 .35 10 .53 15 1.06 30 .013 (0,33) .056 (1,42) .035 (0,89) P00 NOTE: For basic switch operating forces, see page J-26. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–30 www.ck-components.com TM Series Miniature Snap-acting Switches TERMINATIONS 40 60 .187" QUICK CONNECT SCREW TERMINALS Torque screws to 6 in. lbs max. Not available with ‘F5’ rating option. 10 4A SOLDER .250" QUICK CONNECT J Snap-acting Not available with ‘F5’ rating option. Not available with ‘F5’ rating option. CIRCUITRY C W Y SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw) SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed) SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open) Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–31 www.ck-components.com LC Series Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits • Compact design • Long life and high electrical capacity • Quick connect, wire lead or PC mounting • Wide variety of actuator styles Typical Applications • Motorized equipment • Sump pump • Thermostatic controls UL61058-1 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 10.1 AMPS @ 250 V AC. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M οηµ min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –17ºF to 185ºF (–25ºC to 85ºC). OPERATING FORCE: From 142 to 170 grams at actuator button. Forces are less at free end of lever actuators; (see OPERATING FORCE and ACTUATOR option sections). MOUNTING: 2-56 screws, torque 2.3 in/lbs max. SWITCH HOUSING: Thermoplastic polyester or high temperature thermoplastic (PTS) (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR BUTTON: Thermoplastic polyester (UL 94V-0). SPRING: Copper alloy. PIVOT: Copper alloy. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP @ 125 V AC. Fine silver with 24K gold plate for 1 AMP @ 125 V AC or less. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Fine silver welded on copper alloy for ratings greater than 1 AMP @ 125 V AC. Gold alloy welded on copper alloy for ratings less than 1 AMP @ 125 V AC. TERMINALS: Copper alloy. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Snap-acting J NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-33 through J-35. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. L C Series LC SP, Mom. Operating Force GG 5 oz./142 grams GD 3.3 oz./94 grams GH 6 oz./170 grams Electrical Rating X1 UL 61058-1 (see chart) V6 UL 61058-1 (see chart) V7 UL 61058-1 (see chart) F5 UL 1054 (see chart) L9 UL 1054 (see chart) M1 UL 1054 (see chart) Actuator P00 Pin plunger A10 .28" lever roller, high force A15 .51" lever roller, high force A20 .39" lever roller, low force A25 .61" lever roller, low force T10 .29" lever, high force T13 .22" simulated roller, high force T15 .57" lever, high force T20 .38" lever, low force T23 .32" simulated roller, low force T25 .67" lever, low force * Extended operations only available on Electrical Rating options F5, L9 and M1 Terminations E Solder H .110" quick connect J Wire lead L Left formed PC thru-hole R Right formed PC thru-hole S PC Thru-hole Circuitry C SPDT W SPST N.C. Y SPST N.O. Electrical Life NONE 6,000 operations U* Extended 100,000 operations Seal NONE (STD.) No seal E Epoxy seal Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–32 www.ck-components.com LC Series Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches SERIES LC SUBMINIATURE PRECISION SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES SP MOMENTARY 0.297 (7,54) OPERATING FORCE J BASIC SWITCH OPERATING FORCES (OZ./GRAMS) GG 5 142 GD 3.3 94 GH 6 170 Snap-acting OPTION CODE NOTE: Operating force varies with actuator option, see ACTUATOR option section. ELECTRICAL RATING UL 61058-1 OPTION CODE ELECTRICAL RATING CONTACT MATERIAL MOVABLE CONTACT Fine silver with 24K gold plate STATIONARY CONTACT RoHS COMPLIANT* RoHS COMPATIBLE* Fine silver with 24K gold plate on copper base alloy Yes Yes X1 1A GP, 250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 25E3, T85 1RA, 30 Vdc, 1E4, T85 V6 5(2)A RM, 250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T85 5A GP, 250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T85 5RA, 30 Vdc, 1E4, T85 1/3 HP, 125/250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T85 Fine silver Fine silver welded on copper base alloy Yes Yes V7 10(2)A RM, 250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T85 10A GP, 250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T85 10RA, 30 Vdc, 1E4, T85 1/3 HP, 125/250 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1E4, T85 Fine silver Fine silver welded on copper base alloy Yes Yes RoHS COMPLIANT* RoHS COMPATIBLE* Yes Yes UL 1054 OPTION CODE ELECTRICAL RATING CONTACT MATERIAL MOVABLE CONTACT Fine silver with 24K gold plate STATIONARY CONTACT Fine silver with 24K gold plate on copper base alloy F5 1A, 125 V AC, 30 VDC 100,000 cycles (“U” option) L9 5A, 1/3 HP @ 125 and 250 V AC 100,000 cycles (“U” option) Fine silver Fine silver welded on copper base alloy Yes Yes M1 10.1A, 1/3 HP @ 125 and 250 V AC 100,000 cycles (“U” option) Fine silver Fine silver welded on copper base alloy Yes Yes * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. Consult Customer Service Center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. *Low Level = conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–33 www.ck-components.com LC Series Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR HIGH FORCE A A FIG. DIM. A DIM. B DIM. C P00 1 0.297 (7,6) .330 ± .015 (8,38 ± 0,38) — A10 7 0.28 (7,1) .570 ± .070 (14,48 ± 1,78) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) A25 2 0.61 (15,5) .570 ± .175 (14,22 ± 4,45) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) T10 3 0.29 (7,4) .340 ± .070 (8,64 ± 1,78) — T13 5 0.220 (5,3) .455 ± .065 (11,56 ± 1,65) — T20 4 0.39 (9,9) .340 ± .140 (8,64 ± 3,56) — T23 6 0.32 (8,1) .455 ± .125 (11,56 ± 3,18) — T25 4 0.67 (17,0) .340 ± .091 (8,64 ± 4,70) — A15 7 0.51 (13,0) .560 ± .090 (14,22 ± 2,29) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) A20 2 0.38 (9,7) .560 ± .135 (14,22 ± 2,29) .19 dia. (4,8Ø) T15 3 0.57 (14,51) .340 ± .100 (8,64 ± 2,54) — B B B FIG. 5 Simulated Roller FIG. 3 Lever FIG. 1 Pin Plunger LOW FORCE A C A A B B B FIG. 6 Simulated Roller FIG. 4 Lever FIG. 2 Lever Roller BASIC FORCE A Snap-acting J OPTION CODE A C B FIG. 7 Lever Roller SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS MINIMUM RELEASE FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) OPTION CODE MAXIMUM DIFFERENTIAL TRAVEL MAXIMUM PRETRAVEL MINIMUM OVERTRAVEL GG GD GH GG GD GH ALL FORCES ALL FORCES ALL FORCES A10 1.69 48 1 28 2.0 57 .21 6 .11 3 .42 12 .034 (0,86) .140 (3,56) .029 (0,74) A15 1.3 37 .68 19 1.6 44 .16 4.5 .07 2 .32 9 .044 (1,12) .180 (4,57) .037 (0,94) A20 0.9 26 .52 15 1.1 31 .11 3 .05 15 .21 6 .067 (1,70) .272 (6,91) .053 (1,53) A25 .70 20 .42 12 .85 24 .07 2 .04 1 .16 4.5 .086 (2,18) .351 (8,92) .068 (1,73) P00 5 142 3.3 95 6 170 1 28 .05 14 2.0 57 .004 (0,10) .030 (0,76) .010 (0,25) T10 1.7 48 1 28 2.1 60 .21 6 .10 3 .39 11 .035 (0,90) .140 (3,56) .029 (0,74) T13 1.8 52 1.2 34 2.2 62 .21 6 .03 1 .42 12 .032 (0,81) .130 (3,30) .026 (0,66) T20 0.9 26 .52 15 1.1 30 .10 3 .03 1 .21 6 .067 (1,70) .276 (7,01) .053 (1,35) T23 1.0 28 .52 15 1.2 34 .10 3 .03 1 .21 6 .062 (1,57) .252 (6,40) .049 (1,24) T25 0.7 19 .05 14 0.8 24 .07 2 .03 1 .14 4 .090 (2,29) .372 (9,45) .072 (1,83) T15 1.2 35 1.3 39 1.5 42 0.14 4 .21 6 .28 81 .047 (1,19) .190 (4,83) .040 (1,02) NOTE: For basic switch operating forces, see page J-32. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–34 www.ck-components.com LC Series Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches TERMINATIONS E H SOLDER .110" QUICK CONNECT NOTE: Use Amp Quick Connect Part No. 640932-1. J RATING WIRE SIZE 1 AMP 22 AWG 5 AMPS 20 AWG 10.1 AMPS 18 AWG TERMINAL WIRE COLOR COMMON BLACK NORMALLY OPEN WHITE NORMALLY CLOSED RED L LEFT FORMED PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING J S RIGHT FORMED PC TRU-HOLE PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING PC MOUNTING 0.288 (7,32) CIRCUITRY C W Y SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw) SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed) SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open) ELECTRICAL LIFE NONE U 6,000 OPERATIONS EXTENDED 100,000 OPERATIONS SEAL NONE E NO SEAL EPOXY J–35 EPOXY SEAL .075 MAX. (1,91) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change www.ck-components.com Snap-acting R WIRE LEAD LCA Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits • Compact design • Long life and high electrical capacity • Quick connect, solder terminals, PC terminals • Wide variety of actuator styles • RoHS compatible UL61058-1 Snap-acting J Typical Applications • Motorized equipment • Sump pump • Thermostatic controls 14 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: From low level to 10.1 AMPS @ 125/250 V AC ELECTRICAL LIFE: see chart below MECHANICAL LIFE: 300,000 cycles. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to +125ºC OPERATING FORCE: 150 grams at actuator button MAX. Forces are less at free end of lever actuators; (see ACTUATOR’S option sections). MOUNTING: 2-56 screws, torque 2.3 in/lbs max. SWITCH HOUSING: Thermoplastic polyester ACTUATOR BUTTON: Thermoplastic polyester. SPRING: Copper alloy. PIVOT: Copper alloy. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Silver alloy STATIONARY CONTACTS: Silver alloy TERMINALS: Copper alloy. ACTUATOR LEVER: Stainless steel. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-36 thru J-39. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. L C A 1 5 0 Series LCA SP, Mom. Electrical Rating Operating Force 150 150 grams Option Code UL 1054 UL 61058-1 14 01 0.1 A 125/250 V AC 1E4 0.1 A 125/250 V AC 1E4 0.1 A 125/250 V AC 1E4 06 6 A 125/250 V AC 1E4 6 A 125/250 V AC 1E4 6 (2)A 125/250 V AC 1E4 10 10.1 A 125/250 V AC 1E4 10.1 A 125/250 V AC 1E4 10.1 A 125/250 V AC 1E4 S5 NA 5 A 125/250 V AC 1E5 NA Actuator P00 Pin plunger T05 4.8 mm short lever T06 6.8 mm lever T09 8.8 mm lever T12 12.9 mm lever T16 15.2 mm lever T18 18.1 mm lever T21 20.1 mm lever T23 23.4 mm lever T43 43.5 mm lever S06 6.0 mm simulated lever S09 9.2 mm simulated lever A05 5.0 mm lever roller Terminations S Solder Q .110 Quick Connect P PC Thru Hole L Left Form PC R Right Form PC Circuitry C SPDT W SPST N.C. Y SPST N.O. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–36 www.ck-components.com LCA Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches SERIES LCA 19.8 7.5 2.1 7.05 2.85 2.4 10.6 1.0 9.5 2.45 3.4 ø 2.5 ø 2.4 R0.3 0.6 8.8 1.86 5.1 1.2 7.3 3.3 9.5 6.4 J Snap-acting ELECTRICAL RATING RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * OPTION CODE YES YES 01 0.1A, 125/250 VAC YES YES 06 6A, 125/250 VAC YES YES 10 10.1A, 125/250 VAC YES YES S5 5A, 125/250 VAC ELECTRICAL RATING * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE OPERATING FORCES (grams) 150 150 grams max. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–37 www.ck-components.com LCA Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR A05 SXX LEVER ROLLER SIMULATED ROLLER 4.9 3.2 B A B 4.05 C A C D E TXX D E P00 LEVER B J A Snap-acting 4.05 7.5 C D ACTUATOR OPTION CODE P00 T05 T06 T09 T12 T16 T18 T21 T23 T43 S06 S09 A05 2.1 E D E A Br ef.C mm mm mm LENGTH Lever length PRE OF for front mtg. TRAVEL LEVER hole to OP (MAX) NA 16.70 18.70 20.60 24.80 27.10 30.00 32.00 35.20 55.20 17.90 21.10 16.60 3.4 C NA 4.80 6.80 9.10 12.90 15.20 18.10 20.10 23.40 43.50 6.00 9.20 5.00 1.10 3.60 4.03 5.64 3.35 7.20 7.70 8.00 8.60 10.45 3.86 5.7 3.8 D mm OPERATING POSITION 8.55 ± 0.3 8.95 ± 0.8 8.9 ± 0.9 9.15 ± 1.35 8.95 ± 1.5 9.15 ± 1.7 8.95 ± 1.9 8.15 ± 1.85 8.95 ± 2.0 8.95 ± 3.0 10.85 ± 0.9 16.15 ± 1.5 14.65 ± 0.8 E Diff. Motion mm mm max FREE POSITION (MAX) Oper. Force max. grams 9.35 11.75 12.09 13.45 13.10 15.15 14.65 15.55 15.55 19.25 17.81 20.35 17.65 150 50 45 33 34 40 32 35 25 15 47 42 50 0.20 0.80 0.90 1.83 1.19 1.30 1.50 1.60 1.80 2.90 0.86 1.00 0.80 Release Force min. grams 25 6 5 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 5 2 6 Over Travel min. 0.4 0.6 0.67 0.75 0.89 0.70 1.2 1.0 1.5 1.0 0.64 1.0 0.6 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–38 www.ck-components.com LCA Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches TERMINATIONS Q SOLDER 0.6 QUICK CONNECT 10.5 1.55 6.45 S 3.3 ø 1.2 2.0 ø 1.6 2.8 0.6 P L PC THRU HOLE LEFT FORM PC 1.75 1.3 2.80 6.0 0.6 1.2 0.6 3.8 3.3 8.35 R RIGHT FORM PC 7,3 8,8 1.3 2.8 6.0 1.75 5,25 0.6 COM 3X 1,50 1,35 NC NO 3.8 8.2 PLUNGER POSITION PC MOUNTING CIRCUITRY C W Y SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw) SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed) SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–39 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting 7.05 1.0 J LCS Series Subminiature Sealed Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits • Compact design • Long life and high electrical capacity • Quick connect, solder terminals, PC terminals, wire leads UL61058-1 Snap-acting J • Wide variety of actuator styles • RoHS compatible, RoHS compliant • IP67 14 Typical Applications • Motorized equipment • Sump pump • Thermostatic controls • Computers • Air conditioners Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: from low level to 5 Amp ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 cycles INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 VAC OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to +120ºC (without wire) -40ºC to +85ºC (with UL1007 wire) -40ºC to +105ºC (with UL1015 wire) -40ºC to +105ºC (with UL1430 wire) -40ºC to +80ºC (with UL1061 wire) -40ºC to +120ºC (with UL1330 wire) OPERATING FORCE: (see ACTUATOR’S option sections). MOUNTING: 2-56 screws, torque 2.3 in/lbs max. SWITCH HOUSING: Thermoplastic polyester or high temperature thermoplastic (PTS) (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR BUTTON: Thermoplastic polyester. SPRING: Copper alloy. PIVOT: Copper alloy. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Option “01” Gold plating over silver alloy Option “05” Silver alloy STATIONARY CONTACTS: Option “01” Gold plating over silver alloy Option “05” Silver alloy TERMINALS: Copper alloy. ACTUATOR LEVEL: Stainless steel. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-40 thru J-43. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. L C S Series LCS Electrical Rating Option Code UL 61058-1 01 0.1 A 125/250 V AC 05 5 A 125/250 V AC 14 NA 6 A 250 V AC Operating Force 2 203 grams Actuator P00 Pin plunger T00 11.9 mm short lever T05 17.4 mm short lever T07 19.4 mm short lever T13 25.5 mm lever T19 33.3 mm lever T28 40.7 mm lever T43 55.9 mm lever S26 18.6 mm simulated lever A05 17.2 mm lever roller Circuitry C SPDT W SPST N.C. Y SPST N.O. Terminations S Solder Q 0.110 Quick Connect P PC Thru Hole W Wire leads potted Z Wire leads non-potted Wire Type AWG 20 20 AWG 22 22 AWG 24 24 AWG 26 26 AWG Wire UL # (when required) A UL1007 B UL1015 C UL1430 D UL1061 Wire Side (when required) A Wire out the bottom B Wire out the right side C Wire out the left side D None Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–40 www.ck-components.com LCS Series Subminiature Sealed Snap-acting Switches SERIES LCS 19.8 6.4 6.7 7.5 4.85 2.2 "C" CIRCUITRY 7.45 6.65 6 FP 6.95 2.35 3.2 TYP 2.3±0.1 2.3 "W" CIRCUITRY 0.1 TYP 2.6 0.1 2.8 TYP J 9.5±0.15 15 0.5 2X 2.4 0.05 TYP "Y" CIRCUITRY ELECTRICAL RATING RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * OPTION CODE ELECTRICAL RATING YES YES 05 5 AMP, 125/250 V AC YES YES 01 0.1 AMP, 125/250 V AC OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE OPERATING FORCES (grams) 2 203 g. max. Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–41 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting 7.5 0.2 TYP LCS Series Subminiature Sealed Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR 4.4 REF T19 P00 T07 20.95 REF A05 7.15 REF 17.2 19.4 33.3 T00 4.9 T28 T13 28.35 REF 13.3.2 REF S26 6.1 REF 18.6 0.2 REF 40.7 25.5 11.9 T43 T05 J 43.55 REF Snap-acting 5.1 REF 55.9 17.4 C C C E C D D B A B ACTUATOR OPTION LENGTH OVER CODE OF TRAVEL LEVER (MIN) E E E C D D B D E PRE FREE OPERATING TRAVEL POSITION POSITION (MAX) (MAX) DIFFERENTIAL MOTION OPERATING FORCE (MAX) (MAX) 203 203 RELEASE FORCE (MIN) 203 P00 N/A 0.6 1.2 8.4 .3 9.9 0.2 203 50 T00 11.9 0.6 3.2 8.8 .9 11.1 0.5 98 21 T05 17.40 0.9 4.3 8.8 1.1 12 0.6 82 16 T07 19.40 1 4.8 8.8 1.2 12.4 0.7 66 13 11 T13 25.5 1.6 6.3 8.8 1.6 13.5 0.9 54 T19 33.3 1.95 8 8.8 2.0 15 1.75 40 5 T28 40.7 2.1 10.1 8.8 2.6 16.3 2.3 39 8 T43 55.9 2.9 13.8 8.8 3.5 19.1 3.6 33 7 S26 18.6 1 4.6 10.7 1.2 14.1 0.65 68 14 A05 17.20 0.9 4.3 14.5 1.1 17.7 0.6 72 15 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–42 www.ck-components.com LCS Series Subminiature Sealed Snap-acting Switches TERMINATIONS S Q SOLDER 7.45 4.85 7.45 6.65 2.2 "C" CIRCUITRY 6 6.95 FP 9.3 TYP 2.35 3.2 TYP 2.3±0.1 2.3 0.1TYP "W" CIRCUITRY 2.6 ± 0.1 2.8 TYP 9.5±0.15 7.5±0.2 TYP 1.2 TYP 7.5 0.1 TYP "Y" CIRCUITRY 2X 2.4 0.5 0.05 TYP 15 P QUICK CONNECT 2.8mm / 0.110” 2.8 Z or W PC THRU HOLE “A” WIRE ORIENTATION 6.4 TYP 15.95 8.5 7.5 ± 0.2 TYP 0.6 TYP 0.5 ± 0.05 TYP POTTING "W' OPTION SHOWN 3X 1.35/1.5 7.5 ± 0.1 TYP C: GRAY NO: BLUE NC: BLACK 15±0.1 J RECOMENDED MOUNTING PATTERN Z or W “B” WIRE ORIENTATION “Y” OR “W” CIRCUITRY “C” WIRE ORIENTATION “Y” OR “W” CIRCUITRY Snap-acting Z or W 304.8 ± 6.4 3±1 BLACK COM BLUE NO BLACK COM BLUE NO (8.5) (8.5) 3±1 3±1 (6.4) 12 0.1 Z or W POTTING "W' OPTION SHOWN 21.3 POTTING "W' OPTION SHOWN Z or W “B” WIRE ORIENTATION “C” CIRCUITRY 21.3 “C” WIRE ORIENTATION “C” CIRCUITRY BLACK COM GRAY NC BLUE NO BLACK COM BLUE NO GRAY NC (12.3) (12.3) (6.4) (6.4) 12±0.1 3±1 3±1 POTTING "W' OPTION SHOWN 21.3 12 ± 0.1 POTTING "W' OPTION SHOWN (6.4) 21.3 12 ± .1 CIRCUITRY C W Y SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw) SPST N.C. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed) SPST N.O. (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open) Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–43 www.ck-components.com MM Series Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits • Low level and power switching • Long electrical and mechanical life • Increased overtravel • Reliable snap-acting mechanism Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 7 AMPS @ 250 V AC. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles at full rated load. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 V RMS min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –67 F to 275 F (–55 C to 135 C). OPERATING FORCE: 5 oz. (142 grams) max. at actuator button. MOUNTING: 2-56 screws, torque 2 in/lbs max. SWITCH HOUSING: Heat resistant phenolic (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR BUTTON: Heat resistant phenolic (UL 94V-0). SPRING: Beryllium copper CDA alloy C17200. PIVOT: Brass CDA alloy 260. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP @ 125 V AC. 24K gold for 1 AMP @ 125 V AC or less. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Fine silver inlay on copper CDA alloy C10200 for ratings greater than 1 AMP @ 125 V AC. 24K gold on copper CDA alloy C10200 for 1 AMP @ 125 V AC or less. TERMINALS: Copper CDA alloy C18700. *Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service center. Snap-acting J Typical Applications • Limited space constraints • Communication devices Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-44 through J-49. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. M M G G Series MM SP, Mom. Operating Force GG 5 oz./142 grams Electrical Rating D1 7A 125, 250 V AC 7A 28 VDC resistance 4A 28 VDC inductive 2.5A 28 VDC (lamp) F5 1 A, 125 V AC, 30 V DC Actuator P0 Pin plunger D0 Plunger, high overtravel L0 Leaf L2 Leaf, high force, low motion W0 Leaf roller W2 Leaf roller, high force, low motion Terminations C Single turret solder L Left formed PC thru-hole R Right formed PC thru-hole T PC thru-hole, .035” Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–44 www.ck-components.com MM Series Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches SWITCH WITH STANDARD OPTIONS MMGGD1P0C MMGGD1P0C BASIC OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) PART NUMBER 5 142 MMGGD1P0C SERIES MM ELECTRICAL RATING 7 AMPS @ 250 V AC. OPERATING FORCE SPDT MOMENTARY OPTION CODE BASIC SWITCH OPERATING FORCE 5 oz. (142 grams) maximum for basic switch with pin plunger actuator (‘P0’ actuator option). GG ELECTRICAL RATING CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE RoHS COMPLIANT* RoHS COMPATIBLE* D1 Yes Yes Fine silver. Fine silver inlay on copper alloy. F5 Yes Yes 24K Gold. 24K Gold on copper alloy. MOVABLE CONTACT STATIONARY CONTACT ELECTRICAL RATING 7A 125, 250 V AC; 7A 28 VDC resistance 4A 28 VDC inductive; 2.5A 28 VDC (lamp) From low level* to 1 AMP @ 125 V AC, 30 V DC. Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. All models with all options. Consult Customer Service Center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. ACTUATOR OPTION CODE FIG. DIM. A DIM. B DIM. C P0 D0 FIG. 1 Pin Plunger FIG. 2 Leaf FIG. 3 Plunger L0 L2 W0 W2 FIG. 4 Leaf Roller FIG. 5 Leaf FIG. 6 Leaf Roller Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–45 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting NOTE: Operating force varies with actuator option, see ACTUATOR option section. J MM Series Subminiature Precision Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS OPTION CODE MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) MAXIMUM DIFFERENTIAL TRAVEL MINIMUM RELEASE FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) MAXIMUM PRETRAVEL MINIMUM OVERTRAVEL NOTE: For basic switch operating forces, see page J-44 . TERMINATIONS C L SINGLE TURRET SOLDER LEFT FORMED PC THRU-HOLE Snap-acting J PC MOUNTING T R PC THRU-HOLE, .035 RIGHT FORMED PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNTING PC MOUNTING Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–46 www.ck-components.com ZM Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits • Reliable snap-acting mechanism • Long electrical and mechanical life • Compact size—Ideal when space is limited • Various PCB terminals and actuators • RoHS compliant / compatible Typical Applications • PCB detection switch • Communication devices • Testing equipment • Security/Alarm systems • Consumer electronics UL61058-1 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: F7: 3A @ 125 VAC M9: 0.2A @ 60 VDC. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 Cycles. @ 3A INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 Vrms. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. OPERATING FORCE: CJ: 150 grams, CH: 90 grams. COVER: Nylon 6/6 ACTUATOR BUTTON: Nylon 6/6 CASE: Nylon 6/6 SPRING: SUS MOVABLE BLADE: BeCu MOVABLE CONTACT: Silver alloy (M9 option gold plated) FIXED CONTACTS: Silver alloy (M9 option gold plated) FIXED TERMINALS: Brass - Ag plated. ACTUATOR (Leaf / Roller options): SUS * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. 14 Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-48 and J-49. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Series ZM SP, Mom. Operating Force CJ 150 grams CH 90 grams Electrical Rating see chart below Actuator P0 Pin plunger L0 Leaf L3 Leaf T13 Simulated roller T23 Simulated roller Option Code UL 1054 F7 3 A 125 V AC M9 0.1 A 48 V DC 0.2 A 60 V DC 0.1 A 125 V AC UL 61058-1 3 A 125 V AC 3 A 30 V DC 0.1 A 48 V DC 0.2 A 60 V DC 0.1 A 125 V AC Terminations T PC Thru-hole L Left-footed, PC Thru-hole R Right-footed, PC Thru-hole K PC Thru-hole with retention feature 14 3 A 125 V AC 0.1 A 48 V DC 0.2 A 60 V DC 0.1 A 125 V AC Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–47 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. J ZM Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches SERIES ZM Z M SUBMINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES – SP MOMENTARY 0.044 (1,12) .260 (6,6) FREE POS. OPER. POS. .081 (2,05) NC C .024 (0,6) ZMCJF7L0T SPDT ø .079 (ø2,05) NO PC MOUNTING MOUNTING SCREWS SIZE 1-64 Snap-acting J OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE BASIC SWITCH OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) CJ 5.29 150 CH 3.15 90 ELECTRICAL RATING CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE RoHS COMPLIANT* RoHS COMPATIBLE* STATIONARY CONTACT MOVABLE CONTACT ELECTRICAL RATING F7 Yes Yes Silver alloy see chart M9 Yes Yes Gold plating or silver alloy see chart * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. All models with all options. Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. Option Code UL 1054 F7 3 A 125 V AC M9 0.1 A 48 V DC 0.2 A 60 V DC 0.1 A 125 V AC UL 61058-1 3 A 125 V AC 3 A 30 V DC 0.1 A 48 V DC 0.2 A 60 V DC 0.1 A 125 V AC 14 3 A 125 V AC 0.1 A 48 V DC 0.2 A 60 V DC 0.1 A 125 V AC Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–48 www.ck-components.com ZM Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR P0 L0 L3 PIN PLUNGER T13 T23 LEAF, 50 GRAMS (CJ ONLY) LEAF, 30 GRAMS (CH ONLY) SIMULATED ROLLER, 40 GRAMS (CJ ONLY) SIMULATED ROLLER, 25 GRAMS (CH ONLY) 15.65 14 FP 8.35 FP FP OP OP ACTUATOR OPTION CODE A (mm) B Ref (mm) C (mm) D (mm) E (mm) LENGTH OF LEVER LEVER LENGTH MTG. HOLE TO OP PRETRAVEL MAX OPERATING POSITION FREE POSITION MAX P0 PIN PLUNGER OP DIFF. MOTION mm MAX OPER. FORCE grams MAX CJ CH RELEASED FORCE Grams MAX OVER TRAVEL MIN 15-20 0.2 NA 1.3 7.0 0.3 8.0 0.3 150 90 L0 LEAF 13.0 4.03 3.4 8.4 0.8 11.0 1.3 50 - 8 0.6 L3 LEAF 13.0 4.03 3.4 8.4 0.8 11.0 1.3 - 30 5 0.6 T13 SIMULATED ROLLER 15.0 5.36 3.8 10.5 0.8 13.0 1.5 40 - 7 0.6 T23 SIMULATED ROLLER 15.0 5.36 3.8 10.5 0.8 13.0 1.5 - 25 4 0.6 TERMINATIONS T K (STD.) PC THRU-HOLE PC THRU-HOLE WITH RETENTION FEATURE .138 (3,5) .02 (0.4) .02 (0,4) L .043 (1.10) TYP. .035 (0,9) R LEFT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE RIGHT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE .071 (1,8) .035 TYP. (0,9) .071 (1,8) .122 (3,1) .035 TYP. (0,9) .122 (3,1) Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–49 www.ck-components.com J Snap-acting NA ZMA Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits • Reliable snap-acting mechanism • Long electrical and mechanical life • Compact size—Ideal when space is limited • Various PCB terminals and actuators • RoHS compatible & compliant UL61058-1 Snap-acting J Typical Applications • PCB detection switch • Communication devices • Testing equipment • Security/Alarm systems • Consumer electronics 14 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 3A @ 125 V AC 24 V DC 1 A @125 / 250 V AC 24 V DC 0.1A @ 125 V AC 60 V DC ELECTRICAL LIFE: 300,000 cycles @ 0.1A / 10,000 cycles @ 3A. MECHANICAL LIFE: 1,000,000 cycles. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to 85ºC OPERATING FORCE: 80 or 150 grams. CASE/COVER: PBT ACTUATOR: Button nylon 6/6 MOVABLE CONTACTS: Silver alloy or gold plated STATIONARY CONTACTS: Silver alloy or gold plated TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-51 and J-53. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Z M A C Series ZMA SP, Mom. Electrical Rating See charts below Operating Force 150 5.29 oz. / 150 grams 080 2.82 oz. / 80 grams Actuator P00 Pin plunger S03 Simulated roller 5.8mm L30 Lever 20.5mm L11 Lever 7.2mm L08 Lever 3.95mm A03 Roller 1.3mm L04 Lever 3.9mm S06 Simulated roller 2.03mm S07 Simulated roller 0.75mm Option Code 00A 03A 01A 3 A 125 V AC C SPDT Gold Plated Contacts Silver Contacts UL 1054 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC Terminations P PC Thru-hole L Left-footed, PC Thru-hole R Right-footed, PC Thru-hole E Solder K PC Thru-hole with rentention feature UL 61058-1 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC 3 A 24 V DC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC Option Code 14 G00 0.1A 125 V AC G03 3A 125 V AC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC G01 UL 1054 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC UL 61058-1 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC 3 A 24 V DC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC 14 0.1A 125 V AC 3A 125 V AC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–50 www.ck-components.com ZMA Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches SERIES ZMA Z M SUBMINIATURE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES – SP MOMENTARY 0.044 (1,12) .260 (6,6) FREE POS. OPER. POS. .081 (2,05) ZMA03A150L04PC SPDT NC C .024 (0,6) ø .079 (ø2,05) NO PC MOUNTING J MOUNTING SCREWS SIZE 1-64 Snap-acting ELECTRICAL RATING Gold Plated Contacts Silver Contacts Option Code 00A 03A 01A UL 1054 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC UL 61058-1 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC 3 A 24 V DC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC Option Code 14 G00 0.1A 125 V AC G03 3A 125 V AC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC UL 1054 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC G01 UL 61058-1 0.1A 60 V DC 0.1A 125 V AC 3 A 125 V AC 3 A 24 V DC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC 14 0.1A 125 V AC 3A 125 V AC 1 A 24 V DC 1 A 125 / 250 V AC * Note: See Technical Data in section N of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. All models with all options. Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE BASIC SWITCH OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) 150 5.29 150 080 2.82 80 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–51 www.ck-components.com ZMA Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR P00 L08 PIN PLUNGER E LEVER 3.95MM 'B' 'A' S03 SIMULATED ROLLER 5.8MM A03 E ROLLER 1.3MM 'B' 'A' 'B' 'A' E 'A' 'B' Snap-acting J L30 E LEVER 20.5MM L04 LEVER 3.49MM E 'A' 'B' L11 S06 E LEVER 7.2MM 'B' SIMULATED ROLLER 0.75MM E 'B' 'A' 'B' 'A' S07 SIMULATED ROLLER 2.03MM 'A' E 'B' 'A' Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–52 www.ck-components.com ZMA Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS OPER. FORCE MAX. (GRAMS) CODE REL. FORCE MIN. (GRAMS) 'A' FP MAX. (MM) 'B' OP MAX. (MM) 'C' PT MAX. (MM) 'D' OT MIN. (MM) 7.35 6.9 ±0.3 0.62 0.2 'E' MIN. (MM) P00 80 150 21 35 S03 25 43 5 7 14.2 9.8 ±0.9 3.5 0.7 5.41 13 21 2 3 16.8 9.5 ±1.9 6.9 0.55 20.15 L30 (80gf) L30 (150 gf) 13 21 2 3 16.8 9.75 ±1.9 6.9 0.55 20.15 L11 25 39 4 6 11.7 8.68 ±1 4.4 0.6 7.33 L08 27 48 3 8 13.5 10.75 ±0.8 3.5 0.3 3.82 A03 34 65 6 10 16.55 13.65 ±1 3.9 0.5 0.56 L04 30 50 5 8 10.1 7.9 ±0.7 3.0 0.5 3.49 S06 33 49 5 11 12.43 10.7 ±0.8 1.43 1.25 1.97 S07 40 65 2 5 13.0 9.7 ± 1 4.3 0.5 0.49 E 'C' 'D' 'A' 'B' TERMINATIONS P L PC THRU-HOLE LEFT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE J Snap-acting .071 (1,8) .138 (3,5) R .035 TYP. (0,9) TYP. .035 (0,9) .02 (0,4) E RIGHT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE .071 (1,8) .035 TYP. (0,9) SOLDER COM .052 (1,32) .122 (3,1) .200 (5,08) K .122 (3,1) N.O. N.C. .073 (1,85) .086 (2,2) .040 (1,2) .200 (5,08) .138 (3,5) .035 (0,6) PC THRU-HOLE WITH RETENTION FEATURE .02 (0.4) .043 (1.10) Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–53 www.ck-components.com ZMB Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits Typical Applications • • • • • • • • • • Compact design Various operating forces Different lever options PCB or solder terminal options Detect interlock and movement Consumer electronics Communications Industrial meters Security systems Office equipment Specifications Materials CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPDT CONTACT RATING: 0.1 A @ 30 V DC INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 50 mΩ max. COVER / HOUSING: PBT (black) KNOB: PBT (red) INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. @ 500 VDC DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 VAC (50-60 Hz) MECHANICAL LIFE: 500,000 cycles TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated CONTACT: Copper alloy, silver plated LEVER: Stainless steel ELECTRICAL LIFE: 50,000 cycles NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. PRE-TRAVEL: 0.5 mm max. OVER-TRAVEL: 0.5 mm min. Snap-acting J OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to + 70ºC Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-55 and J-56. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Z M B 0 0 C A Series ZMB SP, Mom. Electrical Rating 00A 0.1 A @ 30 V DC Operating Force 70 70 ± 40 grams 25 25 ± 15 grams Actuator P00 Pin plunger L01 Straight lever 12.5 mm L02 Straight lever 13.3 mm S01 Simulated roller 7.5 mm Terminations P PC Thru-hole S Solder Circuitry C SPDT Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–54 www.ck-components.com ZMB Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches ZMB00A70P00PC PIN PLUNGER, PC THRU-HOLE OPERATING FORCE: 70 ± 40 gf 12.8 OPERATING POSITION (OP): 5.5 ± 0.30 mm FREE POSITION (FP): N/A 5.8 1P-2T P.T. Ø 2 X2.2 5.08 Ø 1.20 TYP .3 5.08 2 3.5 6.5 5 O.P. 1 COM 6.50 3-0.9 5.08 ZMB00A25L01PC N.O N.C TERMINAL TERMINAL TERMINAL N.C PIERCING PLAN SCHEMATIC 0.6 5.08 N.O COMMON STRAIGHT LEVER 12.5 MM, PC THRU-HOLE OPERATING FORCE: 25 ± 15 gf 12.8 OPERATING POSITION (OP): 7.2 ± 0.8 mm FREE POSITION (FP): 10 mm max. J Snap-acting 5.8 3.7 12.50 Ø 2X2.2 1P-2T 5.08 Ø 1.20 TYP.3 2 5.08 F.P. 6.5 5 O.P. 1 3.5 Ø2 6.50 COM N.O 3-0.9 0.6 5.08 ZMB00A25L02PC COMMON TERMINAL N.C SCHEMATIC N.O TERMINAL N.C TERMINAL PIERCING PLAN 5.08 STRAIGHT LEVER 13.3 MM, PC THRU-HOLE OPERATING FORCE: 25 ± 15 gf 12.8 OPERATING POSITION (OP): 6.0 ± 0.8 mm FREE POSITION (FP): 8.5 mm max. 5.8 3.7 1P-2T 13.30 Ø 2 X 2.2 5.08 Ø 1.20 TYP.3 5.08 F.P. 2 6.5 5 O.P. 1 N.O 3.5 COM 0.6 6.5 5.08 SCHEMATIC N.C COMMON N.O N.C TERMINAL TERMINAL TERMINAL PIERCING PLAN 3-0.9 5.08 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–55 www.ck-components.com ZMB Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches ZMB00A70P00SC PIN PLUNGER, SOLDER OPERATING FORCE: 70 ± 40 gf 12.8 OPERATING POSITION (OP): 7.0 ± 0.30 mm FREE POSITION (FP): N/A 5.8 1P-2T P.T. 2.8 5 6.5 3.5 1.8 2.7 Ø2 4.8 COM 3-2 6.5 3-1 ZMB00A25L02SC 1 2 O.P. Ø 2X2.2 N.O COMMON TERMINAL N.C SCHEMATIC 0.6 N.O TERMINAL N.C TERMINAL PIERCING PLAN 4.8 STRAIGHT LEVER 13.3 MM, SOLDER OPERATING FORCE: 25 ± 15 gf 12.8 OPERATING POSITION (OP): 7.5 ± 0.8 mm FREE POSITION (FP): 10 mm max. Snap-acting J 5.8 P.T. 3.7 13.30 1P-2T Ø 2X2.2 5 6.5 3.5 1.8 2.7 Ø2 COM N.O N.C 6.5 1 4.8 ZMB00A25S01SC 2 O.P. 1 COMMON TERMINAL N.O TERMINAL 0.6 4.8 N.C TERMINAL PIERCING PLAN 2 SIMULATED ROLLER 7.5 MM, SOLDER OPERATING FORCE: 25 ± 15 gf 12.8 OPERATING POSITION (OP): 8.5 ± 0.8 mm FREE POSITION (FP): 9.5 mm max. 11.7 5.8 3.7 R1.3 7.5 Ø2X2.2 F.P. (10) O.P. 1 2 Ø2 1.8 2.7 3.5 6.5 5 7 1P-2T COM N.O 3-2 6.5 3-1 4.8 0.6 N.C SCHEMATIC COMMON TERMINAL N.O N.C TERMINAL TERMINAL PIERCING PLAN 4.8 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–56 www.ck-components.com ZMS Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65) Features/Benefits • Reliable snap-acting mechanism • Long electrical and mechanical life • Compact size—Ideal when space is limited • Various PCB terminals and actuators • RoHS compatible • IP67 with potted wires only Typical Applications • PCB detection switch • Communication devices • Testing equipment • Security/Alarm systems • Consumer electronics UL61058-1 UL1054 14 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 3A@ 125 V AC/ 3A@ 12 V DC, 0.01A @ 12 V DC ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles @ 0.01A 12V DC 100,000 cycles @ 3A 12 V DC 6,000 cycles @ 3A 125 V AC MECHANICAL LIFE: 500,000 cycles INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C + 85˚C. OPERATING FORCE: 130 grams. CASE: Nylon COVER/ACTUATOR: PBT MOVABLE CONTACTS: 3 Amp silver alloy, 0.01A gold plating over silver alloy STATIONARY CONTACTS: 3 Amp silver alloy, 0.01 A gold plating over silver alloy TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated LEVER: Stainless steel * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-58 through J-60. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Z M S Series ZMS SP, Mom. Over Travel H High Travel L Low Travel Electrical Rating 00 0.01 A @ 12 V DC 03 3A 125 V AC 3A 12 V DC Operating Force 130 130 grams / 4.59 Actuator P00 Pin plunger T10 .25 lever Terminations T11 .28 simulated roller P PC Thru-hole L Left form, PC Thru-hole R Right form, PC Thru-hole S Solder type J Wire leads out bottom * K Wire leads out right side * W Wire leads out left side * Mounting Styles S Std (No support post) L Support post left R Support post right * Standard Wire: 20 AWG UL 1007 Circuitry C SPDT W SPST N.C. Y SPST N.O. Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–57 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting Build-A-Switch J ZMS Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65) SERIES ZMSH Z M S HIGH OVER TRAVEL Switch option shown: ZMSH00P00SSC 14,7 ( .579 ) PT 12,2 ( .480 ) 1,7 ( .067 ) 8,1 7,5 ( .295 ) ( .319 ) NO NC 0,5 ( .020 ) 2,8 ( .110 ) 4,13 ( .16 ) 5,4 ( .213 ) 14,7 ( .579 ) LOW OVER TRAVEL Switch option shown: ZMSL00P00PSC Ø2 ( .079 ) PT 12,2 ( .480 ) 9,05 OP 7,5 ( .356 ) ( .295 ) NC NO FP 0,5 ±0,05 ( .020 ±.001 ) 2,8 ( .110 ) 5,4 ( .213 ) COM J 2,5 ( .098 ) 0,6 ±0,1 ( .024 ±.003 ) Snap-acting FP COM 2,5 ( .10 ) 4,13 (.163 ) ZMSL OP ø2 ( .079 ) 5,08 ( .200 ) 5,08 ( .200 ) ELECTRICAL RATING UL61058-1 UL1054 CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE 00 03 MOVABLE CONTACT / STATIONARY CONTACT Gold plating over silver alloy ELECTRICAL RATING ELECTRICAL RATING 0.01 AMP @ 12 V DC 0.1 AMP @ 12 V DC 10m AMP @ 12 V DC 5E5 3 AMPS @ 125 V AC 3 AMPS @ 12 V DC Silver alloy ENEC 3 AMPS @ 12 V DC 1E5 Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE BASIC SWITCH OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) 130 130 4.59 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–58 www.ck-components.com ZMS Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65) ACTUATOR P00 T10 PIN PLUNGER (IP65) 14,7 ( .579 ) 12,2 ( .480 ) LEVER (IP65) 18,6 ( .7323 ) 14,7 ( .579 ) 12,2 ( .480 ) PT OP T11 .25 LEVER (IP65) 14,7 ( .5787 ) PT PT FP OP OP FP FP 12,2 ( .4803 ) 9,05 ( .3563 ) approved SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS High Overtravel min. (H) .415 ± .012 (10.55 ± .3) .012 (0.3) 0.031 (0,8) 0.068 (1,72) 0.152 (3.85) .440 ± .020 (11.2 ±.5) 0.020 (0,5) 0.053 (1,35) 0.084 (2,14) 0.186 (4.8) .539 ± .032 (13.7 ± .8) 0.030 (0,7) 0.062 (1,65) 0.101 (2,57) Minimum Release Force (grams/oz.) Free Position Max Maximum Pre-travel P00 130 4.59 13 0.45 .472 (12) 0.032 (0,8) T10 195 6.88 55 1.93 .604 (15.35) T11 160 5.64 45 1.58 .726 (18.45) T10 PIN PLUNGER (IP67) 14,7 ( .579 ) OP Blue (NO) Operate Position T11 .25 LEVER (IP67) 14,7 ( .579 ) 12,2 ( .480 ) PT 12,2 ( .480 ) Gray NC Low Overtravel min. (L) Maximum Operate Force (grams/oz.) .28 LEVER (IP67) 18,6 ( .7323 ) 14,7 ( .5787 ) PT PT FP OP FP 12,2 ( .4803 ) FP OP Black (COM) SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS “J” TERMINATION ONLY Maximum Operate Force (grams/oz.) Minimum Release Force (grams/oz.) Free Position Max Maximum Pre-travel Operate Position Maximum Differential Low Overtravel min. (L) High Overtravel min. (H) P00 130 4.59 13 0.45 .650 (16.50) 0.032 (0,8) .593 ± .020 (15.05 ± 0.5) .012 (0.3) 0.031 (0.8) 0.068 (1,72) T10 195 6.88 55 1.93 .781 (19.85) 0.152 (3.85) .618 ± .028 (15.7 ± .7) 0.020 (0.5) 0.053 (1.35) 0.084 (2,14) T11 160 5.64 45 1.58 .904 (22.95) 0.188 (4.8) .717 ± .039 (18.2 ± 1.0) 0.030 (0.7) 0.062 (1.65) 0.101 (2,57) Actuator code Dimensions are shown: mm (inch) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–59 J Snap-acting P00 Maximum Differential Actuator code www.ck-components.com ZMS Series Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65) TERMINATIONS P L PC THRU-HOLE LEFT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE PC MOUNT (2) 2.5 holes (.098) 9.53 (.375) 5.85 (0.230) 0.23 (.010) 0,6 ± 0,1 ( .024±.003) 5,08 ( .200) 5,08 (.200) 5,08 ( .200) 0,5±0,05 ( .020±.001) 2,8 ( .110) 2,5 ( .098) To center 2,05 of terminal (.081 ) 1,35/1,50 (.053) (.059) 2,85 (.1122 ) 5,08 (.200) 5.08 (.200) 0,5 0,6 (.0197 ) (.0236) 2,8 (.1102 ) 5,08 (.2000 ) 5,08 (.2000 ) 10.16 (.400 ) (3) 1.35 to 1.50 holes (.053) to (.059) PC MOUNTING HOLE R RIGHT FOOTED, PC THRU-HOLE 5 (.197) 2,05 (.081) To center of terminal 0,5 (.020) 2,8 (.110 ) 5,4 (.213 ) Snap-acting J J PC MOUNT (2) 2.5 holes 9.53 (.098) (.375) 5.85 0.23 (0.230) (.010) 304,8 (12.00) RIGHT SIDE (IP67) GREY (NC) 12.0 (472) 5.08 (.200) 3.17 (0.125) STRIP ENDS 12 (.472) 304.8 (12.00) Black Blue Grey 3.17 (COM) (NO) (NC) (.125) Strip Ends 10.16 (.400) (3) 1.35 to 1.50 holes (.053) to (.059) 2,85 (.112 ) K WIRE LEADS BOTTOM (IP67) BLUE (NO) BLACK (COM) S W SOLDER TYPE LEFT SIDE (IP67) 304,8 (12.00) Standard Wire: 20 AWG UL 1007 GREY (NC) 3,17 (0.125) STRIP ENDS 1,7 ( .067 ) 4,13 ( .163 ) 2,5 ( .098 ) 4,13 ( .163 ) 0,5 ( .0197 ) 2,8 ( .1102 ) 12 (.472) BLUE (NO) BLACK (COM) MOUNTING STYLES S STD (NO SUPPORT POST) L SUPPORT POST LEFT R SUPPORT POST RIGHT 5 ( .197 ) 2X 5 ( .197 ) ø2.60 (1,02) 2.60 (.102) CIRCUITRY C W Y SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw) SPST, NC (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed) SPST, NO (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open) Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm (inch) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–60 www.ck-components.com ZMSM Series with Mounting Hole Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65) Features/Benefits • Reliable snap-acting mechanism • Long electrical and mechanical life • Various PCB terminals and actuators • RoHS compatible • IP67 with potted wires only Typical Applications • Communication devices • Testing equipment • Security/Alarm systems UL61058-1 Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 3A@ 125 V AC/ 3A@ 12 V DC, 0.01 A@ 12 V DC. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 100,000 cycles @ 0.01 A, 12 V DC / 100,000 cycles @ 3A, 12 V DC, 6,000 cycles @ 3A, 125 VAC INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 Vrms. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: see chart below. OPERATING FORCE: 130 grams. CASE: Nylon COVER/ACTUATOR: PBT MOVABLE CONTACTS: 3 Amp silver, 0.01A gold STATIONARY CONTACTS: 3 Amp silver, 0.01A gold TERMINALS: Brass, Pre-plated with silver LEVER: Stainless steel * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-62 through J-64. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Z M S M Series ZMSM SP, Mom. Over Travel H High Travel L Low Travel Electrical Rating 0.01 A @ 12 V DC 0 3 3A 125 V AC 3A 12 V DC Operating Force 130 130 grams / 4.59 Actuator P00 Pin plunger T10 .25 lever Terminations T11 .28 simulated roller P PC Thru-hole S Solder type J Wire leads 20 AWG UL 1007 K Wire leads 22 AWG UL1430 W Wire leads 24 AWG UL1061 N Wire leads 26 AWG UL1330 Circuitry C SPDT Mounting Styles W SPST N.C. M No support post Y SPST N.O. L Two support post left R Two support post right T One support post left and right Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–61 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting Build-A-Switch J ZMSM Series with Mounting Hole Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65) SERIES ZMSMH HIGH OVER TRAVEL 19.75 14.8±0.15 PT 2 6 3.7 OP FP 7.5 8.1 3.1 ZMSML LOW OVER TRAVEL 5.4 MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMHXXXXP00PLC 19.75 PT 14.8±0.15 2 6 3.7 OP FP 7.5 3.1 J 9.05 3.3 5.4 Snap-acting MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMLXXXXP00PLC ELECTRICAL RATING CONTACT MATERIAL RoHS COMPLIANT * RoHS COMPATIBLE * 0 Yes Yes Gold alloy 0.01 A @ 12 V DC 3 Yes Yes Silver alloy 3 AMPS @ 125 V AC 3 AMPS @ 12 V DC OPTION CODE Model STATIONARY CONTACT MOVABLE CONTACT ELECTRICAL RATING with option “S” (solder type) only. Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE 130 BASIC SWITCH OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) 130 4.59 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–62 www.ck-components.com ZMSM Series with Mounting Hole Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65) ACTUATOR P00 T10 PIN PLUNGER (IP65) T11 .25 LEVER (IP65) 18.27 REF 14.7 REF OP FP PT 21.75 PT PT OP LEVER (IP65) FP OP OT FP OT SCALE 3.000 MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMLXXXXT10PLC MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMLXXXXP00PLC MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMLXXXXT11PLC SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS Actuator code Maximum Operate Force (grams/oz.) Minimum Release Force (grams/oz.) Free Position Max (mm) P00 130 4.59 13 0.45 7.35 0.8 6.75 ± 0.3 T10 195 6.88 55 1.93 10.70 3.85 7.40 ± 0.8 T11 160 5.64 45 1.58 13.80 4.8 9.90 ± 0.8 Maximum Pre-travel (mm) Operate Position (mm) Maximum Differential (mm) Low Overtravel min. (mm) High Overtravel min. (mm) 0.8 1.75 0.5 1.35 2.3 0.7 1.65 2.6 0.3 Snap-acting TERMINATIONS P S PC THRU-HOLE (IP65) SOLDER TYPE (IP65) 1.7 0.5 TYP 2.5 TYP 0.6 0.5±0.05 5.08 4.13 5.08 MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMHXXXXP00SMC MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMHXXXXP00PLC 3 ø 1,22 ± .127 (.048 ± .005) 5,08 (.200) 5,08 (.200) PC MOUNTING HOLE J WIRE LEADS BOTTOM (IP67) Standard Wire: 20 AWG UL 1007 Available options - must specify 22AWG UL1430 24AWG UL1061 26AWG UL1330 12 REF BLACK COM 305±2.5 GRAY N.C. BLUE N.O. NC NO COM 3 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–63 J www.ck-components.com ZMSM Series with Mounting Hole Subminiature Snap-acting Switches (IP65) MOUNTING STYLES M NO SUPPORT POSTS L R TWO SUPPORT POSTS LEFT TWO SUPPORT POSTS RIGHT T ONE SUPPORT POST LEFT & RIGHT 5 TYP 9.53 TYP 2.6 TYP 2.2 TYP MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMHXXXXP00PMC Snap-acting J POSTS LEFT MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMHXXXXP00PLC POSTS RIGHT MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMHXXXXP00PRC LEFT & RIGHT MODEL SHOWN: ZMSMHXXXXP00PTC CIRCUITRY C W Y SPDT (Single Pole, Double Throw) SPST, NC (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Closed) SPST, NO (Single Pole, Single Throw, Normally Open) Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–64 www.ck-components.com MDS Series Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches Features/Benefits • Snap-acting tactile feel • Small package size • Available in vertical or Typical Applications • Detect the presence of a mechanical device • Medical devices • Consumer electronic right angle PCB mount devices • RoHS compliant and • ATCA applications compatible Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 300mA @ 30 VDC. BASE: PA9T MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL LIFE: 30,000 operations. COVER & ACTUATOR: PA9T CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 m Ω max. inital MOVABLE CONTACT: Copper alloy, silver plated. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –25ºC to +70ºC. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Copper alloy, silver plated. SOLDERABILITY: According to lead free solder profiles. TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. PACKAGING: Available in bulk or tape and reel. NOTE: MDS series is RoHS compliant, and compatible. See technical data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definitions and specifications. OPERATING FORCE: 50g Max. RELEASE FORCE: 3g Min. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-66 through J-70. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. M D S Series MDS SPDT Operating Force 65 50 grams Electrical Rating 00A 300mA @ 30 VDC Actuator L02 Standard lever L03 Higher OP lever Termination Style PS PC Thru-hole, Short PL PC Thru-hole, Long RS PC Thru-hole, Short, Right bend RL PC Thru-hole, Long, Right bend LS PC Thru-hole, Short, Left bend LL PC Thru-hole, Long, Left bend SL SMT, Left SR SMT, Right CL SMT, Left bracket with pins CR SMT, Right bracket with pins BL SMT, Left bracket no pins BR SMT, Right bracket no pins Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–65 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting Build-A-Switch J MDS Series Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches SERIES M D S 7 2,4 1,3 L02 LEVER 7 40° 1 (COMMON) R0,6 7 1,6 3 NO SCHEMATIC SPDT L03 LEVER "C" 2 NC "D" RECOMMENDED DIRECTION OF CAM ENGAGEMENT "A" "B" OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS LEVER L02 OPERATING POSITION FREE POSITION PRETRAVEL OVER TRAVEL CONTACT RATING OPERATING FORCE 1,6 2,7 4 2X 1,6 DIM 'A' DIM 'B' DIM 'C' DIM 'D' 6.7 0.5 8 MAX 1,8 MAX 0.3 MIN 0.3A @ 30 VDC 50 GRAMS F. MAX LEVER L03 7.0 +/-0.5 8.5 MAX 1.8 MAX 0.3 MIN 0.3A @ 30VDC 50 GRAMS F. MAX 8,2 J Snap-acting OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE 65 OPERATING FORCE 50 grams max. ELECTRICAL RATING OPTION CODE 00A ELECTRICAL RATING 300mA @ 30 V DC ACTUATOR L02 L03 STANDARD LEVER HIGHER OP LEVER 7 2,4 2,4 7 1,6 1,3 L03 LEVER L02 LEVER Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–66 www.ck-components.com MDS Series Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches TERMINATIONS PCB Mounting Pattern 1,5 0,08 TYP 2,5±0,08 2,5±0,08 PCB MOUNTING PS PL PC THRU-HOLE, SHORT STRAIGHT PC THRU-HOLE, LONG STRAIGHT COM NO NC 3X 3,1 COM NO NC 3X 2,86 1,3 0,15 TYP 3X 1,5 2,86 3X 1,5 3X 5,3 3X 0,5 1,3 0,15 TYP 0,8 TYP 2,5 TYP 2X 2,5 TYP 3X 0,5 J RL PC THRU-HOLE, SHORT RIGHT BEND 3X 1,25 PC THRU-HOLE, LONG SHORT BEND 3X 1,5 Snap-acting RS 3X 0,5 COM NO NC 2,5 TYP 3X 3,1 0,38 3X 0,5 COM NO NC 3X 1,5 LS 1,3 TYP 0,8 TYP 2,5 TYP 1,36 1,25 3X 1,5 0,38 1,3 TYP 0,8 TYP LL PC THRU-HOLE, SHORT LEFT BEND PC THRU-HOLE, LONG LEFT BEND 3X 1,25 3X 0,5 3X 1,5 0,2 NC 3X 1,5 0,2 NC NO 1,3 TYP 0,8 TYP 2,5 TYP NO COM 1,3 TYP 0,8 TYP 2,5 TYP 3X 0,5 1,36 COM 0,2 3X 3,1 0,38 1,25 3X 1 0,38 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–67 www.ck-components.com MDS Series Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches TERMINATIONS SL SR SMT, LEFT MOUNT 3X 1,5 3X 2,7 1,3 TYP 3X 0,8 2,5 3X 0,4 SMT, RIGHT MOUNT 3X 0,4 3X 2,7 1,3 TYP 3X 0,5 3X 2,7 3X 0,5 3X 0,8 3X 2,7 2,5 TYP SMT Mounting Pattern SMT Mounting Pattern 0.070 (1,8) TYP 0.070 (1,8) TYP 0.060 (1,5) TYP 0.060 (1,5) TYP 0.098 (2,5) CL 3X 1,5 0.098 (2,5) TYP TYP SMT, LEFT BRACKET WITH PINS 11,63 J 10° 8,7 TO CENTER OF POSTS Snap-acting 0,25 9,2 3,08 12 2X 0,85 0,25 2X 1,66 2X 1,78 TYP 5,7 OPERATING POS. FROM CENTER OF POST 2X 2,05 8,22 2X 0,9 0,05 HOLE 8,2 2X 0,76 3X 1,3 3X 0,8 TYP 3X 2,7 2 3,3 0,05 8,7 2X 1,8 3X 1,5 2,5 3X 0,5 2,5 3X 2,7 4,6 2,5 TYP CR SMT, RIGHT BRACKET WITH PINS 11,63 10° 8,7 TO CENTER OF POSTS 0,25 9,2 3,08 2X 0,85 0,25 12 2X 1,66 2X1,78 TYP 5,7 OPERATING POS. FROM CENTER OF POST 2X 2,05 8,22 2,7 8,2 3X 1,3 2X 0,76 0,05 3X 0,5 3X 0,8 2,5 TYP 2 3,3 2X 0,9 0,05 HOLE 8,7 2X 1,8 2,5 3X 1,5 2,5 4,6 3X 2,7 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–68 www.ck-components.com MDS Series Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches TERMINATIONS BL SMT, LEFT BRACKET NO PINS 2X 10° 11,65 0,25 9,2 3,08 2X 1,66 8,2 3X 2,7 3X 1,5 3X 0,5 TYP 1,3 TYP 0,8 TYP 2,5 TYP BR 6,6 3X 1,8 8,22 OF PADS 12 2X 2,05 2X 1,33 3,45 OPERATING POS. TO CENTER OF SMT PAD 3X 2,7 TYP 2,5 2,5 SMT, RIGHT BRACKET NO PINS J 11,65 Snap-acting 10° 0,25 9,2 3,08 2X 1,33 12 2X 2,05 2X 1,66 3,45 OPERATING POS. TO CENTER OF SMT PAD 6,6 3X 1,8 OF PADS 8,22 8,2 3X 2,7 1,3 TYP 0,8 TYP 2,5 TYP 3X 1,5 3X 0,5 3X 2,7 2,5 2,5 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–69 www.ck-components.com MDS Series Micro Snap-acting Detect Switches TAPE AND REEL SL SR SMT, LEFT MOUNT SMT, RIGHT MOUNT 2 0,1 TYP 1,75 0,35 1,5 TYP 4 0,1 TYP 3 A 11,5 B B 9,8 24 8,6 6,7 12 0,1 TYP A 13,1 SECTION A-A 5° PULLING-OUT DIRECTION OF THE TAPE J CL SMT, LEFT MOUNT CR SMT, RIGHT MOUNT Snap-acting SECTION B-B BL SMT, LEFT MOUNT BR SMT, RIGHT MOUNT 1,75 2 0,1 TYP 4 0,1 TYP A 1,5 TYP 0,35 4,25 11,5 1,5 24 13 5,25 1 16 0,1 TYP A 12 8,6 6,7 SECTION A-A 5° SECTION B-B PULLING-OUT DIRECTION OF THE TAPE Supplied in carrier tape meeting the EIA-481-2 standard for 24mm tape. Packaging quantity: SL and SR; 1,600 pieces per reel CL, CR, BL and BR; 1,000 pieces per reel Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–70 www.ck-components.com HB Series Single Pole Standard Precision Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits • Low differential travel, high repeatability • Long life—150,000 cycles typical • Single and double pole circuitry • Sealed actuator and case Typical Applications • Thermostats • Motors • Industrial controls Materials CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 20 AMPS @ 480 V AC; see ELECTRICAL RATING option section for complete listings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 150,000 cycles at 20 AMPS @ 250 V AC. consult Customer Service Center for typical life at other ratings. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,500 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –67ºF to 302ºF (–55ºC to 150ºC). OPERATING FORCE: From 4 oz. to 26 oz. max. at actuator button available. MOUNTING SCREWS: Torque 3 in/lbs max. (Note: Exceeding 3 in/lbs torque may change operating characteristics and increase the possibility of cracking switch case). TERMINAL SCREWS: Torque 4 in/lbs max. PANEL MOUNTING BUSHING: Torque 4-6 in/lbs max. DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP65; Dust-proof, water splash and dew condensation. SWITCH HOUSING: Heat resistant/electrical grade phenolic. INSERTS: Brass alloy. ACTUATOR BUTTON: Moisture resistant phenolic. SPRING: Copper alloy. PIVOT: Brass alloy. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP or less. Fine silver for ratings greater than 1 AMP and motor load ratings less than 1/2 HP @ 125 V AC. Silver alloy for motor load ratings 1/2 HP @ 125 V AC or greater. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP or less. Fine silver welded to copper base for ratings greater than 1 AMP and motor load ratings less than 1/2 HP @ 125 V AC. Silver alloy on copper base for motor load ratings 1/2 HP @ 125 V AC or greater. TERMINALS: Brass alloy, bright tin plated. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-72 through J-76. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. H B Series HB Precision Snap-acting Switches Function S SP S Operating Force KG 18 oz./510 grams GF 4 oz./113 grams KA 9 oz./255 grams KC 13 oz./368 grams KH 20 oz./567 grams PB 26 oz./737 grams Contact Separation 2 .020" 1 .010" 4 .040" 7 .070" Electrical Rating B4 20 A, 125, 250, 480 V AC; 0.25 A, 250 V DC; 0.5 A, 125 V DC A2 5 A, 125, 250 V AC B6 20 A, 125, 250, 480 V AC; 0.25 A, 250 V DC; 0.5 A, 125 V DC; 3/4 HP, 125 V AC; 1 1/2 HP, 25O V AC F5 1 A,125 V AC; 1 A, 3O V DC F9 22 A, 125, 277 V AC; 15 A, 480 V AC; 1/4 HP, 125 V AC; 1/2 HP, 250 V AC S C Mounting Style S Standard Circuitry C SPDT Actuator P0 Pin plunger A0 Lever roller D0 Stub plunger F0 Reverse acting lever roller J0 High overtravel plunger R5 Perpendicular roller plunger T0 Lever TS Sealed Lever Y0 Reverse acting lever Terminations 11 Flat base, solder, 4-40 screws 41 Flat base, .250" quick connect 55 Step base, cup washers, 6-32 screws Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–71 www.ck-components.com J Snap-acting Specifications HB Series Single Pole Standard Precision Snap-acting Switches Sealed Actuator and Case To provide reliable service under environmental conditions that might damage standard precision switches, various HB Series switch models are sealed against the entrance of airborne contaminants and/or splashing liquids. The clearance between the operating plunger and the cover is sealed with a silicone boot and the base cover joint is sealed with an epoxy adhesive. These models are designed to meet requirements of IP65 (dust proof, water splash and dew condensation). For additional information on sealed switches, consult our Customer Service Center. SERIES HB PRECISION SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES FUNCTION S SINGLE POLE SWITCH J Snap-acting OPER. POS. .625 ± .015 (15,88 ± 0,38) Single Pole NOTE: To select switching function, see CIRCUITRY section, page J-52. CONTACT SEPARATION OPTION CODE NOMINAL CONTACT SEPARATION (in./mm) 2 .020 (0,51) 1 .010 (0,25) 4 .040 (1,02) 7 .070 (1,78) .0004 .0002 CONTACT SEPARATION 0 Switches with 1 AMP rating (option code ‘F5’) are available only with .020 contact separation (option ‘2’). DIFFERENTIAL TRAVEL SPECIFICATION LIMITS FOR VARIOUS CONTACT SEPARATIONS INCH .001 .002 .003 .004 .005 1 Switches with 1/2 HP, 125 V AC rating or greater (option codes ‘B5 and B6’) are not available with .010 contact separation (option code ‘1’). 2 4 7 .0015 Dimensions areare shown: Inches Dimensions shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–72 www.ck-components.com HB Series Single Pole Standard Precision Snap-acting Switches OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE OPERATING FORCE SPECIFICATION LIMITS FOR VARIOUS CONTACT SEPARATIONS MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) STANDARD CONTACT SEPARATION (inch) KG 18 510 .020 CONTACT SEPARATION GF 4 115 .010 .010 KA 9 255 .010 KC 13 370 .020 KH 20 570 .040 PB 26 740 .070 OUNCES 9 7 4 13 14 18 20 26 30 .020 .040 .070 STANDARD RANGE MAXIMUM LIMITS AVAILABLE NOTE: All listed differential travel characteristics are based on standard operating force andcontact separation. For any other force or contact separation, consult Customer Service Center. Operating force varies with actuator option, see ACTUATOR option section. ELECTRICAL RATING OPTION CODE MOVABLE CONTACT B4 ELECTRICAL RATING 20 AMPS @ 125, 250 & 480 V AC; 0.25 AMPS @ 250 V DC; 0.5 AMPS @ 125 V DC (UL). Fine silver welded to copper base. 5 AMPS @ 125 & 250 V AC (UL). B6 Precious metal alloy. Precious metal alloy. 20 AMPS @ 125, 250 & 480 V AC; 0.25 AMP @ 250 V DC; 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC; 3/4 HP @ 125 V AC; 1 1/2 HP @ 250 V AC (UL). F5 Gold alloy. Gold alloy. Low level* to 1 AMP @ 125 V AC; 1 AMP @ 30 V DC (UL). Fine silver. Fine silver welded to copper base. 22 AMPS @ 125 & 277 V AC; 15 AMPS @ 480 V AC; 1/4 HP @ 125 V AC; 1/2 HP @ 250 V AC; 277 V AC (UL). F9 * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. AVAILABLE COMBINATIONS OPERATING FORCE (oz.) ELECTRICAL RATING 4 GF 9 KA 13 KC 18 KG 20 KH 26 PB A2 • • • • • • B4 x • • • • • B6 x x x • • • F5 x x • • • • F9 x x x • • • • AVAILABLE x NOT AVAILABLE All models with all options Consult Customer Service center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–73 www.ck-components.com J Snap-acting Fine silver. A2 STATIONARY CONTACT HB Series Single Pole Standard Precision Snap-acting Switches MOUNTING STYLE S Standard NOTE: Mounting holes will accept pins or screws of .139 dia. (3,53) max. on 1.000 ± .002 (25,4 ± 0,05) centers. NOTE: Torque mounting screws 3 inlbs max. ACTUATOR NO. POLES FIG. DIM. A DIM. B DIM. C DIM. D A0 SP 1 .86 (21,8) 1.120 ± .060 (28,45 ± 1,52) .38 dia. (9,7Ø) 1.03 (26,2) D0 SP 3 .92 (23,4) .844 ± .020 (21,44 ± 0,51) — — F0 SP 2 .09 (2,3) 1.120 ± .050 (28,45 ± 1,27) .38 dia. (9,7Ø) .74 (18,8) J J0 SP 4 .86 (21,8) .860±.030 (21,84±0,76) — — Snap-acting A OPTION CODE P0 SP 5 .92 (23,4) .625 ± .010 (15,88 ± 0,25) — — R5 SP 6 .92 (23,4) .62 (15,7) .50 dia. (12,7Ø) 0.61 (15,5) T0 SP 7 1.310 (33,27) .720 ± .060 (18,28 ± 1,52) 1.03 dia. (26,2Ø)) — TS* SP 7 1.47 (37,3) .720 ± .060 (18,28 ± 1,52) 1.03 dia. (26,2Ø) — Y0 SP 8 .05 (1,3) .720 ± .030 (18,29 ± 0,76) .74 dia. (18,8Ø) 2.65 (6,73) D A D C B B FIG. C 1 FIG. 2 Lever Roller Lever Roller A B FIG. 3 Stub Plunger * Actuators sealed against the entrance of airborne contaminants and/or splashing liquids. 0.33 (8,40) Dia. C A A A B B D FIG. 5 Pin Plunger PANEL MOUNTING .640 ± .020 FIG. 4 Plunger B FIG. 6 Perpendicular Roller Plunger .50 DIA. (12,70?) D C A C B A B FIG. 8 Reverse Acting Lever FIG. 7 Lever Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–74 www.ck-components.com HB Series Single Pole Standard Precision Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR ACTUATOR OPTION CODE MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) MINIMUM RELEASE FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) A0 D0 F0 * SEALED ACTUATOR J0 P0 R5 T0 Y0 TS — — — — GF — — — — 4 115 KA 3 85 9.5 269 10 284 10 284 9 255 10 284 2 60 10 284 2 56 KC — 13 370 10 284 13 370 13 370 13 370 — 10 284 — KG 3.5 100 — — — 18 510 — 2.5 71 — 2.5 71 KH 4 115 20 570 20 570 20 570 20 570 20 570 3 85 20 570 3 85 PB 4.5 130 26 740 20 570 26 740 26 740 26 740 3.5 100 20 570 3.5 100 GF — — — — 1 28 — — — — KA .75 21 4 110 3 85 4 110 4 110 4 110 .5 14 3 85 .5 14 KC 1.7 48 4 110 3 85 4 110 4 110 4 110 — 3 85 — KG .75 21 — — — 4 110 — .5 14 — .5 14 KH .75 21 4 110 3 85 4 110 4 110 4 110 .5 14 3 85 .5 14 PB .75 21 4 110 3 85 4 110 4 110 4 110 .5 14 3 85 .5 14 J ACTUATOR OPTION CODE MAXIMUM DIFFERENTIAL TRAVEL (IN/MM) MAXIMUM PRETRAVEL (IN/MM) MINIMUM OVERTRAVEL (IN/MM) A0 D0 F0 * SEALED ACTUATOR J0 P0 R5 T0 Y0 TS GF — — — — .0005 (0,013) — — — — KA .020 (0,51) .0005 (0,013) .005 (0,13) — .0005 (0,013) — .047 (1,19) .005 (0,13) .047 (1,19) KC — .002 (0,05) .008 (0,20) — .002 (0,05) — — .009 (0,23) — KG .062 (1,57) — — — .003 (0,08) — .078 (1,98) — .078 (1,98) KH .080 (2,03) .003 (0,76) .020 (0,51) — .003 (0,08) — .093 (2,36) .020 (0,51) .093 (2,36) PB .125 (3,18) .007 (0,18) .030 (0,76) — .005 (0,13) — .156 (3,96) .031 (0,79) .156 (3,96) GF — — — — .020 (0,51) — — — — KA .312 (7,92) .020 (0,51) 0.8 (2,0) .015 (0,38) .015 (0,38) .015 (0,38) .38 (9,7) .09 (2,3) .38 (9,7) KC — .020 (0,51) 0.8 (2,0) .020 (0,51) .020 (0,51) .020 (0,51) — .09 (2,3) — KG .312 (7,92) — — — .025 (0,64) — .38 (9,7) — .38 (9,7) KH .38 (9,7) .025 (0,64) 0.9 (2,3) .025 (0,64) .025 (0,64) .025 (0,64) .38 (9,7) 0.9 (2,3) .38 (9,7) PB .38 (9,7) .030 (0,76) 0.9 (2,3) .030 (0,76) .030 (0,76) .030 (0,76) .38 (9,7) 0.9 (2,3) .38 (9,7) GF — — — — .005 (0,13) — — — — KA .156 (3,96) .055 (1,40) .06 (1,5) .22 (5,6) .005 (0,13) .141 (3,58) .19 (4,8) .06 (1,5) .19 (4,8) KC — .055 (1,40) 0.9 (2,3) .22 (5,6) .005 (0,13) .141 (3,58) — 0.9 (2,3) — KG .156 (3,96) — — — .005 (0,13) — .19 (4,8) — .19 (4,8) KH .156 (3,96) .055 (1,40) 0.9 (2,3) .22 (5,6) .005 (0,13) .141 (3,58) .19 (4,8) 0.9 (2,3) .19 (4,8) PB .156 (3,96) .055 (1,40) 0.9 (2,3) .22 (5,6) .005 (0,13) .141 (3,58) .19 (4,8) 0.9 (2,3) .19 (4,8) Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–75 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting NOTE: For basic switch operating forces, see page J-71. * Actuators sealed against the entrance of airborne contaminants and/or splashing liquids. HB Series Single Pole Standard Precision Snap-acting Switches TERMINATIONS 11 41 FLAT BASE, SOLDER TERMINALS AND 4-40 SCREWS FLAT BASE, .250" QUICK CONNECT TERMINALS NOTE: Switches with flat base option have molded ribs that provide increased creep distance. 55 STEP BASE, 6-32 SCREWS AND CUP WASHERS Snap-acting J NOTE: Switches with step base option provide wide electrical clearance for screw terminal options. CIRCUITRY C DT (Double Throw, Normally Closed & Normally Open) Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–76 www.ck-components.com A Series General Purpose Snap-acting Switches Features/Benefits • Low cost—high performance • Long electrical life • Single and double pole • Sealed actuator option available Typical Applications • Enclosure equipment • Garage door openers • Vending machines Materials CONTACT RATING: From low level* to 30 AMPS @ 277 V AC. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 75,000 cycles at 25 AMPS @ 250 V AC, 200,000 cycles at 15 AMPS @ 250 V AC. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –67ºF to 185ºF (–55ºC to 85ºC). OPERATING FORCE: 20 oz. (567 grams) max. SP models. 40 oz. (1134 grams) max. DP models at actuator button. MOUNTING: Torque screws 3 in/lbs max. MOUNTING NUT: 20 in/lbs max. torque SWITCH HOUSING: Heat resistant phenolic (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR BUTTON: Heat resistant phenolic (UL 94V-0). SPRING: Copper alloy. PIVOT: Brass alloy for models up to 15 AMPS. Copper for 25 AMP models. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Gold alloy for ratings 1 AMP or less. Fine silver for ratings up to 15 AMPS. Silver alloy for ratings of 30.1 AMPS. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Gold alloy on brass base alloy for ratings 1 AMP or less. Fine silver welded on brass base alloy for ratings greater than 1 AMP up to 15 AMPS. Fine silver welded on copper alloy for ratings 30.1 AMPS. TERMINALS: Brass alloy for 1 AMP up to 15 AMPS. Copper alloy for 30.1 AMPS. * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-78 through J-81. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. A 4 A Series A General Purpose Snap-acting Switches No. Poles S SP D DP Operating Force KH* 20 oz./567 grams PD** 30 oz./850 grams GG*5 oz./142 grams PF**40 oz./1134 grams Electrical Rating C2 15 A, 125, 25O V AC; 3/4 HP, 125 V AC; 1 1/2 HP, 250 V AC F3 25 A, 125, 250 V AC; 1 HP, 125 V Ac; 2 HP, 250 V AC; 2 A, 24 V DC F5 1 A, 125 V AC, 3O V DC Actuator P0 Pin plunger T0 Lever A0 Lever roller A2 Lever roller, high force BB Large red button B1 Large black button J0 High overtravel plunger L0 Leaf Q0 High operating position plunger W0 Leaf roller Terminations 4A .250" quick connect * Single Pole ** Double Pole Circuitry C DT W ST N.C. Y ST N.O. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–77 www.ck-components.com J Snap-acting Specifications A Series General Purpose Snap-acting Switches SERIES A GENERAL PURPOSE SNAP-ACTING SWITCHES NO. POLES S SINGLE POLE SWITCH Snap-acting J Mounting holes will accept pins or screws of .139 dia. (3,53) max., on 1.000 (25,40) centers. D DOUBLE POLE SWITCH Mounting holes will accept pins or screws of .139 dia. (3,53) max., on 1.000 (25,40) centers. NOTE: To select switching function, see CIRCUITRY section, page J-81. . Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–78 www.ck-components.com A Series General Purpose Snap-acting Switches OPERATING FORCE OPTION CODE NO. POLES BASIC SWITCH OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) KH SP 20 567 PD DP 30 850 GG SP 5 142 PF DP 40 1134 NOTE: Operating force varies with actuator, see ACTUATOR option section. ELECTRICAL RATING J CONTACT MATERIAL MOVABLE CONTACT STATIONARY CONTACT ELECTRICAL RATING C2 Fine silver. Fine silver welded on brass base alloy. 15 AMPS @ 125 & 250 V AC; 3/4 HP @ 125 V AC; 1-1/2 HP @ 250 V AC. F3 Silver alloy. Silver welded on copper base alloy. 25 AMPS @ 125 & 250 V AC; 1 HP @ 125 V AC; 2 HP @ 250 V AC; 2 AMPS @ 24 V DC. F5 Gold alloy. Gold alloy on brass base alloy. From low level* to 1 AMP @ 125 V AC, 30 V DC. All models Contact Customer Service Center for availability and delivery of nonstandard ratings. with all options. * Low Level=conditions where no arcing occurs during switching, i.e., 0.4 VA max. @ 20 V AC or DC max. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. AVAILABLE COMBINATIONS OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) ELECTRICAL RATING GG 5 142 KH 20 567 PD 30 850 PF 40 1134 C2 • • • • F3 x • • • F5 • • • • • AVAILABLE x NOT AVAILABLE Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–79 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting OPTION CODE A Series General Purpose Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR A OPTION CODE FIG. DIM. A DIM. B P0 1 .50 (12,7) .285 ± .030 (7,24 ± 0,76) — A0 3 1.38 (35,1) .718 ± .062 (18,24 ± 1,57) .375 dia. (9,53Ø) A2 4 1.25 (31,8) .718 ± .062 (18,24 ± 1,57) .375 dia. (9,53Ø) 6 1.50 (38,1) .40 ± 0.1 (10,2 ± 2.54) .98 dia. (24,9Ø) 6 1.50 (38,1) .40 ± 0.1 (10,2 ± 2.54) J0 5 .50 (12,7) L0 2 Q0 T0 B1 BB W0 DIM. E DIM. F — — — .50 (12,7) .50 (12,7) — .50 (12,7) — — — — — .98 dia. (24,9Ø) — — — .810 ± .030 (20,6 ± 0,8) .38 (9,7) .25 dia. (6,4Ø) — — 1.62 (41,1) .312 ± .062 (17,92 ± 1,57) .50 (12,7) — — — 5 .50 (12,7) .670 ± .030 (17,02 ± 0,76) .38 (9,6) .25 dia. (6,4Ø) — — 7 1.50 (38,1) .318 ± .062 (8,08 ± 1,57) .50 (12,7) .50 (12,7) — — 8 1.50 (38,1) .801 ± .062 (20,34 ± 1,57) .375 dia. (9,53ø) .50 (12,7) — — J DIM. C B FIG. 1 High Overtravel Plunger NOTE: The “H0” high overtravel plunger option provides .100 (2,54) min. overtravel and longer mechanical life (1,000,000 operations typical). A C B FIG. 2 Leaf C A C A E D Snap-acting E DIM. D D F B FIG. 3 Lever Roller B FIG. 4 Lever roller (High Force) A PANEL MOUNTING A C D 6-32 NC THD 2 places B C FIG. 5 High Overtravel Plunger B PANEL MOUNTING .322 .003 (8,18 0,08) 0.144 DIA. min 2 places .380 ± .003 (9,65 ± ? 0,08) FIG. 6 B1 – Black Button BB – Red Button Torque 20 in/lbs max. (Nut) C A D A D C B B FIG. 8 Leaf Roller FIG. 7 Lever Dimensions areare shown: Inches Dimensions shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–80 www.ck-components.com A Series General Purpose Snap-acting Switches ACTUATOR SWITCH CHARACTERISTICS MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) OPTION CODE GG S.P. KH S.P. PD D.P MINIMUM RELEASE FORCE (OZ./GRAMS) PF D.P. GG S.P. KH S.P. PD D.P PF D.P. MAXIMUM PRETRAVEL GG S.P. KH S.P. PD D.P MINIMUM OVERTRAVEL PF D.P. GG S.P. KH S.P. PD D.P OPERATING POSITION PF D.P. GG S.P. KH S.P. PD D.P .718 (18,24) 1.5 42.5 4 113 6 170 10 283 0.3 8.5 0.5 14 1 28 .312 (7,92) A2 1.5 42.5 4 113 6 170 10 283 0.4 11 0.5 14 1 28 .25 (6,4) .14 (5,6) .718 (18,24) B1 8 227 20 567 30 850 40 1134 1 28 3 85 6 170 .050 (1,27) 050 (1,27) — BB 8 227 20 567 30 850 40 1134 1 28 3 85 6 170 .050 (1,27) .050 (1,27) — J0 5 142 20 567 30 850 40 1134 1 28 3 85 6 170 .050 (1,27) .187 (4,75) — L0 3 85 12 340 18 510 22 624 0.5 14 1 28 2 56.7 .281 (7,14) 062 (1,57) .312 (7,92) P0 8 227 20 567 30 850 40 1134 1 28 3 85 6 170 .050 (1,27) .050 (1,27) — Q0 5 142 20 567 30 850 40 1134 1 28 3 85 6 170 .050 (1,27) .050 (1,27) — T0 1.5 42.5 4 113 6 170 10 283 0.3 8.5 0.5 14 1 28 .312 (7,92) .187 (4,75) 312 (7,92) W0 3 85 12 340 18 510 22 624 0.5 14 1 28 2 56.7 .281 (7,14) .062 (1,57) .718 (18,24) . .187 (4,75) NOTE: For basic switch operating forces, see page J-77. TERMINATIONS 4A .250" QUICK CONNECT NOTE: Terminals can be supplied at various angles. Other terminal styles can be supplied for special applications. Consult Customer Service Center for special requirements. Washer and nut ship with switch CIRCUITRY C W Y DT (Double Throw, Normally Open & Normally Closed) ST N.C. (Single Throw, Normally Closed) ST N.O. (Single Throw, Normally Open) NOTE: To select number of poles, see NO. POLES section, page J-56 Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–81 www.ck-components.com J Snap-acting A0 312 (7,92) PF D.P. TL Series Door Interlock Switches Features/Benefits • Push/pull motion • Multiple mounting configurations • Wide variety of termination options • Ratings up to 15 AMPS Typical Applications • Computer enclosures • Panel builders • Industrial enclosures Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 15 AMPS @ 125 & 250 V AC; 0.25 AMP @ 250 V DC; 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC; 1/2 HP @ 125 & 250 V AC; 3 AMPS @ 125 V AC “L”. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 150,000 cycles at 15 AMPS @ 250 V AC. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000 M ohm min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –67ºF to 302ºF (–55ºC to 150ºC). SWITCH HOUSING: Thermoplastic or general purpose phenolic (UL 94V-0). MOUNTING BRACKET: Stainless steel. PLUNGER: Stainless steel. ACTUATOR BUTTON: Thermoplastic (UL 94V-0). SPRING: Copper alloy. PIVOT: Brass alloy. MOVABLE CONTACT: Fine silver. STATIONARY CONTACTS: Fine silver. TERMINALS: Copper alloy. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Snap-acting J Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages J-83 and J-84. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Model 11TL One TM Series SPDT switch 12TL One TM Series SPDT switch 23TL Two TM Series SPDT switches Terminations 60 Screw 40 .187" Quick connect 4A .250" Quick connect Plunger 2 Stainless steel, not tapped 4 Stainless steel, tapped Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–82 www.ck-components.com TL Series Door Interlock Switches MODEL 11TL WITH SMALL BRACKET 1.87 [47,4] .375 MAX. FREE POS. [9,53] .203 MIN. OPER. POS. [5,16] .125MAX DEPRESSED POS. [3,18] .265 [6,73] .179 [4,55] STAINLESS STEEL PLUNGER .25 [6,2] .812 [20,62] .21 [5,3] .25 [6,4] .406 [10,31] 1.300 [33,02] .218 [5,54] .500 [12,7] .84 [21,3] 6-32 NC THD. (4) FLEXIBLE INSULATOR J 11TL602 SPDT 12TL Snap-acting .26 [6,6] .51 [13] 1.59 [40,4] WITH LARGE BRACKET 1.87 [47,4] .375 MAX.FREE POS. [9,53] .203 MIN. OPER. POS. [5,16] .51 [13] .125 MAX DEPRESSED POS. [3,18] .265 [6,73] .343 [8,71] .305 (2) [7,75] .343 [8,71] 1.50 [38,1] 1.50 [38,1] 1.81 [46] .75 [19,1] 12TL602 .21 [5,3] .25 [6,4] .16 [4] STAINLESS STEEL PLUNGER 6-32 NC THD. (5) FLEXIBLE INSULATOR 1.59 [40,3] Torque screws to 6in lbs max SPDT Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–83 www.ck-components.com TL Series Door Interlock Switches MODEL 23TL WITH TWO SWITCHES 1.87 [47,4] .375 MAX. FREE POS. [9,53] .203 MIN. OPER. POS. [5,16] .51 [13] .265 [6,73] .125MAX DEPRESSED POS. [3,18] .14 [3,5] .906 [23,01] 2.09 [53,1] STAINLESS STEEL PLUNGER .21 [5,3] .25 [6,4] 1.81 [46] .438 [11,13] .219 [5,56] .687 [17,45] FLEXIBLE INSULATOR 23TL602 6-32 NC THD. (4) .27 [6,9] Snap-acting J .179 [4,55] SPDT .812 [20,62] 1.59 [40,5] TERMINATIONS 60 SCREW TERMINALS 40 .187" QUICK CONNECT 4A .250" QUICK CONNECT Torque screws to 6in lbs max PLUNGERS 2 STAINLESS STEEL, NOT TAPPED 4 STAINLESS STEEL, TAPPED 4-40 x .375 (9,52) min. depth Dimensions are shown: Inches (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–84 www.ck-components.com DS Series Interlock Pushbutton Switches Features/Benefits • Snap-in mounting • Reliable snap action mechanism • Latch or momentary • RoHS compliant • Halogen free material Typical Applications • Interlock switch • Detection switch • Circuit interrupt UL61058-1 Materials Specifications FUNCTION: Single pole double throw / Double pole double throw HOUSING, COVER, ACTUATOR, KNOB: PA 66/6 halogen free, UL94V-0 MOUNTING TYPE: Snap in style NO & NC FIXED TERMINALS: Copper alloy COMMON TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plate Electrical CONTACTS: Silver alloy / F5 rating gold plated over silver alloy ELECTRICAL LIFE: see ratings chart below RETURN SPRINGS: Stainless steel DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1500 V (50-60 Hz @ sea level) INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 30 milli-ohms Operating Environment OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40˚C to +85˚C Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. D S Designation DS DS Series Housing Color NONE White B Black Number of Poles SPDT 1 2 DPDT Terminals Q1 4.8 x 0.5 Q2 4.8 x 0.8 Q3 6.3 x 0.8 Rating F5 F7 D6 D7* 0.1 (0.5)A @ 125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 50E3 0.1A G.P. @ 125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 50E3 0.1 (0.5)A @ 125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 10E4 0.1A G.P. @ 125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 10E4 10 (4)A @125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 50E3 10A G.P. @ 125 / 250 V AC 1/3HP @ 125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 10E3 16A G.P. @125/250 V AC 3/4HP 125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 10E3 16 (6) A @125/250 V AC 50/60 Hz 10E3 * Note - 16A version has Q3 terminals only Actuator Style A Momentary, Short button B Momentary, Long button C Momentary/Pulled out button (not available on D7 rating) International Rating Symbols 10E3 Cycles 10,000 10E4 Cycles 100,000 50E3 Cycles 50,000 Current rating: First number represents resistive rating. Second number represents inductive (motor) rating General purpose rating UL1054 10(4) GP Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 31 oct 16 J–85 www.ck-components.com Snap-acting NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, please contact Customer Service. J DS Series Interlock Pushbutton Switches NUMBER OF POLES 1 SPDT 31.75 NC COM NO SCHEMATIC 17.3 DIM "A" 8.6 R1.5 11.7 DIM "B" R1.27 MAX 1 2 3 4 5 PANEL MOUNTING PANEL THICKNESS 9.55 DIM "A" mm DIM "B" mm 28.32 13.97 2.54 28.58 13.97 MAX TRAVEL (PULL) 1.14 13.3 3.67 2X 80° 2.38 REF FREE POSITION ON AT REST N0 NC COM J OPERATING POSITION (PULL) 24.6 PUSH OVER TRAVEL MAX 15.54 OPERATING POSITION (PUSH) R1.5 21.35 Snap-acting 2 9.5 4.15 22.05 25.65 DPDT 39.9 NC2 NC1 NO2 NO1 COM1 COM2 17.3 SCHEMATIC DIM "A" 4X R1.5 DIM "B" 1 2 3 4 5 4X R1.27 PANEL MOUNTING 0.8 TYP MAX TRAVEL (PULL) FREE POSITION ON AT REST OPERATING POSITION (PULL) PUSH OVER TRAVEL MAX COM1 NC1 N0 1 N0 2 24.6 COM2 21.2 OPERATING POSITION (PUSH) PANEL THICKNESS NC2 2 DIM "A" mm DIM "B" mm 1.14 36.70 13.97 2.54 36.96 13.97 13.3 9.5 12.15 2X 4.95 26.4 35 MAX 39.8 31 oct 16 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change J–86 www.ck-components.com DS Series Interlock Pushbutton Switches ACTUATOR STYLE / SPECIFICATIONS A B SHORT BUTTON C LONG BUTTON PULLED OUT AT REST POSITION AT REST POSITION AT REST POSITION LONG BUTTON SHORT BUTTON MOMENTARY/PULLED OUT PULLED OUT POSITION FREE POSITION SPDT Specification BUTTON STYLE A B OVER TRAVEL OVER TRAVEL OPERATING POSITION POSITION POSITION PUSH PUSH MAX PULL MAX 3.20 8.90 ± 1.25 NA 10.15 19.55 ± 1.25 NA OPERATING POSITION PULL FREE POSITION AT REST OPERATING FORCE NA NA 11.45 ± 0.75 22.25 ± 0.75 425 gf 425 gf 16.75 ± 1.25 21.60 ± 1.25 19.30 ± 0.75 385gf 475gf OVER TRAVEL OVER TRAVEL OPERATING POSITION POSITION POSITION PUSH PUSH MAX PULL MAX 3.20 8.90 ± 1.25 NA 10.15 19.55 ± 1.25 NA OPERATING POSITION PULL FREE POSITION AT REST OPERATING FORCE NA NA 11.45 ± 0.75 22.25 ± 0.75 680 gf 680gf 16.75 ± 1.25 21.60 ± 1.25 19.30 ± 0.75 J 13.20 24.90 Snap-acting PUSH PULL C DPDT Specification BUTTON STYLE A B PUSH PULL C 13.20 24.90 560gf 750gf TERMINALS Q1 Q2 Q3 4.8 x 0.5 6.3 x 0.8 4.8 x 0.8 Q1-0.5 THK Q2-0.8 THK 4.8 Q3-0.8 6.3 Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change 31 oct 16 J–87 www.ck-components.com Rotary Switches Product Selection Guide Rotary Series Switch Type A RTA Multi-pole/ Multi-pole/ Multi-position Multi-position M R F H RW Half-inch Rota-slide Rota-slide Power Rota-slide Subminiature Rotary SMT • Miniature Low Profile Screwdriver Slot • • • • • • • • • Illumination Power Maximum Current • 2.5 Amps 150 mA 6 Amps 5 Amps 4 Amps 12 Amps 0.1 A 10mA 1-4 1-4 1&2 1&2 1&2 1&2 1 36º 45º & 90º 45º & 90º 36º & 45º • Poles Indexing 30º, 45º, 90º • Splashproof Rotary K 22.5º, 30º 30º & 36º 36º • • F option Sealed Non-shorting/ Shorting Contacts • Panel Mount Options Front Mount Rear Mount • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PCB Mount Options Vertical • Terminations Solder Lug Wire Lead Quick Connect • PC • • • • • Page No. K–3 K–8 K–13 K–18 K–21 • K–25 K–28 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–2 www.ck-components.com A Series 1-4 Pole Rotary Switches Features/Benefits • Multi-pole and multi-position • Positive detent • Shorting & non-shorting contacts • Panel and PCB mounting • RoHS Compliant Typical Applications • Automotive • Major and small appliances • Industrial equipment Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: Switch - 2.5 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 350 mA @ 125 V DC (UL/CSA). Carry - 5 AMPS continuous. See page K-6 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 15,000 make-and-break cycles at full load up to 300,000 detent operations. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10 9 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. Operating and storage temp: -30º to 85ºC OPERATING & STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to 85ºC HOUSING & BUSHING: Glass filled 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-0). ACTUATOR: Glass filled 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-0). MOVABLE CONTACTS: Q contact material: Coin silver, silver plated. See page K-6 for additional contact materials. STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Q contact material: Brass, silver plated. See page K-6 for additional contact materials. HARDWARE: Nut - zinc, nickel plated. Lockwasher — steel, bright zinc plated. Stop Ring - brass, nickel plated. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages K–4 through K–7. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. K Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–3 www.ck-components.com Rotary Switch Function A100 SP, 30° Index, 12 pos. no stops A102 SPDT, 30° Index A103 SP, 30° Index, 3 pos. Actuator A104 SP, 30° Index, 4 pos. 15 1.500" high, flatted A105 SP, 30° Index, 5 pos. 03 .375" high, flatted A106 SP, 30° Index, 6 pos. 05 .500" high, flatted A107 SP, 30° Index, 7 pos. 14 1.500" high, flatted A108 SP, 30° Index, 8 pos. 42 1.654" high, metric A109 SP, 30° Index, 9 pos. S1 Screwdriver Slot A110 SP, 30° Index, 10 pos. A112 SP, 30° Index, 12 pos. Mounting Style A114 SP, 90° Index, 2 pos. R 3/8-32 threaded A115 SP, 45° Index, 3 pos. M M10 x .75 metric A124 SP, 90° Index, 4 pos. Shorting/ A125 SP, 45° Index, 8 pos. Non-shorting Contacts A203 DP, 30° Index, 3 pos. N Non-shorting contacts A204 DP, 30° Index, 4 pos. S Shorting contacts A205 DP, 30° Index, 5 pos. (Not available with models A114, A124 & A214) A206 DP, 30° Index, 6 pos. A214 DP, 90° Index, 2 pos. Terminations A303 3P, 30° Index, 3 pos. Z Solder lug A304 3P, 30° Index, 4 pos. C PC Thru-hole Contact Material A402 4PDT, 30° Index MC Modular base Q Silver A403 4P, 30° Index, 3 pos B Gold Seal G Gold over silver NONE No seal E Epoxy seal F Splashproof bushing seal K Epoxy & splashproof bushing seal A Series 1-4 Pole Rotary Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SP MODELS SCHEMATIC 30º INDEXING NO. POLES MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION TERMINALS A100 12 Position No Stops A,1-12 30º INDEXING NO. POLES MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION A402 4PDT A,B,C,D,1,2,4,5,7, 8,10,11 A403 3 Position All Terminals TERMINALS 4P SP A102 SPDT A,1,2* A103 3 Position A,1-3* A104 4 Position A,1-4* A105 5 Position A,1-5* A106 6 Position A,1-6* A107 7 Position A,1-7 A108 8 Position A,1-8 A109 9 Position A,1-9 A110 10 Position A,1-10 A112 12 Position A,1-12 A203 3 Position A,C,1-3,7-9 A204 4 Position A,C,1-4,7-10 A205 5 Position A,C,1-5,7-11 A206 6 Position A,C,1-12 A303 3 Position A,B,C,1-3,5-7 9-11 A304 4 Position A,B,C,1-12 DP MODELS SCHEMATIC 45º INDEXING NO. POLES MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION A115 3 Position A,1,2,4* A125 8 Position A,1,2,4,5,7,8,10,11 TERMINALS SP 3P MODELS SCHEMATIC 90º INDEXING DP K MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION A114 2 Position A,1,4* A124 4 Position A,1,4,7,10 A214 2 Position A,C,1,4,7,10 TERMINALS SP 3P Rotary NO. POLES 4P MODELS SCHEMATIC DP TERMINAL NUMBERS Terminal numbers molded on bottom of housing. NOTE: * These models with ‘C’ or ‘MC’ terminations have additional terminal no. 9 as switch support only. This terminal is not connected electrically inside switch. All models with all options when ordered with ‘G’ or ‘Q’ contact material, see page K-6. 4P MODELS SP MODELS (omit terminals B, C & D) DP MODELS (omit terminals B & D) 3P MODELS Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–4 www.ck-components.com A Series 1-4 Pole Rotary Switches ACTUATOR 15 03 1.500" HIGH .375" HIGH 05 14 .500" HIGH 1.500" HIGH 42 1.654" METRIC S1 SCREWDRIVER SLOT NOTE: Actuators shown in position 1, fully CCW. MOUNTING STYLE R M 3/8-32 THREAD M10 x .75 METRIC TYPICAL INSTALLATION Maximum force to push on knob should not exceed 10 lbs. NUT PANEL MOUNTING PANEL MOUNTING Install switch with stop ring (if used) and lockwasher in back of panel. Tighten hex nut from front of panel. On PC mounted switches, use hex nut and lockwasher to hold stop ring in place. Actuation torque: 8–16 oz./in. Maximum torque: 30 oz./in. 3/ 8 METRIC BUSHING IN. BUSHING SHORTING/NON-SHORTING CONTACTS N NON-SHORTING CONTACTS (break-before-make) S SHORTING CONTACTS (make-before-break) NOTE: ‘S’ shorting contacts are not available with A114, A124 and A214 models. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–5 www.ck-components.com Rotary LOCKWASHER K A Series 1-4 Pole Rotary Switches TERMINATIONS Z C SOLDER LUG MC PC THRU-HOLE MODULAR BASE (for wave soldering) NOTE: Switches with ‘C’ or ‘MC’ terminations have additional terminal no. 9 as switch support only. This terminal is not connected electrically inside switch. Solder and clean switch base on PC board with other components, then snap on housing/actuator assembly. See page K-7 for installation instructions. PC MOUNTING 4P MODEL SP MODEL (omit terminals B, C & D) DP MODEL (omit terminals B & D) Rotary K 3P MODEL CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL RATING Q SILVER 2 POWER SWITCH-2.5 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 350 mA @ 125V DC (UL/CSA). CARRY-5 AMPS CONTINUOUS. B GOLD 1 LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX. or SWITCH-2.5 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 350 mA @ 125 V DC (UL/CSA). CARRY-5 AMPS CONTINUOUS. G GOLD OVER SILVER 3 * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. 1 MOVABLE CONTACTS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate. STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Brass, with gold plate over nickel plate. MOVABLE CONTACTS: Coin silver, silver plated. STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Brass, silver plated (standard with all termination options). 3 MOVABLE CONTACTS: Coin silver, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate. STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Brass, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. 2 All models with all options when ordered with ‘G’ or ‘Q’ contact material. NOTE: ‘G’ contact material is equivalent to both ‘B’ and ‘Q” contact materials. Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–6 www.ck-components.com A Series 1-4 Pole Rotary Switches FUNCTION NONE NO SEAL E EPOXY SEAL F SPLASHPROOF BUSHING SEAL K EPOXY & SPLASHPROOF BUSHING SEAL SPLASHPROOF BUSHING SEAL Setting Stops on A112 and A125 Models To set stops: Turn shaft fully counter-clockwise and insert stop ring tab in desired hole. Install lockwasher and nut to retain stop ring for both PC and panel mounting. Switch without stop ring has 12 positions. The number of switch positions is adjustable on A112 and A125 models only by means of a stop ring provided with each switch. The number of positions is pre-set on all other models and the stop ring is factory installed. Soldering, Cleaning and Assembly Instructions for ‘MC’ Termination Option Soldering 1. Insert switch base only into PC board. 2. Do not bend terminals. 3. Wave soldering recommended at 500F solder temperature. 4. Hand solder at 500F, 10 sec. max./terminal. Cleaning 1. Flux clean using vapor degreaser and forced rinse or triple bath method. 2. Do not allow switch base to ‘trap’ fluids. 3. Freon TMC, TF or Methylene Chloride give excellent results. REMOVABLE CLIP K Rotary Switch Assembly 1. Hold housing/shaft assembly by housing. Remove protective cap by squeezing tabs and discard. (FIG. 1) 2. Do not push on switch shaft. Detent mechanism will come apart. 3. While holding switch housing, align locating tab on base with notch on housing and engage 4 housing latches in slots on base. (FIG. 2) 4. Push firmly on housing until latches snap in place. 5. Remove clip from shaft and discard. Assembly is complete. (FIG. 3) (FIG. 1) LOCATING TAB STANDOFF (FIG. 2) (FIG. 3) AVAILABLE HARDWARE Stop ring PART NO. 767B00201 Material: Brass Finish: Nickel plated Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–7 www.ck-components.com RTA Series 1–4 Poles Coded Rotary Switches Features/Benefits • PCB or hand soldering versions • Bushing mounting • Multiple poles • Decimal and hexadecimal codes • Screwdriver slot or extended actuator • RoHS Compliant Electrical Data Silver Mechanical Data Gold SWITCHING MODE: BBM MAX. SWITCHING POWER 5 VA MAX. SWITCHING CURRENT: 150 mA 5A MAX. CARRYING CURRENT: NOMINAL VOLTAGE AT 50 Hz 60 V CONTACT RESISTANCE: < 150 mΩ DIELECTRIC STRENGTH AT 50 Hz BETWEEN CONTACTS AND GROUND TERMINALS: 500 V r INSULATION RESISTANCE BETWEEN CONTACTS OR CONTACTS AND FRAME (500 V =): 109 Ω NO. OF OPERATIONS: 10,000 BOUNCE: < 5 ms BBM 0.5 VA 20 mA 1A 25 V < 150 mΩ MAX. NO. OF BANKS: 1. OPERATING TORQUE: 5 Ncm±20%. END STOP TORQUE: < 60 Ncm. STOP: With/without or adjustable MOUNTING: By fixed index 9.5 mm (0.374) of center, for bushing mount only Materials 500 V r BUSHING/HOUSING: PETP Thermoplastic STATIONARY CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Nickel Plated Brass with additional plating of Gold or Silver. ROTOR: Gold or Silver plated Brass or PCB. CODING PLATE: PA thermoplastic ACTUATOR: Polysulfon thermoplastic HARDWARE: Stop pin: Aluminum. Ball & Spring: Stainless steel. Washer: PA. Nut: Brass. 109 Ω 10,000 < 5 ms Environmental Data K OPERATING TEMPERATURE: –20ºC to + 70ºC –20ºC to + 70ºC STORAGE TEMPERATURE: –40ºC to + 85ºC –40ºC to + 85ºC Typical Applications • Appliances • Electronic alarm systems • Medical • Building automation • HVAC air conditioning NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Rotary Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages K-9 thru K-12. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Designation RTA Indexing 2 22.5 index (coded only) 3 30° index (12 positions max.) 4 36° index (10 positions max.) Termination P With PC Thru-hole Switch Function H Horizontal with 1W12 SP, 30° Index, 12 pos. no stop PC Thru-hole 1W10 SP, 36° Index, 10 pos. no stop 1S02 SP, 30° /36° Index, 2 pos. 1S03 SP, 30° /36° Index, 3 pos. 1S04 SP, 30° /36° Index, 4 pos. 1S05 SP, 30° /36° Index, 5 pos. 1S06 SP, 30° /36° Index, 6 pos. 1S07 SP, 30° /36° Index, 7 pos. 1S08 SP, 30° /36° Index, 8 pos. 1S09 SP, 30° /36° Index, 9 pos. 1S10 SP, 30° /36° Index, 10 pos. 1S11 SP, 30° Index, 11 pos. 1S12 SP, 30° Index, 12 pos. 2S02 DP, 30° /36° Index, 2 pos. 2S03 DP, 30° /36° Index, 3 pos. 2S04 DP, 30° /36° Index, 4 pos. 2S05 DP, 30° /36° Index, 5 pos. 2S06 DP, 30° Index, 6 pos. 3S02 3P, 30° /36° Index, 2 pos. Contact Material S Silver plated, matte-tin terminal P Gold plated, matte-tin terminal 3S03 4S02 EW10 3P, 30° /36° Index, 3 pos. 4P, 30° /36° Index, 2 pos. Direct + complement, 36º Index, no stop EW12 Direct + complement, 30º Index, no stop DW16 Direct, 22.5º Index, no stop ES—— Direct + complement, 30º/36º Index, with stop (specify stop position) DS—— Direct, 22.5º Index, with stop (specify stop position) Mounting Style W Without bushing R 3/8-32 Threaded Bushing M M10x.75 Metric Threaded Bushing A 3/8-32 Threaded Bushing with Offset Bracket B M10x.75 Metric Threaded Bushing with Offset Bracket Actuator (max.) 25N .984 (25,0) with screwdriver slot 50N 1.97 (50,0) with screwdriver slot FLS Flush shaft with screwdriver slot and position indicator 25F .984 (25,0) Shaft with flat 06F .236 (6,0) Shaft with flat C D 3/8-32 Threaded Bushing with Straight Bracket M10x.75 Metric Threaded Bushing with Straight Bracket Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 7 nov 16 K–8 www.ck-components.com RTA Series 1-4 Poles Coded Rotary Switches DESIGNATION RTA TERMINATION P WITH PC PINS .016 (0,4) 1.016 (25,8) .600 (15,2) 1.000 (25,4) .866 (22,0) H .028 TYP. (0,7) .100 TYP. (2,5) .150 (3,8) Horizontal with PC Thru-hole Note: “H” termination only available with the following options: 1. With A or B mounting styles 2. 36º degree indexing 3. Up to 5 positions max .618 ( 15,7 ) Rotary 7X .028 ( 0,7 ) 6X .100 ( 2,54 ) .302 ( 7,67 ) .600 ( 15,24 ) INDEXING 2 22.5 index, 16 positions max. 3 30 index, 12 positions max. 4 36 index, 10 positions max. K Both commons must be connected by user to ground. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 7 nov 16 K–9 www.ck-components.com RTA Series 1-4 Poles Coded Rotary Switches SWITCH FUNCTION NO. POLES MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION 1W12 30º 1W10 12 Positions No Stop 10 Positions No Stop 1S02 2 Positions 30º/36º 1S03 3 Positions 30º/36º 1S05 5 Positions 30º/36º 1S06 6 Positions 30º/36º 1S08 8 Positions 30º/36º 1S09 9 Positions 30º/36º 3P MODELS SCHEMATIC C1 C2 C3 SP MODELS SCHEMATIC INDEX C0 36º Pos. Pos. 1 1 21 31 DP MODELS SCHEMATIC C1 SP 1S11 1S12 30º/36º 10 Positions MODEL NO. 30º 11 Positions 30º 12 Positions Rotary 13 2 3 3 3 C1 Pos. 1 1 21 C2 12 2 2 C3 13 2 3 SWITCH FUNCTION MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION 2W05 2W06 5 Positions No Stop 6 Positions No Stop 2S02 2 Positions 30º/36º 2S03 3 Positions 30º/36º 2S04 4 Positions 30º/36º 2S05 5 Positions 30º/36º 2S06 6 Positions 30º 3S02 2 Positions 30º/36º 3S03 3 Positions 30º/36º 4S02 2 Positions 30º/36º INDEX 30º/36º 30º DP C4 3P 14 2 4 INDEX 4P 36º Direct + complement, No stop EW10 EW12 Direct + complement, No stop 30º DW16 Direct, No stop 22.5º ES—— DS—— K 12 22 32 4P MODELS SCHEMATIC C2 Pos. 11 21 31 41 51 61 12 22 32 42 52 62 1S10 NO. POLES Direct + complement, with stop (specify stop position) 30º & 36º 22.5º Direct, with stop (specify stop position) 22.5º 30º 36º Term. Term. Term. Pos. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 E,J M,N L,N C • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • F,I H D 1 D,K D B 2 A,N A I 4 B J J 8 — C K 1 • — K H 2 • • — B A 4 • • • • — I C 8 • • • • Indexing Option Code 2, 22.5 INDEXING ANGLE PCB LAYOUT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Indexing Option Code 3, 30 INDEXING ANGLE PCB LAYOUT 1 POLE BCD ONLY • • 2 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES BCD + COMPLEMENTS Indexing Option Code 4, 36 INDEXING ANGLE PCB LAYOUT NOTE: Layout view from component side. Common terminals that are in locations A-G are not connected to common terminals that are in locations H-N. For 7-12 position output customer must tie these commons together. 1 POLE 2 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES BCD + COMPLEMENTS Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 7 nov 16 K–10 www.ck-components.com RTA Series 1-4 Poles Coded Rotary Switches MOUNTING STYLE W M WITHOUT BUSHING M10 x .75 MERTIC THREADED BUSHING .60 ( 15,2 ) .60 ( 15,2 ) 14X ø.04 ( 0,9 ) 6X .10 ( 2,5 ) N ML K J I H 14X ø.04 ( 0,9 ) 6X .10 ( 2,5 ) .495 (12,6) 1.00 ( 25,4 ) .732 (18,6) Note: M mounting style not available with H termination. A 3/8-32 THREADED BUSHING 3/8-32 THREADED BUSHING WITH BRACKET PANEL MOUNTING .385 DIA (9.8 Ø) .874 ( 22,2 ) PANEL MOUNTING .134 (3.4Ø) .338 ( 8,59 ) .385 DIA (9.8 Ø) .374 (9.5) 3/8 - 32 UNEF .338 ( 8,59 ) .618 ( 15,7 ) .19 ( 4,8 ) .60 ( 15,2 ) .60 ( 15,2 ) .874 ( 22,2 ) 14X ø.04 ( 0,9 ) 7X ø.04 ( 0,9 ) 1.00 ( 25,4 ) .071 ( 1,8 ) 2X ø.08 ( 2,1 ) G F E DC B A N ML K J I H .600 ( 15,2 ) .031 ( 0,8 ) .188 ( 4,8 ) 6X .10 ( 2,5 ) .30 ( 7,6 ) G F E DC B A Note: A mounting style only available with H termination. Note: R mounting style not available with H termination. B .134 DIA. (3,4ø) .374 (9,5) G F E DC B A Note: W mounting style not available with H termination. 6X .10 ( 2,5 ) .402 DIA. (10,2ø) 1.00 ( 25,4 ) G F E DC B A R PANEL MOUNTING N ML K J I H M10 METRIC C M10 x .75 METRIC THREADED BUSHING WITH BRACKET 3/8-32 THREADED BUSHING WITH STRAIGHT BRACKET .874 ( 22,2 ) .735 (18,67) PANEL MOUNTING PANEL MOUNTING .385 DIA (9.8 Ø) .618 (15,7) .19 ( 4,8 ) .60 ( 15,2 ) .031 (0,8) .188 (4,77) .600 (15,24) 2X ø.08 ( 2,1 ) G F E DC B A 7X ø.04 ( 0,9 ) .071 (1,8) .32 ( 8,1 ) 6X .10 ( 2,5 ) 7X ø .04 ( 0,9 ) .30 ( 7,6 ) .600 ( 15,24 ) .318 ( 8,07 ) .60 ( 15,2 ) 2X ø.08 (2) G F E DC B A 6X.10 ( 2,5 ) .30 ( 7,6 ) Note: B mounting style only available with H termination. D .031 ( 0,8 ) .071 ( 1,8 ) M10 x .75 METRIC THREADED BUSHING WITH STRAIGHT BRACKET PANEL MOUNTING .618 ( 15,7 ) .32 ( 8,1 ) 7X ø .04 ( 0,9 ) .735 ( 18,67 ) .60 ( 15,2 ) 2X ø.08 (2) G F E DC B A 6X.10 ( 2,5 ) .30 ( 7,6 ) .071 ( 1,8 ) .031 0,8 () .600 ( 15,24 ) .318 ( 8,07 ) Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 7 nov 16 K–11 K Rotary .618 ( 15,7 ) www.ck-components.com RTA Series 1-4 Poles Coded Rotary Switches ACTUATOR 25N 50N .984 (25,0) WITH SCREWDRIVER SLOT .177 ( 4,5 ) 1.97 (50,0) WITH SCREWDRIVER SLOT .177 ( 4,5 ) .039 (1) .039 ( 1) Ø.236 (6) Ø.236 (6 ) 1.969 ( 50 ) .984 ( 25 ) FLS 25F FLUSH SHAFT WITH SCREWDRIVER SLOT AND POSITION INDICATOR .984 (25,0) SHAFT WITH FLAT .984 (25,0) .091 (2,3) .945 (24,0) .220 DIA. (5,6Ø) .039 (1,0) .157 (4,0) 30 Note: only available with “W” Mounting Style 06F Note: only available with “W” Mounting Style .236 (6,0) SHAFT WITH FLAT .197 ( 5,0 ) .157 ( 4,0 ) K Rotary .236 ( 6,0 ) Note: only available with “W” Mounting Style CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL RATING S SILVER LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT SWITCH: 150 mA MAXIMUM, 60 V NOMINAL. POWER: 5 VA MAXIMUM. CARRY-5 AMPS MAXIMUM. P GOLD LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER SWITCH: 20 mA MAXIMUM, 25 V NOMINAL. POWER: 0.5 VA MAXIMUM. CARRY: 1 AMP MAXIMUM. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. AVAILABLE HARDWARE Mounting Nuts Stop pins Lockwasher PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. 472706201 Standard 495100201 Metric Y200300200PCH 472800202 NOTE: Additional nuts and lockwashers available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change 7 nov 16 K–12 www.ck-components.com M Series Half-inch Rotary Switches Features/Benefits • Multi-pole and multi-positions • Panel and PCB mounting • Stainless steel actuator • Non-shorting contacts • RoHS Compliant • IP67 (F option only) Typical Applications • Test equipment • Industrial equipment • Medical equipment Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: Carry-6 AMPS continuous. Switch-250 mA max. @ 125 V AC or 28 DC. Non-shorting contacts standard. See page K-16 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at 150 mA, 125 V AC or 28 DC. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 20 mΩ typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1010 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 600 Vrms min. @ sea level. OPERATING & STORAGE TEMPERATURE: –30ºC to 85ºC. OPERATING TORQUE: 4-7 ounces-inches typ. initial. SOLDERABILITY: Per MIL-STD-202F method 208D, or EIA RS-186E method 9 (1 hour steam aging). HOUSING AND BUSHING: Zinc alloy, bright zinc plated, with clear chromate finish. ACTUATOR: Zinc alloy, nickel plated or stainless steel. BASE: Diallylphthalate (DAP) or melamine phenolic, with insert molded terminals. ROTOR: Glass filled polyester (UL 94V-0). MOVABLE CONTACTS: Non-shorting: Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. See page K-16 for additional contact materials. STATIONARY CONTACT & ALL TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper alloy, silver plated. All terminals insert molded. All terminals present regardless of number of switch positions. See page K-16 for additional contact materials. CONTACT SPRING: Music wire, phosphate coated. STOP PIN: Stainless steel. STOP RING: Brass. HARDWARE: Nut: Brass, nickel plated; Lockwasher: Steel, nickel plated. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. K Build-A-Switch Switch Function MA00 SP, 10 pos., 36° MA02 SP, 2 pos., 36° MA03 SP, 3 pos., 36° MA04 SP, 4 pos., 36° MA05 SP, 5 pos., 36° MA06 SP, 6 pos., 36° MA10 SP, 10 pos., 36° MB00 DP, 5 pos., 36° MB03 DP, 3 pos., 36° MB04 DP, 4 pos., 36° MB05 DP, 5 pos., 36° MC00 SP, 12 pos., 30° MC03 SP, 3 pos., 30° MC07 SP, 7 pos., 30° MC12 SP, 12 pos., 30° MD00 DP, 6 pos., 30° MD06 DP, 6 pos., 30° ME00 SP, 10 pos., 36° ME04 SP, 4 pos., 36° MF00 DP, 5 pos., 36° MG00 SP, 12 pos., 30° MH00 DP, 6 pos., 30° Actuator & Bushing L1 .650" long, flatted L2 Screwdriver slot, flush L3 .650" long, round S1 .650" long, flatted S2 Screwdriver slot, flush S3 .650" long, round S6 .785" long, slot Short/Non-short N Non-shorting contacts Terminations Z Solder lug C PC Thru-hole Contact Material Q Silver G Gold over silver Seal D No seal F Splashproof shaft & panel seal (IP67) Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–13 www.ck-components.com Rotary To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages K-14 thru K-17. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. M Series Half-inch Rotary Switches SWITCH FUNCTION SP MODELS 36º INDEXING SCHEMATIC 36º INDEXING NO. POLES SP MODEL NO. WITH STOP PINS MODEL NO. WITH STOP RINGS MA00 ME00 10 Positions No Stops MA02 — 2 Positions MA03 — 3 Positions MA04 ME04 4 Positions MA05 — — 6 Positions MA10 — 10 Positions MF00 5 Positions No Stops MB04 — 4 Positions MB05 — 5 Positions MB03 NO. POLES DP MODELS 36º INDEXING SCHEMATIC MODEL NO. WITH STOP PINS MODEL NO. WITH STOP RINGS MC00 MG00 12 Positions No Stops MC03 — 3 Positions MC07 — 7 Positions MC12 — 12 Positions MD00 MH00 6 Positions No Stops MD06 — 6 Positions SP 5 Positions MA06 MB00 DP SWITCH FUNCTION 30º INDEXING DP SWITCH FUNCTION SP MODELS 30º INDEXING SCHEMATIC 3 Positions DP MODELS 30º INDEXING SCHEMATIC All models Rotary K with all options when ordered with S1-S6 stainless steel actuator options. NOTE: Number of positions or stops preset at factory (NOTE: MX00 models have full 360 rotation with no stops. Stop pins or stop rings supplied for user-selectable stops, see above). All terminals present regardless of number of switch positions. Hardware is available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”. SP, 36º Indexing DP, 36º Indexing Terminal Numbers Marked On Side Of Housing Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Part number shown: MA00L1NZQD SP, 30º Indexing DP, 30º Indexing Terminal Numbers Marked On Side Of Housing Actuator Shown In Pos. 1 Part number shown: MC00L1NZQD Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–14 www.ck-components.com M Series Half-inch Rotary Switches ACTUATOR (ZINC ALLOY) L1 .650" LONG, FLATTED L3 .650" LONG, ROUND L2 SCREWDRIVER SLOT, FLUSH All actuators shown in pos. 1 ACTUATOR (STAINLESS STEEL) .650" LONG, FLATTED S2 SCREWDRIVER SLOT, FLUSH S3 .650" LONG, ROUND S6 .785" LONG, SLOT K Rotary S1 All actuators shown in pos. 1 All models when ordered with stainless steel actuators. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–15 www.ck-components.com M Series Half-inch Rotary Switches SHORTING/NON-SHORTING CONTACTS N NON-SHORTING CONTACTS Break-before-make TERMINATIONS Z C SOLDER LUG SP DP PC THRU-HOLE PANEL MOUNTING PC MOUNTING 36 º INDEXING WITHOUT FLATS WITH FLATS DP SP 0.213 (5.41) SP DP 0.260 DIA (6.59) 0.260 DIA (6.60) K PC MOUNTING 30 º INDEXING Rotary SP DP Hardware: All models, one mounting nut and lockwasher supplied standard. MA00 thru MD00 models: two stop pins and adhesive mylar washer supplied. ME00 thru MH00 models: two stop rings supplied. Hardware is available separately, see section “Technical Data and Additional Hardware”. * Will withstand 12 in. - lbs of torque with no distortion. NOTE: Q contact material standard. Terminal numbers marked on side of housing. All terminals insert molded. All terminals present regardless of number of switch positions. Actuators and schematics shown in pos. 1. CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT MATERIAL TERMINAL PLATING RATING Q SILVER 1, 2 SILVER 2 POWER CARRY: 6 AMPS CONTINUOUS. SWITCH: 250 mA @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC. G GOLD OVER SILVER 3, 4 GOLD 4 LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT OR POWER 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX. or, CARRY: 6 AMPS CONTINUOUS. SWITCH: 250 mA @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. 1 MOVABLE CONTACTS: Non-shorting: Copper alloy, silver plated. 2 STATIONARY CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, silver plated. 3 MOVABLE CONTACTS: Non-shorting: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate, over silver plate. 4 STATIONARY CONTACTS & ALL TERMINALS: Copper alloy, with gold plate over nickel plate over silver plate. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, G contact material are RoHS compliant. All models when ordered with S1-S6 stainless steel actuator options. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–16 www.ck-components.com M Series Half-inch Rotary Switches SEAL D F NO EPOXY SEAL SPLASHPROOF SHAFT AND PANEL SEAL IP67 approved Setting Stops With Stop Pins MA00, MB00, MC00 & MD00 Models Only: The number of switch positions or stops are adjustable by means of stop pins provided with each switch. Switches are normally shipped with stop pins and hardware in bulk, not installed. Without stop pins, switches have full 360º rotation and no stops. Note that all two pole models begin to repeat when actuated 180º or more. To set stops, refer to figures 1 & 2. Orient switch so that terminal no. 1 is as shown. Turn actuator to position 1, using flats on bushing and terminal no. 1 as reference. Install CCW stop pin in hole designated ‘X’. Install second stop pin in hole number corresponding to the number of positions desired. Note that two pole models will begin to repeat when actuated 180º or more. To retain stop pins, use adhesive mylar washer included; see figure 3. All models except MX00 models have number of switch positions or stops pre-set at factory and are not adjustable. Hardware: Two stop pins, mounting nut, and lockwasher supplied standard. P/N 537100000 K 30º Indexing Models Top View Fig. 1 Fig. 2 P/N 537202000 Fig. 3 Setting Stops With Stop Rings ME00, MF00, MG00 & MH00 Models Only: The number of switch positions or stops are adjustable by means of stop rings provided with each switch. These models are normally shipped with stop rings and hardware in bulk, not installed. Without stop rings, switches have full 360º rotation and no stops. Note that all two pole models begin to repeat when actuated 180º or more. To set stops refer to figures 4 & 5. Orient switch so that terminal no. 1 is as shown. Turn actuator to pos. 1 using flats on bushing and terminal no. 1 as reference. See figure 6 and install inner stop ring with short tab in hole designated ‘X’. Install outer stop ring with long tab in hole number corresponding to the number of positions desired. Note that all two pole models begin to repeat when actuated 180º or more. Use mounting nut and lockwasher to retain stop rings. All MEXX, MFXX, MGXX & MHXX Models (Except MX00 models): Number of switch positions or stops are preset at factory, but are user adjustable. Hardware: Two stop rings, mounting nut and lockwasher supplied standard. 36º Indexing Models Top View 30º Indexing Models Top View Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6 Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–17 www.ck-components.com Rotary 36º Indexing Models Top View R Series ROTA-SLIDE® Rotary Switches Features/Benefits • Multi-pole and multi-position • Positive detent • Panel and PCB mounting • Enclosed • RoHS Compliant Typical Applications • Ceiling fans • Industrial equipment • Portable tools Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 2.5 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC; 1/8 HP @ 125 and 250 VAC (UL/CSA). See page K-20 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. INDEXING: 36º-one contact models, 10 position max.; two contact models, 5 position max. OPERATING & STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to 95ºC HOUSING & BUSHING: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2). ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2). CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page K-20 for additional contact materials. CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel. MOUNTING NUT: Steel, zinc plated. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Custome Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages K-19 and K-20. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Rotary K Switch Function R100 SP, 36° Index, 10 pos. no stops R103 SP, 36° Index, 3 pos. R104 SP, 36° Index, 4 pos. R108 SP, 36° Index, 8 pos. R203 DP, 36° Index, 3 pos. R204 DP, 36° Index, 4 pos. R205 DP, 36° Index, 5 pos. Actuator 07 .500" high with .156" flat 05 .375" high with .156" flat 15 Screwdriver slot without bushing Mounting Style RR 3/8-32 threaded bushing RN PC without bushing RS PC without bushing Terminations 03 Solder lug with hole 01 Solder lug with notch 02 PC Thru-hole WC Wire Lead Contact Material Q Silver B Gold Seal NONE No seal E Epoxy seal Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–18 www.ck-components.com R Series ROTA-SLIDE Rotary Switches ® SWITCH FUNCTION SP MODELS 36º INDEXING SCHEMATIC SP MODELS 36º INDEXING NO. POLES MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION R100 10 Position No Stops All Terminals R103 3 Position 10-1-2-3 R104 4 Position 10-1-2-3-4 R108 8 Position 10-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8 DP MODELS 36º INDEXING NO. POLES TERMINALS DP SP MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION R203 3 Position 10-1-2-3,5-6-7-8 R204 4 Position All Terminals R205 5 Position All Terminals TERMINALS DP MODELS 36º INDEXING SCHEMATIC All models with all options when ordered with ‘Q’ contact material. NOTE: Break-before-make contacts. Actuators and contacts are shown in position 1. No common terminal is present. Switching function is provided by movable contacts shorting adjacent pairs of stationary contacts. K Rotary Part number show: R10007RR03Q ACTUATOR 07 .500" HIGH WITH .156" FLAT Shown with ‘RR’ mounting style. For mounting styles without bushing, add .250 (6,35) to actuator length. 05 .375" HIGH WITH .156" FLAT Shown with ‘RN’ mounting style. 15 SCREWDRIVER SLOT Arrow on actuator marked red (std.). Shown with ‘RS’ mounting style. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–19 www.ck-components.com R Series ROTA-SLIDE® Rotary Switches MOUNTING STYLE RR RN 3/8-32 THREADED BUSHING PC WITHOUT BUSHING RS PC SCREWDRIVER SLOT WITHOUT BUSHING PANEL MOUNTING Position numbers and characters are molded on housing. Mounting nut included (part number 175000100). TERMINATIONS 03 SOLDER LUG WITH HOLE 01 SOLDER LUG WITH NOTCH 02 WC PC THRU-HOLE WIRE LEAD PC MOUNTING 22 AWG INSULATED WIRE 6.00 (152,4) .50 (12,7) K Rotary CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL Q SILVER 2 B GOLD 1 RATING 5 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 2.5 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 0.5 AMP @ 125 V DC (UL/CSA); 1/8 HP @ 125 and 250 VAC (UL/CSA). POWER LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. 1 2 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated. (Standard with all termination options.) NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. All models with all options when ordered with ‘Q’ contact material. SEAL NONE E NO SEAL EPOXY SEAL Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–20 www.ck-components.com F Series Miniature ROTA-SLIDE Rotary Switches ® Features/Benefits • Multi-pole and multi-position • Panel and PCB mounting • Positive detent • Value added capability • RoHS Compliant Typical Applications • Small appliances • Testing fixtures • Safety equipment Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: Q contact material: 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC (UL/CSA). See page K-24 for additional ratings. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. CONTACT RESISTANCE: Below 10 m Ω typ. initial @ 2-4 V DC, 100 mA, for both silver and gold plated contacts. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. INDEXING: 45º or 90º -one contact models; two contact models, 4 pos. max. Models with common terminal -90º, 4 pos. max. OPERATING & STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to 65ºC HOUSING & BUSHING: 6/6 Nylon (UL 94V-2). ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2). CONTACTS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page K-24 for additional contact materials. TERMINALS: Q contact material: Copper, silver plated. See page K-24 for additional contact materials. CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel. MOUNTING NUT: Brass, nickel plated. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Custome Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages K-22 thru K-24. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Rotary Switch Function FA05 SP, 90° Index, 3 pos. F103 SP, 45° Index, 3 pos. F203 DP, 45° Index, 3 pos. Actuator FA01 SPDT, 90° Index 15 Screwdriver slot without bushing FC03 SP, W/Common 90° Index, 3 pos. 08 .585" high with .156" flat Mounting Style RN PC RS 5/16-32 threaded bushing Terminations 02 PC Thru-hole WC Wire lead Contact Material Q Silver B Gold Seal NONE No seal E Epoxy seal Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–21 K www.ck-components.com F Series Miniature ROTA-SLIDE® Rotary Switches SWITCH FUNCTION 45º INDEXING SCHEMATICS 45º INDEXING NO. POLES MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION SP F103 3 Position 8-1-2-3* DP F203 3 Position All Terminals TERMINALS F1XX MODELS Break-before-make contacts. Terminal numbers are molded on bottom of housing. Actuators are shown in position 1. F2XX MODELS NOTE: *Switches with ‘02’ PC terminations have additional terminal no. 5 as switch support only. This terminal is not connected electrically inside switch. F1XX, F2XX models: No common terminal is present. Switching function is provided by movable contacts shorting adjacent pairs of stationary contacts. 90º INDEXING NO. POLES 90º INDEXING SCHEMATICS MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION FA01 SPDT 8-1-3 FA05 3 Position 8-1-3-5 FC03 3 Position C-1,C-2,C-3 TERMINALS SP SP WITH COMMON FA01 MODEL FA05 MODEL Rotary K C= Common Terminal FCXX MODEL Break-before-make contacts. Terminal numbers are molded on bottom of housing. Actuators are shown in position 1. FAXX models: No common terminal is present. Switching function is provided by movable contacts shorting adjacent pairs of stationary contacts. FCXX models: Common terminal is present. NOTE: *Switches with ‘02’ PC terminations have additional terminal no. 5 as switch support only. This terminal is not connected electrically inside switch. .170 (4,31) Part number show: FC0315RN02Q Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–22 www.ck-components.com F Series Miniature ROTA-SLIDE Rotary Switches ® ACTUATOR 15 08 SCREWDRIVER SLOT WITHOUT BUSHING Shown with ‘RN’ mounting style; not available with ‘RS’ mounting style or FCXX models. .585" HIGH WITH .156" FLA Must be ordered with ‘RS’ mounting style. MOUNTING STYLE RN PC RS 5/16-32 THREADED BUSHING PANEL MOUNTING 5/16 IN. BUSHING PC mount, no bushing, position numbers molded standard. Shown with ‘15’ actuator; not available with ‘08’ actuator or FCXX models. Panel mount, with 5/16 in.–32 threaded bushing. Mounting nut (P/N 175020201) included. Must be ordered with ‘08’ actuator option. TERMINATIONS 02 PC THRU-HOLE WC K WIRE LEAD Rotary PC MOUNTING F1XX, F2XX & FAXX Models 02 Black wire standard, other colors and lengths available, consult Customer Service Center. UL style 1015. PC THRU-HOLE FCXX Models Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–23 www.ck-components.com F Series Miniature ROTA-SLIDE® Rotary Switches CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL Q SILVER B GOLD 2 1 RATING POWER 4 AMPS @ 125 V AC or 28 V DC; 2 AMPS @ 250 V AC (UL/CSA). LOW LEVEL/DRY CIRCUIT 0.4 VA MAX. @ 20 V AC or DC MAX. * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. 1 2 NOTE: Any models supplied with Q or B contact material are RoHS compliant. CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, with gold plate over nickel plate. CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated (standard with all termination options). All models with all options when ordered with ‘Q’ contact material. SEAL NONE E NO SEAL EPOXY SEAL Not available on FCXX models. Rotary K Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–24 www.ck-components.com H Series Power ROTA-SLIDE Rotary Switches ® Features/Benefits • Multi-pole and multi-position • Positive detent • Power switching up to 12 AMPS • Value added capability • RoHS Compliant Typical Applications • Small appliances • Industrial equipment • Elevators Models Available Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 12 Amps @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 AMP @ 125 V DC (UL/CSA). ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 make-and-break cycles at full load. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 109 Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1,000 Vrms min. @ sea level. INDEXING: 45º-one contact models, 8 positions max.; two contact models, 4 positions max. OPERATING & STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to 95ºC HOUSING & BUSHING: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2). ACTUATOR: 6/6 nylon (UL 94V-2). CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated. CONTACT SPRING: Music wire or stainless steel. MOUNTING NUT: Steel, zinc plated. TERMINAL SEAL: Epoxy. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q, B or G contact material are RoHS compliant. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages K-26 thru K-27. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. K Rotary Switch Function H203 DP, 45° Index, 3 pos. H101 SPST, 45° Index H202 DPDT, 45° Index H204 DP, 45° Index, 4 pos. Actuator 07 .275" high with .156" flat Mounting Style RR 3/8-40 threaded bushing Terminations 05 .110" quick connect 01 Solder lug with notch Contact Material Q Silver Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–25 www.ck-components.com H Series Power ROTA-SLIDE® Rotary Switches SWITCH FUNCTION DP MODELS 45º INDEXING SP MODELS 45º INDEXING NO. POLES MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION SP H101 SPST NO. POLES TERMINALS 8-1 DP MODEL NO. SWITCH FUNCTION H202 DPDT 7-8-1, 3-4-5 H203 3 Position All Terminals H204 4 Position All Terminals TERMINALS DP MODELS 45º INDEXING SCHEMATIC SP MODELS 45º INDEXING SCHEMATIC NOTE: Break-before-make contacts. Terminal numbers are molded on bottom of housing. Actuators and contacts are shown in position 1. No common terminal is present. Switching function is provided by movable contacts shorting adjacent pairs of stationary contacts. All models with all options. Rotary K Part number shown: H10107RR05Q ACTUATOR 07 .275" HIGH WITH .156" FLAT Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–26 www.ck-components.com H Series Power ROTA-SLIDE Rotary Switches ® MOUNTING STYLE RR 3/8-32 THREADED BUSHING PANEL MOUNTING Mounting nut included (part number 925C00000). TERMINATIONS 05 01 SOLDER LUG WITH HOLE SOLDER LUG WITH NOTCH Not available on models with 90º indexing. CONTACT MATERIAL OPTION CODE CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIAL Q SILVER 1 RATING K POWER 12 AMPS @ 125 V AC; 6 AMPS @ 250 V AC; 1 AMP @ 125 V DC. Rotary * Note: See Technical Data section of this catalog for RoHS compliant and compatible definition and specifications. 1 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Copper, silver plated. NOTE: Any models supplied with Q contact material are RoHS compliant. All models with all options. Third Angle Projection Dimensions are shown: Inch (mm) Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–27 www.ck-components.com RW Series Sub-miniature Rotary Switches Typical Applications • Digital cameras • Audio & visual equipment • Consumer electronics • Selector dial interface Features/Benefits • 8 and 10 positions • SMT version • Subminiature design Specifications CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 Pole 8 Position PART NUMBER CONTACT RATING: 0.1 A @ 16 V DC. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 10,000 cycles. INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 100 mΩ max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10M Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 100V (50-60 Hz). TWIST FORCE: 150 ± 100 gf OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -20ºC to 70ºC PACKAGING 800 pieces RW-108 NS RT per reel Materials KNOB: PA (UL 94V-0). COVER: SUS HOUSING: PA (UL94V-0) TERMINAL: Silver plated. 11.00 3 8 C C 4 5 7 K 6 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 11.40 11.80 2 1 NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. 1 7 2 3 6 2.00 4 0.25 7.60 12.00 13.50 10.00 9.00 ø 3.00 P 2- ø 0.40 2- ø 0.80 7.60 5 C0.5 3.00 4.20 0.20 5.00 1.50 2.00 Rotary 0.70 2- ø 0.80 2- ø1.20 ø 330 180˚ 225˚ 270˚ 315˚ OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON øº30 360˚ ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ø 5.5 ø 3.25 0.5 TYP.3 7 4 6 5 SCHEMATIC 2.10 2.10 3.45 1 0.5 1.35 2.88 C 2-ø 0.90 E C 7.60 3 L HO .38 8 120° P DETAIL 1:1 ø0 2 1.50 2.10 2- ø 1.30 1 24.5 CARRIER TAPE 3.25 6 135˚ 0.44 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 90˚ 2.10 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 45˚ 8.40 0˚ 7.60 11.00 14.80 4 0.1 PIERCING PLAN Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–28 www.ck-components.com RW Series Sub-miniature Rotary Switches Specifications CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 1 Pole, 10 Position PART NUMBER CONTACT RATING: 10 mA @ 5 V DC. ELECTRICAL LIFE: 7,000 cycles. INITIAL CONTACT RESISTANCE: 200 mΩ max. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 250M Ω min. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250 VAC (50-60 Hz). TWIST FORCE: 90 ± 15 gf OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -30ºC to 80ºC PACKAGING RW-1106-NS RT 2,000 pieces per reel Materials KNOB: PA (UL 94V-0). COVER: Silver plated. HOUSING: LCP (UL94V-0) TERMINAL: Silver plated. NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. 1.75 8 2 4 1.5 0.3 ON CMX CMX CMX ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF 1.08(x10) ø 330.0 OFF OFF ON OFF 4 ON OFF 1.9+0.05 0 CMX OFF OFF OFF OFF 16 OFF ON K ø 90.0 ø 110.0 120 ° ±Í«© Rotary Ø2.60+0.05 0 3.04 ±0.2 0.6 Ø2.40+0.05 0 Circuit Diagram 2.65±0.1 0.70(x14) 0.03±0.03 R1 5.6 2.65 1.00(x14) 0.95(x4) 6.44 6.00±0.2 1.08(x10) 6.85 10. 8 Ø13.5 1.55 2.4 0.7(x4) 0.5(x14) 6.84 7.00±0.2 0.03±0.03 0.15 4.8 5.64 7.5 36° 1.25(x4) P.C.B Land dimension Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–29 www.ck-components.com RM Series Subminiature Rotary Switches Features/Benefits • Subminiature design saves space • Screwdriver slot or extended shaft • Positive detent • RoHS compliant Typical Applications • Audio & visual equipment • Consumer electronics • Telecom equipment Specifications Materials CONTACT RATING: 0.5A 24 V DC; 0.2A 48 V DC OPERATING LIFE: 2,000 cycles INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 M Ω min. 500 V DC DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 500 V AC for 1 minute OPERATING FORCE: 270 ± 100 gf cm OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40ºC to 85ºC COVER: PA66 BASE: PA6T ACTUATOR: PA66 CONTACTS & TERMINALS: Brass with gold plate over nickel plate SPRING: Brass NOTE: Specifications and materials listed above are for switches with standard options. For information on specific and custom switches, consult Customer Service Center. Build-A-Switch To order, simply select desired option from each category and place in the appropriate box. Available options are shown and described on pages K-30 thru K-32. For additional options not shown in catalog, consult Customer Service Center. Rotary K Switch Function RM100 45° Index, 8 pos. No stops RM101 45° Index, 1 pos. + Off RM102 45° Index, 2 pos. RM103 45° Index, 3 pos. RM104 45° Index, 4 pos. RM105 45° Index, 5 pos. RM106 45° Index, 6 pos. RM107 45° Index, 7 pos. Actuator 77 7.7 mm high, flatted, screwdriver slot 00 Flush, screwdriver slot Actuator Color 2 Black Torque B 270 GF * CM Termination C PC Thru-hole Contact Material B Gold Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–30 www.ck-components.com RM Series Subminiature Rotary Switches 77 7.7 MM HIGH, FLATTED, SCREWDRIVER SLOT 45° TYP 7 5,08 C 1 2 6 3 5 0,9 TYP 4 PCB. LAYOUT EXTENDED ACTUATOR COMMON TERMINAL 2,9 0,61 0,76 45° TYP 1,4 9,2 3X 0,7 120° 1,2 4X 0,6 X 0.6 4,4 6,47 3,5 4,2 1 00 0,8 120° 3X 0,9 15,1 REF FLUSH, SCREWDRIVER SLOT FLUSH ACTUATOR K SWITCH FUNCTION TRAVEL POSITION 0 TRAVEL POSITION 45 TRAVEL POSITION 90 TRAVEL POSITION 135 TRAVEL POSITION 180 TRAVEL POSITION 225 TRAVEL POSITION 270 TRAVEL POSITION 315 RM100 C-C(OFF) C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 RM101 C-C(OFF) X X X X X X C-7 RM102 X C-1 C-2 X X X X X RM103 X C-1 C-2 C-3 X X X X RM104 X C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 X X X RM105 X C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 X X RM106 X C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 X RM107 X C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C TERMINAL ID NUMBERS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND ARE NOT MARKED ON BOTTOM OF THE SWITCH 7 1 EXTERIOR KEY TAB SHOWN IDENTIFIES "C" (COMMON TERMINAL) 2 6 3 5 4 Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–31 www.ck-components.com Rotary ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC - RM SERIES SWITCHES RM Series Subminiature Rotary Switches KNOBS 296F02000 297F02000 3.75 1 1.35 5 1.5 2.5 1.5 6.5 A 7 B 5.8 (2.1) R0.25 5 A 7 0 5-0.05 0.2 X 1.5 CHAMFER 10.05 B R0.3 TYP (2.15) 6.7 1.4 4.3 0.05 0 4.2 -0.05 R0.2 TYP R2.1 1.5 Rotary K Dimensions are shown: mm Specifications and dimensions subject to change K–32 1 www.ck-components.com ENC Series Optical Encoder Features/Benefits • Clear detent/haptic feel • Two channel, 2-bit code output • Quadrature (Incremental type) • Integrated pushbutton • Panel mount with screw thread • Cable and connector termination Typical Applications • Automotive interior control • Industrial equipment • Test & Instrumentation • Medical equipment Specifications Environmental Data ROTARY ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL OPERATING VOLTAGE: DC 5 ± 0.25V, 30mA max. OUTPUT VOLTAGE: Logic high > 3V DC Logic low < 1V DC ROTATIONAL TORQUE: 265 gf-cm initially MECHANICAL LIFE: 300K cycles OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -40°C to + 90°C OPERATING RELATIVE HUMIDITY:
3TMT7084 价格&库存

很抱歉,暂时无法提供与“3TMT7084”相匹配的价格&库存,您可以联系我们找货

免费人工找货